Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
● School of Education and Social Policy
● Medill School of Journalism
● College of Arts and Sciences
● School of Music
● School of Speech
● McCormick School of Engineering & Applied Science
● 0937 Naval Science
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 7,1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0325 - Editorial
John Reque
Editorial B01-0
BASIC WRITING
Time: Tues 9-10:20 a.m.
Three-hour evening lab once a week.
Office Address: Fisk 108B
e-mail: [email protected]
Phone: 491-2063
Expected enrollment: 90
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sharpens non-fiction writing skills in description, narration and
exposition; requires journalistic standards of accuracy; gives a solid grounding in grammar and
Associated Press style, introduces newswriting and copyediting; surveys newspaper, magazine and
broadcast as areas of journalism; gives an overview of the school and the profession and prepares for
the more specialized courses to come.
TEACHING METHOD: Once-a-week lectures (guest lecturers in weeks 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) combined
with once-a-week labs.
EVALUATION: Lecture grade (20%) based on a final exam, three grammar/style quizzes and six
short paragraph assignments. Lab grade (80%) based on lab assignments.
READING LIST: The Associated Press Stylebook and Libel Manual.
When Words Collide by Lauren Kessler and Duncan McDonald.
Dick Schwarzlose
Editorial C02-0
HISTORY OF MASS COMMUNICATIONS
Time: MW 3-5pm
Office Address: Fisk 204B
Phone: 491-2066
Expected enrollment: 30 per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of the history of print and broadcast journalism -- its
institutions, practices, principles and ethics -- primarily in the United States. The course also
emphasizes contemporary media issues and their historical development. MAIN OBJECTIVES: First,
to provide an understanding of journalism's history in the United States; second, to encourage
students to discuss some of the issues confronting journalism today; and third, to conduct research
and make judgments about a journalism topic of the student's choosing.
PREREQUISITES: Sophomore standing. P/N not allowed.
EVALUATION: The students final grade is based on three exams and a brief research project.
READING LIST: G.J. Baldasty, The Commercialization of News in the Nineteenth Century.
J.L. Baughman, The Republic of Mass Culture. Small packet of readings to purchase.
Mary Ann Weston
Editorial C02-0
HISTORY OF MASS COMMUNICATIONS
Time: TTH 9-11am
Office Address: Fisk 204C
Phone: 491-4635
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of the history of print and broadcast journalism -- its
institutions, practices, principles and philosophy -- primarily in the United States. The course also
emphasizes contemporary media issues and their historical development. MAIN OBJECTIVES: First,
to provide an understanding of journalism's history in the United States; second, to encourage
students to discuss some of the issues confronting journalism today; and third, to conduct research
and make judgments about a journalism topic of the student's choosing.
PREREQUISITES: Sophomore standing. P/N not allowed.
EVALUATION: The student's final grade is based on three exams, and a research project.
READING LIST: G.J. Baldasty, The Commercialization of News in the Nineteenth Century.
J.L. Baughman, The Republic of Mass Culture.
Other readings to be announced.
Bob McClory
Editorial C20-1
NEWSWRITING
Time: TTH 9-noon
Office Address: Fisk 304D
Phone: 491.3952
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Newswriting introduces students to the fundamentals of reporting with
emphasis on news writing. Students should learn how to gather, verify, organize and present news for
a mass audience.
PREREQUISITES: Basic Writing (Editorial B01-0)
EVALUATION: Grade based on ability to write clear news and feature stories, involving reporting,
interviewing, research, etc. Progress is crucial and much depends on quality of work at end of quarter.
REQUIRED TEXTS: Reporting for the Print Media (5th Edition), Fred Fedler.
AP Style Book.
Mary Ann Weston
Editorial C20-1
NEWSWRITING
Time: TTH 1-4
Office Address: Fisk 204C
Phone: 491.4635
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Newswriting introduces students to the fundamentals of reporting with
emphasis on news writing on deadline. Students should learn how to gather, verify, organize and
present news for a mass audience.
PREREQUISITES: Basic Writing (Editorial B01-0)
EVALUATION: Grade based on ability to write clear news and feature stories, involving
observation, interviewing, and researching documents from a variety of sources. Progress is crucial
and much depends on quality of work at end of quarter.
REQUIRED TEXTS: Writing and Reporting News, Carol Rich.
AP Style Book.
David Nelson
Editorial C20-1
NEWSWRITING
Time: TTH 9 - 12
Office Address: Fisk 204D
Phone: 491.2087
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Newswriting introduces students to the fundamentals of reporting with
emphasis on news writing. Students should learn how to gather, verify, organize and present news for
a mass audience.
PREREQUISITES: Basic Writing (Editorial B01-0)
EVALUATION: Grade based on ability to write clear news and feature stories, involving reporting,
interviewing, research, etc. Progress is crucial and much depends on quality of work at end of quarter.
REQUIRED TEXTS: NY Times
AP Stylebook
handouts
Marda Dunsky
Editorial C21-1
COPY EDITING
Time: M & F afternoons w/3-hr. W lab
Office Address: Fisk B16-A
Phone: 491-5904
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 45
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Focus on quality writing through editing and compelling presentation of
ideas. Language Skills: spelling, grammar, punctuation, style and usage. Copy editing and writing:
editing a variety of news and feature stories, headlines and captions. News judgment: the changing
nature of news judgment; comparing your decisions with the professionals. Visual Communication:
layout and design, photo editing; increasing your "visual literacy."
PREREQUISITES: B01 Basic Writing, C20 Newswriting.
EVALUATION: Factors in determining grades: Language skills, ability to "catch" major errors in a
story, line editing skills, headline writing skills, news judgment skills, layout and photo editing skills,
and lecture/workshop quizzes. Final two labs are key.
REQUIRED STUFF: 1. B. Ryan and M. O'Donnell, "The Editor's Toolbox."
2. B. Ryan, "The Editor's Exercise Pack."
3. A 1996 almanac. Recommended: The World Almanac and Book of Facts 1996.
4. The Associated Press Stylebook and Libel Manual.
5. Webster's New World Dictionary (Warner paperback edition)
6. pica ruler
7. photo-sizing wheel
RECOMMENDED: 1. T. Harrower, "The Newspaper Designer's Handbook."
2. The Chicago Tribune's Chicagoland Map (Rand McNally).
Trossman/Ylisela
Editorial C24-0
INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALISM
Time: F 9-noon
Office Address: Fisk B5
Phone: 708-491-7580
e-mail: [email protected], [email protected] expected enrollment: 20
(maximum)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Examines the news media in their reformist role in public affairs
reporting. Emphasizes the techniques of investigative journalism, and understanding the relationships
that develop between crusading reporters and government officials. Covers the following topics: (1)
The historical roots of "muckraking" journalism in the United States; (2) The societal forces that
contributed to the resurgence of investigative reporting in the early 1970s; (3) The nature and
techniques of contemporary investigative stories, including (a) the various decision-making factors
that arise in their selection and preparation; and (b) the use of documents, interviewing, data bases
and other methods of investigative reporting; (4) The effects of investigative reporting on public
opinion, and government policymaking. In sum, the course will explore the historical sources,
contemporary methods and societal impact of investigative reporting and other reform-minded
journalistic enterprises.
PREREQUISITES: Junior or Senior Standing
EVALUATION: Class attendance and participation, critical review of a muckraking article from
journals published between 1900-1910, investigative reporting story pitch, team reporting project.
REQUIRED TEXT: (subject to change) 1. Gaines, "Investigative Reporting for Print and Broadcast"
2. Ullmann and Colbert (eds.) "The Reporter's Handbook"
Ellen M. Bush
Editorial C26
LAW AND ETHICS OF JOURNALISM
Time: 10am to noon, M and W
Office Address: Fisk B-7
Phone: (708) 491-5661
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Examines the legal rights and responsibilities of the news media in the
United States, and grapples with the ethical problems of contemporary journalism. Through legal and
moral reasoning, explores the ethical, constitutional, statutory and judicial principles that are vital to a
free and responsible media. Law discussion focuses on prior restraint, reporter's privilege, free press -
fair trial controversies, defamation and invasion of privacy. Examines landmark court cases and
discusses their societal significance and practical effects on journalists. Questions on the following
topics will be discussed: the First and Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution, media censorship,
legal and ethical dilemmas and the legal rights of journalists to gather information.
PREREQUISITES: Teaching Media program, senior standing.
EVALUATION: 2 papers; final exam; class attendance & participation.
REQUIRED TEXTS: 1. Holsinger, Ralph L. and Dilts, Jon Paul, Media Law, Third Edition, New
York: McGraw-Hill, 1994.
2. Christians, Clifford G. et al., Media Ethics, Fourth Edition, New York: Longman, 1995.
3. Lewis, Anthony, "Make No Law: The Sullivan Case and the First Amendment," New York:
Random House, 1991.
David Protess
Editorial C26
LAW AND ETHICS OF JOURNALISM
Office Address: Fisk 204-A
Phone: (708) 491-2065
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Examines the legal rights and responsibilities of the news media in the
United States, and grapples with the ethical problems of contemporary journalism. Through legal and
moral reasoning, explores the ethical, constitutional, statutory and judicial principles that are vital to a
free and responsible media. Law discussion focuses on prior restraint, reporter's privilege, free press -
fair trial controversies, defamation and invasion of privacy. Examines landmark court cases and
discusses their societal significance and practical effects on journalists. Questions on the following
topics will be discussed: the First and Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution, media censorship,
legal and ethical dilemmas and the legal rights of journalists to gather information.
PREREQUISITES: A quarter of Teaching Media.
EVALUATION: Examinations, an ethics paper, attendance AND class participation.
REQUIRED TEXTS: 1. Holsinger, Ralph L. and Dilts, Jon Paul, Media Law, Third Edition, New
York: McGraw-Hill, 1994.
2. Christians, Clifford G. et al., Media Ethics, Fourth Edition, New York: Longman, 1995.
Neil Chase
Editorial C28
NEWSPAPERS TODAY AND TOMORROW
Time: Tuesday, 1-4pm and T, W, or Th 6-9pm Office Address: Fisk B18
Phone: 467-3153
Expected enrollment: 45
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to help students succeed in newsroom careers
over the next decade. A student equipped with strong writing and editing skills who is also competent
in the new methods of news publishing will be valuable in newsrooms of the present and future.
Students will report one or more stories, creating complete packages that include stories, photos,
graphics and other story-telling tools. They will tell those stories using a variety of methods:
Newspaper pages, magazine pages, Internet (World Wide Web) pages, CD-ROM presentations, fax
newsletters, online bulletin boards and other new media. Visual communication skills will be
emphasized. Students will also study the management issues involved in these new media techniques.
PREREQUISITES: Teaching media. P/N not allowed for journalism students.
EVALUATION: Finished work, in the form of stories published in several different ways, will form
a large part of the grade. Participation, discussion, ability to meet deadlines, ability to work as a team
member and attention to detail will be important factors.
Ava Greenwell
Editorial C60-1
BROADCAST WRITING
Time: TH 1-5:30pm (One 4-hour lab per week) Office Address: Fisk 212
Phone: 467-2579
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 15 per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Writing television news stories that are accurate, clear, concise and
conversational; writing to CNN video; becoming proficient in the use of the Newstar computer
system; and editing videotape in our state-of-the-art broadcast newsroom.
PREREQUISITES: Junior standing. C20-1 Newswriting.
EVALUATION: Final, Midterm, lab exercises, homework, quizzes, class participation and
attendance.
REQUIRED TEXT: Air Words by John Hewitt
Ava Greenwell
Editorial C62-1
TELEVISION NEWS EDITING
Time: W 1-5:30 and TH 10-12 (One 2-hour lecture and one 4 1/2-hour lab per week)
Office Address: Fisk Hall #212
Phone: 467.2579
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Preparing TV news programs from news wire, CNN Newsource video
(satellite feed), and Dynatech NEWSTAR II newsroom computer system. Emphasis on how to
translate editorial decision-making into a journalistically sound television news program. Excellent
newswriting skills will be combined with more complex production techniques. "Live" news
programs at end of each session will be criticiqued. Two-Hour lectures will focus on reporting skills.
PREREQUISITE: C60, Broadcast Writing. Students must be scheduled for C62-2 (TTV) fall 1996.
REQUIREMENTS: Read a national and a local newspaper every day and listen and watch as much
radio and television broadcast news -- local and network -- as possible. Specific television news
programs will be assigned throughout the quarter for analysis.
EVALUATION: Quizzes, 10%; Homework, 20%; Lab, 50%; Final, 20%.
REQUIRED TEXTBOOK: Air Words by John Hewitt
Bob McClory
Editorial C80-1
MAGAZINE WRITING
Time: TTH 1-3pm
Office Address: Fisk 304D
Phone: 491.3952
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Exposes students to the world of magazine- style feature writing and
helps develop skills in reporting, writing and editing. Emphasis on gathering information,
interviewing and thinking clearly.
PREQUISITES: Teaching Media, senior standing or permission of instructor.
EVALUATION: Students produce four major stories, the last of which is a 2,500-3,500 magazine
piece designed for a specific publication. Grade depends on quality of work, improvement and effort
demonstrated in course.
REQUIRED TEXTS: None. Articles supplied by instructor.
Charles Whitaker
Editorial C81
MAGAZINE EDITING
Time: MW 1-3pm
Office Address: Fisk 304C
Phone: 491-3014
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: We will deal with handling copy and editing (proofreading and fact-
checking). We will explore the entire magazine industry: current developments and trends in the
industry, strategies for garnering advertising, building circulation. The goal is to develop an eye for
the tone and pace of a magazine and its articles and departments.
PREREQUISITES: Senior standing. C20-2 Teaching Media. Knowledge of newswriting,
copyediting, and style.
EVALUATION: Based on a group project, an individual mid-term project, in-class exercises and a
final exam.
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
College of Arts and Sciences
● 0400 Freshman Seminars
● 0403 Anthropology
● 0404 African-American Studies
● 0405 Art History
● 0406 Art Theory and Practice
● 0407 Astronomy
● 0409 Biological Sciences
● 0410 Center for the Humanities
● 0411 Chemistry
● 0413-0415 Classics
● 0416 Comparative Literary Studies
● 0417 Economics
● 0418 American Culture Program
● 0419 English
● 0421 Geography
● 0422 Environmental Sciences
● 0423 Geological Sciences
● 0425 German
● 0459-0463 Portuguese and Hispanic Studies
● 0427 History
● 0429 Religion
● 0430 European Thought and Culture
● 0433 African and Asian Languages
● 0434 Linguistics
● 0435 Mathematics
● 0436 Math Methods in the Social Sciences
● 0439 Philosophy
● 0447 Physics
● 0449 Political Science
● 0451 Psychology
● 0455 French
● 0457 Italian
● 0463 Hispanic Studies - Spanish
● 0467 Slavic Languages and Literature
● 0471 Sociology
● 0473 Statistics
● 0480 Women's Studies
● 0482 Integrated Arts Program
● 0485 Science in Human Culture
● 0486 Center for the Writing Arts
● 0493 Business Institutions Program
● 0495 International Studies
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 7, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0501 - General Music
Kathryn Pisaro
Introduction to Music
MUSG A70-0, sec. 20
Time:MTWTH, 2 p.m. MCR REG
Expected Enrollment:100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to provide the student with four ways of
knowing about music: an understanding of basic music terminology, listening to and learning about a
large variety of musical styles and concepts, the experience of participating in musical activities and
being able to write about music. The course will begin with a look at basic concepts and terms and
continue through a chronologically-based view of Western art music, non-Western art music and
several styles of popular music. Assignments will include concert reviews, short papers, and musical
projects. This course is designed to be taken by non-music majors, so musical training is not required.
PREREQUISITE: None
Jeff. Kowalkowski
Introduction To Music
MUSG A70-0, sec. 21
Time: MWTHF, 1: p.m. MCR REG
Expected Enrollment: 75
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Basic musical concepts, terminology and listening approaches are
introduced and developed to facilitate critical discussion about music. Lectures focus on general
vocabulary and form recognition, a historical survey of western art music, and examples from an
extensive variety of folk, ethnic, popular and experimental styles.
OBJECTIVE: 1.Develop perceptual and critical listening abilities. Discuss stylistic attributes which
are common to all styles of music, and consider various aesthetic problems. 2.Increase knowledge of
musical styles and genres of all kinds. Enhance the experience of listening to and thinking about
music.
TEACHING METHODS
EVALUATION: Grades are based on attendance, exams and a term project which is designed by the
student according to her/his main musical interest.
Gary Kendall
MUSG A75-0, sec. 20
THE BEATLES
Time: TTH 10:00-11:30 MAB 125
Office Address: MAB 227
Office Phone: 491-3178
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: "The Beatles" was the most multi-faceted phenomenon of popular
culture of the last forty years. This course examines "The Beatles" from many different perspectives,
sometimes complementary and sometimes contradictory. Through the focus on "The Beatles" the
class will explore perspectives and beliefs about rock music and popular culture. Topics include,
Beatlemania and the women's movement, the impact of technology on the recording studio, the
"summer of love", the Beatles' relationship to the avant gard, "The Beatles" as pop icons, world music
and the Beatles' introduction of Indian music, the meaning of "love" in popular culture, reactions of
the press to John Lennon and Yoko Ono, the pop music business and Apple Records, "hidden
messages," the supposed death of Paul McCartney, and more.
SUPPORTING MATERIALS: Beatlesongs by William J. Dowlding available from SBX, a bound
set of articles taken from many diverse sources will be available through Quartet, the Beatle
recordings will be available in the Music Library, the Beatle movies and documentaries will be shown
at the Mitchell Media Library.
PREREQUISITES: None. The class is appropriate for non-music- majors and music-majors alike.
Professor Bauman
American Popular Song
A-75-0, sec.21
Time: MWF 1:00 p.m. LTK
Office: MAB 228, Phone: 491-4368
Expected Enrollment: 70
DESCRIPTION: We will study the artistic, commercial, and social dimensions of American popular
song during its golden age, from 1890 to 1950. Important categories include ragtime songs, the
sentimental ballad, show tunes, topical songs, big band numbers, and jazz standards. Major
personalities include not only important composers (Berlin, Gershwin, Kern, Porter, Rodgers) but
also singers, arrangers, critics, band leaders, lyricists, and publishers. Emphasis will fall on cultural
and institutional matters as well as on musical and textual analysis. These include the roles of
vaudeville, the musical stage, dance halls, clubs and cafes, music publishing, the recording industry,
and radio and film.
PREREQUISITES: The ability to read music will be very helpful.
Keith Clifton
A-75, sec. 22 Masterpieces of Opera
Time: MWF 2:00 p.m.
Course Description: This course will survey the development of opera from the 17th century until
the present, with emphasis on the contributions of several master composers, including Mozart, Verdi
and Wagner. The initial class sessions will comprise an overview of the various aspects of opera
(arias, ensembles, chorus, orchestra etc.) and the remainder of the course will focus on several operas
of major historical significance.
Teaching Methodology: The course will include lectures on the historical periods and composers to
be studied, as well as the operas themselves, which will be presented through recordings, videos and
live performances. There will be regular reading assignments, including plot synopses of individual
operas, as well as listening assignments.
Grading:
25% Midterm Exam 25% Final Exam 40% A short final paper in which students will be
asked to evaluate a production of an opera on video or a live performance. While the paper will
include historical information on the opera and its genesis, the focus of the assignment is a critical
analysis of the work and the production. 10% Weekly assignments
Required Texts: J. Merrill Knapp- The Magic of Opera. New York: Da Capo Press, 1984.
Michael Kocour
Thelonious Sphere Monk, A75, sec. 23
Time: 4:00 p.m. MWF Lutkin
Office: REG 067, Phone: 467-3477
Expected Enrollment: 70
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A non-sequential course open to non- music majors, taught by Michael
Kocour. This course would be a survey of Monk's compositions, recordings and piano style. Live
performances for the class by members of the Northwestern University Jazz program will enable
students to experience first hand, the wondrous sounds of this giant musician. Students (audience)
will interact with performers as well as viewing video tapes of Monk's performances. Heavy
emphasis on listening examples.
Mark-Daniel Schmid
Western Music Tradition B-70-2
Time: MTWTH 12:00 MCR REG
Office Address: MAB G
Office Phone: 467-2029
Expected Enrollment: 70
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to introduce you to the art form of music as it
has developed from the beginning of the 19th century to the present. We will study representative
examples from various musical genres, and the understanding of the development of Western musical
tradition will be emphasized, in light of its historical and sociological background. We will also
attempt to find significant cross relations to other art forms such as architecture, poetry, painting, and
dance. Throughout, the course, we will be listening to select examples of compositions and discuss
their formal aspects in terms of germane musical concepts. We will also develop a preliminary
technique of listening to music and aesthetically responding to it. Required attendance at
Northwestern University concerts and in-class performances will further enhance your ability to
discriminate and discuss your musical experience.
TEACHING METHOD: Handouts will be provided, additional material on reserve in Deering
Music Library. You will be expected to keep an organized portfolio.
TEXTS: Course book required.
Attendance at first class mandatory
Prerequisite: 0501 A70 or B52 or permission of instructor
L. Stanley Davis
Survey of African-American Music: The Gospel Tradition
0404 AFAM B40 sec.20
Time: W 6:00-9:00 p.m. MAB 42
Office Address: 310 Kresge Hall
Office Phone: 467-3218, 491-5122
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is an introduction to and an overview of the history of
gospel music tradition in America. The course traces the evolution of gospel music from its roots by
examining its earliest predecessors in the Western African tradition (1619), the influences of
congregational psalm singing, work songs, Negro Spirituals, hymnody, and blues. This first portion of
the course focuses upon the contextual relationships and influences of the earliest forms of the black
sacred music genre. Students are introduced to the five most prominent eras of gospel music (1920s-
1990s) in which musical styles and patterns, lyrical content, personalities and the performance styles
and techniques of each period are examined. The Black church as social agent, promoter and
preservationist of the tradition is both considered and discusses. The last segment of the course
focuses upon the recording industry, current artists, the changing Black Church, the media attention
to and the commercialization of the gospel music sound. While the scope of the course is historical in
content, it provides one an opportunity to examine this art form through an integrated,
interdisciplinary course of study which embraces the cultural anthropological, sociological,
theological, ethnomusicological and political approaches to the development of the gospel music
tradition in America. P/N option allowed. Attendance at first class is mandatory.
TEACHING METHODS: Both lectures and discussion. Class time will also be devoted to the
listening of records, tapes and compact discs and the screening and discussion of films and videos
related to readings and lectures. Attendance of live performances and church worship services in the
Chicago metropolitan area as a field study will be required. Professional recording artists and
representatives from the record industry and or media will address the class on current issues in the
art form.
EVALUATION: Based on the following: class participation, submission of a gospel music journal
providing a historical and critical analysis of live performances attended, a comprehensive final
examination, a major paper (optional)
READING TEXTS: Required readings will come from the texts: Frazier, E. Franklin, The Negro
Church in America, Heilbut, Anthony, The Gospel Sound-Good News and Bad Times, Jones, Leroi,
Blues People, Mapson, J. Wendell, The Ministry of Music in the Black Church, Reagon, Bernice
Johnson, We'll Understand It Better, By and By, Southern, Eileen, The Music of Black American:
Black Sacred Music and Social Change.
Note: Additional required readings which come from a collection of handouts made up of articles,
papers and journals will be made available in a course packet at Quartet Copy Centers.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
McCormick School of Engineering
● 0710 Chemical Engineering
● 0727 Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
● 0738 Industrial Engineering and Management Science
● 0750 Material Sciences
● 0765 Biomedical Engineering
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 7, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0937 - Naval Science
Michael J. Engfer, Lieutenant, USN
Naval Science, A20
SEAPOWER AND MARITIME AFFAIRS
Time: MWF 0745-0900
Office Address: 617 Haven St.
Phone: 491-3324/3325
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course is a survey designed to give students a thorough
understanding of U.S. naval and maritime history in the context of world maritime development.
Students will learn of the historical evolution of sea power, the fundamental national interests of the
United States over time, and the role of naval forces in a time of dramatic geopolitical change.
PREREQUISITES: None, P/N permitted for non-ROTC students
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, demonstration, practical exercises
EVALUATION: Quizzes, midterm, term paper and presentation, final exam
TEXTS:
Potter, E. B., Sea Power: A Naval History, 2d Ed.
Hagan, Kenneth, ed., In Peace and War
Hagan, K., This Peoples Navy
Howorth, S., To Shining Sea
Beach, E. L., United States Navy
Morison, S. E., Two Ocean War
Rouse, F. C., United States History Atlas
Steve D. Browne, Lieutenant, USN
Naval Science, C31
NAVAL OPERATIONS
Time: MWThF 8-0850; 9-0950
Office Address: 617 Haven St.
Phone: 491-3324/3325
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will cover the wide range of subjects required to establish
the basic knowledge needed to stand watch as a junior officer of the deck of a naval unit. Both Inland
Rules of the Road and International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea will be discussed as
well as shipboard watch organization, deck seamanship, weather at sea, communications, command
and control and shiphandling theory. Practical use of the maneuvering board will also be examined
and basic skills developed through practice.
PREREQUISITES: None, Departmental permission required for registration, P/N registration for
non-NROTC students
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and practical maneuvering board work
EVALUATION: Grades will be based upon homework, quizzes, section examinations and a
comprehensive final examination.
READING LIST:
U.S. Coast Guard Navigation Rules OG-169
Maneuvering Board Workbook
Surface Ship Operations
Seamanship Fundamentals of the Deck Officer; Dodge and
Kruiss Watch Officer's Guide
Richard F. Bowen, Lieutenant, USN
Naval Science, B20
NAVAL SHIP SYSTEMS II (NAVAL WEAPONS SYSTEMS)
Time: MWF 0745-0900
Office Address: 617 Haven St.
Phone: 491-3324/3325
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Cover fundamentals of weapons systems installed in United States
Navy ships and aircraft. Area explored include weapon types, tracking systems, fire control systems,
basic fire control computers, and an examination of four weapons platforms.
PREREQUISITES: None, P/N registration for non-NROTC students
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures per week
EVALUATION: The student's final grade will be based on two midterm examinations and a
comprehensive final examination. A term paper will also be prepared. Graded homework, two
midterms, one final, one project
READING LIST:
David R. Frieden, Principles of Naval Weapons Systems
David R. Frieden, Principles of Naval Weapons Systems
Workbook
Instructor: Captain Lorrie Kovacs
Naval Science C50
NAVAL SCIENCE LAB
Time: T 3-5
Office Address: 617 Haven St.
Phone: 491-3324/3325
Expected Enrollment: 85
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Naval Science lab is the general drill and instructional period required
for all NROTC midshipmen each quarter. Lab consists of various activities including close order drill
and formation, physical fitness training and competitive athletics, warfare tactics and systems briefs
and scenarios, guest speakers, etc.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0200 - Education and Social Policy
Allan Collins
Education & Social Policy, LSCI C02
EDUCATION AND WORK
Time: TTh 10:30-12:00
Office: 1890 Maple Ave.
Phone: 491-3500
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will have two focuses: (1) the changing nature of work and
how this impacts the skills that will be needed for work in the next century, and (2) the design of
learning environments for teaching the skills needed for work in the next century.
Jeanie Egmon
Education & Social Policy, LSCI C06
(Formerly EDPR C06)
STUDIES IN ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
Time: TTh 8:30-10:00 am
Office: Annenberg 120
Phone: 467-2138
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines alternative approaches to the management of
change in organizations. Some of the topics covered include organizational structure and innovation,
culture, politics, as well as adaptation and change. Different aspects of organizational change will be
considered from various perspectives that focus on quite different aspects of the change process,
generating different recommendations for management, policy and practice.
Michael Ravitch
Education & Social Policy, LSCI C96-7
JUNIOR TUTORIAL: JUDGMENTS AND DECISIONS
Time: M 1:-3:30 pm
Office: Ward 3-103
Phone: 312-503-8970
COURSE DESCRIPTION: One of the characteristics of many professions and occupations is 1) the
need to make important judgments about what is happening or about the classification of objects or
events and 2) the responsibility to make decisions about what to do. Should we expand the business to
produce more widgets? Does the patient have a benign tumor and (if so) is surgery the best option?
Did the butler commit the crime? Will it rain tomorrow? Should I move the knight to c4? Is this
student ready to move on to the next arithmetic unit?
For any profession or occupation, we are interested in how experts make judgments and decisions
(descriptive models) and if such judging or decision making is suboptimal, how they ought to make
decisions (prescriptive).
In this tutorial, students will review selectively the literature on judgment and decision making;
students will write a focused review; students will plan a mini-research project related tot heir
interests, and will collect data and analyze results of this mini-experiment. Students will receive
supervision and guidance in all phases of their work: literature review, study design, development of
research questions and instruments, analysis, etc.
Diana Slaughter-DeFoe
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C01
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT: CHILDHOOD & ADOLESCENCE
Time: TTh 3-4:30 pm
Office: Annenberg 242
Phone: 491-3787 or 491-8734
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is the first of a two- quarter sequence offering an overview,
from the perspective of child development research findings, of basic concepts and issues in human
development that are implicated in policy planning for human services. Because human relationships
are so important to this process, we emphasize socialization-- relations between the child and
significant caregivers as well as social institutions, such as families and schools. An understanding of
how children's development is influenced by the social settings in which they mature, learn, and
develop an interactive character of psychological growth is stressed as well.
PREREQUISITES: None. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Primarily lecture.
EVALUATION: One take-home midterm consisting of three parts (total of approximately 20 written
pages); multiple-choice final.
READING LIST: Cole, M. & S. (1993). The Development of Children.
Dan Lewis
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C04
SOCIAL POLICY & HUMAN SERVICES
Time: TTh 3-4:30 pm
Office: Annenberg 206
Phone: 491-3715, 491-3395 or 491-8722
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will acquaint students with the history of the human
services in the United States. We will focus on services for the mentally ill and criminals (the mad
and the bad), with particular attention to the current issues in the care and control of these groups.
Students will be expected to participate in class and be examined on the lectures and readings at the
midterm and at the end of the quarter. Both examinations will be take-home. Traditionally, the class
has taken a field trip to one of the institutions we have studied.
EVALUATION: Class participation, take-home mid-term and final examination.
Diana T. Slaughter-Defoe
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C13
DEVELOPMENT OF BLACK CHILDREN AND FAMILIES: RESEARCH AND SOCIAL
POLICY
Time: TTh 1-2:30
Office: Annenberg 242
Phone: 491-3787
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course relates concerns of Black Americans to contemporary social
and educational policies significantly impacting the lives of these children and families and to the
associated developmental researches.
PREREQUISITES: None. P/N registration is permitted. An introductory course in child
development is preferable.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS: An in-class midterm exam covering basic concepts introduced in the
course. A 20-page paper which is a critical analysis of a child or family focused contemporary social
policy that especially impacts Black children and families, and which may include a case study. The
mid-term and final paper will account for 35% and 65%, respectively, of the course grade.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures on Tuesdays; discussion on Thursdays.
PRIMARY READINGS: The primary texts for this course will be three edited volumes:
M. Spencer, G. Brookins, and W. Allen (Eds.). Beginnings: The Social and Affective Development of
Minority Status Children. New York: Erlbaum Press, 1985. (paperback)
D.T. Slaughter (Ed.). Black Children and Poverty: A Developmental Perspective. San Francisco:
Jossey Bass, 1988. (paperback)
D.T. Slaughter and D. J. Johnson (Eds.). Visible Now: Blacks in Private Schools. Westport, CT:
Greenwood- Praeger, 1988.
James Rosenbaum
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C18
ADULT DEVELOPMENT AND WORK CAREERS
Time: T 3:30-6:00 pm
Office Address: 626 Library Place
Phone: 491-3795
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The study of adult development and work careers is viewed through the
perspectives of three disciplines: psychology, sociology, and organizational behavior. Psychological
conceptions of adult development are related to features of the social and organizational environment:
families, schools, and work institutions. The course examines individual career-development
strategies and alternative career systems, including those in Japan and Germany.
John Wick
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C72
(Formerly EDPR C72)
METHODS OF OBSERVING HUMAN BEHAVIOR
Time: MW 8:30-10:00 am
Office Address: Annenberg 214
Phone: 491-3726 v COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introductory course in observational methods,
especially recommended for pre-practicum students in the Human Development and Social Policy
Program and Teacher Preparation Program. Students explore the use of observational methods in
research and policy analysis. Experience is provided in both qualitative and quantitative procedures
including: (a) focused observation, (b) field notes, and (c) interviews.
PREREQUISITES: P/N is not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Varied teaching methods include lecture, discussion, observational
exercises, independent reading and projects. Students practice designing, implementing and analyzing
observational projects. Out-of-class data collection is required.
Dan Lewis
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C83
PRACTICUM IN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Time: MTWTh 8-5 pm
Office: Annenberg 206
Phone: 491-3715, 491-3395, or 491-8722
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Internship experience for undergraduate students. The practicum is a
full-time, thirty hour per week, on-site experience. It provides a special opportunity to acquaint
oneself with a particular professional environment and to apply theoretical and analytical concepts
learned in the classroom to an actual job setting.
PREREQUISITES: Prior consent of Practicum Director. You are required to enroll in HDSP C83
and HDSP C85 - Practicum Analysis Seminar - concurrently. The only exception is for those who
have received permission for an out-of-area practicum, in which case the student must take HDSP
C85 in the immediately following quarter.
EVALUATION:
1. The Practicum Director initiates phone contacts with the student's on-site supervisor.
2. The on-site supervisor submits a Supervisor's Mid-Term Evaluation of Student's Performance.
3. The onsite supervisor submits a Supervisor's Final Evaluation of Student.
4. The student fulfills attendance requirements at scheduled meetings -- beginning, middle and end of
quarter.
5. The following written coursework is also evaluated as part of the course grade:
a. A two-page paper indicating what you expect to learn from your field experience (due in the first
week of the practicum),
b. A ten-page paper explaining what you have learned from your field experience and how this
knowledge might apply to future academic and professional plans (due in the last week of the
practicum),
c. A written evaluation of the practicum site (due in the last week of the practicum).
Christine George
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C85-1
PRACTICUM ANALYSIS SEMINAR
Time: F 9-Noon
Office: Annenberg 205
Phone: 491-3884
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Small-group meetings of students in the Human Development and
Social Policy program to analyze practicum experiences, organize their perceptions of their own
internships, and share them with other class members. To be taken concurrently with HDSP C83.
Deborah Puntenney
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C85-2
PRACTICUM ANALYSIS SEMINAR
Time: F 9-Noon
Office: Annenberg 201
Phone: 491-4329
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Small-group meetings of students in the Human Development and
Social Policy program to analyze practicum experiences, organize their perceptions of their own
internships, and share them with other class members. To be taken concurrently with HDSP C83.
Diana Slaughter-Defoe
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C96-7
JUNIOR TUTORIAL: THE ROLE OF PLAY IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHILD
Time: W 3:00-5:00 pm
Office Address: Annenberg 242
Phone: 491-3787
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Why do children play? What is the relationship between play and
learning? What is play? What is not? This course is designed to investigate the significance of play in
the psychological development of the child. Readings will cover a broad section of the scholarly
literature dealing with the play of human children, as well as the role of play in the evolution of
primates. Particular attention will be given to the cognitive aspects of children's play. It should be
noted that there will be no emphasis in the course on the diagnostic aspects of play.
TEACHING METHODS: The course will be a combination seminar and survey course.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Each student must complete a 15-page paper. The paper will be
the primary basis of the final course grade. Each student should also submit a 2-page report. This
paper will count toward 10% of the final grade.
READING LIST: M. Bloch & A. Pellegrini (Eds.)The Ecological Context of Children's Play
J. Johnson, J. Christie, and T. Yawkey (Eds.)Play and Early Childhood Development
C. Garvey Play, J. McLane and G. McNamee Early Literacy
Barton Hirsch
Education & Social Policy, HDSP C96, section 21
FRIENDS AND FAMILY IN ADOLESCENCE
Time: F 1:00- 3:00 pm
Office: 109 Annenberg
Phone: 491-4418
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar examines friendships, romantic ties, and relationships with
parents during adolescence. The focus will be on the high school years. Interweaving theory,
research, and case studies, we will examine how these ties change and develop. Consideration wil
also be given to the ecology of these relationships (e.g., in what ways might parents be usefully
involved in their teen's friendships or romantic life?).
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion, some lectures, and student research (case studies).
EVALUATION: PARTICIPATION, 2-3 short papers (case studies of adolescent relationships with
friends, dating partners, and parents), and a term paper (which integrates the case studies with theory
and research).
READING LIST: Feldman & Elliot, At the Threshold: The developing adolescent
Clark, Family life and school achievement: Why poor black children succeed or fail; Houser,
Adolescents and their families: Paths of ego development
Steinberg, Crossing paths: How your child's adolescence triggers your own crisis; Hirsch, Raising
teenagers: The search for values and community.
Supplemental readings,particularly on love and romantic relationships.
Dan P. McAdams
Education & Social Policy, CPSY C02
THE HUMAN PERSONALITY
Time: MW 10:30-Noon
Office: Annenberg 209
Phone: 491-4174
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course examines different psychological ways to comprehend the
whole person in his or her complex societal and historical context. It asks a fundamental question in
the social sciences and humanities and, indeed, in life in general: "How are we to understand the
person?" Psychologically-informed scholars appear to have offered at least four tentative answers to
this intriguing question, producing four very different and probably irreconcilable frameworks for
studying persons. I have given these four the names of (l) intrapsychic mysteries, (2) interaction
episodes, (3) interpersonal stories, and (4) interpretive structures. The first emphasizes the
unconscious enigmas of the mind which drive human behavior; the second emphasizes the person's
traits in interaction with situations; the third focuses on the internalized stories or myths that persons
construct to provide their lives with unity and purpose; and the fourth examines the role of cognition
and consciousness in human personality. The course covers classic and contemporary approaches to
personality psychology, underscoring both theory and research.
EVALUATION: Written assignments: one mid-term examination (essay, short answer) and one final
paper.
READING LIST:Required textbook:
McAdams, D.P. (1990). The Person: An Introduction to Personality Psychology. San Diego, CA:
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
There will also be a packet of readings.
Barton Hirsch
Education & Social Policy, CPSY C03
INTERVENTION STRATEGIES
Time: MW 1:00-2:30 pm
Office: 109 Annenberg
Phone: 491-4418
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This new course takes an integrative approach to examining
interventions across several domains represented in the School of Education and Social Policy,
including individual, group, and family therapy; preventive and social-community interventions;
social policy; and the learning sciences. We will employ a social ecological framework as we
examine strategies for intiating, generalizing, and maintaining change over time. Special emphasis
will be placed on social systems and consultative issues over the life course of an intervention.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, with some discussion.
EVALUATION: Midterm and final examinations.
Susan Lee
Education & Social Policy, CPSY C90
HEALTH & PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT
Time: WF 1-2:30 pm
Office: Theatre/Interp. Bldg.
Phone: 491-7666
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is an overview of health and physical development
emphasizing the mind/body connection, the maintenance of physical and emotional/mental health,
and fitness. Wellness is examined in relation to the individual, lifestyle, society, and the environment.
This course is designed as an interdisciplinary approach to the topic, drawing from Anatomy,
Kinesiology, Exercise Physiology, Health Psychology, and Medicine. The course is designed to meet
Illinois State Board of Education certification requirements.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, discussion, and lab.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on class participation, assignments,labs, and research project.
READING LIST: Donnelly, Joseph. Living Anatomy. Second Ed.Greenberg & Dintiman. (1992).
Exploring Health: Expanding the Boundaries of Wellness.
Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon
Education & Social Policy, TEDU C03
PROBLEMS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
Time: Th 1:00-4:00 pm
Office: Annenberg 117
Phone: 467-1999
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will take a historical perspective on the field of philosophy
of education. Four classic texts will be read which span 2500 years, and so the class will move from
ancient to modern views of the timeless and most profound of educational issues. The readings will
help the student to reflect upon his or her own philosophies of education as well as those of the
authors. The course will address the following questions: What ought the aims of education be? How
do people learn? How can character, as well as intellect be educated? What is the role of educational
institutions in society? How can education help to foster democracy?
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and interpretive group discussion of readings.
EVALUATION: attendance; 2 analytical papers; 1 slightly longer paper outlining a personal
philosophy of education.
Carol Lee
Education & Social Policy, LSCI C25
FOUNDATIONS IN WRITING PROCESSES
Time: Th 1:00-4:00 pm
Office: Annenberg 223
Phone: 467-1807
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to give students an introduction to the
foundations of the teaching of composition. Students will be required to participate in the discussion
of readings by preparing at least one question arising from these readings. Along with discussion,
students will be required to keep a journal and complete regular in- class writing assignments.
Students will generate ideas for teaching that will be shared with the class and drawn upon each week
to develop specific teaching activities. Eventually, a mini-unit will be created that will focus on either
the teaching of persuasive writing or writing extended definitions and should integrate uses of
computer technology, editing, assessment, and mechanics.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation; final exam (mini-unit).
READING LIST: coursepack.
Lucille Felbinger
Education & Social Policy, TEDU C27
EDUCATING EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN
Time: TTh 4:00-5:30 pm
Office: Annenber 116
Phone: (847) 291-3612
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to familiarize students with different
exceptionalities (physiological, intellectual, and social-emotional characteristics, as well as etiological
factors) within the context of present-day laws, regulations, and educational practices. Particular
emphasis is placed on the identification of student's learning needs and the ways in which regular and
special educators can attempt to meet these needs.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0235 - Masters of Science in Education and Social Policy
Susan Lee
Masters of Science in Education C90
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT
COURSE DESCRIPTION:An overview of health and physical development emphasizing the mind-
body connection and maintenance of physical health, emotional and mental health, fitness. Wellness
is examined in relation to the individual, lifestyle, society, and the environment. Throughout the
course students will assess their own habits in diet, exercise and mental health. They will target a
group and evaluate beliefs and practice in health/wellness, including; the influence of the media, how
scientific information is conveyed, how belief systems are shaped, how behavior is changed etc..
They will propose an educational approach to responding to what they have discovered in their
research.
Karen Fuson
Masters of Science in Education D03
CHILD & ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT & LEARNING
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course provides an overview of developmental concepts and
empirical results from birth through adolescence. Major foci include the interplay of biological
invariants, individual differences, and cultural experiences; relationships among cognitive, social and
cultural aspects of development and learning; major developmental theories and contexts of the
construction of these theories; implications for teaching and learning. Weekly group discussions aim
to support students in comprehending the readings, reflecting on and improving group interaction
competencies, posing and answering questions, and applying the readings to teaching. Whole group
lecture and discussion seek to orient students to major aspects of the theories and their supportive
scholarly base and to provide relevant developmental empirical work. The course includes reading
and discussion of primary source materials, and attempts to provide the student with a sound grasp of
basic concepts that organize the growing body of research findings.
John Wick
Masters of Science in Education D06
DATA DISPLAY AND INTERPRETATION
COURSE DESCRIPTION:This course will have four integrated themes. The first addresses
measurement--using both quantitative and qualitative techniques to translate events,things, or
behaviors into numbers. The second will address displaying the results to communicate them to
others and to make tentative decisions. The third will broaden the issue slightly to look at the internal
validity of judgements based on measurement. The last section will stretch this internal validity
question into a broader, more external context in the sense of, "How does this one study--this one bit
or research or effort at improvement--fit into the broader context?"
Sophie Haroutunian-Gordon
Masters of Science in Education C03
PROBLEMS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Focus of the course is upon classical and modern philosophies of
education. Text interpretation, analysis of ideas, and argument construction are stressed as is the
relation of philosophy to educational issues. Students are asked to develop a philosophy of education.
Carol Lee
Masters of Science in Education C25
FOUNDATIONS OF WRITING PROCESSES
COURSE DESCRIPTION:The course explores cognitive and sociocultural foundations of writing
processes and their implications for writing instruction and assessment, includes supervised field
experience.
Masters of Science in Education C27
EDUCATING EXCEPTION CHILDREN
COURSE DESCRIPTION:Reviews the characteristics of different exceptionalities (physiological,
intellectual, and social-emotional) and etiological factors; trends in legislation, educational
programming, and approaches to instruction for students with disabilities are also discussed.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0400 - Freshman Seminar
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, THESE FRESHMAN SEMINARS HAVE NO
PREREQUISITES
ALL FRESHMAN SEMINARS HAVE ENROLLMENT LIMITED TO 15
Leon Forrest
African-American Studies THE LITERATURE OF DEVIANCE
Time: TTH 2:30-4:00
Office Address: 308 Kresge
Phone: 491-5122
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will help the student to see the complex world of characters
in novels and plays in a wholly different way. The class will see how these remarkable individuals
carve out the "road not taken", as their way of establishing their honor and their freedom. Most of the
characters in these works are viewed as anti-heroes and outlaws. From their ironic stance, the actions
of these figures reveal a most prophetic manner; and they often predict the shape of things to come,
socially and culturally in the larger society.
TEACHING METHOD: Mainly a course ordered by discussion and class participation, and papers.
EVALUATION: Students will be required to write papers both in class; and take-home themes.
Student will be asked to write four short papers (5-6 pages each). Class participation and comment
will count in the final assessment for the grade in the course.
READING LIST:
Herman Melville, Benito Cereno
Toni Morrison, Song of Solomon
William Shakespeare, Othello
Richard Wright, The Man Who Lived Underground
* * * ANTHROPOLOGY * * *
Karen Hansen
Anthropology A01-6, Sec. 20
CLOTHING AND CULTURE
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office Address: 1810 Hinman, 205
Phone: 491-4826
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Are we what we wear? Even if we dispute that "clothes maketh the
person," we don't doubt that clothes matter. The western fashion system goes hand-in-hand with
power, as do dress practices elsewhere: they all demonstrate the cultural politics of their specific time
and place. But the relationships are often complex, if not oppositional. This seminar examines
clothing behavior from three perspectives; clothing as communication; clothing as dream; and
clothing as aesthetics. Different types of materials will be discussed to highlight themes of historical
dress, non-western dress, popular culture and subcultures and, above all, the interaction between
western and non-western forms of dress. Questions explored include: how dress codes are acquired;
how everyday dress practices are constructed and changed; and how the ways we dress the body
contribute to the performance of "self".
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion, interviews, video and film.
EVALUATION: Class participation, papers and oral presentation. Students will be required to write
five papers, 4-5 typed pages each.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
J. Ash and E. Wilson, eds., Chick Thrills: A Fashion Reader
M.E. Roach-Higgins, J. Eicher, and K. Johnson, eds., Dress and Identity
A. Hollander, Sex and Suits: The Evolution of Modern Dress
Plus readings on library reserve by Barthes, Elias, Scimmel and Veblen.
Daniel Strauss
Anthropology A01-6, Sec. 21
LANGUAGE, CONSCIOUSNESS AND EVOLUTION
Time: MW 11:00-12:30
Office Address: 555 Clark #112
Phone: 491-4565
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will pose the questions, "What is consciousness, where did
it come from, and why?" We will discuss various theories of what consciousness is and consider that
consciousness is intimately linked with language. We will look at the question of what consciousness
does for us, and to begin to answer this question we will look at what it does NOT do for us by
examining animal intelligence, animal social structures, and animal emotions. Having come to some
understanding of which aspects of human mental life are common to other animals and which are
uniquely human, we will consider how these uniquely human aspects could have arisen in evolution.
We will throughout consider that different human cultures with different languages may have
different perceptions of consciousness.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation, papers. Three papers, 3-4 pages in length, one term paper at the
end of quarter, approximately 10 pages.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
A. Irving Hallowell, Culture and Experience
Julian Jaynes, The Origin of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind
Melvin Konner, The Tangled Wing: Biological Constraints on the Human Spirit
Philip Lieberman, Uniquely Human
Carl Sagan, Dragons of Eden: Speculations on the Evolution of Human Intelligence
* * * ART HISTORY * * *
Natalie Adamson
Art History A01-6, Sec. 20
SURREALISM AND WOMEN, PARIS 1924-1938
Time: TTH 9:00-10:30
Office Address: 244 Kresge
Phone: 491-3230
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar explores two main issues in the avant- garde movement of
Surrealism, based in paris between 1924 and 1938. First, as a movement created by male artists and
writers, how did the surrealists talk about, write about and depict women in their artistic production?
What kinds of images were created of women, what functions did these images serve, and what might
be some of the problems with these constructions of femininity? Secondly, after 1930, the surrealist
movement was joined by a number of important women artists. How they were treated within the
movement, the nature of their art production (especially their images of women) will be closely
examined. Artists and writers looked at in the course include Andre Breton, Rene Magritte, Man Ray,
Meret Oppenheim, Claude Cahum, Frida Kahlo, Toyen, and Leonor Fini.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussion. Introductions by lecturer, discussion focussed on
questions to do with the readings and images to be analyzed.
EVALUATION: Class participation, presentation and writing assignments. 2 short papers (2-3
pages), 15% each paper; 1 research paper (5-8 pages), 30%; class presentation (10 mins.) 20%; and
class participation, 20%.
READING LIST:
Andre Breton, Nadja
Whitney Chadwick, Surrealism and Women
Jacqueline Chenieux-Genoron, Surrealism
Course packet with selected articles, The Surrealist Manifesto of 1924, etc.
Recommended: Sylvan Barnet, A Short Guide to Writing about Art
Whitney Davis
Art History A01-6, Sec. 21
DECIPHERING PREHISTORIC ART
Time: T 2:00-5:00
Office Address: 2010 Sheridan
Phone: 491-7946
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In recent years, an explosion of new research has altered our
understanding of the meaning, function, and history of prehistoric art (dated from about 35,000 to
about 10,000 B.C.) - including not only the early "pictures" and "sculptures" (such as the well-known
painted caves of southwestern France like Lascaux) but also marks and objects of other kinds. Among
the questions that have concerned scholars in disciplines as diverse as art history, psychology,
anthropology, cognitive science, logic, and literary theory: How do pictures derive from other,
apparently nonrepresentational marks? Are there forms of writing or notation in prehistoric art, and if
so, can we "read" them? How do marks and objects produced by prehuman species (hominids or
simians) relate to the development of prehistoric art? Does prehistoric art tell us anything about
prehistoric's people's conceptions of the human body and its processes, of space and time, or of the
cosmos? How does the production and distribution of prehistoric art relate to social organization?
What are the earliest forms of aesthetic activity? We will examine the latest research on these and
other questions, critically comparing the evidence to the theoretical models or explanatory
hypotheses. We will see that prehistoric art studies is an area where some of the most basic questions
about being or becoming human are being addressed by scholars in multidisciplinary dialogue.
TEACHING METHOD: We will meet once per week to review evidence (published or illustrated in
slide form) and discuss assigned readings; later in the quarter, some meetings will be held on an
individual basis; at the end of the quarter, meetings will be devoted to students presentations.
EVALUATION: Evaluation will be based on an initial writing assignment and on the progress of a
student project through outline to oral presentation and submission of a dossier.
The students are expected to complete the following:
1. Short written critical review of an argument, 1000 words.
2. Outline of a project, stating thesis, essential sources, and proposed points to be researched and
discussed, 500 words.
3. Oral presentation of student project, based on outline, notes, and other materials, half an hour in
length.
READING LIST:
Paul Bahn and Jean Vertut, Images of the Ice Age
Alexander Marshack, The Roots of Civilization: The Cognitive Beginnings of Man's First Art,
Symbol, and Notation
selected articles (usually two per week).
* * * BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES * * *
Robert King
Biological Sciences A04-6, Sec. 20
GENETICS AND HUMAN WELFARE
Time: MWF 2:00-3:00
Office Address: 5-130 Hogan
Phone: 491-3652
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on the role of genetics in human disease. Each
student will write a 4,000 word essay in the style of a scientific review on a specific hereditary
disease, covering such topics as the mode of inheritance of the condition, the cells or tissues involved,
the anatomy of the gene responsible and the structure and function of its product, the nature of the
mutational lesions carried by patients with the disease, prospects for cure, and the ethical and legal
problems associated with counseling the patient and his or her relatives.
TEACHING METHOD: The instructor will first discuss the methods of library research and the
techniques of scientific writing. Subsequent lectures will give the technical background necessary for
the student to understand the literature he or she must digest. Individual meetings provide a critical
review of the first draft. The student will give an initial 5 minute progress report and a final 15 minute
seminar of the disease, followed by group discussions on the insights hereditary diseases provide in
understanding human development, metabolism and the behavior.
EVALUATION: Based on the quality of the initial and final drafts of the review, on the 5 and 15
minute oral reports and on participation in class discussion.
READING LIST:
V. McMillan, Writing Papers in the Biological Sciences
T. Strachan and A. Read, Human Molecular Genetics
Albert Farbman
Biological Sciences A05-6, Sec. 20
REPRODUCTIVE TECHNOLOGY
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 5-170 Hogan
Phone: 491-7039
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The discussions will focus on the ethical, legal and social issues raised
by scientific advances in reproductive technology. We shall first discuss the biology of human
reproduction, contraception, and the causes on infertility. We shall then discuss some of the
technological means that enable fertile couples to have children and the issues that sometimes
complicate the implementation of these new technologies. Finally, we shall discuss other important
issues dealing with certain aspects of human reproduction, including their pros and cons of abortion.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussion.
EVALUATION: Three papers on assigned topics, 5-6 pages each.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
"Infertility: Medical and Social Choices," Chapters 1, 3, 4 Gov't Printing Office, 1988.
Lori Andrews, "New Conceptions"
U.S.Supreme Court, 410 US 113. (1973) "Roe vs. Wade"
Ulman, et al. "RU-486" Scientific American, 262: 42-48. 1990
* * * CLASSICS * * *
James Packer
Classics A01-6, Sec. 20
APOCALYPSE THEN AND NOW: SCENARIOS FOR THE END OF ROMAN AND
WESTERN CIVILIZATION
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 12 Kresge
Phone: 491-8046
COURSE DESCRIPTION: How will modern American Society fare? Can our present life
continue? Will our society change radically, and if so, in what direction? Will America prosper? Will
it decline? Will it join the new "global village?" Is the "global village" stable? What problems
threaten it --and us as Americans in the threshold of the twenty-first century?
We have no certain answers to these questions, but examining them against the backdrop of the
Roman Empire, a famous, powerful, and long-lived society that did not survive, sharpens our
intellectual focus on our own problems. We all know about the "Decline and Fall" of ancient Rome.
But what does this famous phrase mean? What were Rome's fatal flaws? Why did its citizens
passively accept subversion from within and attack from without? Was the collapse of Rome total--or
did parts of it survive? Do the answers to these questions help explain--and perhaps suggest tentative
solutions to--the problems of modern America?
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion of readings and of 5-page student reports on additional related
readings in Jones.
EVALUATION: In addition to the 5-page reports, class members will write two five-page essays on
topics discussed in class. Thus each student will be evaluated on the basis of three five-page papers.
READING LIST:
P. Ehrlich and A. Ehrlich, Healing the Planet
A.H.M. Jones, The Decline of the Ancient World
* * * ECONOMICS * * *
Mark Witte
Economics A01-6, Sec. 20
SOCIAL ISSUES, ECONOMIC SUGGESTIONS
Time: MW 11:00-12:30 Office Address: 231 Andersen
Phone: 491-5140
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Social problems are much more apparent than their solutions. For over
two hundred years, great thinkers in the field of economics have found common ground for
disagreement on how best to ameliorate society's ills. From Ricardo vs. Malthus to Friedman vs.
Galbraith, lively arguments have ranged and raged from premise to conclusion. We will examine how
and why these economists differed and how economic arguments are used to influence opinion on the
issues today.
TEACHING METHOD: Mostly discussion and student presentations.
EVALUATION: Each student will be graded on the content and writing quality of each graded paper
as well as the student's written comments on the papers of other students. Class participation will
count into the grade as well. The class will be required to write five 7-10 page papers plus several
shorter (one to two) page monographs on the readings.
READING LIST:
Todd Buchholz, New Ideas from Dead Economists
Milton Friedman, Capitalism and Freedom
Steven Landsburg, The Armchair Economists: Economics and Everyday Life
Selected shorter readings and papers.
Christopher Udry
Economics A01-6, Sec. 21
DESERTS, FORESTS, AND FARMS: ECONOMICS AND THE AFRICAN ENVIRONMENT
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office Address: 203 Andersen
Phone: 491-8235
COURSE DESCRIPTION: We are all familiar with images of environmental crisis in Africa. The
Sahara desert is creeping southward, threatening to engulf entire nations; the tropical forests are
rapidly disappearing; and problems of drought, erosion and pollution threaten vast agricultural
regions. Or are these images myths? We will examine the environmental history of Africa, and the
economics of the interaction between people and their environment in an attempt to clarify these
issues. The seminar will proceed through three stages. First, we will read some of the scientific
debates on long-term climate change, soil fertility maintenance, and deforestation. Then we will apply
simple economic theory to the problem of resource management. Finally, we will examine the
practice of African farmers in the light of this theoretical and scientific discussion.
TEACHING METHOD: Group discussion based on the required readings and discussion papers
written by students and distributed to the class.
EVALUATION: The final grade will be based mainly on the three discussion papers (10 pages each)
written by each student. Class participation will also enter into the grade.
READING LIST:
E. Croll and D. Parkin, Bush Base, Forest Farm
Paul Richards, Indigenous Agricultural Revolution: Ecology and Food Production in West Africa.
Other required readings in the form of selected articles.
* * * ENGLISH * * *
Deanna Kreisel
English A01-6, Sec. 20
THE DETECTIVE NOVEL
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office Address: University Hall 328
Phone: 491-4863
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Some of the most prominent novelists of the nineteenth century wrote
"novels of detection": Charles Dickens and Edgar Allan Poe being perhaps the most famous
examples. Why, then, are mystery novels not considered "great literature"? Why is it faintly
embarrassing to admit we like them? Why do we read them furtively on the el? In this class, we will
treat detective novels with utmost seriousness, analyzing their techniques and examining their history.
In the course of tracing that history, we will also question where their respectability got lost and
consider recent attempts (such as this course, for example) to reinstate detective novels in the literary
canon.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Three papers, 5-7 pages in length.
READING LIST:
The authors we will read may include Edgar Allan Poe, Wilkie Collins, Arthur Conan Doyle,
Raymond Chandler, Agatha Christie, Dorothy Sayers, P. D. James, and Sara Paretsky.
Lisa Limburg
English A01-6, Sec. 21
SUCCESSES IN STORYLAND: THE GOLDEN AGE IN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Time: MWF 11:00-12:00
Office Address: University Hall 420
Phone: 491-4991
COURSE DESCRIPTION: "In a utilitarian age, of all other times," wrote Charles Dickens almost
150 years ago, "it is a matter of grave importance that Fairy tales should be respected." Twentieth-
century critics are following Dickens' lead in their increasing respect for the role children's literature
plays in our culture. Both stories of socialization, in which children are expressly taught how to
"behave," and stories of imagination have provided important ways for "Little Women" (and "Little
Men") to learn about their world, its boundaries, and its possibilities. In this course, we will examine
American and British juvenile literature from what has been called its first "Golden Age": roughly
1860 through 1920. Our readings range from the didactic to the fantastic, and from domestic tales
centered at home to the adventure stories of imperial England. Topics for discussion will include the
subversive power of fantasy as a literary mode; the gendered marketing of children's literature; and
changing sensibilities for appropriate juvenile literature (which have kept some of our texts in print
and made others, like Little Black Sambo, fall out of fashion).
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation; oral presentation; three papers (3-5 pp; 4-6 pp; 6-8 pp); brief
reading journal assignments.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Louisa May Alcott, Little Women
Horatio Alger, Ragged Dick
Helen Bannerman, The Story of Little Black Sambo
Frances Hodgson Burnett, The Secret Garden
Carroll, Lewis, Alice's Adventures in Wonderland and Through the Looking Glass
H. Rider Haggard, King Solomon's Mines
plus course packet of selected shorter readings.
John Bishop
English A01-6, Sec. 22
MODERN SHORT FICTION
Time: MWF 1:00-2:00
Office Address: University Hall 424
Phone: 491-4991
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Instead of considering the short story as a minor form--what novelists
write between novels, or what readers read when pressed for time--this course examines the short
story as a form that has come into its own over the last century, developing its own conventions and
traditions. We will read some samples from the "great tradition" of the short story and explore how
later writers--mostly American--have perfected, parodied or transformed story types and conventions
such as the epiphany, the vignette, the life story, the yarn, the fable.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion, with occasional lecture.
EVALUATION: Weekly two-page papers, three 4-5 page papers, one class presentation.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Course reader with selected stories from Hawthorne, Poe, Joyce, Hemingway, Chekhov, Porter,
Anderson, Cheever, O'Connor, Malamud, Salinger, Updike, Erdrich, Silko, Walker, Sontag, Carver,
and others.
Bookstore: Quartet Copies
John Young
English A01-6, Sec. 23
AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL FICTIONS
Time: MWF 2:00-3:00
Office Address: 420 University Hall
Phone: 491-4991
BRIEF DESCRIPTION: Novelists frequently present fictional stories as "autobiographies" or other
kinds of "life stories," and autobiographers sometimes include fictional elements in their "true"
accounts. In this course we will examine the boundaries between truth and narrative by reading books
from both categories. In each case, we will consider the cultural context behind the author's decision
to label the text an autobiography and the ways in which the word "autobiography" changes its
meaning between historical periods. The course will also focus on the kinds of masks authors use to
shield their identities: Defoe, for example, publishes Robinson Crusoe without his name attached,
while Bront¥ uses another name and calls herself the editor of Jane Eyre's story, and Stein writes as
Alice B. Toklas.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION METHOD: Several short (1/2-page) written assignments, two short papers (3-4
pages), one longer paper (6-8 pages), and class participation.
READING LIST:
Charlotte Bronte, Jane Eyre
Daniel Defoe, Robinson Crusoe
Frederick Douglass, Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass
Benjamin Franklin, The Autobiograhy of Benjamin Franklin
Zora Neale Hurston, Their Eyes Were Watching God
Gertrude Stein, The Autobiography of Alice B. Toklas
Julia Stern
English A01-6, Sec. 24
RACE, CONSCIOUSNESS, AND IDENTITY IN THE NOVELS OF WILLIAM FAULKNER
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 415 University Hall
Phone: 491-3530
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In the work of William Faulkner, tragic history and experimental
narrative come together to tell the story of America's entanglement with slavery and its enduring
legacy of racism. Faulkner's greatest fiction performs an extended meditation on the anguish of
American race relations and unfolds its narratives of racial crisis in a uniquely modernist form. Our
exploration will involve the careful study of five novels from the period of Faulkner's greatest artistic
productivity, 1929- 1942: The Sound and the Fury; As I Lay Dying; Light in August; Absalom,
Absalom!; and Go Down Moses. We will attend to the problems of reading a fiction that figures
illegibility as one of its central themes; we will examine the relationship between fictive
consciousness and the construction of subjectivity; and, we will consider the way in which history, as
it manifests itself in a narrative of confrontation and exploitation along the lines of race, inflects and
inscribes both individual, familial, and national identity.
ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: 3 short papers (1-2 pages) and a final essay (8-10 pages)
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
As I Lay Dying
The Sound And The Fury
Light In August, and
Absalom, Absalom!
Carl Smith
English A01-6, Sec. 25
LITERATURE AND REALITY IN AMERICA
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office Address: 306 University Hall
Phone: 491-7136
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar will discuss the relation of literature to both individual and
social experience in America in the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It will do so through a
discussion of a group of classic realist novels that purported to tell the "truth" about life. Their authors
argued that such a purpose was the obligation of the author, though they told different "truths" in
different ways in confronting the question of the proper relation of fiction to "real" life. In addition to
discussing these books and the broader issues of the relationship between art and reality that they
raise, we shall probably also take at least a brief look at other forms of depicting "reality" (e.g.,
painting, photography), as well as some examples of literary criticism from the period and since.
Assignments will include a series of short papers, and a significant amount of class time will be
devoted to issues of writing. We'll also pay some attention to research resources, including those
available electronically.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Writing assignments and regular intelligent participation in class. All students are
expected to attend every class. There will be 3-5 short (5 pp.) critical papers and/or related briefer (1-
2 pp.) assignments, with revisions.
READING LIST:
Likely selections are Henry James, The Portrait of a Lady; Theodore Dreiser, Sister Carrie; Edith
Wharton, The House of Mirth; Stephen Crane, The Red Badge of Courage; Kate Chopin, The
Awakening; Mark Twain, The Tragedy of Puddin'head Wilson; Charles W. Chesnutt, The Marrow of
Tradition. We will probably read about five novels in all.
Todd Trubey
English A03-6, Sec. 20
SHAKESPEARE'S TROUBLING COMEDIES
Time: MWF 9:00-10:00
Office Address: 420 University Hall
Phone: 491-4991
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In this course we will examine five Shakespearean comedies with
troubling undertones: Twelfth Night, Much Ado About Nothing, Measure for Measure, All's Well
That Ends Well, and Cymbeline. While some of these plays are darker than others, all of them
revolve around sexual issues that restrain the typical festive mood of comedy. These issues include
cross-dressing and gender exchange, sexual substitution, voyeurism, and forced sex. We will be
discussing how Shakespeare uses disturbing or serious elements in comedy, and the effect such
elements have on comedies.
TEACHING METHOD: Class discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation; 3 papers--two 1,000 word papers, one 2,000 word paper.
READING:
The Riverside Shakespeare, available at Great Expectations.
Joan Gillespie
English A04-6, Sec. 20
STRANGER IN A STRANGE LAND: NARRATIVES OF EXILE
Time: TTH 9:00-10:30
Office Address: University Hall
Phone: 491-7294
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The experience of exile-whether chosen, accidental, or forced--serves as
thematic material for the Western literary tradition since the Greek tragedies. A crisis of identity,
social and cultural displacement, the attempt to reforge community, the challenges to one's spectrum
of values--these common events of plot occur in the face of a protagonist's overwhelming solitude.
This course will present the opportunity to study context, the place from which the protagonist is
exiled in realist portrayals; the intellectual, spiritual, and emotional conditions of exile; and various
strategies by which characters either change their status of exile or succumb to it.
TEACHING METHOD: Primarily discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation; one class presentation; in-class essays; three short papers (2-4
pp.) and one long essay (8-10 pp.) for a total of 15-20 pages.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Elizabeth Bowen, from The Collected Stories
Joseph Conrad, Lord Jim
Daniel Defoe, Robinson Crusoe
Doris Lessing, from African Stories
Michael Ondatjee, The English Patient
Sophocles, Oedipus the King
Shakespeare, The Tempest
* * * FRENCH AND ITALIAN * * *
Tilde Sankovitch
French A05-6, Sec. 20
WOMEN'S ROLE AND IMAGE IN FRENCH CULTURE AND SOCIETY
Time: MWF 9:00-10:00
Office Address: Kresge 141
Phone: 467-1448
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In its examination of the female presence in French culture and society
this course will focus on three historical periods: the Middle Ages; the time of the French Revolution;
and the second half of the twentieth century. For each of these periods we will consider a variety of
literary and historical texts, as well as visual representations of women, in order to define the female
role, and to evaluate its changing configuration and impact.
METHODOLOGY: Some lecturing, in the form of introductory lectures for each period and each
author; mostly discussion. Films to be viewed in the media center of the library.
EVALUATION: It will be on the basis of three papers (5-6 pages each), and active participation in
class discussions.
READING LIST: TBA
Marie-Simone Pavlovich
French AO5-6, Sec. 21
THE MEAL IN THE FRENCH NOVEL
Time: MWF 11:00-12:00
Office address: 128 Kresge
Phone: 491-8263
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Study of the psychological aspect of the meal and its symbolic
significance as a function as reflected in fictional works by authors such as Rabelais, Flaubert,
Maupassant, Colette, Duras, and others. This study is based on the axiom by Brillat-Savarin: "Tell me
what you eat and I'll tell you what you are", and examines the quality of the meals served at the tables
of the characters from the reading list below and examines their reflection on the characters' psyche
and actions. The study will also include the showing of movies like "Babette's Feast", "A Day in the
Country", "The Discreet Charm of the Bourgeoisie"; discussion will relate to other movies with topics
dealing with food, such as "The Wedding Banquet", or "Man, Woman, Eat, Drink" for instance.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar, discussions on readings, oral presentations in class, etc.
EVALUATION:
4 compositions (2-3 pages each)
1 final paper that consists of a research on the topic but as seen in English-speaking literature (4-5
pages).
READING LIST:
Duras: Moderato Cantabile
Flaubert, Madame Bovary
a reading packet available at Copy Cat
* * * GERMAN * * *
Catherine Grimm
German A04-6, Sec. 20
"SOULMATES AND CONFIDANTES:" PORTRAYALS OF FRIENDSHIP IN GERMAN
LITERATURE
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 106 Kresge
Phone: 491-8290
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar will focus on the works of some of the most famous
German writers and will explore the different notions of friendship represented in their texts. Some of
the questions that will be discussed are: How do social attitudes towards friendship affect a literary
work's portrayal of it? How does an author's gender affect their depiction of friendship? Why do
modern German authors seem preoccupied with their literary ancestors? Our interaction with these
texts will enable us to understand more clearly the complex relationship between the "fictional" and
"historical" past and present.
TEACHING METHOD: The emphasis will be on discussion, interspersed with an occasional short
lecture.
EVALUATION: Class participation and 3-5 papers, each about 5 pages, based on the readings.
READINGS:
J.W. Goethe, The Sorrows of Young Werther
U. Plenzdorf, The New Sorrows of Young Werther
Selected shorter works by Bettina von Arnim and Karoline von Gunderrode
Christa Wolf, No Place on Earth
Thomas Mann, Tonio Kroger
Herman Hesse, Narcissus and Goldmund
Franz Kafka, The Metamorphosis, The Judgement, and The Stoker
* * * HISPANIC STUDIES * * *
Vera Teixeira
Hispanic Studies A05-6, Sec. 20
FASCINATING FEMALES: WIVES, LOVERS, VAMPS AND TRAMPS
Time: TTH 2:30-4:00
Office Address: 136 Kresge
Phone: 491-8283
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A woman's role in the family and in the public space has undergone
important changes in the twentieth century. Brazilian novelists and short-story writers have created
unforgettable female characters who fit the various traditional roles as chaste wives, darling aunts,
entrepreneurial madams, tantalizing vamps and outright tramps. The course will introduce some of
these fascinating females, it will examine the impact they have on their male counterparts, and will
delve into some the considerations of current gender relation studies.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation (25%), three short (3 page) papers (30%), one oral group
presentation (15%), a longer (8-10 page) final paper (30%).
READING LIST:
Jorge Amado, Dona Flor and Her Two Husbands and The War of the Saints
Selected essays by Camille Paglia and Helene Cixous. Sample prose work by
Brazilian male and female writers will be available in a course pack. All
required readings will be in English.
* * * HISTORY * * *
Stuart Strickland
History A01-6, Sec.20
TRAVELLERS' TALES
Time: MW 12:00-1:30
Office Address: Harris 103C
Phone: 491-2753
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This freshman seminar serves as a historical introduction to travel and
travel writing. It will consider travel narratives as sources of knowledge about nature and foreign
cultures, as vehicles for self-cultivation, as means of reporting discoveries, and as accounts of
colonial conquest. In each case, we will attend to the interaction between travel metaphors in
literature and their use in organizing concrete historical experiences specific to particular epochs and
cultures. Through close reading of texts, active discussion in class, and critical writing exercises, the
seminar aims to help students develop tools to appreciate and to question the motivations and effects
of travelling and of writing about that experience.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussion.
EVALUATION: Three short (3-5 page) papers.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Hernan Cortes, Letters from Mexico
Charles Darwin, Voyage of the Beagle
Goethe, Italian Journey
Letters of the Lewis and Clark Expedition
V.S. Naipaul, A Way in the World
Laurence Sterne, Sentimental Journey through France and Italy
Mark Twain, The Innocents Abroad
Jules Verne, Around the World in Eighty Days
Lynn Schibeci
History A01-6, Sec. 21
HISTORY ON FILM: CRITICAL ISSUES IN 20TH-CENTURY BRITAIN
Time: TTH 12:30-2:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course aims to introduce the student to some of the different ways
that events and issues in history have been reproduced. Primarily, we will study the representation of
British history in feature films, as well as studying various forms of sources, from letters and
photographs to textbooks. We will analyse some films and written histories that deal with major
social and political issues throughout the 20th century. In doing so, we will consider how to critique
films dealing with historical issues as thoroughly as we critique written histories. The films and
written accounts deal with socio-political events such as the world wars and women's suffrage, and
issues relating to class, sexuality, race, empire, consumerism and popular protest. We will assess
problems such as historical accuracy, stereotyping, and the role of the film in understanding history.
Students should be strongly committed to improving their writing skills.
PREREQUISITES: Attendance at First Class Mandatory.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar and film viewing. Students will be expected to attend viewing
sessions each Thursday in the Library's Media Center.
EVALUATION: 5 discussion papers (3 pages each); a 10-minute oral presentation; class
participation.
READING LIST:
Paul Fussell, Wartime
Robert Graves, Goodbye to All That
T.W. Heyck, The Peoples of the British Isles, v. 3
Course Packet of primary sources, book excerpts and articles
Films:
Gallipoli, A Room of One's Own, WW2 propaganda films, Distant Voices, Still
Lives, Shakespeare Wallah, Look Back in Anger, In the Name of the Father,
My Beautiful Laundrette, High Hopes
Lynn Schibeci
History A01-6, Sec. 22
THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION AND BRITISH SOCIETY
Time: TTH 10:00-11:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Phone: 491-7524
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will introduce students to the wide range of developments
in manufacturing and technology from 1750-1850, and the related changes that took place in British
society in that period. Themes that we will consider include the growth of manufacturing and the
factory system; the British empire and its relationship to industrialization; urbanization and
commercial development; the birth of class society; the effects of commerce and technology on
cultural institutions and practices; popular protest and social change; and family life in industrial
society, and effects upon the standard of living.
PREREQUISITES: Attendance at First Class Mandatory.
TEACHING METHOD: Two seminar meetings per week.
EVALUATION: 2 short papers (3 pages each); 1 final paper (10 pages); one 10-minute oral
presentation; class participation.
READING LIST:
M.J. Daunton, Progress and Poverty: An Economic and Social History of Britain 1700-1850
Bridget Hill, Women, Work, and Sexual Politics in Eighteenth Century England
Neil McKendrick, The Birth of Consumer Society
Harold Perkin, The Origins of Modern English Society
E.P.Thompson, The Making of the English Working Class
Course Packet of primary sources, book excerpts and articles
Laura Sinclair Odelius
History A01-6, Sec. 23
THE GOOD FIGHT?: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES ON THE SPANISH CIVIL WAR
Time: TTH 3:00-4:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Phone: 491-7524
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Spanish Civil War was the most romantic war of our century--the
last good cause. The Spanish Civil War was just part of the build-up to World War II. It also was a
fight between the forces of good and evil, a fight between Democracy and Fascism, between anarchy
and order. The Spanish Civil War was just an ugly rehearsal for Hitler's Blitzkrieg techniques. All of
these interpretations of the Spanish Civil War have been advanced at one point or another--by people
who were there, by people who looked on, by historians who studied events later. This course will
take a fresh look at the war which captured so much attention in the 1930's, which was seen as so
tragic and romantic by writers such as Ernest Hemingway, but which is now often passed over in
European surveys as part of the stream of events leading up to World War II. We will look at the
events of the war and at various ways the events were interpreted. Is one interpretation- or method of
interpretation- more valid, more correct, more truthful than another? What is the real historical
significance of the Spanish Civil War? We will pay special attention to primary materials--original
books and documents from people who were there at the time--from the Spanish Civil War contained
in Northwestern's Special Collections.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussions supplemented by student presentations.
EVALUATION: 2 analytical papers (5-6 pages each); 1 paper (12-15 pages) on a question requiring
research. PREFERABLY USING PRIMARY SOURCES FROM THE SPECIAL COLLECTIONS
DEPARTMENT OF NORTHWESTERN LIBRARY; before research papers are due, each student
will also present his/her project to the class, accompanied by a brief (2-3 pages) written progress
report-- presentations will be integral to the course.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Harry Browne, Spain's Civil War
Ernest Hemingway, For Whom the Bell Tolls
Gabriel Jackson, A Concise History of the Spanish Civil War
Federico Garcia Lorca, Three Tragedies
Andre Malraux, Man's Hope
George Orwell, Homage to Catalonia
Peter Stansky and William Abrahams, Journey to the Frontier
Course packet of additional readings
Primary sources from NU Special Collections
E. W. Monter
History A01-6, Sec. 24
LOUIS XIV
Time: M 2:00-4:00
Office Address: Harris 329
Phone: 491-2849
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The seminar will examine the "great man" issue historically, using the
example of Europe's best-known absolute monarch, Louis XIV of France. He reigned officially for 72
years (1643-1715) and "absolutely" for 54 years (1661-1715), and built Europe's most famous royal
palace.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion and writing assignments.
EVALUATION: Students will compose a 5,000-word essay on Louis XIV's relationship to people
who implemented various aspects of his personal gloire. Topics must be approved by Friday, April 5;
(first drafts [of at least 2500 words) will be presented and discussed at our meeting in May; final
drafts are due on June 6. Students with near-proficiency-level French ar especially encouraged,
although most of the suggested topics can be done quite satisfactorily in English.
Subjects for research include, for example: Cardinal Mazarin (Louis' mentor); J-B. Lully (Louis'
musician); any of the three very different major royal mistresses (La Valliere, Mme. de Montespan,
Mme de Maintenon); J.-B. Colbert (Louis' navy or Louis' overseas colonies); Vauban (Louis'
engineer); James II of England (Louis' foreign policy--enough for two papers, before and after 1688);
A. Le Notre (Louis'landscaper); Pope Innocent XI (Louis' religion); Louvois (Louis' army); Moliere
(Louis' court theater); Fouquet (the only man Louis apparently feared); La Reynie (Louis' police
chief); Le Brun (Louis' architect); the Great Dauphin (Louis' son); or perhaps Louis' Queen, Maria
Teresa (strictly for masochists!).
READING LIST:
Required readings include P. Goubert, Louis XIV and Twenty Million Frenchmen (Vintage
paperback)
selections from Norbert Elias, The Court Society and from Louis' Memoires for the Instruction of the
Dauphin.
We will also spend one day of May meetings in Deering, studying the rich collection of guidebooks
to a tourist attraction that outdraws Euro- Disney.
Tessie Liu
History A01-6, Sec. 25
THE WILD CHILD: WHY HUMANS DIFFER FROM ANIMALS
Time: T 2:30-4:30
Office Address: 320 Harris
Phone: 491-3150
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Through the autumn and winter of 1799 in central France, a naked boy
was seen swimming and drinking in streams, climbing trees, running at great speed on all fours,
digging for roots and bulbs in the field. He was captured in January 1800 by local farmers and
brought to Paris. This "wild boy" from Aveyron became an overnight sensation, the object of
curiosity and endless philosophical speculations about the nature of instinct and intelligence and the
differences between humans and animals. The young doctor, Jean-Marc Itard, who undertook the task
of socializing and educating the wild child, carefully recorded the boy's progress. Itard's work
ultimately led to transformation of the treatment of mental retardation and to a revolution in
childhood education that is reflected in every preschool program in our time. This course introduces
students to philosophical and attitudinal changes regarding nature, childhood, and family life that
enabled society to view the "wild boy" not as a freak or savage, but as a person inherently capable of
civility, sensibility, and intelligence.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Four short papers (2-3 pages each), one final paper (5-7 pages), oral presentation
and class participation.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Philippe Aries, Centuries of Childhood
Donna Haraway, Primate Visions
Harlan Lane, The Wild Boy of Aveyron
Maria Montessori, The Montessori Method
Roy Porter, What is Enlightenment?
Jean-Jacques Rousseau,Emile and Discourses
Two films and two field trips
Lane Fenrich History A02-6, Sec. 20 THE AIDS CRISIS IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
Time: MW 2:00-3:30 Office Address: Harris 201-C Phone: 491-3154 COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course examines the history of the AIDS epidemic in the United States from its beginnings in the
early 1980s to the present. Beginning with the reports of rare cancers in gay men that alarmed health
professionals in 1981, we will examine various newspaper and television accounts, government
reports, instructional materials, and popular films in an effort to understand how different people have
experienced, perceived, and shaped the epidemic and how those experiences, perceptions, and actions
changed over time. PREREQUISITES: Attendance at first class mandatory. TEACHING
METHOD: Discussion. EVALUATION: Grades will be based on short (2 pp.) weekly papers and
participation in discussion. TENTATIVE READING LIST: Fox and Fee, eds. AIDS and the
Burdens of History Odets, In the Shadow of the Epidemic Verghese, In My Own Country excerpts
from newspaper coverage regarding Rock Hudson, Ryan White, Kimberly Bergalis, and Magic
Johnson various films including An Early Frost, Longtime Companion, and The Living End
Leslie Dunlap
History A02-6, Sec. 21
HISTORICAL INTERPRETATIONS AND POPULAR REPRESENTATIONS OF 20TH-
CENTURY BLACK ACTIVISM IN THE UNITED STATES
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Phone: 491-7524
COURSE DESCRIPTION: As political tides in the United States turn in the direction of political
concervatism, the history of black activism has gained in popular appeal. From the 1989 movie
Mississippi Burning to Spike Lee's Malcolm X, popular and nostalgic renditions of the political
struggles of African-Americans have turned to history for their subjects-- often flattening historical
movements out, or turning them on their head. In this course we will reverse the process, and use
historical analyses to critique contemporary rerpesentations of black political struggle. We will
compare autobiographies, oral histories, scholarly analyses and popular treatments of black political
movements, in order to evaluate the uses to which the practice of history is put. At the same time, we
will address basic questions such as: Why did black protest movements coalesce when they did, and
what protest traditions did black activists' draw upon? What goals did African-Americans achieve in
struggle? What possibilities did they open up? What were the social conditions, institutions and
internal divisions that limited or redirected their challenges? Throughout the course, we will
emphasize the ways in which gender, sexuality, family, region, a religion and class shaped racial
identity and black political movements.
TEACHING METHOD: The seminar will meet once a week for two hours to discuss weekly
readings. In addition, we will meet every other week in additional sessions to view documentaries and
popular films.
EVALUATION: Evaluation will be based on equal measure on quality of participation in discussion,
three short (4-5) papers, and a final (8-10 page) paper that expands on one of the shorter papers.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Nell Irwin Painter, Narrative of Hosea Hudson
Robin D.G. Kelly, Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists During the Great Depression
Henry I Iampton & Steve Fayer, Voices of Freedom: An Oral History of the Civil Rights Movement
Stephen Whitfield, A Death if the Delta: The Story of Emmett Till
Anne Moody, Coming of Age in Mississippi
John Dittmer, Local People: The Struggle for Civil Rights in Mississippi
Clayborne Carson, SNCC and the Black Awakening of the 1960s
Martin Luther King, Jr., Where Do We go From Here: Chaos of Community?
Malcolm X (with Alex Haley), Autobiography of Malcolm X
essays by Angela Davis, Robin D.G. Kelley and Adolph Reed, Jr., in Joe Wood, (editor),
Malcolm X: In Our Own Image
Assata Shakur, Assata: An Autobiography
Films: will include Mississippi Burning, Spike Lee's Malcolm X, the VanPeebles' Panther, Fundi:
The Story of Ella Baker, and selections from the documentary series Eyes on the Prize.
Michael Tetelman
History A03-6, Sec. 20
BLACK POLITICS IN TWENTIETH CENTURY SOUTH AFRICA
Time: T 2:30-4:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Phone: 491-7524
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to South African history in the 20th
century. This period and place has produced some of the most exciting, triumphant and tragic
moments of our time. In 1994, South Africa became a multi-racial democracy, thus ending a white-
dominated, racially-discriminatory system known as apartheid.
In particular, the course focuses on the political activities of black South Africans during the 20th
century. We will examine a variety of themes, including: how did formal black political organizations
like the African National Congress (ANC) form and grow; what was political activity like for rural
black South Africans; how did black women resist apartheid; how did black trade unions emerge and
challenge the white-ruled government; how did black students fight for social and political change;
how did leaders like Nelson Mandela guide South Africa to its current form of government; and what
challenges lie ahead for South Africa.
TEACHING METHOD: The course is seminar-based. Weekly participation is mandatory. The
course employs a variety of materials. We will examine autobiographies, fictional works, films,
academic sources, and primary materials like student manifestos.
EVALUATION: The course is writing-intensive. There will be three papers. The first two will be 5-
7 pages. The last paper will be 7-10 pages. Students will also conduct presentations and a short
weekly discussion point for the seminar.
READING LIST:
There will be a course packet. Students should also purchase several books, including:
W. Beinart, Twentieth Century South Africa
H. Bradford, A Taste of Freedom
B. Bozzoli, Women of Phokeng
E. Mashinini, Strikes Have Followed Me All My Life
S. Mufson, Fighting Years
S. Sephamla, A Ride on the Whirlwind
A. Sparks, Tomorrow is Another Country
Shuping Wan
History A03-6, Sec. 21
CHINA IN EUROAMERICAN IMAGINATION
Time: MW 2:00-3:30
Office Address: 207B Harris
Phone: 491-3418
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine images of China in Western major works of
fiction and scholarship. A connected theme will be "Orientalism," the Western tendency to reduce
Asia to a series of stereotypes and to define the West as "its contrasting image, idea, personality,
experience." (E. Said, Orientalism, 1978, p.2) We will examine how those stereotyped images of
China have evolved in changing historical circumstances. At the same time, we will look at how the
legacy of those images has affected Westerners' thinking on China and themselves. Topics for
discussion include China as a paradise of merchants, peasants as the Chinese spirit, Chinese emperors
as the Oriental tradition of despotism, Chinese culture as an obstacle to development, and China as a
utopia of revolutionaries.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion and video/film screening.
EVALUATION: This will be on the basis of two book reports (25%+25%), a short essay (30%), and
class participation (20%). There will be two book reports of 5 pages, and an essay of 6-8 pages.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Pearl Buck, Good Earth
Jean Levi, Chinese Emperor
Andre Malraux, Man's Fate
Marco Polo, The Travels
E. Said, Orientalism
Max Weber, The Religion of China
Roger Kittleson
History A03-6, Sec. 22
POPULAR CULTURE AND HISTORY IN MODERN BRAZIL
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: Harris 208
Phone: 467-4037
COURSE DESCRIPTION: What images spring to mind when you think of Brazil? If you read the
paper or watch movies or TV, you probably think of a tropical land of soccer, samba, and the
Amazon. But you might also remember more disturbing images--the burning of the rainforests, the
murder of Chico Mendes, or violence on the streets of Rio de Janeiro.
Too often discussions of Brazil stop at noticing the contradictions inherent in these conflicting
images. This course will try to delve more deeply into the tensions from which these images emerge.
To do so, we will look at the construction of social hierarchies and political institutions in modern
Brazilian history. In particular the course will focus on the themes of racial and sexual identities,
citizenship, and democracy and authoritarianism in Brazilian society. Instead of using only traditional
history texts, the course will focus on different cultural forms--including novels, diaries, films, and
music--to analyze the development of the Brazilian state and its relations with the Brazilian people.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussion.
EVALUATION: Students will write 3 short (2-3 page) papers and one longer (8-10 page) paper. The
short papers will each count for 15% of the final grade, while the term paper will count for 40%, and
class participation 15%.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Jorge Amado, Gabriela, Clove and Cinnamon
Machado de Assis, Philosopher or Dog?
Emilia Viotti da Costa, Brazilian Empire: Myths and Histories
Alma Guillermoprieto, Samba (New York, 1990).
Carolina Maria de Jesus, Child of the Dark: The Diary of Carolina Maria de Jesus (New York, 1962).
Films: Black Orpheus.
Carmen Miranda: Bananas is my Business.
* * * LINGUISTICS * * *
Robert Gundlach
Linguistics A01-6, Sec. 20
LANGUAGE AND CHILDHOOD
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 1902 Sheridan
Phone: 491-7414
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Is there a basic human capacity for language wired into our brains from
birth? If so, what role do families, schools, communities, and larger societies and cultures have in
shaping what we learn when we acquire language as children? How does our development of
language in childhood interact with how we learn to communicate, how we learn to think, and how
we develop a sense of who we are? In this seminar, we will explore these questions and thereby
consider some of the current perspectives and controversies in the study of how children acquire
language. We will begin by viewing a videotape on young children's language acquisition from a
recent PBS series and by reading and discussing Steven Pinker's much-praised book, The Language
Instinct: How the Mind Creates Language. Students will then have the opportunity to sample the
topics, methods, and forms of argument characteristic of current scientific research on children's
language acquisition by analyzing selected articles originally published in such journals as Language,
Child Development, Cognition, and Behavioral and Brain Sciences. Finally, we will extend our
exploration of language and childhood by considering how children begin learning to read and write,
and by reflecting on the role of language, both spoken and written, in a person's development of
cultural and individual identity.
TEACHING METHOD: The heart of this seminar will be a series of wide- ranging discussions in
which we explore a variety of perspectives on language and childhood. In addition to learning about
current research on children's language, students will have the opportunity to reflect on their own
experience as developing speakers, listeners, readers, and writers. Furthermore, because an important
goal of this seminar is to strengthen each student's current writing ability, students can expect writing
instruction and individual coaching on writing assignments, both in class meetings and in conferences
with the instructor.
EVALUATION: Four essays of varying length, with opportunities for revision. Class participation.
READING LIST:
Paul Bloom (ed.). Language Acquisition: Core Readings (selections).
Eva Hoffman, Lost in Translation: A Life in a New Language
Joan McLane and Gillian McNamee, Early Literacy
Steven Pinker, The Language Instinct: How the Mind Creates Language
Additional brief selections to be distributed in class.
* * * PHILOSOPHY * * *
Richard Kraut
Philosophy A09-6, Sec. 20
THE DEATH OF SOCRATES AND THE RISE OF POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
Time: TTH 9:00-10:30
Office Address: 1818 Hinman
Phone: 491-3656
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The trial and death of Socrates was a transforming event in the life of
Plato and the history of Western thought. We will study the philosophy and personality of Socrates,
and the political philosophy to which his death gave rise. The main focus of the course will be Plato's
Republic. But we will also read his report of Socrates' trial and several other early works. Different
contemporary perspectives on Socrates--those of Aristophanes and Xenophon--will also be
considered. And we will examine the first critique of Plato's political philosophy: that of his best
known student, Aristotle.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation and three writing assignments (5 pages each).
READING LIST:
Aristophanes: The Clouds
Aristotle: The Politics (selections)
Plato: Apology, Crito, Euthyphro, Gorgias, Symposium, Republic
Xenophon: Apology, Memorabilia, Symposium (selections)
Cristina Lafont
Philosophy A09-6, Sec. 21
UNDERSTANDING OTHER CULTURES: RELATIVISM VS. UNIVERSALISM
Time: MW 11:00-12:30
Office Address: 1818 Hinman
Phone: 491-3656
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In this seminar we will explore a set of issues concerning the possibility
of understanding other cultures - but also groups with different cultural backgrounds (religions,
values, etc.) in our own society. Can we understand other cultures at all? Should we apply our own
conceptions of rationality as to understand other cultures, or should we try to understand these from
within their own standards of rationality? Have we the right to judge beliefs of other cultures as false
or morally wrong or are truth and morality culture-relative? But if it is the case that they are culture-
relative: how can we postulate human rights that are to be understood as universal and independent of
the particular values accepted in different cultures?
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Participation in class (1/3 of final grade) and writing assignments (2/3 of final
grade), 2 papers of 3-4 pages long, 1 draft of 6- 8 pages long, 1 final paper of 7-8 pages long.
READING LIST:
Course packet of photocopied texts.
Selected readings from: C. Pierce, B. Russell, T. Kuhn, P. Winch, B. Williams.
George Reisch
Philosophy A09-6, Sec. 22
THREE EPISODES IN SCIENCE, PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
Time: TTH 9:00-10:30
Office Address: 1818 Hinman
Phone: 491-3656
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar will introduce students to the ways science, philosophy
and religion interacted in the 17th and 18th centuries. Students will read and discuss theories of
Galileo and their reception; the debates between Samuel Clarke and Leibniz about the natures of God
and space-time; and David Hume's critique of natural theology. If time and student interest permit,
the seminar may discuss contemporary issues such as creation-science and genetic engineering.
TEACHING METHOD: Short introductory lectures, mostly discussion.
EVALUATION: Four 4-7 page papers, one on each of the three episodes described above and a
fourth on a self-chosen topic. Each student will also choose one class in which to present that day's
reading assignment.
Final grade: each paper = 20%, class participation = 10%, presentation = 10%
READING LIST:
Galileo, Dialogues on the Two World Systems
Galileo, Starry Messenger
Hume, Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion
H.S. Thayer, ed. Newton's Philosophy of Nature
Selected texts in course packet.
William Halperin
Physics A10-6, Sec. 20
QUEST FOR ABSOLUTE ZERO
Time: MWF 1:00-2:00
Office Address: 2261 Tech
Phone: 491-3686
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Physicists can create much lower temperatures in the laboratory than
occur anywhere in the natural Universe, even in the depths of outer space. There are unusual
manifestations of nature at ultra-low temperatures, including unique materials properties and
persistent motion of liquids. In this nontechnical seminar we will explore the common aspects of the
cores of neutron stars, superconductors, and superfluid helium. We will also discuss how to achieve
and measure ultra-low temperatures.
TEACHING METHOD: Short lectures will be followed by classroom discussion. There will be
laboratory tours and invited talks from experts and demonstrations of cryogenics.
EVALUATION: Two papers, brief essays, class participation and a brief oral presentation. Two
papers consist of 8-10 pages each, double spaced; two essays less than 1 page double spaced.
READING LIST:
K. Mendelssohn, The Quest for Absolute Zero
Selected articles: Science Magazine, Scientific American
* * * POLITICAL SCIENCE * * *
William Munro
Political Science A01-6, Sec. 20
THE POLITICS OF POPULAR PROTEST
Time: W 11:00-2:00
Office Address: 211 Scott
Phone: 491-2628
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Many people in the world today - especially peasants, workers and the
poor - spend their lives being told what to do, or being treated unjustly, or oppressively, by others.
Sometimes they rebel. More often they do not. This poses several puzzling questions for social
scientists: when, or under what historic conditions, are people most likely to rebel against oppression
or injustice? Are some social groups more likely to rebel than others? Are some forms of oppression
or injustice more likely to cause popular protest than others? What forms of protest or resistance,
other than rebellion, might people resort to? How effective are different forms of protest? What is the
role of leadership and organization in igniting popular political protest?
This course addresses these questions by carefully analyzing a combination of theoretical approaches
and case studies. The aims of the course are twofold; first, to learn more about the political processes
through which popular protest is mobilized; and second, to enhance students' analytical skills in using
theories to understand the world, and in evaluating discussion centered on the weekly readings.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion. Each student will be required to make a short in-class
presentation to facilitate debate.
EVALUATION: Class participation and papers. Student evaluations will be based on class
participation, their presentation, and on three short (5-7 page) analytical papers. Students will be
encouraged to improve their skills of argumentation by re-writing and revising draft papers.
READING LIST:
Forrest Colburn (ed.), Everyday Forms of Peasant Resistance
Eric Hobsbawm and George Rude, Captain Swing
Barbara Kingsolver, Holding the Line
Jane Mansbridge, Why We Lost the ERA
Mancur Olsen, The Logic of Collective Action
Frances Piven and Richard Cloward, Poor People's Movements
Patricia Goff
Political Science A01-6, Sec. 21
NATIONAL POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 403 Scott
Phone: 491-7451
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In recent decades, the economies of the world have become
increasingly integrated into a global market. Although this growing interdependence brings
economics gains, it often threatens the ability of individual nation-states to pursue their particular
interests. This seminar examines basic concepts in international trade theory in an effort to understand
the potential conflict between the sovereignty of the nation- state and the global expansion of the
capitalist market.
Among topics to be discussed: free trade, protectionism, GATT, NAFTA, economic integration in the
European Community, the multinational corporation, international trade and the developing world.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar/discussion.
EVALUATION: Students will write 3 short papers (5 pages minimum) based on their readings,
research and class discussion.
READING LIST:
Course packet
Books (t.b.a.)
* * * PSYCHOLOGY * * *
Kenneth Howard
Psychology A01-6, Sec. 20
MODELS OF THE PERSON
Time: MW 11:00-12:30
Office Address: 227 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-4996
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The "person" can be viewed from many different perspectives. This
course will examine the human psyche as understood by several psychological conceptualizations of
personality. The conflict, fulfillment, and consistency models of personality will be examined from
both core and distal perspectives. The conflict model postulates that the person is necessarily
involved in an internal struggle between powerful opposing forces and that life is characterized by
compromises that are effected between these polarized forces. The fulfillment model holds that the
person is influenced by one great life force (striving toward actualization or perfection) that is either
expressed or inhibited. The consistency model emphasizes the influence of environmental feedback
for providing information used to help the person maintain consistent functioning. These models of
the person will be examined through didactic class presentations, group discussions, and four equally
weighted papers generated by students during the quarter. Library skills will also be developed as
students prepare their papers.
TEACHING METHOD: Teacher and peer lecture, class discussion, writing assignment.
EVALUATION: Four papers, equally weighted (15% each), student presentations (20%), and class
participation (20%). There are three 5 page papers and one 15-20 page paper.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
S.R. Maddi, Personality Theories: A Comparative Analysis
* * * RELIGION * * *
Cristina Traina
Religion A01-6, Sec. 20
ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS
Time: TTH 9:00-10:30
Office Address: 1940 Sheridan
Phone: 491-2938
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The environmental crisis pushes people to act quickly to reverse human
habits that are harmful to the earth. But neither scientists nor philosophers can agree upon what the
relationship between humans and the rest of the natural environment should be. In addition, there is
disagreement over the proper way to decide this question. Do human beings and their welfare take
first priority, or is the health of the non-human environment more important? Do we need to be more
concerned to preserve species or to protect the rights and health of individual animals? Are evolution
and speciation processes which are independent of us, or should we try to push them in directions we
see as helpful? We will look at both secular and religious answers to these questions.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion, collaboration.
EVALUATION: Attendance, participation, papers. Students will be required to write one 3-page
paper, one 4-6 paper, and one 10-12-page paper. In addition, there will be 1-2 discussion papers for
the class and a few in-class writing assignments.
READING LIST:
Val Dumond, The Elements of Nonsexist Usage
Kate Turabian, Student's Guide for Writing College Papers
Excerpts from works by:
Carol Adams
Baird Callicott
John Cobb
Holmes Rolston III
Rosemary Ruether
Lynn White
Others TBA
William Richard Stegner
Religion A01-6, Sec. 21
PARABLES: WINDOWS INTO THE NEW TESTAMENT WORLD
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 1940 Sheridan Rd.
Phone: 491-5488
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The seminar will study the parables from three perspectives. First, a
parable is a simple literary form in which same facet of everyday life points to God's will. Secondly,
parables picture social, and religious dimensions of life in first-century Palestine. Finally, parables
contain Jesus' teaching for his followers.
TEACHING METHOD: Readings, discussions, and papers.
EVALUATION: Class participation, one oral report, 2 short papers (3 pages each), and one final
paper (at least 10 pages).
READING LIST:
James Dunn, Jesus' Call to Discipleship
Robert Stein, An Introduction to the Parables of Jesus
Burton Throckmorton, Gospel Parallels: A Comparison of the Synoptic Gospels
* * * SOCIOLOGY * * *
Aldon Morris
Sociology A01-6, Sec. 20
THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENTS
Time: MW 2:00-3:30
Office Address: 1810 Chicago Ave., Rm. 114
Phone: 491-5793
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Just over three decades ago, most Black Americans could not vote and
were denied basic democratic rights because of legally enforced racial segregation. The Civil Rights
Movement was a major social movement organized by Black people to change these conditions to
achieve civil rights for Black people. This seminar will examine this major movement and how it
changed race relations in this country and made it a more democratic society.
TEACHING METHOD: In-depth classroom discussion of assigned reading materials.
EVALUATION: The students will write four short papers based on reading materials and classroom
discussions. Grades will be based on these papers and discussions. Students will be required to write
four short papers, each consisting of five pages.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Taylor Branch, Parting the Waters
Aldon Morris, The Origins of the Civil Rights Movement
Charles Payne, I've Got the Light of Freedom
Ira Daniel Silver
Sociology A01-6, Sec. 21
DOMINATION AND RESISTANCE
Time: TTH 9:00-10:30
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Ave., Rm. 208
Phone: 491-3718
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course grapples with several questions concerning the nature of
power in social life. How do people acquire power? How do they maintain it? And, how do
subordinate groups attempt to resist structures of domination? We will explore and discuss these
questions largely by reading empirical research about the various ways that subordinate groups
attempt to subvert power structures. We will consider the more nuanced ways -- for example, through
symbols or everyday acts of resistance -- as well as more explicit acts of disobedience and revolt.
This course will enable students to acquire an appreciation for the complexity of power in social life,
yet students will also be led to critically consider under what circumstances acts of resistance are
liberating.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion and class discussion.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on four writing assignments (20% each) and class
participation (20%). The four writing assignments consists of 4- 5 pages each.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Michel Foucault, Discipline and Punish
Stuart Hill, Resistance through Ritual
Paul Willis, Learning to Labor
Michael Huff
Sociology A01-6, Sec. 22
FROM THE OUTSIDE, IN
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Ave.
Phone: 491-3718
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on television as one of the major socializing forces
in our contemporary society influencing our conceptions of ourselves and the society in which we
live. In this course, we will use television programs of different genres and time periods as data from
which to illuminate the sociological concepts of socialization, stratification, gender, race, social class
and culture. The intent is to look beyond the entertainment value of television and unearth the various
ways in which television mirrors our concept of important values of our society.
TEACHING METHOD: Class discussion.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on three elements: (1) three 3-5 page papers, (2) 10-minute
presentation, and (3) class participation. The three writing assignments will be 3-5 pages each.
TENTATIVE READING LIST: TBA
Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February , 27 1997
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0403 - Anthropology
Karen Tranberg Hansen
A01--Freshman Seminar: Clothing and Culture
Office: 1810 Hinman, #205
Telephone: 491-4826
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Are we what we wear? Even if we dispute that "clothes maketh the
person," we don't doubt that clothes matter. The western fashion system goes hand-in-hand with
power, as do dress practices elsewhere: they all demonstrate the cultural politics of their specific time
and place. But the relationships are often complex, if not oppositional. This seminar examines
clothing behavior from three perspectives: clothing as communication; clothing as dream; and
clothing as aesthetics. Different types of materials will be discussed to highlight themes of historical
dress, non-western dress, popular culture and subcultures and, above all, the interaction between
western and non- western forms of dress. Questions explored include: how dress codes are acquired;
how everyday dress practices are constructed and changed; and how the ways we dress the body
contribute to the performance of "self.
TEACHING METHODS: Discussion, interviews, video and film.
EVALUATION: Five papers, 4-5 typed pages each, class participation, one oral presentation.
READINGS: M.E. Roach-Higgins, J. Eicher, and K. Johnson, eds., Dress and Identity (1995). A.
Hollander, Sex and Suits: The Evolution of Modern Dress (1994). J. Ash and E. Wilson, eds., Chick
Thrills: A Fashion Reader (1993). Plus readings on library reserve by Barthes, Elias, Simmel and
Veblen, and others.
Daniel Strauss
A01--Freshman Seminar: Language, Consciousness, and Evolution
Office: 555 Clark, #112
Telephone: 491-4565
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will pose the questions, "What is consciousness, where did
it come from, and why?" We will discuss various theories of what consciousness is and consider that
consciousness is intimately linked with language. We will look at the question of what consciousness
does for us, and to begin to answer this question we will look at what it does NOT do for us by
examining animal intelligence, animal social structures, and animal emotions. Having come to some
understanding of which aspects of human mental life are common to other animals and which are
uniquely human, we will consider how these uniquely human aspects could have arisen in evolution.
We will throughout consider that different human cultures with different languages may have
different perceptions of consciousness.
TEACHING METHODS: discussion
EVALUATION: Three papers, 3-4 pages in length; one term paper at end of quarter, approximately
10 pages in length.
READING LIST: Hallowell, A. Irving. 1955. Culture and Experience. Jaynes, Julian. 1976. The
Origin of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind. Konner, Melvin. 1982. The
Tangled Wing: Biological Constraints on the Human Spirit. Lieberman, Philip. 1991. Uniquely
Human. Sagan, Carl. 1977. Dragons of Eden: Speculations on the Evolution of Human Intelligence.
Gil Stein
Anthropology B14
CULTURE ORIGINS
Office: 555 Clark, #126
Telephone: 491-4564
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Archaeology is the science that allows us to look back three million
years in time to reconstruct the evolution of human culture from our earliest tool-using ancestors up
through the development of cities, states and civilizations. In this course, we will examine some of
the fundamental questions about prehistoric human development: 1) How do we differ from our non-
human ancestors, and more importantly, how did these changes come about? 2) What are the origins
of art, symbolic thinking, and other characteristics of human culture? 3) How and why did people first
shift from a mobile, hunting-gathering way of life to the sedentary agricultural societies that
characterize most of the world today? 4) Why did complex political and social forms such as cities
and states develop? We will focus on the ways that archaeologists collect and interpret the material
evidence to address these questions. The course will take a comparative perspective, examining the
often parallel ways through which these developments took place in different parts of the world.
TEACHING METHODS: Lectures supplemented by films, slides, and weekly required discussion
sections.
EVALUATION: Two midterm examinations and a final examination.
READINGS: to be determined.
Benjamin Campbell
Anthropology B16
The Living Primates: Ecology, Biology, Behavior and Reflections on Humanity
Office: 1810 Hinman #54
Telephone: 491-4822
DESCRIPTION: The primates, are widely distributed throughout the worlds tropical regions. The
diversity in size, behavior, and adaptations makes them an intrinsically interesting group aside from
their affinity to our own species. In contrast to many other mammals, Primates are usually highly
social integrated by complex systems of communication. Part One of this course is a brief review of
the taxonomy, biogeography, and evolution of the primates. Part Two considers the primate life-cycle
and its interaction with social behavior as a function of ecological principles. Part three looks more
closely at the great apes, our closest relatives. Part Four considers the implications of primates
studies, including such topics as ape language, for our understanding of the human condition. No
prerequisites
EVALUATION: Evaluation will be based on two exams (a midterm and a final) and several section
assignments.
REQUIRED TEXTS: Alison Jolly, The Evolution of Primate Behavior Frans deWaal, Chimpanzee
Politic Section assignments and exercises will supplement lecture material.
William Irons
Anthropology B20
Evolution of Moral Systems
Office: 1810 Hinman, #201
Telephone: 491-4844
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In all human societies, people make moral judgments. Certain behaviors
are seen as morally wrong, others as morally commendable. At the same time, what is believed right
or wrong varies greatly among societies, among historical periods, and even among individuals of the
same society and period. Why do human beings almost universally agree that there are such things as
right and wrong and, at the same time, fail to agree on the specifics of which behaviors are right and
which are wrong? This course critically examines theories stemming from anthropology and
evolutionary biology which offer answers to this twofold question. Prerequisite: Anthropology A05.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Two midterms counting 1/4 of grade each, and a final exam
counting 1/2 of grade.
REQUIRED READINGS: Robert Frank, Passion within Reason (1988) Robert Wright, The Moral
Animal (1994) Richard D. Alexander, The Biology of Moral Systems (1987) Books available at SBX
only!
Jacalyn Harden
Anthropology B30
Rethinking the Asian American Family
Office: 1810 Hinman, #55
Telephone: 491-4839
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Since the 1960's, Asian Americans have frequently been labeled the
"model minority" for all American racial-minority populations. This construct most often turns on the
notion that "Asians" have superior family structures and behaviors. In this course, we will read key
ethnographic and theoretical texts in order to investigate both Asian American and more general
American family and kinship lives. Through immersion in rich ethnographic detail and consideration
of American family history myths and realities, we will challenge both the model minority construct
and establish the varying family and community lives of Asian Americans and non-Asian Americans.
TEACHING METHODS: class attendance/participation
EVALUATION: 1 in-class midterm and 1 research paper (10-15 pp) due at end of quarter.
READINGS:
Hsaing-Shui Chen, Chinatown no more: Taiwan immigrants in contemporary New York, Temple
University Press 1992
Yen Le Espiritu, Filipino American Lives, Temple University Press, 1995 Nazli Kibria, Family
Tightrope: The changing lives of Vietnamese Americans, Princeton University Press, 1993.
Karen Isaksen Leonard, Making Ethnic Choices: California's Punjabi Mexican Americans, Temple
University Press, 1992 Lauren Kessler, Stubborn Twig: Three Generations in the Life of a Japanese
American Family, Plume, 1993.
Barrie Thorne (ed.), Rethinking the Family: Some Feminist Questions, Northeastern University Press,
1992.
ADDITIONAL READINGS: Micaela di Leonardo, "Introduction. Gender, culture, and political
economy: Feminist anthropology in historical perspective" in Gender at the Crossroads of
Knowledge, University of California ( 1991) "Earning the model minority image: Diverse strategies
of economic adaptation by Asian American women", Ethnic and Racial Studies (1994) Selections
from: Joann Faung Jean Lee, Asian Americans: Oral histories of first to fourth generation Americans
from China, the Phillipines, Japan, India, the Pacific Islands, Vietnam, and Cambodia, New Press,
1992 Gin Young Pang, "Attitudes toward interracial and interethnic relationships and intermarriage
among Korean Americans: The intersections of race, gender, and class inequality" in New Visions in
Asian American Studies, Franklin Ng et al, (eds) , Washington State University, 1994
FILMS: Knowing Her Place (1990) Yellow Tale Blues: Two American Families (1990)
Robert Launay
Anthropology B32
MYTH AND SYMBOLISM
Office: 1810 Hinman, #210
Telephone: 491-4841
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will introduce students to three different approaches to the
analysis of myth and symbolism: psychoanalysis, functionalism, and structuralism. Readings will
concentrate on the writings of the three authors who pioneered each approach: Freud, Malinowski,
and Levi-Strauss. Lectures will discuss the theoretical contributions of each of these authors, as well
as showing how their methods can be applied to the analysis of particular myths. Examples in class
will be drawn from Genesis. No prerequisites; P/N is allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Primarily lectures.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Each student will be required to collect a corpus of several myths
from library sources, and will be responsible for writing three short analyses (about five pages each)
applying the theory and methods appropriate to each approach covered in class.
READINGS: Sigmund Freud, Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis (Norton) Bronislaw
Malinowski, Magic, Science, and Religion (Waveland) Edmund Leach, Claude Levi-Strauss (U of
Chicago) The Book of Genesis (any reputable translation).
Kathy Morrison
Anthropology C27
South Asia Before the Buddha
Office: 555 Clark, #109
Telephone: 491-4818
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In the South Asian region, we an explore a rich archaeological record
spanning more than a hundred thousand years. Although it is not possible to do justice to this record
in a single quarter, we will consider, in the context of South Asia, some of the major issues faced by
all archaeologists. These issues include: the nature of human adaption and variability in the
Paleolithic, the beginnings of agriculture, of social inequality, the development of urban societies, the
establishment and institution of religions and, not least, how we learn about the past. South Asia
covers a vast area that includes the present-day countries of Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Myanmar
(Burma), Sri Lanka, Bhutan and India. We will, of necessity, focus on what is now India and
Pakistan, but there is scope in individual research papers for students to examine other parts of South
Asia. The course ends with Early Historic period, the time of early Buddhism. Although this is
primarily a lecture course, students will be responsible for significant in-class participation in the
form of structured presentations.
TEACHING METHOD: lectures, student presentations, some discussion.
EVALUATION: Two take-home essay exams, two map quizzes, group presentation, research paper
and presentation, participation.
READINGS: Allchin, Bridget and F. Raymond, (1982). The Rise of Civilization in India and
Pakistan. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Dhavalikar, M.K, (1988). The First Farmers of the
Deccan, Ravish Publishers, Pune. Meadow, Richard H., ed., (1991). Harappa Excavations: 1986-
1990, Monographs in World Archaeology No. 3, Prehistory Press, Madison. Additional readings are
available in the course reader.
Elise Levin
Anthropology C32
Strategies of Marriage and Reproduction
Office: 555 Clark, #112
Telephone: 491-4565
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine various cultural systems of marriage and
reproduction throughout the world, concentrating on the developing world and Africa in particular.
Discussions of marriage alliance and strategy as well as divorce and multiple partnership will be
incorporated with theoretical descriptions of production and distribution within households. Against
this background of conjugal and household dynamics, we will look at some standard demographic
topics concerning reproduction and child raising through a sociocultural lens. Topics will include
teenage childbearing, age at first marriage, "natural" fertility, birth spacing, contraception, abortion,
motherhood, fatherhood, child fostering, and adoption. Prerequisite: one class in cultural
anthropology.
METHOD OF TEACHING: Class discussion.
EVALUATION: Midterm, final, research paper, class participation and one class presentation.
READINGS: Boddy, Janice. Wombs and Alien Spirits: Women, Men and the Zar Cult in Northern
Sudan. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1989. Course packet.
Micaela diLeonardo
Anthropology C54
Anthropology of Women
Office: 1810 Hinman, #204
Telephone: 491-4821
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Feminist anthropology is now two decades old. In this course will
consider the ways in which attending to gender alters and enriches anthropological knowledge, and
review the history of anthropologists' shifting understandings of the meanings and entailments of
"attending to gender". Course readings, lectures, and discussions will focus on the embeddedness of
gender relations, and of anthropology itself, in the histories of Western colonialism and capitalist
development. Prerequisite: Anthropology B11 or Women's Studies B10. P/N is not allowed.
Gil Stein
Anthropology C84
Introduction to Zooarchaeology
Office: 555 Clark, #126
Telephone: 491-4564
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to the archaeological analysis of animal bone remains.
Examines the theoretical and methodological issues involved in the identification, quantification,
analysis and use of zooarchaeological data to study hunting strategies, animal domestication and
pastoral production in complex societies. Prerequisites: Anthropology B14, C01, C02, or permission
of instructor.
TEACHING METHODS: combined lecture and lab.
EVALUATION: laboratory problem sets, midterm, final.
READINGS: Simon Davis (1987). The Archaeology of Animals. New Haven: Yale University
Press. a coursepack of photocopies readings.
Oswald Werner
Anthropology C90
TOPICS IN ANTHROPOLOGY: TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETATION
Office: 1810 Hinman, Rm. 208
Telephone: 491-4830
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Topics will include the theoretical foundations of translation, a topology
of translation, and exercises with each type. Types may include multi-stage translation, ethnographic
translation, decentered translation and the use of focus groups for decentering; translation of
documents, especially diplomatic and business contacts and treaties; technical translation, including
directions to operate equipment; literary translation, including poetry; various forms of interpretation,
including simultaneous interpretation, foreign film dubbing and translation into and from exotic
languages and cultures. We also compare translations of the same original by different translators at
different times, and into different languages. Finally, we compare bilingual dictionaries and evaluate
their usefulness. There are no prerequisites, though a reasonably intimate knowledge of at least one
language beyond English would be very helpful.
TEACHING METHODS AND EVALUATION: Class format consists of a limited number of
lectures, in-class presentations, extensive seminar discussions and exercises. Students are evaluated
on class participation, on the weekly translation exercises and on the quality of a final term paper.
Helen B. Schwartzman
Anthropology C90
Topics in Anthropology: MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY
Office: 1810 Hinman, #202 Telephone: 491-4824
Office hours: M 1:15-3 and by appt
DESCRIPTION: The field of medical anthropology focuses on the study of relationships between
health, healing, illness and culture. Theoretical models and ethnographic studies that relate heath and
illness to cultural and biological factors will be examined in this course. A number of topics will be
covered including ecology and epidemiology of disease; ethnomedicine; illness, emotions and
culture; healers, medical systems and cultural change; and American medicine and alternative healers.
Students will also examine the various roles that medical anthropologists play in clinical settings.
TEACHING METHODS: Lectures, class discussion and debate.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: 1) ethnography critique (75 points); 2) field study project (25
points); 3) research paper (100 points); and 4) class discussion and participation.
READINGS:
Shirley Lindenbaum and Margaret Lock, eds., Knowledge, Power and Practice: the Anthropology of
Medicine and Everyday Life (1993). Berkeley: University of California Press.
Selected readings as assigned. Readings are available at Quartet Copies (328-0740).
William Irons
Anthropology D01-3
THE LOGIC OF INQUIRY IN ANTHROPOLOGY
Office: 1810 Hinman, #201
Telephone: 864-0603
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an advanced introduction to the subfields of
anthropology, the contrasts between them, and the possibilities for integrated them into a unified
subject. It is intended to be the core of the graduate curriculum in anthropology, and all entering
students are required to register for all three quarters. Thi
TEACHING METHODS: The format of the course is a weekly seminar at which faculty members
will give extended discussions or orientations to the scheduled topics.
EVALUATION: One or more class paper each quarter, and contributions to the discussions.
READINGS: Assigned readings for each session will be placed on reserve at the Department for
study or photocopying by the students.
Oswald Werner
Anthropology C90/D61
Topics in Anthropology: PREPARATION FOR FIELDWORK and METHODS OF
LINGUISTIC ANTHROPOLOGY
Office: 1810 Hinman, #209
Telephone: 491-4830
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This field methods course is in preparation for fieldwork in the
Southwest US (usually the following summer), although others may participate. The purpose of the
class is to familiarize students with the field situation (Navajo, New Mexico-Hispano, Pueblo Indian,
or other) through reading the basic literature, and to help students prepare a credible proposal for the
study of a problem that can be investigated adequately by ethnographic (descriptive) techniques on a
short field trip. The emphasis will be on ethnographic techniques within ethnoscience (studying
culture through language), with discussion of additional field techniques wherever appropriate. After
extensive reading in the culture area of interest, students write a pre-proposal (midterm) and then a
final proposal (Final term paper) of "fundable" quality. Undergraduate students may gain extra credit
by learning to transcribe the Navajo language from tapes. P/N is allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar style weekly meetings with the instructor in classes and frequent
one-on-one conferences with each participant. Participating graduate students and guests will present
some lectures. Transcription class will meet during an additional period each week.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Four reaction papers, due every other week, contribute about 20%
of to the final grade. The required midterm for fieldwork pre-proposal counts for about 20%, and the
final proposal 60%.
READINGS:
Correl, J. L., Editha L. Watson, and D. M. Brugge, Navajo Bibliography with Subject Index
Nogales, L. G. (ed.), The Mexican American: A Selected and Annotated Bibliography Pelto, J. P.,
Anthropological Research, the Structure of Inquiry Spradley, J. P., The Ethnographic Interview
Spradley, J. P., Participant Observation Werner, Schoepfle, et al., Systematic Fieldwork
Karen Tranberg Hansen
Anthropology D73
Seminar in Economic Anthropology
Office: 1810 Hinman, 205
Telephone: 491-4826
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This graduate seminar examines some of the depth and div ersity in
anthropological approaches to the study of economic life. Beginning with some classic issues, the
seminar discusses the substantivist/formalist debate of the 1950s and evaluates its outcome. It next
considers a selection of anthropological attempts to adopt and rework Marxist approaches. It goes on
to explore political economy from an anthropological perspective. Then it examines recent attempts
to incorporate culture and ideology into analyses of economic activities. Finally, it raises questions
about the relevance of changing analyses in economic anthropology to questions of development and
social transformation.
TEACHING METHODS: Discussion with active student participation.
EVALUATION: Students write four discussion papers to reflect on the first four issues listed above.
Each paper will contribute 20% to the final grade, the rest being based on class performance.
READINGS:
Stuart Plattner, ed. (1989), Economic Anthropology. Stanford University Press. Roy Dilley, ed.
(1992), Contesting Markets: Analyses of Ideology, Discourse and Practic e.
Parker Shipton (1989), Bitter Money: Cultural Economy and Some African Meanings of
Forbidden Commodities. AAA.
Plus readings on library reserve.
Timothy Earle
Anthropology D90
Topics in Anthropology: Anthropological Perspectives on Exchange
Office: 1810 Hinman, #103
Telephone: 467-3671
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Analyze, cross-culturally, the different forms of exchange for
subsistence goods, wealth and communities. Diverse forms of exchange are viewed in their social/
institutional contexts as a way to understand why the transfer of goods is instituted distinctly in
different societies. Ethnographic and archaeological cases are compared for each exchange 'type.' The
goal is to examine a materialist/exchange view of social evolution.
TEACHING METHODS: Seminar discussions.
EVALUATION: Research paper (75%) and seminar discussion (25%).
READINGS: S. Plattner, Markets and Marketing (University Press of America) B. Malinowski,
Argonauts of the Western Pacific
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 7,1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0404 - African-American Studies
Leon Forrest
African-American Studies B-25
SURVEY OF AFRICAN-AMERICAN CULTURE
Time: TTH 10:30-12
Office Address: 308 Kresge
Phone: 491-5122
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course explores the cultural influences of Black Americans upon
the artistic heritage of American....Areas to be covered include: the impact of Jazz and American
Literature; the influence of minstrels and the dance; the paintings and collages of the leading Black
American painter, Romare Bearden; the politics of protest literature; and the art of the monologist/and
the folk preacher.
TEACHING METHODS: This course is designed as a seminar and consequently primary emphasis
in the classroom will be on discussion and interpretation of the text.
EVALUATION: One in class paper and two outside papers. Class discussion will count.
READINGS:
Alex Haley, Autobiography of Malcolm X
Richard Wright, Black Boy
Frederick Douglass, The Narrative
John Edgar Wideman, Brothers & Keepers
Robert Hayden, Collected Poems
Charles Payne
African-American Studies B30
THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT
Time: MW 11:00-12:30
Office Address: 318 Kresge Hall
Phone: 491-4806/5122
Expected Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will be an examination of the development of the American
Civil Rights Movement from the post- World War II period through the articulation of Black
nationalist ideologies in the late 1960's, treating that history as a case study in the problematic of
deliberate social change. The analytical viewpoint will be interdisciplinary but with an emphasis on
the kinds of questions most typically asked by sociologists. Among other topics, we will look at the
interplay between ideology and program within the movement, the consequences of organizational
structure, the political and economic consequences of the Movement, and its impact on American
popular and intellectual thought.
No Prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture-discussion. We will see a film each week outside of class.
EVALUATION: Two in-class exams, two take-home essays.
READING LIST:
Grant, Black Protest
Raines, My Soul Is Rested
McAdams, Freedom Summer
Branch, Parting The Waters
Dittmer, Local People
Michael W. Harris
African American Studies B36-2
INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
Time: TTH 9-10:30
Office Address: 314 Kresge
Telephone: 467-3467
Maximum Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces, and provides historical contexts for, six major
issues that can be considered common among African American experiences between 1896 and 1990.
The issues are: social racialization; class formation and maintenance; racialized religions; political
activism; ideologies of work; and civil equality. By exposing students to these and corollary issues,
the course helps develop critical perspectives on current thought and discourse about race and African
Americans in the United States.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Each student will be graded on her/his performances in three categories:
classroom-and home-written exercises and student-led discussions.
READING LIST (tentative):
Elaine Brown, A Taste of Power: A Black Woman's Story.
James Jones, Bad Blood: The Tuskegee Experiment.
Robin D. G. Kelley, Hammer and Hoe: Alabama Communists during the Great Depression.
Aldon Morris, Origins of the Civil Rights Movement: Black Communities Organizing for Change.
Jacqueline Rouse, Lugenia Burns Hope: Black Southern Reformer.
Mark V. Tushnet, The NAACP's Legal Strategy against Segregated Education.
Jill Watts, God, Harlem U.S.A.: The Father Divine Story.
Bruce Wright, Black Robes, White Justice.
Charles Payne
African-American Studies C-20
THE SOCIAL MEANING OF RACE
Time: MW 3:30-5
Phone: 491-4806, 491-5122
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on what racial identity means to Black
Americans, both as a matter of individual self-definition and as a matter of collective culture. How
are these meaning socially shaped and sustained? How are they affected by various institutional
contexts? How do they affect interaction among Blacks and between Blacks and others? How are the
meanings of race changing?
The required reading load will be substantial.
No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lecture-discussion.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Two take-home examinations.
READINGS:
Wallace Terry, Bloods
L. Levine, Black Culture and Black Consciousness
Malcolm X, The Autobiography of Malcolm X
Doug Massey, American Apartheid
Wellman, Portraits of White Racism
Hochschild, Facing the American Dream
Michael W. Harris
African American Studies C80-0
ISSUES IN AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORIOGRAPHY
Topic: Women and African American Enslavement
Time: Tues. 2-5:00
Office Address: 314 Kresge
Telephone: 467-3467
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A research seminar for students with backgrounds in either or both
African American studies and United States history, this course explores problems in African
American historiography. The topic for this quarter will be "Women and African American
Enslavement." The course will proceed in two phases. The first calls for students to read three
primary sources, each of which focuses on women's enslavement experiences. The second phase
involves students' individual research projects into problems concerning gender and the writing of
enslavement histories. Projects will require students to analyze implicit and explicit genderization of
enslavement experiences in various histories of African American enslavement.
PREREQUISITES: Permission of instructor. Minimum requirements: two or more quarters of
college level courses in African American topics and/or United States history.
TEACHING METHOD: Readings, discussions, and essays.
EVALUATION: Each student will be graded on her/his performances in three categories:
participation in seminar discussions, development of research skills, and essay writing.
READING LIST (tentative):
Charles L. Perdue, et al., eds., Weevils in the Wheat: Interviews with Virginia Ex-Slaves.
Frances A Kemble, Journal of a Residence on a Georgian Plantation in 1838-1839.
Debra N. Ham, ed., The African-American Mosaic: A Library of Congress Resource Guide for the
Study of Black History and Culture.
Kirk E. Harris
African-American Studies C94
RACE, LAW, POLITICS, AND SOCIAL CONFLICT
Time: Tues. 6:30-9 pm
Office Address: 308 Kresge
Office Phone: 491-5122
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION AND OBJECTIVES: The debate over racial issues is a national
pastime and obsession. It is the subject of volumes of books, is highlighted daily in the press, is the
central theme of many talk shows and is discussed regularly among scholars and the general public
alike. Yet, we are no further in finally reconciling America's racially destructive past with its equally
trying present, and questionable future. This legacy of racial tension and the recalcitrant nature of
racial division in this country has continued. Dramatic inequalities remain a key feature of American
life. Social progress on racial issues in terms of addressing overtly exclusionary practices has
occurred. Nonetheless, many commentators believe that supplanting the formalized and de jure
mechanism of overt racial exclusion is a system riddled with subtle forms of subordination and
disadvantage, which are manifest in the socio-economic stagnation and decline of large segments of
the African-American community. The political left, center, and right certainly have understood and
analyzed differently the set of challenges and opportunities that set the context for the reshaping of
social/racial relationships as the nation proceeds into the 21st century. Our task here will be a to gain
a familiarity with the ideologies, the policies, the populations, and the political actors that shape the
debate concerning racial tension and conflict. Additionally, time will be spent unraveling the intricate
pattern of relationships that give context and meaning to the interests underpinning the racial debate.
As we examine an array of racial issues, we will seek to achieve several results. The first is to have
students begin to construct a framework within which they can assess and evaluate complex racial
issues. Secondly, it is hoped that this course will teach students to better appreciate the unstated
underpinnings of social policy and politics that define the American discourse on racial issues.
Thirdly, the course will encourage the application of concepts developed during lecture through
active debate and discussion. Course instruction will also seek to augment the student's classroom
experience through multi-media presentations and guest speakers that will enrich and reinforce that
which is conveyed through course discussion and lectures. Finally, this course is meant to offer an
opportunity for students with career interests in public policy, law, or human services the opportunity
to systematically reflect upon and discuss matters of race and social conflict.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Group Exercises, Individual Presentation, and Participation in
Class Discussions.
READINGS: TBA
PREREQUISITES: Seniors Only; P/N allowed
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0405 - Art History
Natalie Adamson
Art History A01-6 Section 20
SURREALISM AND WOMEN, PARIS 1924-1938
T, Th 9-10:30 am Kresge 276
Office: Art History Department Office
Office Hours: TBA
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar explores two main issues in the avant-garde movement of
surrealism, based in Paris between 1924 and 1938. First, as a movement created by male artists and
writers, how did the surrealists talk about, write about and depict women in their artistic production?
What kinds of images were created of women, what functions did these images serve , and what
might be some of the problems with these constrictions of femininity? Secondly, after 1930, the
surrealist movement was joined by a number of important women artists. How they were treated
within the movement, the nature of their art production (especially their images of women) will be
closely examined. Artists and writers looked at in the course include Andre Breton, Rene Magritte,
Meret Oppenheim, Claude Cahun, Frida Kahlo, Toyen and Lenor Fini.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussion approach -- Introductions by lecturer, discussions
focussed on questions to do with the reading and images to be analyzed.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: 2 Short papers (2-3 pages) 15% each, Class Presentation (10
mins) 20%, 1 Research paper (5-8 pages) 30%, Class participation 20%.
READINGS AND MATERIALS:
Thomas and Hudson, SARANE ALEXANDRIAN SURREALIST ART
Whitney Chadwick, SURREALISM AND WOMEN (1985)
Andre Breton, NADJA (1928) Translated by Richard Howard (Grove-Atlantic 1988)
Sylvan Barnet, A SHORT GUIDE TO WRITING ABOUT ART (1989)
Course pack with selected articles, the Surrealist Manifesto of 1924, etc.
Whitney Davis
ART HISTORY A01-6 Section 21
DECIPHERING PREHISTORIC ART
Tuesdays, 2-5 pm Kresge 221
Office: Center for the Humanities, 2010 Sheridan Road Office Telephone: 491-7946
Office Hours: By Appointment
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In recent years, an explosion of new research has altered our
understanding of the meaning, function and history of prehistoric art (dated from about 35,000 to
10,000 years ago) -- including not only the famous early pictures and sculptures (such as the well-
known painted cave of Lascaux) but also marks and objects of other kinds. Among the questions that
have concerned scholars in disciplines as diverse as art history, psychology, anthropology, cognitive
science, logic and literary theory: How do pictures derive from other apparently nonrepresentational
marks, such as those produced by simians? Are there forms of writing or notation in prehistoric art, or
supposed preliterate societies, and, if so, how can we "read" them? Does prehistoric art tell us
anything about prehistoric people's conception of space, time, the body, or the cosmos? How does
prehistoric art relate to early social organization? We will examine the latest research on these and
other questions, critically comparing the evidence to the theoretical models or explanatory
hypotheses.
TEACHING METHOD: We will meet once per week to review evidence (published or illustrated in
slide form) and discuss assigned readings; in the middle part of the quarter, some meeting times will
also be used for field trips (to the Field Museum of Natural History, the Oriental Institute Museum,
and others) and for individualized tutorials; in the latter part of the quarter, meeting times will be
devoted to student presentations.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Evaluation will be based on three short writing assignments and
on the progress of a student project from outline to oral presentation and submission of a dossier.
READINGS AND MATERIALS:
Alexander Marshack, THE ROOTS OF CIVILIZATION: THE COGNITIVE BEGINNINGS OF
MAN'S FIRST ART, SYMBOL AND NOTATION
Paul Bahn and Jean Vertut, IMAGES OF THE ICE AGE
Selected articles TBA; readings devised in relation to student presentations
Whitney Davis and staff
Art History B10
INTRODUCTION TO VISUAL CULTURE
T, Th 10:30-12:00 pm Fisk 217
Office: Center for the Humanities, 2010 Sheridan Road Office Telephone: 491-7946
Office Hours: By appointment; TA Office Hours TBA Art History Main Office, Kresge 244 (491-
3230)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces some of the main concepts and procedures used
by art historians to analyze the history of visual culture. It draws examples form the artistic traditions
around the world and from several media. The aim is to equip students with a conceptual framework
that can be used not only in the study of art history but also to think about the everyday visual
environment, art collections in museums, art and architecture encountered in travel, etc. Hands- on
experience with works of art and art collections will be introduces through visits to the art Institute of
Chicago and in working with on-line catalogs of the Metropolitan, Louvre and Pushkin Museums and
various contemporary art data-bases).
TEACHING METHOD: The course meets twice-a-week (T, Th) for a one-hour-and-twenty-minute
lecture (Fisk 217) and once-a-week for a fifty-minute section discussion led by a Graduate Teaching
Assistant. Art Institute visits and on-line work will be on the student's own time.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: 1. Mid-term examination, consisting of brief factual questions
about works of art in the Art Institute of Chicago and exercises in describing and comparing works of
art. 20% 2. Final examination, based on material presented in readings and lectures. 30% 3. Term
project, involving ideas presented in readings and lectures and further independent work with on- line
visual resources. 40% 4. Section participation. 10%
READINGS AND MATERIALS:
Hugh Honour and John Fleming, THE VISUAL ARTS: A HISTORY, 4th edition (1995) - - approx.
75 pages of reading per week.
Access to a PC (preferably a fast Macintosh) running Netscape -- approx. 2 hours per week.
At least two visits to Art Institute of Chicago -- full morning or afternoon each; weekend and some
evening hours available.
Angela Rosenthal and Marlena Novak
INTEGRATED ARTS B91-2
MODES OF ART
M, W 1-4 pm
PLEASE SEE INTEGRATED ARTS FOR COURSE DESCRIPTION
James Elkins
Art History C39
THE RENAISSANCE AND THE ORIGINS OF PICTORIAL COMPLEXITY
W, F 3-4:30 Kresge TBA
Office: Kresge TBA
Office Telephone: TBA
Office Hours: TBA
COURSE DESCRIPTION:From the earliest preserved texts to the early Renaissance , it seldom
took more than a page to describe a picture. Now it is not uncommon to fins entire books dedicated to
single images. What is the origin of the idea that pictures are complex, and that they require extensive
interpretations? The contention of this course is that the idea began with inception of modern art
history and criticism in the sixteenth century, and that the current profusion of writings often follows
assumptions about pictorial meaning that are nascent in the Renaissance texts. We will examine the
rise of historical and critical literature from the early sixteenth century to the present, concentrating
on several key works: Botticelli's PRIMAVERA, Giorgione's TEMPESTA, Michelangelo's Sistine
Ceiling, Leonardo da Vinci's LAST SUPPER, and Massacio and Masolino's frescoes in the Brancacci
Chapel in Florence. There will be extensive readings, but no formal preparation in renaissance art is
required.
David Van Zanten
Art History C70-2
TWENTIETH CENTURY ARCHITECTURE
T, Th 12:30 - 2 pm Kresge 221
Office: Kresge 262
Office Telephone: 491-8024
Office Hours: TBA
COURSE DESCRIPTION: CHICAGO AND BUILT MODERNITY: The economic and technical
realities of the modern "world city"; the solution formulated by architects and planners to make these
bearable; the collapse of confidence in these solutions before the new realities of contemporary
"entertainment city."
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures (with discussion) three hours weekly, four field trips on Thursday
afternoons (April 4 and 18, May 9 and 30, the first three to the "Loop," the fourth to Prairie
Crossing).
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Midterm, paper, final examination weighted 25%, 25% and 50%.
READINGS AND MATERIALS:
Kenneth Frampton, MODERN ARCHITECTURE
Kenneth Jackson, THE CRABGRASS FRONTIER
Robert Fishman, URBAN UTOPIAS IN THE 20th CENTURY
William Cronon, NATURE'S METROPOLIS
Carol Wallis, FORM FOLLOWS FINANCE
Carl Smith, URBAN DISORDER AND THE SHAPE OF BELIEF
Terry Smith, MAKING THE MODERN
Joel Garreau, EDGE CITY
Robert Bruegmann, MODERNISM AT MID-CENTURY
Roland Marchand, ADVERTISING THE AMERICAN DREAM
Professor Colin Westerbeck
Art History C94
SENIOR LINKAGE: HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHIC PORTRAITURE
Wednesdays,1-4 pm
Office: Art Institute of Chicago
Office Telephone: TBA
Office Hours: TBA
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Beginning with the conventions of painting before photography's
invention, this course will survey the history of photographic portraiture from the daguerreotype to
the present day.
Hollis Clayson
Art History D50
IMPRESSIONISM AND IDENTITY
Mondays, 2-5 pm Kresge 276
Office: Kresge 263
Office Telephone: 491-8025
Office Hours: TBA
COURSE DESCRIPTION: French Impressionism (independent painting as it emerged in Paris
between the later 1860's and the earlier 1880's) is ripe for re-assessment in the wake of two
phenomena: 1.) The recent local apotheosis of Claude Monet (and to a lesser extent, Gustave
Caillebotte), and 2.) The trademark interests of the so-called "new art history." Our (re-)examination
of Impressionist art and its art historical literature will proceed from this question : What are the
connections between the paintings and IDENTITY FORMATION? Matters of Individual (psychic),
social (subcultural and class), gender, sexual and national identity will come in for discussion.
Extremely close readings of individual art works will form the basis of the enterprise.
TEACHING METHOD: A classic seminar format will be followed.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Each student is expected to participate vigorously and in an
informed way in weekly discussion and to pursue and individual research topic.
READINGS AND MATERIALS:
T. J. Clark, THE PAINTING OF MODERN LIFE: PARIS IN THE ART OF EDOUARD MANET
AND HIS FOLLOWERS, essays by Griselda Pollock, Anne Wagner, Tamar Garb, Hollis Clayson,
Robert Herbert, Albert Boime, Martha Ward, Julia Sagraves, Norma Broude, Anne Higonnet, Carol
Armstrong, Kathleen Adler, Richard Brettell and others.
Professor David Van Zanten
Art History D70
MODERN ARCHITECTURE: MODERNISM, THE WORLD CITY (CHICAGO
ESPECIALLY), ARCHITECTS' POWER AND POWERLESSNESS
Fridays, 2-5 pm, Kresge 276
Office: Kresge 262
Office Telephone: 491-8024
Office Hours: TBA
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Building built themselves and they live on after they are built. They are
the product of a matrix of social and economic forces. Once constructed they are colonized by those
forces in other manifestations. The dense "world city" is one of the most impressive manifestations of
modernity. It is the subject of formulation and reformulation by artists, architects and planners;
writers, sociologists and real estate men. Still it remains almost difficult to grasp. (We will focus on
Chicago c. 1900, building off research this fall into parallel developments in Manchester, Hamburg,
Marseilles and the Halles Centrales quarter of Paris.)
READINGS AND MATERIALS:
Joel Garreau, EDGE CITY
Manfredo Tafuri, Giogio Ciucci, et al., THE AMERICAN CITY
Aldo Rossi, THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE CITY
William Cronon, NATURE'S METROPOLIS
Carol Willis, FORM FOLLOWS FINANCE
Richard Hurd, PRINCIPLES OF CITY LAND VALUES
Robin Einhorn, PROPERTY RULES
Elizabeth Blackmur, MANHATTAN FOR RENT
Jean-Louis Cohen, AMERICANISM AND MODERNITY
Terry Smith, MAKING THE MODERN
Christine Boyer, DREAMING THE RATIONAL CITY: THE CITY OF COLLECTIVE MEMORY
Dolores Hayden, THE SENSE OF PLACE
Donald Olsen, THE CITY AS A WORK OF ART: PARIS, LONDON, VIENNA
Anthony Vidler, THE UNCANNY IN ARCHITECTURE
Rem Koolhaas, DELIRIOUS NEW YORK
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0406 - Art Theory and Practice
Ed Paschke
Art Theory & Practice A20-0, sec 21
BASIC PAINTING
TTH 1:00 - 4:00
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 231
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Through the painting of still life and the human figure, students will
attend to the design of a compelling picture plane and work toward inventing a believable picture
space. Color interaction, modelling of light and dark and principles of drawing will be employed in
the expression of weight, light, space, materiality and mood.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Instruction is individualized with periodic discussions and group critiques.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Grading will be based on degree of personal growth and mastery
of painting techniques and materials.
Hannah Dresner
Art Theory & Practice A20-0, sec 20
BASIC PAINTING
MW 9:00 - 12:00
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 231
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Through the painting of still life and the human figure, students will
attend to the design of a compelling picture plane and work toward inventing a believable picture
space. Color interaction, modelling of light and dark and principles of drawing will be employed in
the expression of weight, light, space, materiality and mood.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Instruction is individualized with periodic discussions and group critiques.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Grading will be based on degree of personal growth and mastery
of painting techniques and materials.
Chris Pielak
Art Theory & Practice A24-0 sec. 20
ESSENTIALS OF DESIGN
TTH 1-4
Kresge Hall Room 236
Office address: Kresge Hall 232A
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the principles of visual composition. Students create
individual solutions to visual problems relating to both visual order and meaning. Fundamentals of
line, shape, texture, color theory, perspective, narrative and symbolic form are included.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Periodic explanatory lectures, group discussions.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: The student's final grade will be based on grades received for
individual assignments. Mid-term and final critique. No exams. Individual grades reflect rate of
improvement, originality and craft.
Judy Ledgerwood
Art Theory & Practice A24-0 sec. 21
ESSENTIALS OF DESIGN
MW 9:00-12
Kresge Hall Room 236
Office address: Kresge Hall 259
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the principles of visual composition. Students create
individual solutions to visual problems relating to both visual order and meaning. Fundamentals of
line, shape, texture, color theory, perspective, narrative and symbolic form are included.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Periodic explanatory lectures, group discussions.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: The student's final grade will be based on grades received for
individual assignments. Mid-term and final critique. No exams. Individual grades reflect rate of
improvement, originality and craft.
Dan Devening
Art Theory & Practice A25-0, sec 20
BASIC DRAWING
TTH 1:00 - 4:00
Kresge Hall Room 225
Office address: Kresge 210
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Step-by-step exploration of the basic elements involved in visual
perception and graphic expression.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Demonstrations, explanations, periodic critiques and daily one-to-one
dialogue.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Evaluation is made on the basis of in-class performance,
attendance, ability to absorb and use information, critiques, and a final portfolio.
Gary Justis
Art Theory & Practice, A25-0 sec 21
BASIC DRAWING
TTH 9-12
Kresge Hall Room 225
Office address: Kresge 002
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Step-by-step exploration of the basic elements involved in visual
perception and graphic expression.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Demonstrations, explanations, periodic critiques and daily one-to-one
dialogue.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Evaluation is made on the basis of in-class performance,
attendance, ability to absorb and use information, critiques, and a final portfolio.
Judy Ledgerwood
Art Theory & Practice B22-0
INTERMEDIATE PAINTING
MW 1:00-4
Kresge Hall Room 231
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 259
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is structured to help each student develop a personal visual
language for the creation of content-oriented paintings.
PREREQUISITES: Since this course is designed to build upon the painting fundamentals learned in
Basic Painting, A20-0 is a prerequisite.
TEACHING METHOD: Brief lectures, demonstrations and discussions will introduce and clarify
new concepts. In addition, the instructor will give individual guidance through one-on one
discussions with each students as the paintings develop.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: The final grade will be based on three-part evaluation of each
student's performance and finished paintings as follows: EFFORT = ambition of projects in terms of
scale or complexity; preparedness, includes having needed painting materials like stretched canvasses
and photographic sources when required; level of attendance; being on time; level of overall
improvement. PAINTING FORM = how well visual and technical information are assimilated; level
of skill in paint application and in modelling form; quality of decisions made in terms of scale,
composition, value, use of color, etc. PAINTING CONTENT = quality of ideas; how well images
chosen convey intended content; level of creativity in terms of how sources are used and which
sources are used.
Pamela Bannos
Art Theory & Practice B50-l
BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY
TTh 9-12:00
Kresge Hall Room 273
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 32
Expected enrollment: l2
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will concentrate on extensive darkroom instruction focusing
on high-quality processing of black and white film prints.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Class sessions are devoted to lecture/ demonstrations, and group critiques.
Students work during class sessions and also independently. In other words, you must be prepared to
work in the photo lab beyond class time.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Student performance is judged by your attendance, ability to
absorb information, completion of projects and your final portfolio.
James Yood
Art Theory & Practice B70-0
INTRO TO UNDERSTANDING ART
MW 2:30-4:00
Kresge Hall Room 237
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 253
Expected enrollment: 24
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is available to all undergraduate students wishing to gain an
understanding of the traditions and stylistic evolution of Western visual arts. The format is lecture and
discussion, emphasizing formal structure, composition, subject matter and major techniques of
painting, sculpture, printmaking and others.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Much attention will be devoted to twentieth-century art since students
have greater opportunity to experience directly the art of our own time than that of other eras.
Specific movements such as Cubism, Expressionism, Dada, Surrealism and other important directions
in modern art will be dealt with both in regard to their historical antecedents and their importance to
the development of later artistic practices and ideas.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: There will be one principal course paper; the topics to be
developed in class. Additional shorter reports may be connected to exhibitions and collections in the
City. The paper(s), together with attendance and participation, will form the basis for student
evaluation.
REQUIRED READING: To be discussed at first class session.
Marlena Novak/Angela Rosenthal
Integrated Arts B91-2
MODES OF ART
MW 1-4:00
Kresge Hall Room 236
Office Address: Kresge Hall Room 207/Room 263
Expected Enrollment: 20
See Integerated Arts for Course Description
Dan Devening
Art Theory & Practice C22-2
ADVANCED PAINTING
TTH 9-12
Kresge Hall Room 231
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 210
Expected enrollment: 18
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Flexible structure with emphasis on the coordination and development
of the students' individuality. Emphasis will be on a heightened sense of the visual orchestration.
Focus on the figure, still-life etc. may be used as a class concentration.
Prerequisites: A20, B22 or equivalent. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Periodic critiques are combined with daily one-to-one dialogue.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Grade evaluation is based on a combination of effort, growth and
inventiveness and a final portfolio.
James Valerio
Art Theory & Practice C25-2
ADVANCED DRAWING
MW 9-12:00
Kresge Hall Room 225
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 255
Expected enrollment: l8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed for advanced undergraduate art majors,
graduate students, and students with a high degree of proficiency in drawing. Figure drawing and still
life rendering will be offered. The major emphasis will be in developing the graphic imagination of
the student through self-exploratory problems.
Prerequisites: A25, B25 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHOD: Informal lectures in media technique with examples shown. Weekly
individual critiques and class critiques.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Drawing problems will be assigned through the quarter. Each
student will be expected to submit a portfolio for grading at the endof the quarter. Students will
receive a mid-term evaluation.
Bill Cass
Art Theory & Practice C3l-0
RELIEF PRINTMAKING
MW 9-12:00
Kresge Hall Room 234
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 257
Expected enrollment: 12
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the earliest form of printmaking. Students will make
a variety of relief prints, including collographs, woodcuts, and linoleum cuts, concluded by a mono
printing session at the quarter's end. (Mono printing is simply drawing and or painting on a surface
which is later pressed to yield a single impression.)
Prerequisites: A25 or equivalent. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Students will be encouraged to develop their own ideas and to materialize
them as fully as possible with the guidance of frequent demonstrations and discussions.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Grading will be primarily based on the degree of completion of
assigned projects, preparedness, student's rate of attendance, cooperation, and intensity of activity and
participation in the studio. Course work will be formally evaluated at mid-term and during exam
week.
Bill Cass
Art Theory & Practice C33-0
LITHOGRAPHY
MW 1-4
Kresge Hall Room 230
Office Address: Kresge Hall, Rm. 257
Expected enrollment: 12
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A wide range of traditional and recently innovated techniques will be
taught on lithographic stone. Students will learn traditional drawing techniques, both wet and dry,
additive and substrative, acid tinting, multiple color printing, reversal and transfer techniques,
professionally printed antique and contemporary lithographs will be examined and discussed in the
studio.
Prerequisites: A25 or equivalent. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Daily technical demonstrations and discussions orientated towards specific
individual creative goals.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Course work will be formally evaluated at mid-term and during
exam week. The completion of all assigned projects, executed with serious consideration and
technical proficiency, will be expected.
Gary Justis
Art Theory & Practice C42-0
PROCESS SCULPTURE & ENVIRONMENTAL ART
TTh 1-4
Office address: Kresge Hall, rm. 002
Expected enrollment: l5
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A project course centering around some of the most current ideas in the
sculpture field. The role of human as artist-"creator" will be compared with that of artist-
"documentor" and "selector." Projects will be open-ended, limited only by the student's
resourcefulness.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: In-class time will alternate between discussions, slide-lectures and
individual guidance of particular projects with the latter being prominent. Occasional critiques and
discussions of student projects, professional shows and sculpture readings.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: 85% of course grade will be determined by the sculpture projects.
A quiz or short paper will be used to determine the students' grasp of concepts and the remaining
percentage of the grade.
REQUIRED READING: Artforum magazine and museum publications.
James Yood
Art Theory & Practice C72-0
CONTEMPORARY ART CRITICISM
MW 4-5:30
Kresge Hall Room 237
Office: Kresge 253
Expected enrollment: 24
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with major trends and
issues in the art of the past twenty-five years. The course will cover American Abstract
Expressionism, Pop Art, Formalist painting and sculpture, Neo-expressionism, Minimalism, and
various post-modernist tendencies.
No prerequisites. P/N is permitted.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Discussions of writings and art work supported by brief informal
lectures. While some art background is helpful, the instructor presumes that the student has had no
real experience in the field of contemporary art. It is hoped that students will come away with a
positive understanding of the problems and difficulties connected with writing effective art criticism.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Students will be expected to collect samples of current art
criticism and to visit galleries and museums in connection with these writings. They will be expected
to evaluate these writings in critiques and to write some criticism of their own. Attendance and
participation in discussions will figure into your final grade. There will be a final examination.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0407 - Astronomy
David Meyer
Astronomy A01
MODERN COSMOLOGY FOR NONSPECIALISTS
Time & Place: MWF @ 10, ANN G21
Office Address: Dearborn 6
tele: 1-4516
e-mail: [email protected]
Course description: Modern views on the structure of the Universe, its past, present, and future.
Primarily for nonscience majors; no science or mathematics background is required.
Prerequisites: One year of high-school algebra
Teaching Method: Three fifty-minutes lectures per week. Even though the enrollment is expected to
be rather large, classroom discussion is encouraged.
Evaluation: One midterm, one paper, and a final.
Text:
A Short History of the Universe, Joseph Silk
Voyage to the Great Attractor, Alan Dressler
David Meyer
Astronomy A20
HIGHLIGHTS OF ASTRONOMY
Time & Place: MWF @ 2, Tech LR2
Office Address: Dearborn 6
tele: 1-4516
e-mail: [email protected]
Course description: A descriptive course designed to acquaint students with the modern concepts
and the results of research on the solar system, stars, galaxies, and the Universe. The emphasis is on
the understanding of fundamental principles and underlying concepts, rather than on the mathematical
and quantitative discussion of facts and phenomena.
Prerequisites: One year of high-school algebra.
Teaching method: Three lectures and one discussion session per week. Even though the enrollment
is expected to be fairly large, classroom discussion is encouraged.
Evaluation: One midterm, a final, one paper, and quizzes in the discussion section.
Text: Universe, 4th Edition, Kaufmann
Farhad Yusef-Zadeh
Astronomy C31
ISP ASTROPHYSICS
Time & Place: TTh @ 1:00 - 2:30, ISP Building
Office Address: Dearborn 10
tele: 491-7528
e-mail: [email protected]
Course description: Stellar structure and evolution: basic equilibrium equations, physical conditions
in the stellar interior, stellar energy sources, evolution of stars, nucleosynthesis, supernova
phenomena, white dwarfs, neutron stars, and black holes.
Prerequisites: Physics C39-3. Enrollment limited to students enrolled in ISP or by permission of the
physics department.
Evaluation: One or more midterms and a final examination.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0409 - Biological Sciences
Gary J. Galbreath
Biological Sciences 0409-A03-0
DIVERSITY OF LIFE
Time: MWF 1:00
Office Address: Hogan 6-170
Office Phone: 491-8775
Expected Enrollment: 140
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Comparative survey of the eight kingdoms of organisms, emphasizing
adaptation, anatomical structure, and phylogenetic relationships. Major phyla and classes of animals
and plants. Particular emphasis on animal groups. For non majors and majors.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures
EVALUATION: Three exams (midterms)
READINGS: TBA
Robert King
Biological Sciences 0409-A04-6 Section 20
FRESHMAN SEMINAR
GENETICS AND HUMAN WELFARE
Time: MWF 2:00
Office Address: 5-130 Hogan
Office Phone: 491-3652
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on the role of genetics in human disease. Each
student will write a 4,000 word essay in the style of a scientific review on a specific hereditary
disease, covering such topics as the mode of inheritance of the condition, the cells or tissues involved,
the anatomy of the gene responsible and the structure and function of its product, the nature of the
mutational lesions carried by patients with the disease, prospects for cure, and the ethical and legal
problems associated with counseling the patient and his or her relatives.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: The instructor will first discuss the methods of library research and the
techniques of scientific writing. Subsequent lectures will give the technical background necessary for
the student to understand the literature he or she must digest. Individual meetings provide a critical
review of the first draft. The student will give an initial 5 minute progress report and a final 15 minute
seminar of the disease, followed by group discussions on the insights hereditary diseases provide in
understanding human development, metabolism and the behavior.
EVALUATION: Based on the quality of the initial and final drafts of the review, on the 5 and 15
minute oral reports and on participation in class discussion.
READINGS: McMillan, V., Writing Papers in the Biological Sciences; Strachan,T. and Read, A.
Human Molecular GeneticsTTH
Albert Farbman
Biological Sciences 0409-A05-6
FRESHMAN SEMINAR
REPRODUCTIVE TECHNOLOGY
Time: TTH 10:30-12
Office Address: Hogan 5-170
Office Phone: 1-7039
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The discussions will focus on the ethical, legal and social issues raised
by scientific advances in reproductive technology. We shall first discuss the biology of human
reproduction, contraception, and the causes of infertility. We shall then discuss some of the
technological means that enable infertile couples to have children and the issues that sometimes
complicate the implementation of these new technologies. Finally, we shall discuss other important
issues dealing with certain aspects of human reproduction, including the pros and cons of abortion.
PREREQUISITES: none
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussion
EVALUATION: Three papers on assigned topics, 5-6 pages each
READINGS: Tentative: "Infertility: Medical and Social Choices", Chapters 1, 3, 4, Govt. Printing
Office, 1988; Lori Andrews,"New Conceptions"; Ulman et al.,"RU-486", Scientific American, 262:
42-48, 1990.US Supreme Court, 410 US 113.(1973) "Roe vs. Wade"
Robert C. King
Biological Sciences 0409-A70-0
CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY
TIME: MWF 11:00
Office Address: 5-130 Hogan
Office Phone: 491-3652
Expected Enrollment: 60
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A comprehensive consideration of the concepts embodied in the cell
theory, the central dogma of molecular biology, and the theory of evolution: three ideas that have to
the greatest extent influenced the development of the biological sciences. Who were the scientists that
developed these concepts, and what observations or experimental results led them to their
conclusions? What bearing do the results flowing from these concepts have upon human welfare?
Primarily for non-majors. Satisfies the CAS distribution requirement for Area I.
PREREQUISITES: None. Not open to students who have completed (or are currently enrolled in)
any part of the 0409-B10 sequence or to students who have completed 0409-A80 or 0409-A90. P/N
not permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Three 50-minute lectures per week
EVALUATION: Based on two examinations: the first, taking 50 minutes, covers the first 9 lectures;
the second, taking 90 minutes, covers the last 17 lectures.
READINGS: R.J. Ferl, R.A. Wallace, G.P. Saunders, Biology: The Science Of Life
John S. Bjerke
Biological Sciences 0409-A90-0
CHARACTERISTICS OF LIVING ORGANISMS
Time: Lecture MWF 1:00 Lab T 9:00-12:00 or T 2:00-5:00 Review Session (optional) TH 2:00-4:00
Office Address: 6-110B Hogan Hall
Office Phone: 467-1394
Expected Enrollment: 48
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A rigorous introduction to biology as a descriptive and, especially, an
experimental science, focusing on features typifying all living things and drawing on examples from
the animal, plant, fungal, protist, and moneran kingdoms. Laboratory activities are related to lecture
topics; both experimental and descriptive approaches will be utilized, and technical aspects will be
emphasized. Strongly recommended for students planing to take 409 B10- 1,2,3, but with limited
prior training in biology.
PREREQUISITES: Permission of instructor. (For permission to register slip, come to Room 6-110B
of Hogan Hall between the hours of 11:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. on Monday through Friday during the
pre-registration period - February 20-28, 1996. You will need a permission slip before going to
Parkes Hall to pre-register.) Not open to students presenting AP credit in Biological Sciences,
students in the HPME program, students who have completed 0409-A70 or 0409-A80, and students
who have completed (or are currently enrolled in) any part of the 409 B10 sequence. P/N not
permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Three 50-minute lectures, one 3-hour laboratory, and one 2-hour review
session (optional) per week plus an optional Computer-Assisted Instructional (CAI) program
EVALUATION: Three one hour mid-term examinations, one comprehensive one-hour final
examination, and a laboratory practical examination plus evaluation of selected laboratory projects.
READINGS: Neil Campbell, Biology, Third Edition), Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company,
1990. Several additional articles. (Lecture Outlines plus comprehensive Exam File available at
CopyCat.)
Gary J. Galbreath
Biological Sciences 0409-A91
EVOLUTION AND ECOLOGY
Time: MWF 3:00
Office Address: 6-170 Hogan
Office Phone: 491-8775
Expected Enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of major evolutionary and ecological principles. Phylogenetic
and adaptational patterns.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures
EVALUATION: Three exams (midterms)
READINGS: TBA
Angela Wandinger-Ness and Lawrence Pinto
Biological Sciences 0409-B10-3
CELL BIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Time: MWF 8:00 Lecture or MWF 9:00 Lecture TH 7:00-9 Review Session (Optional) One 3-hour
lab per week on T,W, TH, or F.
Office Address: AW-N: 3137 MLS LP: 2-140 Hogan
Office Phone: AN-W: 467-1173 LP: 491-7915
Expected Enrollment: Approx. 400
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Eukaryotic cell biology and physiology
PREREQUISITES: 0409 B10-1,2
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussion, and laboratories
EVALUATION: 3 examinations; lab reports
READINGS: Alberts et al, The Molecular Biology of the Cell
William L. Klein
Biological Sciences 0409-C03-0
MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY
Time: TTH 10:30-12
Office Address: Hogan 5-110
Office Phone: 491-5510
Expected Enrollment: 45
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The human mind exists by virtue of molecular signaling that takes place
at more than a quadrillion synapses, the sites of cell-to-cell communication in the brain. The basis for
this communication, and how it develops and changes and can be disrupted by neural disease, is the
scientific province of molecular neurobiology. This course introduces molecular neurobiology to
students with a basic background in cell and molecular biology. Lectures emphasize experimental
approaches to three questions: (1) What molecular mechanisms underlie synaptic signaling? (2) How
do neurons create axons, dendrites and synapses? (3) What aberrations cause synaptic failure in
Alzheimer's disease, a devastating loss of mind that is under intense study by molecular
neurobiologists.
PREREQUISITES: Fundamentals of biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biology and
neurobiology. Completion of 0409- B10-1,2,3.
TEACHING METHOD: This course includes a special seminar format at the end of the quarter.
Small teams of students will work together to better understand and analyze scientific articles
germane to neurodegeneration. Students will be prepared for their seminar projects by material
covered in traditional lectures during the first two-thirds of the quarter.
EVALUATION: Three cumulative midterms and seminar participation.
READING LIST: Z.W. Hall, An Introduction to Molecular Neurobiology, (1992), plus articles from
the experimental scientific literature.
Albert I. Farbman
Biological Sciences 0409-C04
DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY
Time: MW 10:30-12
Office Address: 5-170 Hogan
Office Phone: 491-7039
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will be focused primarily on the cellular aspects of the
development of the nervous system with emphasis on the relation between structure and function
during development. The approach will be analytical, based mostly on discussions of experimental
studies.
PREREQUISITES: 0409-B10-1, 2, 3
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures weekly
EVALUATION: 2 quizzes, midterm and final
READINGS: Assigned Papers
Staff
Biological Sciences 0409-C08-0
NEUROANATOMY LABORATORY
Time: Lecture MWF 12N; Lab M 1:00-3 or 3:00-5
Office Address: TBA
Office Phone: TBA
Expected Enrollment: 48
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A thorough examination of the organization and morphology of the
nervous system. Emphasis will be placed on the human central nervous system, but comparisons will
be made with primitive nerve nets, and with the nervous systems of other vertebrates and
invertebrates. Sufficient consideration will be given to the function of the various systems to make the
anatomy understandable and interesting. Topics to be covered in the course include: Sensory and
Motor Systems, Autonomic (Visceral) Systems, and Cerebral Cortex.
PREREQUISITES: 0409-B10-3
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and laboratory
EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
Tai Te Wu
Biological Sciences, 0409-C10-0
QUANTITATIVE BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Time: MWF 8:00
Office Address: Tech E265
Phone: 491-7849
Expected Enrollment: 25 (ISP students only)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Several quantitative methods of study in biochemistry and molecular
biology will be studied in detail, e.g., immunochemistry, macromolecular structures, prediction of
tertiary structures of proteins, secondary structure of DNA, etc. We are planning to introduce some
simple experiments. A discussion of the properties of the AIDS virus will be included.
This course is for ISP students only.
PREREQUISITE: 0409-B10-2 or 0409-C09. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture material will include basic knowledge of the subject matters in
textbooks as well as current literature articles.
EVALUATION: Weekly homework will be required. There will be two one-hour examinations and
one final examination.
READING LIST: Current literature articles will be assigned during the course. No textbook is
required.
Peter Dallos
Biological Sciences, 0409-C11-0
CELLULAR NEUROBIOLOGY
Time: MWF 12:00
Office Address: 2-248 Frances Searle
Phone: 491-3175
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Emphasis on current electro- physiological approaches to the nervous
system at the level of single neurons. The course examines in detail the mechanisms that permit nerve
cells to generate and propagate electrical signals and to communicate these signals to other cells.
Topics will include the electrochemical basis of the resting potential, biophysical analysis of
mechanisms underlying neuronal potentials, and specific examples drawn from the neurobiology of
sensory receptor cells.
PREREQUISITES: 0409-B10-3
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures
EVALUATION: Homework, midterm and final examinations
READING LIST: J.G. Nicholls, A.R. Martin and B.G. Wallace, From Neuron to Brain, 3rd Edition,
Sinauer Associates, Inc. Sunderland, MA, 1992. Other Readings TBA
Robert Lamb
Biochemistry, Molecular Biology and Cell Biology, 0409-C19-0
BIOLOGY OF ANIMAL VIRUSES
Time: MWF 11:00
Discussion session: TBA
Office Address: MLS Rm. 3-141
Phone: 491-5433
Expected Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The life cycle of many animal RNA and DNA viruses will be
examined. The aim of the course is to emphasize fundamental knowledge in molecular biology and
cell biology, highlighted by specific examples with animal viruses, e.g. glycoprotein synthesis, the
exocytic pathway, 3-dimensional structure using influenza virus hemagglutinin and neuraminidase as
examples, RNA splicing using SV40 and adenovirus as examples; transformation of cells using DNA
tumor viruses and RNA tumor viruses as examples; frameshifting using RNA tumor viruses and
alpha-viruses as examples; DNA replication using SV40 and cleavage-activation of biological
molecules using influenza virus and paramyxoviruses as examples; antigenic sites using influenza
virus hemagglutinin as an example.
PREREQUISITES: 0409-B10-1,2,3; 0409-C01
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion section
EVALUATION: Mid-term written exam, final written exam
READING LIST: Fundamental Virology, (Knipe & Fields) Raven Press, and papers to be provided
with each class
Francis C. Neuhaus
Biological Sciences 0409-C33-0
MICROBIAL CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
TIME: MWF 9:00
OFFICE ADDRESS: 3-140 HOGAN
PHONE: 491-5656
EXPECTED ENROLLMENT: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Prokaryotic organisms constitute the single most abundant form of life
on the planet. A study of their structure, growth, metabolism, and genetics provides the basis for
understanding these organisms. Contemporary computer-based strategies for investigating the
molecular biology of prokaryotic organisms are also emphasized. These will include sequence
analyses with MacVector 4.1 combined with searches of the NCBI database and BLAST retrieval to
discover and interpret new developments in bacterial genome organization. These discoveries will be
facilitated with interpretations and analyses from the GCG program.
PREREQUISITE: This course requires the completion of Chemistry, B10-1 and Biology B10-1,2,3
or equivalent. Permission of instructor required.
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures per week and approximately two hours per week of
independent study using the computer network of the Biology Resource Center
EVALUATION: Midterm, final examination and three reports
READING LIST: Text: F C.Neidhardt, J.L. Ingraham, and M. Schaechter, Physiology of the
Bacterial Cell, Sinauer Associates, Inc. 1990.
Andy Iyer
Biological Sciences 0409-C40-0
BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF DISEASE
Time: TTH 9 - 10:30
Office Address: 13-179 Ward Building, Dept. of Pathology, Chicago
Office Phone: (312) 503-0643
Expected Enrollment: 80
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will provide an introduction to the biological aspects of
disease and will also introduce students to the molecular basis of disease diagnosis and treatment.
Topics will include 1) Cellular response to injury, 2) Mechanisms of infectious diseases, 3) Parasitic
and viral diseases, 4) Immune diseases, 5) Cell differentiation in normal and disease states, 6)
Nutritional aspects of diseases, 7) Disorders of differentiation and cancer, 8) Molecular basis of
diseases, 9) Cardiovascular diseases, 10) Aging and other degenerative diseases, 11) Novel
approaches to disease diagnosis and treatment.
PREREQUISITES: 0409-B10-1 2,3
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures
EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
Olivier Rieppel
Biological Sciences 0409-C45-0
PHYLOGENETICS
Time: TTH 1:00-4 (With transportation time: 12-4:45pm)
Office Address: Chicago Field Museum of Natural History
Office Phone: (312)922-9410
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will provide an introduction to all levels of systematic
biology. The current concepts of evolutionary biology will provide the background for an
understanding of systematics and phylogeny reconstruction. The rules of taxonomic revision will be
put into the perspective of evolving populations. The concept of "species" will be discussed in micro-
as well as macroevolutionary terms. Three schools of phylogeny reconstruction (evolutionary,
phenetic, cladistic) will be presented in relation to micro- and macroevolutionary models, and their
different philosophical background will be explained. This will be followed by a more detailed
introduction to the practice of phylogenetic systematics. The end of the course will see a brief outline
of the philosophical tensions within cladistics, i.e. between "phlogenetic systematics" and "pattern
cladism".
PREREQUISITES: General prerequisite: some background in evolutionary theory. Course
prerequisite: any one of the following: 0409-A91, 0409-B10-1, or 0409-C12
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture
EVALUATION: One or two exams, appropriate participation
READINGS: TBA
Jon Widom
Biological Sciences, 0409-C62-0 & D63-0
BIOPHYSICS OF MACROMOLECULAR SYSTEMS
Time: MWF 1:00
Office Address: T 1694
Office Phone: 467-1887
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Biophysics of macromolecular assemblies, organelles, and cells. Topics
will vary year to year, but examples include: physical chemistry in cells; molecular architecture;
subcellular architecture;molecular machines (motors, pumps, chemical factories and energy plants,
sensors); and biophysical methods used in the study of these complex systems.
PREREQUISITES: Biology B10-3 or ISP C09, Chemistry B10-2, Mathematics B14-3, Physics A35-
3, or consent of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussion, and reading
EVALUATION: Exams and class participation
READINGS: TBA
STAFF
Biological Sciences 0409-C77-0
SENSORY NEUROBIOLOGY
Time: TTH 10:30-12
Office Address: TBA
Office Phone: TBA
Expected Enrollment: 32
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A study of the exquisitely sensitive organs by which we know the
world. An examination of how the properties of physical phenomena are transduced into neural
impulses. Emphasis is on the neurobiology and biophysics of sensory receptors and sensory organs.
Sense organs for vision, hearing, taste, smell, bodily orientation, touch, temperature, pain and
electroreception are considered.
PREREQUISITES: 0409-B10-3 or course in basic neuroscience
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures
EVALUATION: Examinations
READINGS: TBA
Erwin Goldberg
Biological Sciences 0409-C89-0
BIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION
Time: T TH 10:30 - 12
Office Address: Hogan 4-100
Office Phone: 491-5416 e-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 18
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Critical analysis of molecular components involved in gametogenesis
and fertilization. Discussions will cover recent literature on intercellular communication in the testes;
sperm-egg signaling and signal transduction during fertilization.
PREREQUISITES: Biology B10-3 or ISP C09; Consent of Instructor
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion
EVALUATION: Term paper, class participation and final exam
READINGS: Current Journals
Richard Morimoto
Biological Sciences 0409-C93-0
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF HUMAN DISEASE
Time: MW 8:30-10:00
Office Address: MLS 3129
Office Phone: 1-3340
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The goal of this course is to provide advanced students in the biological
sciences with an opportunity to integrate knowledge and to use the various experimental model
systems and methodologies in biochemistry, cellular, and molecular biology to provide an in-depth
analysis of contemporary problems in biomedical research. Topics will include oncogenes, anti-
oncogenes and cellular transformation defects in protein folding related to hemoglobinopathies and
neurodegenerative diseases; the role of protein transport processes in secretion and cellular function;
and the regulation of cell signaling events that sense the physiological state of the cell.
PREREQUISITES: 0409-B10-1,2,3; 0409-C01; 0409-C15; 0409-C90
TEACHING METHOD: TBA
EVALUATION: The students' grades will be determined on the following formula of 50% on a final
term paper, 25% on an oral presentation, and 25% on class participation and discussion.
READINGS: The course will use readings from the primary literature.
Robert Holmgren
Biological Sciences 0409-C95-0
MOLECULAR GENETICS
Time: MWF 1:00
Office Address: 4-130 Hogan
Office Phone: 491-4729
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine how molecular genetics can be used to study
biological problems. Examples will be taken from the cell biology of yeast, the development of
Drosophila and genetic diseases in humans.
PREREQUISITES: Biology B10-2
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week and a discussion section
EVALUATION: 1/4 participation in the discussion section, 1/4 midterm exam and 1/2 final.
READINGS: Required Text: Watson et al, Recombinant DNA; Background reading: Suzuki et al.
An Introduction to Genetic Analysis. Research papers and review articles.
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0410 - Center for the Humanities
Ken Alder
Humanities C-01 (Cross-listed as History C-92)
TECHNOLOGY AND ITS DISCONTENTS: THE COMPUTER REVOLUTION
Time: Monday 2-4
Office Address: Harris Hall, 102C
Phone: 491-7260
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: We often hear that the computer is transforming our intellectual, social,
and economic world. Turning this assumption on its head, this course considers the computer as a site
where people debate the kind of transformation we should have. What is the relationship between a
technology and the meanings we ascribe to it? Topics will include: the internet, artificial intelligence,
computer crime, the computer in the work place, cybersex, and the computer in politics. To gain some
comparative perspective, we will also briefly examine other technologies that can be said to have
transformed the world: the clock, the gun, the factory system. Our interdisciplinary approach will
include readings by psychologists and sociologists, engineers and philosophers, historians and
novelists. This course does not simply consider how the computer has shaped our lives, but how it
mirrors our sense of self.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: There will be one two-hour seminar per week.
EVALUATION: The student's course grade will be based on class participation and a series of
essays.
A TENTATIVE READ LIST:
Tracy Kidder, The Soul of a New Machine
David Noble, Forces of Production
William Gibson, Neuromancer
Shoshana Zuboff, In the Age of the Smart Machine
Sherry Turkle, The Second Self
Kurt Vonnegut, Player Piano
Clifford Stoll, Silicon Snake Oil
Also shorter pieces by Wendel Berry, Alvin Toffler, E. F. Schumacher, E. P. Thompson, Thomas
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0411 - Chemistry
Kenneth R. Poeppelmeier and Tobin J. Marks
Chemistry A03
GENERAL PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Time: MTWThF 9:00, 10:00; lab times vary
Phone: Poeppelmeier: 491-3505; Marks: 491-5658
Estimated Enrollment: 450
Spring Quarter 1996
Sequence: The course is the third and final course in general chemistry for science majors. The
course is a continuation of Chemistry A01 in the fall quarter and Chemistry A02 in the winter quarter.
This course is primarily intended for students who plan to continue with chemistry courses by
enrolling in either organic chemistry or physical chemistry.
Course Description: Topics covered in the course include the following: chemical equilibrium;
equilibria in aqueous solution; chemical kinetics; electrochemistry and oxidation-reduction reactions;
solid state and special topics.
Prerequisites: The prerequisite for this course is a passing grade of C- or better in Chemistry A02, or
special permission of the Chemistry Department and Math B14-1. P/N option is allowed, but not for
those students planning on continuing in chemistry. A grade of C- or better in this course will be
required to enroll for any chemistry course at a higher level.
Teaching Method: Lectures will be the principal method of exposition. The lecture section will meet
for five one-hour periods each week; three lectures to introduce new material, one hour for discussion
of questions and assigned problems, and one hour for discussion of laboratory material. There will be
a four-hour laboratory each week.
Evaluation: There will be two one-hour examinations, each accounting for 1/5 of the final grade.
Laboratory grades will account for 1/5 of the final grade. The two-hour comprehensive final exam
will be used to determine the remaining 2/5 of the grade. There will be no term papers.
Text: Chemistry by Zumdahl (3rd Edition).
NOTE: Please refer any questions regarding the course to Dr. Tom Ray Weaver, Tech B854, 491-
3103.
Joseph B. Lambert
Chemistry B01
CHEMISTRY OF NATURE AND CULTURE
Time: MWF 10:00-11:00, lab: T 10:00-12:00
Office address: Tech M194
Phone: 491-5437
Expected enrollment: 25
Spring Quarter 1996
Course Description: The course treats chemicals encountered on an everyday basis. Where do they
come from? How do we use them? How can we make informed decisions about them? The course
covers the basics of inorganic and organic chemistry. Naturally occurring chemicals from the earth,
the atmosphere, and the sea are examined. Specially designed chemicals for food production,
cosmetics, fabrics, medical therapy, energy sources, etc., are considered for their importance and
safety.
Prerequisites: None. Students who have taken A-level chemistry may not take this course.
Teaching Method: There will be three lectures each week and a 2 hour laboratory every other week.
Evaluation: Grades will be determined by student performance on tests and in the laboratory.
Text: Chemistry for Changing Times by John W. Hill, seventh edition.
Barry Coddens, Amanda Martin-Esker
Chemistry B10-3
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Time: MWThF 9:00, MWThF 10:00
Office Address: Coddens: Tech 3803; Martin-Esker: Tech 1696
Phone: Coddens: 467-4016; Martin-Esker: 467-1196
Expected Enrollment: 140 in each lecture
Spring Quarter 1996
Course Description: This course builds upon the fundamentals developed in Chemistry B10-1,2. It
will cover the chemistry of carboxylic aids and their derivatives, the additions and condensations of
enolates, and the synthesis, mechanism, and stereochemistry of polyfunctional compounds, including
carbohydrates, nucleic acids, proteins and enzymes, steroids and alkaloids. The laboratory provides
training in qualitative organic analysis and multistep synthesis.
Prerequisites: Chemistry B10-2. No P/N registrations.
Teaching Method: Three lectures per week. A fourth scheduled hour will be used for laboratory
lectures and review sessions.
Evaluation: There will be two mid-terms and a final exam. Laboratory work will be evaluated and
contribute to the final grade. Exams will be based on lectures, readings and laboratory work. Grading
policy will be similar to that used in Chemistry B10-2. There will be no term papers.
Frank McDonald
Chemistry B12-3
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Time: MWThF 9:00
Expected Enrollment: 50
Spring Quarter 1996
Course Description: This course builds upon the fundamentals developed in Chemistry B12-1,2. It
will include the chemistry and synthesis of amines and carboxylic acids and of polyfunctional
compounds, including carbohydrates, nucleic acids, proteins and enzymes, lipids, steroids and
alkaloids.
Prerequisites: Chemistry B12-2. No P/N registrations. Students enrolled in B12-3 must have either
completed the laboratory portion of B12-2 or be concurrently taking B10-3 laboratory.
Teaching Method: The class will meet four times each week. Discussion of the course material
during the lecture is expected and encouraged; students are expected to complete reading and problem
assignments prior to the lecture. Please read Ch. 19, sections 19.1 - 19.11 before the first class
meeting.
Text: Organic Chemistry, 3rd edition. By L.G. Wade, Jr.
Evaluation: There will be three mid-terms and a final exam. Exams will be based on lectures and
assigned readings and problems. Grading policy will be similar to that used in Chemistry B12-2.
There will be no term papers.
Robert M. Rosenberg
Chemistry C42-3
KINETICS AND STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS
Time: MTWF 10:00
Office address: Tech 1696
Phone: 467-1196
Expected enrollment: 50
Spring Quarter 1996
Course Description: Kinetic theory of gases, chemical kinetics including experimental techniques
and theories of rate processes. Statistical mechanics, including the Boltzmann distribution, partition
functions, and applications to thermodynamics.
Prerequisites: Chemistry C42-2
Teaching Method: Three lectures and one discussion per week.
Evaluation: Grades will be determined by several mid-term examinations, a final examination, and
weekly quizzes.
Jarrold/Northrup
Chemistry C45-0
SPECTROSCOPY LABORATORY
Time: M or T 2:00 (lecture) MTWTh 2:00-6:00 (lab)
Phone: 491-7553 (Jarrold); 491-7910 (Northrup)
Expected enrollment: 30
Spring Quarter 1996
Course Description: Experiments on modern spectroscopic methods and data analysis.
Prerequisites: C42-2.
Teaching Method: Two 4-hour labs per week, plus lectures as necessary.
Evaluation: Grades will be determined by laboratory performance, notebook writing, written and
oral reports.
Kenneth G. Spears
Chemistry C48-0
HONORS PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (ISP)
Time: MTWThF 9:00
Office address: Tech EG80
Phone: 491-3095
Expected enrollment: 20
Spring Quarter 1996
Course Description: This course is open only to members of the Integrated Science Program. It
covers materials from C42-1 and C42-3.
Prerequisites: Chemistry A72, Physics A25-3, Mathematics B91-3.
Teaching Method: Lectures and textbooks will be the primary means of information transfer.
Problem sets to be worked outside of class will be assigned each week. One class meeting each week
will be a problem session where class members will work in teams to solve problems similar to the
previous problem set.
Evaluation: There will be one mid-term covering the subject matter of thermodynamics and one final
exam covering the subject matter of kinetics and statistical thermodynamics. Performance on the in-
class problem sessions will also be part of the grade.
Texts: Atkins, Physical Chemistry, latest edition and Nash, Elements of Statistical Thermodynamics,
2nd edition
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0413 - 0415 Classics
413 A01-3
ELEMENTARY LATIN
Expected enrollment: 35
Time: MTWF 11:00
Mary Wickersham
Office: Kresge 10-A
Phone: 491-7104
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The third of a three-quarter sequence of grammatical training in
elementary Latin; provides basic instruction in the grammar, vocabulary, and syntax of classical Latin
through close analysis of adapted and original prose.
PREREQUISITES: Latin A01-2, placement examination, or permission of the instructor. P/N not
allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Translation, analysis and review of daily grammar and reading
assignments, and vocabulary study.
EVALUATION: Preparation of daily assignments, participation in classroom work, weekly quizzes,
midterm, and final exam.
TEXTS: E.J. Barnes and John T. Ramsey, eds., Cicero and Sallust on the Conspiracy of Catiline; W.
S. Andersen and Mary Purnell Frederick, eds., Selections from Ovid's "Metamorphoses" (both
available at Norris Center Bookstore); handouts to be distributed in class.
413 B01-3
INTRODUCTION TO LATIN LITERATURE
Enrollment limit: 30
Time: MWF 10:00-11:00
Jeanne Ravid
Office: Kresge 9
Phone: 491-8043
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The goal of second year Latin (B01-1,2,3) is the development of
proficiency in reading Latin, through introduction of the student to major works of Latin literature.
The CAS foreign language requirement may be met either by earning a grade of B-plus or better in
this or any other Latin B01 course, or by earning a grade of C- or better in the third of three Latin B01
courses.
The third quarter will feature a reading of selected Epodes and Odes of Horace featuring love, death,
the pursuit of pleasure, the politics of empire, and the place of poetry in Roman society. Discussions
will evaluate Horace's poetic artistry, his persona, and the personality behind the rhetoric.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar format: translation, informal lecture, and discussion.
PREREQUISITE: Latin A01-3 or placement in B-level Latin. Note that other B-level Latin courses,
though not prerequisites, are useful for this course. No P/N.
EVALUATION: Classroom work, assigned translations, quizzes, mid- term, paper, and final exam.
TEXT: (Available at Norris Center Book Store) D. Garrison, Horace, Epodes and Odes (Oklahoma
1991).
413 C10-0
READINGS IN LATIN LITERATURE
Enrollment limit: 20
Time: TT 9:00-10:30
Daniel Garrison
Office: Kresge 13
Phone: 491-8041
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A study of the chief works of Latin literature, arranged in a three year
cycle. The topic for Spring 1996 will be chosen according to the needs of the students enrolled.
PREREQUISITES: Latin B01 or equivalent. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion and informal lectures.
EVALUATION: Classwork; midterm and final examination or term paper.
TEXTS: To be determined.
414 A01-6
FRESHMAN SEMINAR
APOCALYPSE THEN AND NOW:
SCENARIOS FOR THE END OF ROMAN AND WESTERN CIVILIZATION
Enrollment limit: 15
Time: TT 10:30-12:00
James Packer
Office: Kresge 12
Phone: 491-8046
COURSE DESCRIPTION: How will modern American society fare? Can our present life continue?
Will our society change radically, and if so, in what direction? Will America prosper? Will it decline?
Will it join the new "global village"? Is the "global village" stable? What problems threaten it--and us
as Americans on threshold of the twenty-first century? We have no certain answers to these questions,
but examining them against the backdrop of the Roman Empire, a famous, powerful, and long-lived
society that did not survive, sharpens our intellectual focus on our own problems. We all know about
the "Decline and Fall" of ancient Rome. But what does this famous phrase mean? What were Rome's
fatal flaws? Why did its citizens passively accept subversion from within and attack from without?
Was the collapse of Rome total--or did parts of it survive? Do the answers to these questions help
explain--and perhaps suggest tentative solutions to--the problems of modern America?
PREREQUISITES: None. This is a course for freshmen, but if there is sufficient space
upperclassmen may be admitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion of assigned readings and the short five-page reports on
additional related readings in Jones (one per student).
EVALUATION: Class members will write two five-page essays on topics discussed in class. Each
student will be graded both on these and on the in-class report. Thus each student will be expected to
write three five-page papers.
TEXTS: P. Ehrlich and A. Ehrlich, Healing the Planet (1991); A.H.M. Jones, The Decline of the
Ancient World (1966).
414 A10-0
A STUDY OF SCIENTIFIC VOCABULARY THROUGH CLASSICAL ROOTS
Expected enrollment: 35
Time: See secretary in Kresge 18
Jeanne Ravid
Office: Kresge 9
Phone: 491-8043
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The intent of this course is to familiarize the student with a wide range
of Greek- and Latin- derived words encountered in scientific and primarily medical fields. Students
will gain familiarity with the basic components and an understanding of the underlying principles in
word formation. This will include acquiring a basic vocabulary of word roots, prefixes, and suffixes,
much of which is a matter of memorization; and will also include analysis of words, aiming at an
understanding of the relationship of the various components. With a good grasp of how all such
words work, the meaning of thousands of scientific words never seen before may be guessed at with
reasonable assurance of accuracy.
PREREQUISITES: Sophomore standing. P/N allowed. Permission of Department required: see
secretary in Kresge 18. Attendance at first class mandatory.
TEACHING METHOD: Independent Study: The student is on his or her own to study and complete
the exercises in the text/workbook and to take quizzes and exams as scheduled. Each quiz covers two
chapters. The mid-term covers the first eight chapters, and the final is a comprehensive exam,
covering all material in the course. Requires a minimum of 9 hours of study per week.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Mid-term exam and final exams. Quiz grades do not count towards
the final grade. However, they are immensely valuable as a diagnostic tool and pacer for the student,
and serve as preparation for the mid-term and final exams.
TEXTS: (Available at Norris Center Book Store) Dunmore and Fleischer, Medical Terminology:
Exercises in Etymology, 2nd edition, and a medical dictionary (recommended: Taber's Cyclopedic
Medical Dictionary).
414 B12-0
ROMAN CIVILIZATION
Enrollment limit: 120
Time: TT 2:30-4:00
James Packer
Office: Kresge 12
Phone: 491-8046
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course surveys the history and civilization of Rome from the
traditional date for its founding in 753 B.C. through A.D. 476, the year when the last emperor ceased
to reign in Rome. the nature and development of political and social institutions are emphasized.
Slide lectures will illustrate the achievements of Roman art and architecture and conditions of life in
imperial Rome in the age of Constantine (died in A.D. 337). Weekly discussion sections will be
scheduled to discuss the readings.
PREREQUISITES: None, P/N NOT allowed.
TEACHING METHODS: Two 1_-hour lecture, two 1-hour discussion per week.
EVALUATION: Midterm and final exams.
TEXTS: (At SBX): M. Grant, History of Rome. (At Quartet Copies): Roman Civilization: A
Sourcebook, (photocopied readings in translation).
414 B60-0
GREEK MYTHOLOGY
Maximum enrollment: 70
Time: TT 9:00-10:30
Robert Wallace
Office: Kresge 11
Phone: 491-8042
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to Greek mythology and its modes of interpretation.
PREREQUISITES: No P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODS: Readings supported by lectures. Since lectures go beyond the information
that is found in the text, attendance is required.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Midterm, final, and a short paper.
TEXTS: Hesiod, Theogony; Homer, Iliad, Odyssey; Aeschylus, Agamemnon; Sophokles, Oedipus
Tyrannus, Antigone; Euripides, Medea, Suppliants, Bacchae.
414 C45-0
GREEK TRAGEDY
Expected enrollment: 20
Time: TT 1:00-2:00*
Robert Wallace
Office: Kresge 11
Phone: 491-8042
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on Aeschylus's Oresteia and related tragedies,
providing a detailed, wide-ranging study of Aeschylus's dramatic trilogy from contrasting late
twentieth- century historical and theoretical perspectives.
PREREQUISITES: No prerequisites for non-Greek readers. Greek B01 or the equivalent is required
for students taking course for Greek language credit. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Reading and discussion.
EVALUATION: One shorter and one longer paper.
REQUIRED TEXTS: Aeschylus's Oresteia; Sophocles' Electra; Euripides' Orestes.
* This course will be held concurrently with 415C01-0, Readings in Greek Literature. Students
registering in the course as 414C45-0 will read the materials in translation. Those registered in the
course as 415C01-0 will be expected to read selections from the texts in the original language.
Additional special meetings will take place for those taking the course for Greek language credit.
415 A01-3
ELEMENTARY GREEK
Enrollment limit: 20
Time: TT 10:30-12:00
Instructor: Robert Wallace
Office: Kresge 11
Phone: 491-8042
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Continuation of grammatical studies; readings from Homer's Iliad.
PREREQUISITE: Greek A01-2; P/N permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Class participation and weekly quizzes.
TEXT: Pharr and Wright, Homeric Greek.
415 B01-3
INTRODUCTION TO GREEK LITERATURE
Enrollment limit: 20
Time: MWF 1:00-2:00
Ahuvia Kahane
Office: Kresge 14
Phone: 491-8047
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The primary aim of the course is the development of proficiency in
reading ancient Greek. Readings for the third quarter will include passages from selected Greek
authors.
PREREQUISITE: Greek B01-2 or consent of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Classroom reading, translation, discussion.
EVALUATION: Daily quizzes, classroom participation.
BASIC TEXT: J. Wright, ed., The Second Year of Greek (available from the Classics Department).
415 C01-0
READINGS IN GREEK LITERATURE
Expected enrollment: 5
Time: TT 1:00-2:00*
Instructor: Robert Wallace
Office: Kresge 11
Phone: 491-8042
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on Aeschylus's Oresteia and related tragedies,
providing a detailed, wide-ranging study of Aeschylus's dramatic trilogy from contrasting late
twentieth- century historical and theoretical perspectives.
PREREQUISITES: Greek B01 or equivalent for students taking course for Greek language credit.
Course is open to non-Greek readers as well, for Classics (414) credit. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Reading and discussion.
EVALUATION: One shorter and one longer paper.
REQUIRED TEXT: Aeschylus's Oresteia; Sophocles' Electra; Euripides' Orestes.
* This course will be held concurrently with 414C45-0, Greek Tragedy. Students registering in the
course as 415C01-0 will be expected to read selections from the texts in the original language.
Additional special meetings will take place for those taking the course for Greek language credit.
Those registered in the course as 414C45-0 will read the materials in translation.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0416 - Comparative Literary Studies
CLS B01-2 Spring 1995-96 Ahuvia Kahane,
WESTERN EUROPEAN LITERATURE - INVENTING THE VOID:
BEGINNINGS IN EARLY WESTERN LITERATURE
Time: MWF 10:00 (Note: Friday discussion sections meet at 9:00, 10:00 or 11:00, dates to be
arranged)
Office Address: 14 Kresge.
Office Phone: 491-8047
Expected enrollment: 180
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will consider the Greek and Latin origins of Western
European literary tradition. The course will, on the one hand, follow a broad historical progression,
from archaic Greece, to classical Greece, to the Hellenistic period, to the Roman era. It will, however,
also consider analytically the question of "what is a literary/cultural beginning" and explore the
means by which ancient society followed its traditions, extended them and repeatedly re-formatted
and re-defined its "beginnings".
TEXTS:
Selected readings from
Homer, Iliad, Odyssey
Aeschylus: The Oresteia (Agamemnon, Choephori ["The Libation Bearers"], Eumenides)
Sophocles: Oedipus Rex ["Oedipus the King"]
Euripides: Bacchae
Aristophanes: The Frogs.
Vergil: Aeneid.
PREREQUISITES: None. P/N not allowed. Attendance at first class meeting mandatory.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions.
EVALUATION: Class participation, midterm and final examination.
PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING WHEN YOU REGISTER: All students will register for the
Monday, Wednesday and Friday lectures. In addition students will also register for one of the
discussion sections.
CLS B02-0 Spring 1995-96
Helmut Muller-Sievers
PRACTICES OF READING
Time: MWF 1:00pm
Office Address: 111 Kresge
Office Phone: 491-8291
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This class will investigate two conceptions of signification which have
given rise to two distinct practices of reading. The first, allegory, understands the linguistic sign as
refering to something which it is not and without which it cannot achieve meaning; the second,
symbol, sees the sign as essentially, even if imperfectly, linked to its referent. Both conceptions have
served, and still serve, at times in opposition, at times in conjunction, to constitute and to contain
literary texts. We will look at the history of these terms, starting with allegorical interpretations of
Homer in late antiquity, concentrating on the Christian use and abuse of symbol and allegory, and
ending with an overview over the importance of the terms in modern and postmodern theories of
interpretation and reading. Texts will include the Hebrew and Christian Bible, Augustin, Thomas
Aquinas, Kant, Goethe, Wordsworth, Baudelaire, Rilke, Benjamin.
FORMAT: short lectures and discussions
EVALUATION: Midterm and Final essay
CLS B74-1 Spring 1995-96
Wen-hsiung Hsu
CHINESE LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION: CLASSICAL POETRY
Time: MW 3:00-4:30pm
Office Address: 348A Kresge
Office Phone: 491-2768
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to Chinese poetry from its beginnings to the golden age
of T'ang-Sung (618-1279). Through close analysis of classical Chinese poetry in translation, the class
will consider structure, imagery, symbolism, motif, the role of nature, and change in form as well as
the particular types of human relationships revealed through the poems. Because Chinese writers
often used poetry as a medium for voicing concern over society and the state, students will not only
examine the development of this literary genre, but also explore the intellectual and social life of the
Chinese people.
No rerequisites; no knowledge of Chinese required.
TEACHING METHOD: A syllabus detailing the schedule of the course will be given to the class at
its first meeting. The course will involve lectures and discussion. Particular attention will be given to
reading representative works of major Chinese poets.
EVALUATION: Participation in class discussion, a mid-term, a paper, and a take-home
examination.
READING LIST:
Witter Bynner and Kiang Kang-hu, eds. and trs., The Jade Mountain
A.C. Graham, tr., Poems of the Late T'ang
Liu Wu-chi and Irving Lo, eds., Poems of the Late T'ang
Arthur Waley, tr., The Book of Songs
James Liu, The Art of Chinese Poetry
CLS B75-0 Spring 1995-96
Muhammad Eissa
ARABIC LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION: AN INTRODUCTION
Time: 2:30- 400 T, TH
Office Address: PAAL, Kresge 356
Office Phone: 491-5288
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Arabic literature is one of the most comprehensive expressions of
human experience. Its roots go as far in history as the fifth century C.E. Throughout its history Arabic
literature has developed very special and sophisticated forms and genres in poetry and prose. Input
from eastern and western philosophies and ancient indigenous cultures have contributed to the
richness of medieval and modern Arabic literature. The content of Arabic literature depicts as well as
relates the diverse social and cultural experience of the Arab people to the universal human
experience.
This introductory course will attempt to unveil the mystery evolved around Arabic literature in
western literary studies and will survey the history of its development. The conventional
chronological periodization of Arabic and Islamic history will set the general framework for the
course. From the pre-Islamic era (before 622 C.E.) we will sample the famous Arabic maxims and
odes (qasida pl.qasa¥id). In response to the modern developments in literary expression, Arabic
literature has brought to the fore affecting and highly developed modern genres such as short story,
novel and drama.
The wide variety of modern and classical Arabic literary production available in English translation
provides a wealth of material that has caught the attention of the world readers and critics as well. In
this course we will draw upon that rich treasure where students will have the opportunity to examine
and critique selected works. Research papers will provide another opportunity to examine, in depth, a
theme, genre or a selected works of their own choices.
METHOD OF TEACHING: Lectures based on readings and discussions of issues raised in the
reading materials.
EVALUATION: Quizzes on read material, mid-term and a final paper (7-10 pages).
PREREQUISITE: None
REQUIRED TEXTS:
Kanafani, Ghassan: Men in the Sun, The American University in Cairo Press, 1991
Mahfouz, Naguib: Miramar, Three Continents Press, 1992.
Salih, Tayeb: Season of Migration to the North, Three Continents Press, 1980
al-Shaykh, Hanan: The Story of Zahra, Doubleday, 1986
A specially prepared packet of a variety of reading material
CLS C01-0 Spring 1995-96
Prof. Francoise Lionnet
WRITING IN SOCIETY: HYPHENATED IDENTITIES?: ASIAN-EUROPEAN/-
AMERICAN CULTURAL STUDIES
Time: TTh 1:00-3:30pm
Office Address: 130 Kresge
Office Phone: 491-8265
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Ever since the publication of Edward Said's Orientalism (1979), the
representation of "otherness" in Western literature has been subjected to heightened scrutiny.
Drawing on (and critiquing) Said's concepts and Michel de Certeau's articulation of strategies and
tactics of resistance in Practices of Everyday Life, we begin by focusing on exile and identity in a
nineteenth-century text such as Pierre Loti's Madame Chrysanthemum (1887).We then read twentieth-
century texts that question (or reinforce) simplistic configurations of racial and gender identities: D.
Hwang's M. Butterfly, Marguerite Duras's The Lover, Maxine H. Kingston's Tripmaster Monkey, Joy
Kogawa's Obasan, David Mura's Turning Japanese, Hanif Kureishi's Buddha of Suburbia, Linda Le's
short stories, Leila Sebbar's Sherazade, and Teresa Cha's Dictee. These novels and autobiographies by
contemporary "immigrant" writers re-frame Orientalist discourses and provide us with an original
perspective on the globalization of culture at the end of the twentieth century. The writers are from
Canada (Kogawa), the US (Kingston, Mura, Cha), England (Kureishi), and France (Sebbar, Le). We
shall also discuss movies such as Scent of Green Papaya, My Beautiful Launderette, Sammy and
Rosie Get Laid, and Map of the Human Heart. These verbal and visual texts allow us to examine
critically the concept of globalization, and to ask whether local forms of identity and cultural
expressions (i.e. Japanese-American, Arab-French, Franco-Vietnamese, and Anglo-Indian) provide a
productive counterpoint to the homogenizing tics of Western colonial discourses. We shall also strive
to understand points of commonality in the experiences of displaced peoples since the beginning of
the colonial era.
This is a seminar with short lectures, class discussions, and oral presentations by students.
EVALUATION: Regular attendance and class participation, an oral presentation and short written
essay plus a final research paper.
CLS C02-0 Spring 1995-96
Kerstin Behnke
LANGUAGE IN THE TEXT: ON VISION AND LANGUAGE
Time: T Th 10:30-12:00
Telephone: 491-8292 (o), 491-7249 (dept.)
Office Address: 107 Kresge
e-mail: kbehnke @northwestern.edu
Expect Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will investigate the relationship of vision and language to
knowledge and subjectivity. From Plato and Aristotle to modern thinkers, knowledge has been
conceived as analogous to visual perception. These classical optical theories of knowledge are based
on the idea of a disembodied, non-participatory spectator. Rather than being immediate, seeing,
however, has been found to involve other senses in its functioning. Vision consequently reveals its
constructedness. As embodied or corporeal vision, it can no longer claim objectivity.
Yet another event has challenged the authority of vision: the so-called "linguistic turn," the idea that
cognition is discursive. Accordingly, man's relation to the world is not primarily visual but mediated
by language. Caught in the "prison-house of language," the subject is likewise conditioned by
language.
We will search for the blind spots of vision and ask whether, perhaps, "the deep truth is imageless,"
as Shelley and others maintained. On the other hand, we will also have to determine whether truth is
linguistic in nature or whether we are searching with linguistic means for something that in fact exists
beyond language. The answers to these questions will help us to explore differing views on how the
subject is constituted.
READINGS: We will combine readings of theories of vision (Descartes, Merleau-Ponty) and
language (Nietzsche, Benjamin) with recent scholarship on vision and language such as Jonathan
Crary, Techniques of the Observer; Giorgio Agamben, Infancy and History, which are to be
complemented by classical historical-philosophical accounts, such as Heidegger's "The Age of the
World Picture." (Tentative list)
TEACHING METHOD:Lecture and discussion.
EVALUATION:Individual short presentation, two short essays (4-5 pages) and a final paper (10-12
pages).
CLS C10-0 Spring 1995-96
Marcia Gealy
STUDIES IN LITERARY GENRE: STORYTELLING IN MODERN JEWISH LITERATURE
Time: MWF 10:00am
Office Address: 1902 Sheridan
Office Phone: 491-7414
Expected enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The achievement of a select group of modern Jewish writers is
dependent, in large measure, on the way in which their writing reveals a Jewish past. Their treatment
of Jewish tradition and Jewish history are the particulars which, paradoxically, often give their best
work its most distinctive claim to universality. This course will focus on modern European and
American Jewish writers such as Martin Buber, I.B. Singer, Saul Bellow, Ida Fink and Cynthia
Ozick, who have reshaped the oral and Hasidic tradition of storytelling in Judaism to their own
individual talents.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion.
EVALUATION: Two papers, class participation
Attendance required at 1st class.
CLS C13-0 Spring 1995-96
Dario Fernandez-Morera
STUDIES IN FICTION: FICTION AND FREEDOM
Time: T Th 9:00-10:30am
Office Address: 244 Kresge
Office Phone: 1-8281
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Through the reading of selected novels, (such as George Orwell's 1984,
Burgess's A Clockwork Orange, Varga Llosa's History of Mayta, Hawthorne's The Blithedale's
Romance, etc.) this course will examine some questions of fundamental importance for the
humanities, chosen from among the following:
Is there such a thing as human freedom? Can one tell what is true from what is not? Is truth objective?
Is there such a thing as human nature, or does it change with "historical" conditions along with truth,
morality, justice and so on? Is most human activity and therefore most human speech "political" in
the materialist sense of being fashioned by class, sex, race, or "culture"? Is the notion of individual
bias different from the notion of "political" fashioning? Are there objective standards of excellence
and truth in science and writing? Is there no difference between history and fiction?
Theoretical and fictional readings will be contextualized with readings in contemporary socio-
economic issues. Selections will be chosen from among the writings of the following authors: K.
Popper, R. Aron, P. Feyerabend, L. von Mises, K. Marx, A. Zis, Z. Berbeshkina, L. Trotsky, G.
Gentile, T. Eagleton, A. Flew, F.A. Hayek, Wendy McElroy, H.D. Thoreau, and Camille Paglia.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, discussion. Students are expected to probe all ideas presented in
this class by the professor, the chosen authors and the other students.
EVALUATION: Classwork, (including one oral report) 50%; final take-home essay, 50%.
CLS C62-2 Spring 1995-96
Douglas Cole
MODERN DRAMA
Time: T Th 1-2:30pm
Office Address: 208 University Hall
Office Phone: 491-3091
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of major plays and playwrights from the 1920s into the 1950s:
Pirandello, O'Neill, T. S. Eliot, Brecht, Williams, Miller. Reading will be at a brisk pace-generally
one play per class meeting.
TEACHING METHOD: combined lecture and discussion; occasional performance illustration.
EVALUATION METHOD(S): two papers; midterm exam; final exam.
TEXTS INCLUDE: Pirandello, Six Characters in Search of an Author, Henry IV; Eliot, Murder in
the Cathedral; Miller, The Crucible, Death of a Salesman; Brecht, Mother Courage, Galileo; Sartre,
No Exit, The Flies; O'Neill, Mourning Becomes Electra, Long Day's Journey into Night; Williams,
The Glass Menagerie, A Streetcar Named Desire.
CLS C82-2 Spring 1995-96
Deanna Kreisel
HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM: ENLIGHTENMENT & ROMANTICISM
Time: T Th 9:00-10:30am
Office Address: 328 University Hall
Office Phone: 491-4863
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION:In this course, we will perform close readings of the key texts of
eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century literary criticism. We will focus particularly on questions
pertaining to the production and judgment of literary works: What, according to these critics, did it
mean to be an author? What did it mean to be a critic? What special attributes did an author possess?
What was "genius?" What were an author's moral responsibilities to his or her society? What were a
critic's to an author?
TEACHING METHOD(S): will be discussion; there will be weekly written responses to the
readings, short quizzes, two short papers, and a final exam.
TEXTS: may include: David Hume, "On the Standard of Taste" Immanuel Kant, from Critique of
Judgment, Friedrich von Schiller, from On Naive and Sentimental Poetry, Mme. de Stael, "Essay on
Fiction," William Wordsworth, Preface to Lyrical Ballads, Samuel Coleridge, from Biographia
Literaria, and Percy Shelley, "A Defence of Poetry."
Texts will be available at: Student Book Exchange.
CLS C83-0 Spring 1995-96
Christine Froula
SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEORY: JAMES JOYCE AND CONTEMPORARY THEORY
Time: T Th 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 308 University Hall
Office Phone: 1-3599
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: James Joyce is widely regarded not only as one of the most important
and influential writers of English in the twentieth century but as having presaged in his modernist
fiction many of the directions explored by critical theory in the second half of this century. In this
course we'll study Dubliners, Exiles, A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, Ulysses, and a small
sampling of Finnegans Wake alongside theoretical and critical articles that demonstrate a range of
approaches to Joyce's work: e.g., materialist analysis, structuralism, psychoanalysis, feminism, gender
studies, poststructuralism, performance studies, anthropology, narratology, autobiography. Theorists
and critics will include some or all of the following: Althusser, Eagleton, Derrida, Freud, Lacan,
Cixous, Irigaray, Sedgwick, Benjamin, Foucault, White, Kaplan, Kristeva, Gilbert, Norris, Bishop.
Please read Dubliners for the first class, concentrating on "Araby" and "The Sisters."
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION METHOD: Class participation, reports, either two 6-8 page papers or one 12-15
page paper.
CLS C97-3 Spring 1995-96
Karen Pinkus and Jules Law
LITERARY STUDIES COLLOQUIUM: SEXUALITIES AND POPULAR CULTURES
Time: TH 4:00-6:00
Office Address: Pinkus 126A Kresge; Law 313 University Hall
Office Phone: Pinkus 491-8255; Law 491-5526
Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: What is "popular culture" and how does it reflect or reciprocate
sexuality? What is its relation to "high" culture? Has there always been a popular culture, or is it a
relatively recent phenomenon? Can we "analyze" rock'n roll lyrics, a cereal box, or a Calvin Klein ad
in the same ways we analyze a poem, a painting or a sonata? How can we talk about "undocumented"
popular practices such as oral histories, folk dances, or revival meetings? These are some of the
questions we will consider during a year-long colloquium on the theme of sexualities and popular
cultures. The colloquium will revolve around papers given by a series of prominent speakers from a
variety of disciplines. There will be six speakers altogether, two in each quarter. Each of these
meetings will be framed by discussion sessions during which the students will be introduced to the
work of the speakers and given an opportunity to discuss in detail their positions, methods, and
standpoints. Students will also have the opportunity to meet in small groups with speakers in order to
discuss their work in a closer and more informal setting. Students must register for the whole
academic year.
REQUIREMENTS: Attendance at the colloquium functions and at the discussion sessions. Three
brief (i.e. non-research) papers in which the students explore thematic and methodological issues
raised by the colloquium speakers and during the discussion sessions. Students should be reassured
that the total reading and writing requirements for the course and total number of class hours (28
classroom hours and attendance at 4 talks) does not exceed the workload for a typical one-quarter
course.
READINGS: TBA
ENGLISH MAJORS: This course fulfills Area I requirement COMPARATIVE LITERARY
STUDIES MAJORS: This is a required course
LIST OF SPEAKERS:
Lauren Berlant, Professor of English, University of Chicago, October 12
Laura Kipnis, Professor of Radio, Television & Film, Northwestern University, November 9
Jennifer Wicke, Professor of Comparative Literature, New York University January 11
David Halperin, Professor of Literature, M.I.T. , February 1
Whitney Davis, Professor of Art History, Northwestern University, April 11
Mary Poovey, Professor of English, Johns Hopkins University, May 9
**students may retake the colloquium up to two times for credit
CLS D01-3 Spring 1995-96
Karen Pinkus and Jules Law
LITERARY STUDIES COLLOQUIUM:
SEXUALITIES AND POPULAR CULTURES
Time: TH 4:00-6:00
Office Address: Pinkus 126A Kresge; Law 313 University Hall
Office Phone: Pinkus 491-8255; Law 491-5526
Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: What is "popular culture" and how does it reflect or reciprocate
sexuality? What is its relation to "high" culture? Has there always been a popular culture, or is it a
relatively recent phenomenon? Can we "analyze" rock'n roll lyrics, a cereal box, or a Calvin Klein ad
in the same ways we analyze a poem, a painting or a sonata? How can we talk about "undocumented"
popular practices such as oral histories, folk dances, or revival meetings? These are some of the
questions we will consider during a year-long colloquium on the theme of sexualities and popular
cultures. The colloquium will revolve around papers given by a series of prominent speakers from a
variety of disciplines. There will be six speakers altogether, two in each quarter. Each of these
meetings will be framed by discussion sessions during which the students will be introduced to the
work of the speakers and given an opportunity to discuss in detail their positions, methods, and
standpoints. Students will also have the opportunity to meet in small groups with speakers in order to
discuss their work in a closer and more informal setting. Students must register for the whole
academic year.
REQUIREMENTS: Attendance at the colloquium functions and at the discussion sessions. Three
brief (i.e. non-research) papers in which the students explore thematic and methodological issues
raised by the colloquium speakers and during the discussion sessions. Students should be reassured
that the total reading and writing requirements for the course and total number of class hours (28
classroom hours and attendance at 4 talks) does not exceed the workload for a typical one-quarter
course.
READINGS: TBA
LIST OF SPEAKERS:
Lauren Berlant, Professor of English, University of Chicago, October 12
Laura Kipnis, Professor of Radio, Television & Film, Northwestern University, November 9
Jennifer Wicke, Professor of Comparative Literature, New York University January 11
David Halperin, Professor of Literature, M.I.T. , February 1
Whitney Davis, Professor of Art History, Northwestern University, April 11
Mary Poovey, Professor of English, Johns Hopkins University, May 9
**students may retake the colloquium up to two times for credit
CLS D88-0 Spring 1995-96
Scott Durham
STUDIES IN LITERATURE AND THE DISCIPLINES: LITERATURE AND
THOUGHT AFTER DELEUZE
Time: F 2:00-4:30pm
Office Address: 131 Kresge
Office Phone: 1-4660
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will explore the possibilities opened up by Deleuzian
thought for the interpretation of literature and culture. Among the problems to be considered will be:
repetition and the nature of the historical or literary event; the simulacrum and "virtuality"; and
"minor literature" in its relation to the cultural dominant. In addition to extensive readings in Deleuze
(with particular emphasis on The Logic of Sense, Cinema 2: The Time-Image, and A Thousand
Plateaus), we will examine a number of literary and cinematic works in light of Deleuzian problems,
including films of Hitchcock, Welles and Resnais, as well as literary texts by Carroll, Pynchon,
Beckett and Proust. Readings will be available in French and English.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar format; discussion with some short lectures.
EVALUATION: Oral presentations and a final paper.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0417 - Economics
Mark Witte
Economics A01
Government Intervention in the Economy
Time and Day: MW 11:00-12:30
Office Address: 231 Andersen Hall
Office Telephone: (708) 869-4883
BRIEF DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to examine arguments for and against government
intervention in the economy. We will begin by exploring this question from a theoretical perspective.
Does government intervention destroy the efficiency of a free- enterprise system and subvert political
liberties, or does it preserve economic and political stability by mitigating inequalities and promoting
prosperity? We will then examine specific instances of government intervention or nonintervention
and discuss the appropriateness of the government action. Topics likely to be discussed include
environmental and natural resource problems, such as pollution and overfishing, minimum wage
legislation, and education.
TEACHING METHOD: Mostly discussion, including student presentations.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Course grade will be based upon performance on written
assignments (4 short 4 to 5 page papers and one longer paper) and class participation.
READING LIST (Tentative):
Milton Friedman, Capitalism and Freedom
Arthur Okun, Efficiency and Equality
and selected other readings and papers.
Chris Udry
Economics A01
FRESHMAN SEMINAR
Seminar Title: Deserts, Forests and Farms: Economics and the African Environment
Time: TTH - 1:00-2:30
Office Address: Rm. 203
Office Phone: 491-8235
COURSE DESCRIPTION: We are all familiar with images of environmental crisis in Africa. The
Sahara desert is creeping southward, threatening to engulf entire nations; the tropical forests are
rapidly disappearing; and problems of drought, erosion and pollution threaten vast agricultural
regions. Or are these images myths? We will examine the environmental history of Africa, and the
economics of the interaction between people and their environment in an attempt to clarify these
issues. The seminar will proceed through three stages: Science - we will read some of the scientific
debates on long-term climate change, soil fertility maintenance, and deforestation; Theory - then we
will apply simple economic theory to the problem of resource management; Practice - finally we will
examine the practice of African farmers in the light of this theoretical and scientific discussion.
TEACHING METHOD: Group discussion based on the required readings and discussion papers
written by students and distributed to the class.
EVALUATION: The final grade will be based mainly on the three discussion papers written by each
student. Class participation will also enter into the grade.
READINGS: E. Cross and D. Parkin, BushBase, Forest Farm. Paul Richards, Indigenous
Agricultural Revolution: Ecology and Food Production in West Africa. Other required readings in the
form of selected articles.
Mark Witte
Economics B01
INTRODUCTION TO MACROECONOMICS
Spring 1996
Office Address: Rm. 231 Anderson Hall
Office Phone: 491-8481
Time: MTW 2p, THF 2p Discussion Sections
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to economics with an emphasis on macroeconomics.
Topics include: supply and demand, competition vs monopoly, inflation, unemployment, recessions,
booms, fiscal and monetary policy, budget deficits, international trade, exchange rates, taxation, and
productivity.
PREREQUISITES: An ability to do algebra and draw graphs.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, TA sections.
GRADING: Two midterms, weekly quizzes in sections, one final exam. The exams will be heavily
oriented toward multiple choice with some graph drawing and essay writing.
TEXT AND READINGS:
Baumol and Blinders's Macroeconomics, 6th edition.
Krugman's The Age of Diminished Expectations, 2nd edition.
Packet of readings.
Steve Matthews
Economics B02
INTRODUCTION TO MICROECONOMICS
Office: Rm. 379 Leverone Hall
Phone: 491-2532
Email: [email protected]
Time: MTW-9:00a Disc Section ThF-9:00a
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an introduction to microeconomics. The basic area
of inquiry is the decision making of individuals and firms and their interaction via markets. Among
the topics that may be considered are the economic outcomes under competition, monopoly, and
oligopoly; the functioning of labor markets; environmental economics; cases of market failure.
Prerequisites: B01
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures per week with a weekly discussion section.
EVALUATION: There will be two midterms exams and a comprehensive final exam. Students will
be assigned weekly problem sets which will count in borderline cases.
TEXT: TBD
Joseph P. Ferrie
Economics B02
INTRODUCTION TO MICROECONOMICS
Office: 310 Andersen Hall
Phone: 491-8210
E-mail: [email protected]
Time: MTW 1:00 PM, Section Th or F 1:00 PM
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an introduction to microeconomics. The basic area
of inquiry is the behavior of decision-making units in the economy (households and firms) and their
interaction via markets. Among the topics considered are: supply and demand; consumer demand,
firm supply; cost and production; input markets; general equilibrium; imperfect competition;
externalities; public policy; and the distribution of income.
PREREQUISITES: Economics B01 is required.
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures per week and a weekly discussion section.
EVALUATION: Weekly homework assignments, two midterm exams, and a final exam.
TEXT: Karl E. Case and Ray C. Fair, Principles of Microeconomics, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 1994.
The text is required. The accompanying study guide is strongly recommended.
Steven Matthews
Economics B02
INTRODUCTION TO MICROECONOMICS
Office: 379 Leverone
Phone: 491-2532/8482
Email: [email protected]
Time: MTW 11, Section ThF 11
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an introduction to microeconomics. The basic area
of inquiry is the behavior of decision-making units in the economy (households and firms) and their
interaction via markets. Among the topics that may be considered are: the nature of economics;
supply and demand; elasticity; consumer demand, firm supply; cost and production; input markets;
general equilibrium; imperfect competition; public policy; the distribution of income; international
economics; current issues.
PREREQUISITES: B01 is recommended.
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures per week and a weekly discussion section.
EVALUATION: Several occasional homeworks, one short quiz, two midterm exams, and a final
exam.
TEXT: TBD
Hilarie Lieb
Economics B13
ECONOMICS OF GENDER
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office Address: Rm. 208 Andersen Hall
Phone: 491-8222
Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: During the past 20 years significant increases in the percentage of
women in the work force and the changes in the type of work women do have had a major impact on
our economy. This course will use economic methods to analyze these changes and help explain the
observed gender differences in employment and earnings. An economic framework will be developed
to explain how individuals make rational decisions about the allocation of time between the
household and the labor market. The consequences of these decisions on family structures will be
discussed.
Some specific areas of study include: occupational segregation, pre-market and labor market
discrimination, feminization of poverty, and economics returns to education (gender differences).
Historical trends and international comparisons are discussed as well as current U.S. conditions.
Policy issues will also be discussed. Among these topics will be included: comparable worth,
affirmative action, parental leave, and welfare reform.
One goal of the course is to give the student the ability to critically evaluate both the literature on
gender issues and currently related policy debates
Another goal is to enhance the student's writing and presentation skills. To this end students will have
the opportunity to do written analyses of gender issues. Besides an individual writing assignment,
each student will be assigned to a group research project. This assignment will require students to
work together in small groups to produce a final written research document, give a formal
presentation, and run a panel discussion.
PREREQUISITES: none
TEACHING METHOD AND EVALUATION: The class will consist of formal lectures, student
formal presentation and informal class discussion. Grades will be based on writing assignments,
formal presentation, quizzes and class participation.
READING: Blau, Francine D., and Ferber, Marianne A., The Economics of Women, Men and Work,
Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1992.
Goldin, Claudia, Understanding the Gender Gap, Oxford University Press, New York, 1990.
Allan R. Drebin
Economics B60
Accounting and Business Finance
Time: (lecture) MW 11-12:30 & MW 3-4:30
(discussion section) F @ 11 or 12 & TH 3 or 4
Office Address: 5-186 Leverone Hall
Expected Enrollment: 120
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to accounting and financial reporting with emphasis on
business corporations. This course is designed to acquaint students with accounting issues and
conventions and to develop the ability to evaluate and use accounting data. The mechanics of
financial accounting and the overall effect of alternative accounting procedures on published financial
reports are examined in detail.
PREREQUISITE: Economics B01. P/N registration is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week, plus required discussion session.
EVALUATION: The student's grade for this course will be based on one mid-term exam, a final
exam, and quizzes. Quizzes are given in discussion section.
TEXT: TBD
Christopher Taber
Economics B81
Introduction to Applied Econometric and Forecasting
Office Address: Andersen Hall - Rm.305
Phone: 491-8229
E-mail: [email protected]
Time: MTW 12, Discussion Th 11/F 12
DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to help students understand how to interpret
economic data. It will focus on the issues that arise in using this type of data, and some of the
methedology for solving these problems. Specific topics will include basic data analysis, regression
analysis, functional forms, heteroskedasticity, serial correlation, and forecasting. Problem sets will
provide students with practical experience in addressing some of these issues using actual economic
data.
PREREQUISITES: Economics B80 or Statistics B10
READINGS: Essentials of Econometrics, by Damodar Gujarati
EVALUATION: TBA
Alberto Trejos
Economics C06-1: International Trade
Time: MW 11:00-12:30
Office Address: 304 Andersen Hall
Phone: 491-5395
E-mail: [email protected].
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an undergraduate course on international trade. During the first
lecture, we will describe certain facts about the exchange of goods between nations, and enumerate a
series of policy questions related to international trade. For the remainder of the course, we will study
an analytical framework that explains those facts, and that can be used to shet light at the policy
issues. The questions that will be addressed include: what determines the trade pattern (which
countries exchange which goods with which partners); what is the impact of international trade on the
economic performance of a country (for instance, on the level and distribution of income, prices, the
assimilation or difussion of technology, and the rate of growth); what are the gains from international
trade; what are the different kinds of international exchange; what is the nature of the policies related
to international trade (for example, tariffs, quotas and export subsidies), and how different segments
of society prefer those policies to be used. We will give emphasis to the "old and tried" theories, with
some attention devoted to new developments.
PREREQUISITES: C10-1 is required. C10-2, as well as some calculus, would be very useful.
TEXTBOOK: Ethier, William: Modern International Economics. W.W. Norton & Company, Inc.,
New York. Third Edition.
GRADE: There will be one midterm exam and one final exam. Students may also choose to turn in
short discission paper on a topic to be discussed with the professor, but such paper is not mandatory.
Those students choosing to write the paper get 30% of of their grade from the midterm, 30% from the
paper and 40% from the final. Students choosing not to write the paper get 30% from the midterm
and 70% from the final.
TEACHING METHOD: All lectures are given with the aid of overhead slides. Copies of the slides
will be given to the students on the first day of classes.
OTHER INFO: By the first day of classes, the professor's home page (http://www.econ.northwestern.
edu/faculty/trejos/) will have available the overhead slides, syllabus and old exam questions. Other
material will be added as the course progresses.
Christopher Gust
Economics C08
Money and Banking
Office Address: Rm. 202 Andersen Hall
Phone: 491-8233
Time: TH 9-10:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will consist of three broad areas of study. First, we'll
consider the fundamentals of financial markets. Included here will be the study of the behavior of
interest rates and a brief overview of financial institutions. Second, we'll study the Federal Reserve
System, the money supply process and the conduct of monetary policy. The third area of study
consists of monetary theory.
PREREQUISITES: Economics B01.
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures with some discussion per week.
EVALUATION: There will be a midterm and a final exam which will be weighted about equally in
the final grade. Homework assignments, which are intended to aid the student's understanding and
will count only in marginal cases, may be given periodically.
READINGS: TBA
Professor Alberto Trejos
Economics C10-1: Microeconomic Theory
Time: Lectures MTW 2:00, Discussion Sections Th,or F 2:00
Office Address: Andersen 304
Telephone: 491-5395
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an undergraduate course on intermediate microeconomics. The
course is largely "tools- driven," as much of the material consists of theoretical tools that the student
will use in later courses. The first part of the course studies the choices of consumers and firms in a
market economy. The second part of the course studies partial equilibrium in competitive as well as
imperfectly competitive markets. The third part of the course performs an introductory treatment to
general equilibrium.
PREREQUISITES: B01 and B02 are required. Some calculus would be useful, but not required.
TEXTBOOK: To be announced later.
TEACHING METHOD: All lectures are given with the aid of overhead slides. Copies of the slides
will be available before class.
OTHER INFO: Copies of the slides and syllabus, plus other relevant material, will be available in
professor's home page (http://www.econ.northwestern.edu/faculty/trejos/).
Eddie Dekel
Economics C10-2
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Office: 376 Leverone Hall
Phone: (847) 491-4144
Time: MTW 11:00, Discussion TH or F 11:00
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will survey central topics in microeconomic theory, which
are normally not reached in C10-1. The emphasis will be on elementary presentation of some of the
main ideas of relatively recent advances in microeconomics. Among the topics: General equilibrium
theory, some issues in the economics of imperfectly competitive markets, some elementary ideas
from game theory and their applications in economics, some basic ideas about the economic
consequences of uncertainty and imperfect information.
PREREQUISITES: Econ C10-1, Math B14-1 and 2 or their equivalent.
TEACHING METHODS: TBA
TEXT: TBA
Professor L. Christiano
Economics C11-1
Macroeconomics
Time: MTW 11:00a, Discussion Sections, Th or F-11:00
Office Address: Andersen Hall - Room 318
Phone: 491-8231
DESCRIPTION: This course cevelops a simple theoretical framework for thinking about the
determinants of variables like aggregate framework employment, unemployment, investment,
consumption, interest rates, inflation, exchange rates and the balance of trade. The framework is used
to address issues of current interest, such as: what is the role of saving in determining the long run
wealth of the country; what is the role of money in accounting for inflation; what are the factors
accounting for the recurrent fluctuations in employment and output called the business cycle; what
factors account for the long-run trends (mostly down) in the U.S. dollar; what is the U.S. Federal
Reserve's track record in fighting inflation; what are the various factors at play in the recent Mexican
financial crisis; what risks, if any, do the high U.S. government deficits pose for the health of the U.S.
economy; is it advisable for the U.S. Congress to require that the federal government's budget be
balanced each year. The course will examine the various sides to debates about questions like these.
Prerequisites: Economics B01.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: There will be 2 midterms and a final.
READINGS: TBA
Alan M. Taylor
Economics C15
Classical Problems in Economic History
Time: MW 8:30-10:00
Office Address: Andersen 311
Phone: 491-8234
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Global integtration and growth in the 19th and 20th centuries--
historical perspectives and current controversies. Topics include: international capital movements;
mass migration; commercial policy and the growth of trade; the evolution of the payments system;
trends and fluctuations; instability and war; the record of comparative economic growth; development
and underdevelopment.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures and one section per week.
Prerequisites: Economics B01, BO2, B81, C10, C11; or permission of the instructor.
EVALUATION: A midterm exam, a final exam, and a term paper on a topic chosen in consultation
with the instructor.
READING: The following texts plus additional readings--
Foreman-Peck, J. A History of the World Economy: International Economic Relations Since 1850.
2nd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 1994.
Kenwood, A.G., and A. L. Lougheed. The Growth of the International Economy, 1820-1990. 3rd ed.
London: Routledge, 1992.
Marcus Alexis
Economics C21
AFRICAN-AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY
Time: MW 8:30-10
Office Address: Andersen Hall - Rm. 321
Phone: 467-1318
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS: The course covers the period 1619 -- when the first slaves arrived in
the United States -- to the present. The period covers slavery, emancipation, reconstruction and the
entire 20th century -- pre-World War I, the inter-war years including the Great Depression and the
post World War II period. African-American economic experiences as slaves and free people in the
pre Civil War period, role in post Civil War southern agriculture, south-north migration, urban
experiences, Civil Rights movements of the 1960s and early 1970s and post Civil Rights period and
global competion of the late 1970s and 1980s.
Among the topics to be discussed are slavery as an economic system, post bellum competition with
immigrant labor, mechanization of southern agriculture, urbanization of African- American
population, affirmative action and equal opportunity.
PREREQUISITE: Economics B01, B02 and a course in statistics or by approval of instructor.
METHODOLOGY: The course will be taught by lecture and discussion. There will be a final term
paper required.
EVALUATION: Grading is based on a mid-term and final examination, final paper and discussion.
Economics C-25
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
Catherine Czukas
Spring 1996
Phone: 491-8215
Time: MW 2:00-3:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION:This course serves as an introduction to economic systems and policies
which are predominant in the developing world. The course will cover a variety of economic topics
ranging from theories of development, human resources, agriculture, trade, international finance, and
natural resources. The goals of the course include: to gain an understanding of the issues pertaining to
development; to appreciate the way economic models contribute to this understanding; and to
comprehend the diversity of economic experiences in the developing world.
PREQUISITES: Economics C-10 and Statistics B-10.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussion sections.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on problem sets, a short paper, midterm, and a final.
READING LIST: Text.
Joseph P. Ferrie
Economics C34
BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT
Office: 310 Andersen Hall
Phone: 491-8210
E-mail: [email protected]
Time: MW 11:00-12:30PM
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the evolution of the relationship between
business and government in the American economy. The European roots of the intellectual traditions
associated with government intervention in economic affairs (e.g. mercantilism and Adam Smith) will
be investigated. The evolution of both antitrust and direct regulation in the U.S. will be the focus of
the middle of the course, along with the general increase in government intervention beginning in the
late nineteenth century. The course will conclude with an examination of the regulation of business in
the contemporary U.S. economy, and the efficacy of that regulation.
PREREQUISITES: Economics B01 and B02 are required.
EVALUATION: Midterm Exam, Final Exam, and two short (8-10 page) essays.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week.
TEXT: Jonathan R. T. Hughes, The Governmental Habit Redux, Princeton University Press, 1991, is
required; H. Craig Petersen, Business and Government, Harper Collins, 1993, is recommended; a
packet of additional required readings will be available, at cost, from the Department of Economics.
Richard Chisik
Economics C49
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS
Time: MW 12:30-2:00
Office Address: AAH 218
Phone: 491-8216
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will systematically relax the assumptions of the perfectly
competitive model. We will be primarily concerned with explaining strategic interaction among
firms, and between firms and consumers, under alternative assumptions. The course will combine the
neo-classical economic theory introduced in C10-1 with game theory to help us bebetter understand
markets in the real world. Our quest is to understand the determinants leading to, and the social
welfare implications of, differing market structures and institutions. We will address such issues as
business strategy, collusive behavior, natural and artificial barriers to entry, quality uncertainty and
advertising. In addition, we will explor ethe implications of our findings in other fields of economics
such as international trade and labor economics.
PREREQUISITES: Economics C10-1, Mathematics B14-1 and B14-2.
TEACHING METHODS: Two lectures a week.
EVALUATION: One midterm and one final exam.
Text: Dennis Carlton and Jeffrey Perloff, Modern Industrial Organiation. 2nd editon. Harper Collins.
Marcus Alexis
Economics C54
ISSUES IN URBAN ECONOMICS
Spring 1995
Office Address: 321 Andersen
Time: MW 8:30-10:00a
Phone: 467-1318
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course covers the location of economic activity within a city or
metropolitan area. It explores why the city center is occupied by high rise office towers and the
periphery by housing and smaller commercial structures. The locational aspects of urban areas is
followed by in-depth analysis of the internal conditions in cities. Topics covered include city finances
and services, housing, education, poverty and discrimination, and transportation. Instruction is by
lecture and discussion. A trial research paper is required.
PREREQUISITES: Students should have had Economics B02 and a course in statistics or have
permission of the instructor.
Bjorn Jorgensen
Economics C60
FOUNDATION OF CORPORATE FINANCE - Spring '96
Office Address: Rm. 518, AAH
Office Phone: 491-2860
Time: TTh 10:30-12:00
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course deals with issues in investing and the financial management
of corporations. You will acquire a proficiency in reading the Wall Street Journal's section on
"Money and Investing" and understand the interrelationship between stocks, bonds, and options.
We start with a review of discounting techniques and present value caluclations. We will discuss
capital budgeting and the process of evaluating long-term (capital) projects. Then, we turn our
attention to financial decisions, i.e., from which sources, and in what form, should capital funds be
raised.
PREREQUISITES: Concurrent with a statistics course.
EVALUATION: Your grade will be based on a group project 10%, a midterm exam (40%), final
exam (50%).
READING: The textbook for the course is "Principles of Corporate Finance" by Richard Brealey and
Stewart Myers, McGraw-Hill, fourth ed.
Brooks Kaiser
Economics C70
ENVIRONMENTAL AND NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office: 302 Andersen Hall Phone: 491-8239
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course uses economic theory to examine environmental and
natural resource problems and policies. The first section of the course provides a theoretical
framework to understanding environmental problems as economic problems and to explore economic
solutions to environmental problems. The focus will be on the critical role economic incentives play
in producing environmental degradation and should play in designing environmental policies to
combat environmental degradation. The theoretical framework developed will then be used to
evaluate specific environmental problems and policies. Topics to be discussed in the class include:
externalities and the role of property rights, common property problems, pollution and pollution
control, renewable and nonrenewable resource management, water allocation and the management of
public lands.
PREREQUISITES: Economics C10 and Math B14-1.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Problems sets, one midterm exam, a cumulative final exam and
possibly, a short research paper.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week.
READINGS: TBA
Eddie Dekel
Economics c80-2
MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS II: INFORMATION AND INCENTIVES
Time: MW 2-3:30
Office Address: Rm. 376 Leverone Hall
Phone: 491-4414
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DEXCRIPTION: We study dynamic games and games with hidden actions and hidden
information. Topics may include entry/exit games, the theory of auctions, labor market signaling,
insurance markets, and managerial incentive proglems. Game theory will be used at the level of the
first part of the sequence, C80-1, and developed further.
PREREQUISITES:
(1) Economics C80-1, or equivalent in game theory;
(2) Math B14-1,2,3 minimum, Math B15 preferable; and
(3) Economics C10-1
TEACHING METHOD: Two weekly lectures, Problem sets.
EVALUATION: Midterm and final exams.
READING LIST:
(1) The last part of Robert Gibbons, Game Theory for Applied Economics, Princeton University
Press.
(2) Selected readings.
(3) The latter part of H. Scott Bierman and Luis Fernandez, Game Theory with Economic
Applications, Addison Wesley.
Leon N. Moses
Economics C95 Spring 95-96
JUNIOR SEMINAR
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office Address: 212 AAH
Office Hours: TBA
Phone: 491-8209 (office)
251-1143 (home for serious issues)
Applied Micro and Managerial Economics: Private and Public Sector Uses;
The goal that students in this course set themselves is the development of a research topic and the
writing of a "10" page paper on that topic. The papers are not book reports; nor are they primarily
presentations and evaluations of the literature in a topic area. Successful papers tend to have three
characteristics. First, the reasoning and the research strategy they employ are based on a theoretical
model that is drawn from microeconomics; second, they involve empirical analysis of the problem
that grows out of the model and employ appropriate statistical techniques. Third, they contribute is a
non-trivial way to an increase in understanding of the problem with which they deal. The best papers
have ideas in them that are the product of a student's thoughtfulness and qualitative as well as and
quantitative insights. Joint research on a topic by two students is permitted, in fact encouraged.
Some of the research that could prove intriguing are in the area of health economics, including the
financial plight of many hospitals, the growing dominance of HMO's in the delivery of medical care,
the lack of practitioners in many rural areas, the supposed imbalance between the number of family
practitioners and the number of specialists; and the need to control medicare and medicaid payments;
a number of issues in law and economics can prove attractive, including limitation of jury awards in
personal injury cases, prisons and rehabilitation, a comparison of costs and effectiveness in reducing
crime, coporate liability vs. government regulation as ways of increasing corporate responsibility;
issues in sports economics, including limitations on free agency, a cap on team wages, league taxation
of teams with higher than average total wage payments; evaluation of a variety of environmental
programs, including reintroduction of the grey wolf into Yellowstone national park, preservation of
endangered species, economics of a proposed ban on fishing off the coast of New England for as
many years as is required for species to repopulate the ocean in the area, preservation of wetlands and
urban development, and the problem of what to do with highly toxic wastes like spent atomic fuel
rods; economic deregulation or reform in air, motor, and rail transportation and the impacts of the
changes on prices, qualities of service, and safety; AND ON AND ON AND ON.
The course will meet on Tuesday and Thursday from 1-2:15 or so. The number of participants in the
course will be limited to fifteen. To register students must have completed C10-1, and B81 and
received at least a B in each of these courses.
Participants in the course make frequent presentations of their research topics. Students are expected
to offer suggestions and criticisms of each other's research. Therefore, regular attendance and
participation in seminar discussions is a requirement of the course and enters into grading.
Prerequisite: B81. Limit - 10 students: Permission of instructor.
Marty Eichenbaum
Economics C98-2
Senior Honors Seminar
Office Address: Andersen Hall 314
Phone: 491-8232
Expected Enrollment: 15
Course Description: During the two quarters, students will be expected to write a paper that is
potentially publishable in an economics journal. There will be class discussions of research ideas,
methods and resources, as well as computer assignments emphasizing basic data analysis skills.
However, the emphasis of the course will be on work done independently by students on topics of
their choice.
Prerequisites: Economics B81 or C81-1, C10, C11, Math B14-1,2 and the completion of the most C-
level electives. C81-1,2 are strongly recommended.
Evaluation: A grade of K (course in progress) is given in the Winter for C98-1, while a letter grade
for both quarters is given at the end of the C98-2. Grades will be based on a detailed proposal, a first
draft and computer assignments due in the Spring, as well as effort and class participation.
Texts: TBD
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0418 - American Culture Program
Terry Mulcaire
American Culture B10
PUNK ROCK AND THE CULTURE INDUSTRY
Office Address: University Hall 20
Office Phone: 491-3525
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: "Punk rock sells out." The various conflicting meanings of that
observation will be the focus of this course. American punk rock in its heyday in the early 1980;s, in
bands such as Black Flag, the Minutemen, and Husker Du, was anti- social and anti-authoritarian,
ugly sounding, and sometimes violent or nihilistic, but (despite? or because of these things?), it
caught on, and became popular. It's clear that the music and lyrics of many of the biggest-selling rock
bands on the 1990's-- from Nirvana to Pearl Jam to Green Day--look directly back to these years and
these bands. How are we to understand a cultural form that sets out to launch a full-blast attack on the
social mainstream, only to be eagerly embraced by that mainstream? More specifically, how are we to
understand a musical movement that attacks with particular ferocity the business side of music, only
to be embraced by that business and transformed into a mass- produced commodity, marketed for sale
in K-Marts nationwide? There will be two broad directions for our examination of such questions.
First, cultural history. Are there any tendencies in American cultural history that can help us to
understand this odd phenomenon of a broadly popular rejection of popularity and all it entails? And
how are we to understand punk's version of this phenomenon? Does the incorporation of punk into
what Max Horkheimer and Thedor Adorno called "the Culture Industry: mean that all of its critical
force was merely lost? What can punk tell us about the fate of oppositional cultural forms, and the
possibility of using culture as a means to change society? The second focus will be (dare I call it) the
aesthetics of the music itself. How does if appeal? How successfully, or unsuccessfully, does punk
distinguish itself from mainstream rock and roll? And what does this tell us about the sort of larger
questions of cultural history outlined above? Our big questions, then, will be, how does the pleasure
one takes in music have social effects?
METHOD: The method of this course will be to rely heavily on student input, so a more than
ordinary level of commitment is required. Some discussions will be built around the students
response to the music, and critical analyses of the music, and students will also be responsible for
selecting some of the music we will listen to, think about, and talk about.
REGISTRATION IS BY PERMISSION OF THE INSTRUCTOR. Before spring registration,
please submit a brief essay (one or two paragraphs) explaining your interest in the course.
READINGS: There will be a course reader. Our basic music catalogue will (at a minimum) include:
The Minutemen, Double Nickels on the Dime; X, More fun in the New World; Black Flag, Damaged;
Husker Du, Zen Arcade.
Garry Wills
American Culture C10-0
OLIVER STONE'S MYTHS OF HISTORY
Time: MW 2:00-4:00
Tu 2:00-4:00 (optional discussion)
Office Address: Harris Hall
Office Phone: 491-3406 or 491-3525
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Oliver Stone has used commercial movies to deal with the deepest
issues of recent American history - the Vietnam war, the impact of 1960s rock music, the culture of
Wall Street, the assassination of President Kennedy, the resignation of President Nixon. His work has
been serious in intent, though some think it irresponsible. This course will ask how important Stone's
work is in forming public perceptions of national events. Should it have a serious impact? What
makes it unsettling or important? Is it truthful, to history, as art?
METHOD: All of Stone's major movies will be seen and discussed by the class. Midterm papers (8-
10 pages) will be devoted to a single movie, compared with another of the same genre. A final exam
will consist of answers to questions about a series of film clips (by Stone and by other directors).
READINGS: The only book to be purchased is an edition of Euripides' Bacchae, on which Stone
claims to base much of his dramatic method. But books on Stone will be in the reference library and
handouts will summarize his career.
Larry Stuelpnagel
American Culture C10-0 Sec. 21
POLITICS AND THE PRESS
Office Phone: 491-7321
503-8529
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Critics of the press say it is now doing more to undermine democracy
through sensational "feeding frenzy" stories that provide lurid details about candidates personal lives
and little about the policy issues they support. This course will examine the role the press has played
in past political issues and campaigns and how the coverage has evolved to its current state of affairs.
Topics will include the McCarthy era, Watergate, "pack journalism" and its impact on political
campaigns, and how presidents and other elected officials use intimidation and "spin" to influence the
flow of information. The class will conclude with a look ahead at how the new "information age" and
interactive computers will impact political campaigns. The course is taught by visiting lecturer Larry
Stuelpnagel who covered Capitol Hill and the New Jersey Statehouse for New Jersey Public
Television and WNET/New York.
METHOD: The class will use a series of readings and video presentations. Format will be seminar
style.
EVALUATION: Evaluation will be done based on a mid-term and final exam, an 8-10 page research
paper, and class participation.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0419 - English
A05-0
Expository Writing
Course Description: Expository Writing is designed for any student who wants a strong introductory
course in college- level writing. Students write three or four extended pieces of expository writing,
developing each through a process of planning, drafting, revising, and editing. Students also complete
several briefer exercises in which they experiment with specific writing techniques or use informal
writing as a tool for exploring ideas. Class meetings are conducted as seminar discussions and
workshops. In addition, the instructor meets regularly with students in individual conferences.
B05-0
Intermediate Composition
Course Description: Intermediate Composition is designed for students with some experience in
college-level writing who want to continue to develop their ability as writers. Students undertake
three or four writing projects, developing each through several drafts and revisions. Students learn
techniques for establishing and maintaining focus in their writing, organizing and developing
analyses and arguments, and producing clear, direct prose. Class meetings are conducted as seminar
discussions and workshops. In addition, several times during the quarter the instructor meets with
students in individual conferences. (See below for descriptions of individual sections.)
Attendance at first class mandatory.
SEC 20
Ellen Wright
MWF 10 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course is designed to give students control over their writing, to help them
write clearly, precisely, and coherently. We will analyze writing strategies and techniques, and we
will carefully go over the "rules" -- and when a confident writer might want to play around with, or
break, them. The papers will be varied and geared to life both in and out of the academy. Students
will complete several exercises, two short papers, and two longer papers. All papers will be rewritten,
in consultation with the instructor, until the students are satisfied with them.
SEC 21
Marcia Gealy
MWF 10 Spring Quarter
Course Description: The philosophy behind this course, to use Donald Hall's words, is that "reading
well precedes writing well." Students will read exemplary models of expository prose as a way of
provoking ideas and encouraging effective written communication. Some of the authors we shall
study are Annie Dillard, Walker Percy, Frank Conroy, and Eudora Welty. In addition to Hall's The
Contemporary Essay, we shall use Writing Well, a composition text that emphasizes writing as
discovery. Students will write and have the opportunity to revise 3 or 4 essays; individual conferences
and workshops will encourage the writing process.
SEC 22
Ellen Wright
MWF 10:00 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course is designed to give students control over their writing, to help them
write clearly, precisely, and coherently. We will analyze writing strategies and techniques, and we
will carefully go over the "rules" -- and when a confident writer might want to play around with, or
break, them. The papers will be varied and geared to life both in and out of the academy. Students
will complete several exercises, two short papers, and two longer papers. All papers will be rewritten,
in consultation with the instructor, until the students are satisfied with them.
SEC 23
Charles Yarnoff
MWF 1 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course is designed to help students write more clearly, persuasively, and
interestingly. Writing techniques emphasized include using conflict to interest readers; focusing on a
thesis; using specific details and analysis to make an essay clear and convincing; and writing
concisely and forcefully. Students will write and revise three essays, the last of which will be a
research paper.
SEC 24
Edith Skom
T TH 1:00 - 2:30 Spring Quarter Course Description: This course concentrates on argument -- writing
to advance a thesis. Students will write and revise three essays that advance a clear, interesting, and
logical argument. Each essay involves primary research into an interesting topic.
Attendance at the first class -- and all other classes-- is required.
SEC 25
Technical Writing
Penny Hirsch
MWF 10 Spring Quarter Course Description: This is a new technical writing course being offered
for the first time to McCormick School sophomores. It will concentrate on practical techniques for
presenting technical information clearly, concisely, and accurately. Students will complete a number
of short papers and exercises designed to improve their skill in writing summaries, reports,
procedures, and professional memoranda. We will also study examples of professional writing and
review basic principles of style, grammar, and usage. The class will follow a collaborative workshop
format: students will brings drafts of their writing to classes and work together on revising and
editing. Students will meet several times with the instructor for individual conferences. Students will
also use the internet, experiment with collaborative editing software, and interact with industry
representatives. Enrollment is limited; attendance is required; P/N is available; Textbooks available
at : Norris.
C04
PRACTICAL RHETORIC
Barbara Shwom
MWF 1 Spring Quarter
Course Description: An advanced writing course focusing on theories of composition and the skills
that underlie good writing. Intended to help prepare students to teach writing in secondary schools,
universities, and one-on-one tutorials.
Admission by consent of instructor.
C05
ADVANCED COMPOSITION
WRITING FROM RESEARCH
Frances Freeman Paden
MW 2-3:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: Need a course that will allow you to work on a sustained project? With students
from many different disciplines? This course features small groups and lots of interaction. It will be
especially helpful to students who want to extend work begun in another course or develop a portfolio
of writing in an area of special interest. For example, a suitable project might be preliminary work
towards a thesis, a script for performance, or a series of essays. Class time will be devoted to
discussing readings about the process and experience of writing, as viewed from different writer's
perspectives, and working on advanced problems of organization and style. Students will have
frequent conferences with the instructor and form small writing groups to share research strategies,
read one another's work, and exchange ideas for rewriting and revision.
Permission of the instructor. No P/N registration.
Teaching Method(s): Discussion, workshop, and oral presentation. Evaluation Method(s):
Participation in daily activities. Two short papers. Final written project. Oral presentation of the final
project.
B06
Reading & Writing Poetry
SPRING
Section 20-- Gian Balsamo
MWF 10
Section 21-- James Armstrong
MW 2-3:30
Course Description: An introduction to the major forms of poetry in English from the dual
perspective of the poet- critic. Creative work will be assigned in the form of poems and revisions;
analytic writing will be assigned in the form of critiques of other members' poems. A scansion
exercise will be given early on. All of these exercises, creative and expository, as well as the required
readings from the Norton Anthology of Poetry, are designed to help students increase their
understanding of poetry rapidly and profoundly; the more wholehearted students' participation, the
more they will learn from the course. Permission of department required. No prerequisites. No P/N
registration. Attendance at first class mandatory. Especially recommended for prospective Writing
Majors and for prospective English Literature Majors.
Teaching Method(s): discussion; one-half to two-thirds of the classes will be devoted to discussion
of readings and principles, the other classes to discussion of student poems. Evaluation Method(s):
evidence given in written work and in class participation of students' understanding of poetry;
improvement will count for a great deal with the instructor in estimating achievement.
Texts Include: Norton Anthology of Poetry, 3rd edition, B06 Reader prepared by the instructor, and
the work of the other students.
B07
Reading & Writing Fiction
SPRING
Section 20 Tony Eprile MWF 11
Section 21 Tony Eprile MWF 2
Section 22 Charles Wasserburg TTh 1-2:30
Section 23 Mary Kinzie WF 11-12:30
Course Description: A reading and writing course in short fiction. Students will read widely in
traditional as well as experimental short stories, seeing how writers of different culture and
temperament use conventions such as plot, character, techniques of voice and distance to shape their
art. Students will also receive intensive practice in the craft of the short story, writing at least one
story, along with revisions, short exercises, and a critical study of at least one work of fiction,
concentrating on technique.
Permission of department required. Prerequisite: B06. No P/N registration. Attendance at first class
mandatory. Especially recommended for prospective Writing Majors and for prospective English
Literature Majors.
Teaching Method(s): discussion; one-half to two-thirds of the classes will be devoted to discussion
of readings and principles, the other classes to discussion of student work. Evaluation Method(s):
evidence given in written work and in class participation of students' understanding of fiction;
improvement will count for a great deal with the instructor in estimating achievement.
Texts Include: Fiction anthology, outside reading of selected authors, xeroxed handouts (some
instructors will have Readers), and the work of the other students.
C92
Situation of Writing
Charles Wasserburg
TTh 10:30-12 Spring Quarter
Course Description: C92 is a course in the sociology of writers, writing, publication, dissemination
of literature, and reading. We will study these topics as they arise in both imaginative and critical
works. Authors read may include Ben Jonson, John Dryden, Thomas de Quincey, Dorothy
Wordsworth, Emily Dickinson, George Gissing, Edwin Muir, Ezra Pound, Walter Jackson Bate,
Eudora Welty, Adrienne Rich and others.
Permission of Writing Major. No P/N registration. Attendance at first class mandatory.
Teaching Method(s): discussion. Evaluation Method(s): papers, oral presentations; class
participation; final project.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
C93-F
Theory & Practice of Poetry
James Armstrong
WF 11-12:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: An advanced year-long course in reading for writers, critical analysis, and
intensive writing of poetry. Texts for the first term will include collections by Robert Lowell,
Elizabeth Bishop, W. H. Auden, Robert Frost, Thomas Hardy, and Emily Dickinson. The Fall-Winter
term will be devoted to reports on, and imitations of, these writers; a course pack of critical writings
by poets will be used to highlight issues of technique and theme. A final paper will be due at the end
of the first semester. In the second semester, students will read longer works by the required poets to
lay groundwork for their own long poem of approximately 120 lines.
No P/N registration. Grade of "K" given for first semester. Permission of Writing Major required.
Attendance at first class mandatory. Reading due for first class.
Teaching Method(s): discussion. Evaluation Method(s): based on creative and critical work; class
presentations and participation.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
C94-F
Theory & Practice of Fiction
Gian Balsamo
WF 11-12:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: A semester-long course in reading for writers, critical analysis, and the craft of
novella writing. Texts will include works by Julian Barnes, G.G. Marquez, Cees Nooteboom, Peter
Taylor. The term will be devoted to reports on these writers, and discussions and workshops relating
to each student's novella-in-progress. The final draft of the novella will be due at the end of the
Spring term.
No P/N registration. Grade of "K" given for first semester. Permission of Writing Major required.
Attendance at first class mandatory. Reading due for first class.
Teaching Method: discussion. Evaluation Method(s): based on creative and critical work; class
presentations and participation.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
No P/N registration. Grade of "K" given for first semester. Permission of Writing Major required.
Attendance at first class mandatory. Reading due for first class.
Teaching Method: discussion. Evaluation Method(s): based on creative and critical work; class
presentations and participation.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
B-Levels
CLS B01-2
Western European Literature
Ahuvia Kahane
MWF 10 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course will consider the Greek and Latin origins of Western European
literary tradition. The course will, on the one hand, follow a broad historical progression, from
archaic Greece, to classical Greece, to the Hellenistic period, to the Roman era. It will, however, also
consider analytically the question of "What is a literary/cultural beginning" and explore the means by
which ancient society followed its traditions, extended them and repeatedly re-formatted and re-
defined its "beginnings".
No prerequisites necessary. P/N not allowed. Attendance at first class meeting mandatory.
Teaching Method(s): Lectures and discussions. Class participation, midterm and final examination
Texts Include: Selected readings from Homer: Iliad, Odyssey; Aeschylus: The Oresteia
(Agamemnon, Choephori ["The Libation Bearers"], Eumenides); Sophocles: Oedipus Rex ["Oedipus
the King"]; Euripides: Bacchae; Aristophanes: The Frogs.; Vergil: Aeneid..
B11
Introduction to Poetry
Lawrence Lipking
MWF 11 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course will ask some basic questions about poetry and try to provide a few
answers. These will be some of the questions: What makes poetry interesting? Why do poems employ
such formal techniques as meter and rhyme? Is there any essential difference between the language of
poetry and ordinary language? Does modern poetry have to be difficult? What is the function of
different poetic genres? In translations of poetry, what gets left out? How can you tell a good poem
from a bad one? In our search for answers, we shall look closely at poems from a variety of historical
periods and a variety of kinds (lyric, narrative, dramatic, epic). There will be a special emphasis on
learning not only how to understand poetry but how to enjoy it.
This course serves as a prerequisite for the English Major.
Teaching Method(s): lecture with required discussion sections.
Evaluation Method(s): final exam; two short papers; class participation; brief weekly exercises.
Texts Include: M. L. Rosenthal, Poetry in English: An Anthology.
Textbooks available at: SBX.
B13
Introduction to Fiction
Elizabeth Dipple
MWF 9 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course requires students to read novels from the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries, in order to study some of the principles and theories behind the writing of fiction. Novels to
be read: Toni Morrison, Beloved; Charlotte Bronte, Jane Eyre; Kazuo Ishiguro, A Pale View of Hills;
Italo Calvino, The Baron in the Trees; Iris Murdoch, A Fairly Honourable Defeat, plus one other
novel to be announced in the first week of class.
This course serves as a prerequisite for the English Major.
Teaching Method(s): two lectures (MW) per week, plus an obligatory discussion section meeting
each Friday. Evaluation Method(s): a mid-term on the first three novels; a brief assignment on one of
the remaining novels, and one five-page paper on each of the last two. No final exam: the papers will
take its place. Some assignment work can, by option, be done on listserv.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
B73
Introduction to 20th-Century American Literature
Alfred Appel
TTh 10:30-12 Spring Quarter
Course Description: An introduction to American literature that in the course of several intensive
literary studies will also cast light on American culture and society. The major works include
Hemingway's In Our Time, Faulkner's The Hamlet, Fitzgerald's Great Gatsby, West's Miss
Lonelyhearts, and Nabokov's Lolita. Minor figures such as Eudora Welty and Donald Barthelme will
be considered in an effort to understand the relationship between high culture and mass or popular
culture. There will be a jazz unit, featuring a close study of Louis Armstrong, with recordings and
film clips, and two short jazz films, Gjon Mili's "Jammin' the Blues" (1944) and "The Sound of
Jazz" (1957), starring Count Basie, Billie Holiday, Lester Young, Coleman Hawkins, Ben Webster,
and others. Citizen Kane (1941), directed by Orson Welles and arguably the best American film, will
be shown one evening. Modern art and photography will be selectively invoked.
This course serves as a prerequisite for the English Major.
Teaching Method(s): lecture with discussion sections.
Evaluation Method(s): one paper (1500 or so words), final exam.
B98 Introductory Seminar in English
A course for potential English literature majors that will present the problems, ideas, and critical
vocabulary specific to the primary forms of literature. Each section will give students practice in the
close reading and analysis of one of the following genres:poetry, drama, fiction, in the context of their
literary traditions. Each section will give students practice in the basic skills of reading and analysis.
The limited-enrollment setting will permit the requirement of numerous writing assignments.
Permission of department required. Prerequisite: A choice of any one-quarter B-level literature course
offered through the English Department. All English Department courses have the 419 code number.
This course serves as a prerequisite for the English Major. No P/N registration. Attendance at first
class mandatory.
SPRING
Poetry
Albert Cirillo
TTh 9-10:30 Course Description: The focus of this course will be poetry and poetic genres as they
develop from Chaucer through the 20th century. Readings will be from Shakespeare, Sidney,
Spenser, Wordsworth, Pope, Shelley, Marvell, Frost, Eliot, Millay.
Teaching Method(s): combined lecture and discussion. Evaluation Method(s): papers; class
participation; final project.
Textbooks available at: SBX.
Fiction
Jules Law
TTh 10:30-12
Course Description: How does narrative work? What makes us keep reading? What determines the
rhythm of reading? How do narratives "quote" or "allude to" previous narratives? Is there such a thing
as "development" in literary history? In this course we shall examine a number of novels and other
narratives in order to begin answering some of these questions.
Teaching Method: intensive discussion sessions. Evaluation Method(s): class participation; four
short papers (2-3 pp.); one final paper (5-7 pp.).
Texts Include: Shelley, Frankenstein; Hardy, Tess of the D;Urbervilles; Stoker, Dracula; Conrad,
Heart of Darkness; Joyce, Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man. Theoretical texts will include essays
by Brooks, Barthes, Genette, Todorov, and Propp.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
Drama
Mary Beth Rose
TTh 1-2:30
Course Description: This course will explore heroism as it is represented in tragedies and comedies
from the classical tradition, the Renaissance, and the modern theater. We will examine dramatic
constructions of the heroics of action, which focuses on adventure, rescue, exploration and conquest;
and of the heroics of endurance, which focuses on resistance and suffering.
Teaching Method(s): discussion. Evaluation Method(s): papers; class participation; final project.
Texts Include: Readings from Sophocles, Shakespeare, Wilde, Stoppard, Webster, and Congreve.
Area 1
CLS C01
[AREA 1]
Writing in Society: Hyphenate Identities?: Asian-European/ American Cultural Studies
Francoise Lionnet
Th 1-3:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: Ever since the publication of Edward Said's Orientalism (1979), the
representation of "otherness" in Western literature has been subjected to heightened scrutiny.
Drawing on (and critiquing) Said's concepts and Michel de Certeau's articulation of strategies and
tactics of resistance in Practices of Everyday Life, we begin by focusing on exile and identity in a
nineteenth-century text such as Pierre Loti's Madame Chrysanthemum (1887).We then read twentieth-
century texts that question (or reinforce) simplistic configurations of racial and gender identities: D.
Hwang's M. Butterfly, Marguerite Duras's The Lover, Maxine H. Kingston's Tripmaster Monkey, Joy
Kogawa's Obasan, David Mura's Turning Japanese, Hanif Kureishi's Buddha of Suburbia, Linda Le's
short stories, Leila Sebbar's Sherazade, and Teresa Cha's Dictee. These novels and autobiographies by
contemporary "immigrant" writers re-frame Orientalist discourses and provide us with an original
perspective on the globalization of culture at the end of the twentieth century. The writers are from
Canada (Kogawa), the US (Kingston, Mura, Cha), England (Kureishi), and France (Sebbar, Le). We
shall also discuss movies such as Scent of Green Papaya, My Beautiful Launderette, Sammy and
Rosie Get Laid, and Map of the Human Heart. These verbal and visual texts allow us to examine
critically the concept of globalization, and to ask whether local forms of identity and cultural
expressions (i.e. Japanese-American, Arab-French, Franco-Vietnamese, and Anglo-Indian) provide a
productive counterpoint to the homogenizing tics of Western colonial discourses. We shall also strive
to understand points of commonality in the experiences of displaced peoples since the beginning of
the colonial era.
Teaching Methods: This is a seminar with short lectures, class discussions, and oral presentations by
students. Evaluation Method(s): Regular attendance and class participation, an oral presentation and
short written essay plus a final research paper
CLS C02 [AREA 1]
Language in the Text: On Vision & Language
Kersten Behnke
TTh 10:30-12 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course will investigate the relationship of vision and language to
knowledge and subjectivity. From Plato and Aristotle to modern thinkers, knowledge has been
conceived as analogous to visual perception. These classical optical theories of knowledge are based
on the idea of a disembodied, non-participatory spectator. Rather than being immediate, seeing,
however, has been found to involve other senses in its functioning. Vision consequently reveals its
constructedness. As embodied or corporeal vision, it can no longer claim objectivity. Yet another
event has challenged the authority of vision: the so-called "linguistic turn," the idea that cognition is
discursive. Accordingly, man's relation to the world is not primarily visual but mediated by language.
Caught in the "prison-house of language," the subject is likewise conditioned by language. We will
search for the blind spots of vision and ask whether, perhaps, "the deep truth is imageless," as Shelley
and others maintained. On the other hand, we will also have to determine whether truth is linguistic in
nature or whether we are searching with linguistic means for something that in fact exists beyond
language. The answers to these questions will help us to explore differing views on how the subject is
constituted.
Teaching Method(s): Lecture and discussion. Evaluation Method(s): Individual short presentation,
two short essays (4-5 pages) and a final paper (10-12 pages).
Texts Include: We will combine readings of theories of vision (Descartes, Merleau-Ponty) and
language (Nietzsche, Benjamin) with recent scholarship on vision and language such as Jonathan
Crary, Techniques of the Observer; Giorgio Agamben, Infancy and History, which are to be
complemented by classical historical-philosophical accounts, such as Heidegger's "The Age of the
World Picture." (Tentative list)
CLS C82-2 [AREA 1]
History of Literary Criticism:
Enlightenment and Romanticism
Deanna Kreisel
TTh 9-10:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: In this course, we will perform close readings of the key texts of eighteenth-
and early nineteenth-century literary criticism. We will focus particularly on questions pertaining to
the production and judgment of literary works: What, according to these critics, did it mean to be an
author? What did it mean to be a critic? What special attributes did an author possess? What was
"genius?" What were an author's moral responsibilities to his or her society? What were a critic's to
an author?
Teaching Method(s): will be discussion; there will be weekly written responses to the readings, short
quizzes, two short papers, and a final exam.
Texts Include: David Hume, "On the Standard of Taste" Immanuel Kant, from Critique of Judgment,
Friedrich von Schiller, from On Naive and Sentimental Poetry, Mme. de Stahl, "Essay on Fiction,"
William Wordsworth, Preface to Lyrical Ballads, Samuel Coleridge, from Biographia Literaria, and
Percy Shelley, "A Defence of Poetry."
Textbooks available at: SBX.
CLS C83 [AREA 1]
Special Topics in Theory:
James Joyce and Contemporary Theory
Christine Froula
TTh 10:30-12 Spring Quarter
Course Description: James Joyce is widely regarded not only as one of the most important and
influential writers of English in the twentieth century but as having presaged in his modernist fiction
many of the directions explored by critical theory in the second half of this century. In this course
we'll study Dubliners, Exiles, A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, Ulysses, and a small sampling
of Finnegans Wake alongside theoretical and critical articles that demonstrate a range of approaches
to Joyce's work: e.g., materialist analysis, structuralism, psychoanalysis, feminism, gender studies,
poststructuralism, performance studies, anthropology, narratology, autobiography. Theorists and
critics will include some or all of the following: Althusser, Eagleton, Derrida, Freud, Lacan, Cixous,
Irigaray, Sedgwick, Benjamin, Foucault, White, Kaplan, Kristeva, Gilbert, Norris, Bishop.
Please read Dubliners for the first class, concentrating on "Araby" and "The Sisters."
Teaching Method(s): Discussion. Evaluation Method(s): Class participation, reports, either two 6-8
page papers or one 12-15 page paper.
CLS C97 [AREA 1]
Literary Studies Colloquium
Jules Law
1st Th of the Month at 4 Yearlong
Course Description: What is "popular culture"? What is its relation to "high" culture? Has there
always been a popular culture, or is it a relatively recent phenomenon? Can we "analyze" rock'n roll
lyrics, a cereal box, or a Calvin Klein ad in the same ways we analyze a poem, a painting or a sonata?
How can we talk about "undocumented" popular practices such as oral histories, folk dances,
"perverse" sexualities, or revival meetings? And how does popular culture employ and construct our
notions of gender and sexuality? These are some of the questions we will consider during a year-long
colloquium on the theme of popular culture and sexuality. The colloquium will revolve around papers
given by a series of prominent speakers from a variety of disciplines. There will be six speakers
altogether, two in each quarter. Each of these meetings will be framed by discussion sessions during
which the students will be introduced to the work of the speakers and given an opportunity to discuss
in detail their positions, methods, and standpoints. Students will also have the opportunity to meet in
small groups with speakers in order to discuss their work in a closer and more informal setting.
Students must register for the whole academic year. The list of speakers include: Lauren Berlant
(University of Chicago); Whitney Davis (Northwestern University); David Halperin (M.I.T.); Mary
Poovey (Johns Hopkins University); Jennifer Wicke (New York University).
Attendance at the colloquium functions and at the discussion sessions mandatory.
Evalution Method(s): 3 brief (i.e. non-research) papers. Students should be reassured that the total
reading and writing requirements for the course and total number of class hours will not exceed the
workload for a typical one-quarter course.
Area 2
C02 [AREA 2]
History of English Language
Catharine Regan
MWF 9 Spring Quarter
Course Description: English Today, Cambridge University Press's lively international review of the
English language, will frame our study of the historical development of this language now spoken by
over 300 million people (nearly 1/10 of the world's population). We will emphasize Medieval and
Renaissance periods, using literary texts, e.g., Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, and Milton to illustrate
major language developments. Computer software will facilitate study of Old English and we will use
the on-line OED. Topics for special investigation include the Renaissance dilemma about writing in
English or Latin, eighteenth-century dependence on authority, and growth of lexicon. First class
mandatory. No P/N
Texts Include: Readings ranging from David Burnley's literary source book, The History of the
English Language, through John Algeo's Fifty Years Among New Words to John Willinsky's recent
challenge of the authority of the OED in Empire of Words.
C23-1 [AREA 2]
Chaucer: The Canterbury Tales
Barbara Newman
MWF 10 Spring Quarter
Course Description: A reading of Chaucer's serious and satirical masterpiece in the original
language. We will begin with an introduction to Middle English grammar and pronunciation and then
proceed through the Tales in a more or less orderly manner, illumining them through pertinent
readings in medieval culture and society. There will be at least one workshop on dramatic
interpretation and performance. By the end of the quarter, you will be able to complete Chaucer's
unfinished tales in a reasonable facsimile of his verse.
No P/N registration. Attendance at first class mandatory.
Area 3
C34-2 [AREA 3]
Shakespeare
Elizabeth Dipple
MW 2-3:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course will study Shakespeare tragedies, comedies and romances, from
Hamlet (ca. 1600) to The Tempest (ca.1612), his last complete play. Stress will be placed on his
dramatic ideas, his experimentation, his driving thematics. One play per week, beginning with the
Comedies: As You Like It (ca.1599), Twelfth Night, Measure for Measure, All's Well that Ends Well;
Tragedies: Hamlet, Othello, King Lear; Romances: The Winter's Tale, The Tempest. A few essays on
theory will be read.
No freshmen allowed. Discussion sections on Fridays.
Teaching Method(s): lecture; discussion. Evaluation Method(s): weekly assignments; one long final
paper.
Texts Include: The Riverside Shakespeare.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
C38
[AREA 3]
Reformation
Regina Schwartz
TTh 10:30-12 Spring Quarter
Course Description: The English Reformation witnessed events unparalleled in English history:
people lost their mass, churches lost their windows, and a king lost his head. The period erupted into
controversies that may seem remote at first but which have important consequences for our
understanding of language, ritual, interpretation, and politics. Lines were drawn in blood over such
issues as hierarchical authority, free will, materiality, representation, and property, and what was at
stake was not only life and death but the salvation of souls. These controversies fired the imaginations
of English poets and we will look at their work in light of them. The focus will be chiefly on the
religious poets of the Renaissance/Reformation: Herbert, Donne, and Milton among them, and
readings about and from the controversies they engaged. Historical and theological background will
be included.
C39 [AREA 3]
Special Topics in Shakespeare:
Illusion and the Social Order
Wendy Wall
TTh 10:30-12 Spring Quarter
Course Description: What did it mean to "act" in the Renaissance? This course will provide an
intense look at five Shakespearean plays. We will be concerned with how the notions of illusion,
theatricality and role-playing are represented in different genres (comedy, tragedy, history and
romance); how "acting" becomes allied with unruly elements within the Renaissance culture (bar
crowds, the supernatural, racial others, the new world); and how illusions, dramatic and other,
functioned as a means of ratifying and questioning various aspects of the social order. The class will
thus investigate what dangers and pleasures "playing" offered to Renaissance audiences.
Attendance at first class mandatory. No P/N Registration.
Teaching Method(s): discussion. Evaluation Method(s): active class participation, several written
exercises, midterm, and two papers.
Texts Include: Readings will include A Midsummer Night's Dream, I Henry IV, Othello, The
Merchant of Venice and The Tempest. We will also analyze a few films (including Dead Poets'
Society and Prospero's Books), and read critical articles.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
Area 4
C42 [AREA 4]
Restoration & 18th-Century Drama
Joanna Lipking
TTh 1-2:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This class will explore heroic tragedy, comedy of manners, and sentimental
drama of the Restoration and early 18th century, with some attention to the models provided by
Moliere and Racine and to dramatic adaptation of stories.
Evaluation Method(s): class participation and in-class presentations, exams, essays.
C48 [AREA 4]
Studies in Restoration & 18th-Century Literature:
Jane Austen
Mary Finn
TTh 2:30-4 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This quarter we will be reading Jane Austen's novels in the literary and political
context of her lifetime.
Teaching Method(s): research presentation, discussion. Evaluation Method(s): Research
presentation; two papers,
Texts Include: Emma, Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility, Mansfield Park, Persuasion,
Northanger Abbey, selected critical readings.
Textbooks available at: Norris
Area 5
C58 [AREA 5]
Dickens
Lawrence Evans
MWF 11 Spring Quarter
Course Description: An intensive study of five novels by Charles Dickens (all of them of decided
length, totaling over 4000 pages), Barnaby Rudge (1841), Martin Chuzzlewit (1843 - 44), Dombey
and Son (1846 - 48),Little Dorrit (1855-57), and Our Mutual Friend (1864-65), focusing on Dickens'
extraordinary richness of language, his distinctive (pre- modern?) psychological representations, his
fascination with power and violence, and his many social and moral ambivalences.
No P/N registration. Attendance at first class mandatory.
Teaching Method(s): a little bit of lecture, a lot of discussion. Evaluation Method(s): preparedness
and participation essential; two short papers and a longer final essay. If class is large, there will be
tests; if relatively small, no tests but obligatory oral reports.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
C59 [AREA 5]
Special Topics in Nineteenth Century Literature:
Sex and Imperialism at the Fin-de-Siecle
Jules Law
TTh 1-2:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: The 1890s in Britain witnessed a virtually revolutionary rethinking of ideas of
domination, freedom, responsibility and "nature," almost all worked out under the pressure of an
imagined "end" to a century and an era. Most of these changes, or imagined changes, had to do with
the role of sex and gender in society and the role of national and racial identity in the "empire." The
novelists of this era were preoccupied with both sets of changes, and in this course we will explore
the relationship between changing ideas of domesticity and changing ideas of empire. Each week we
will read a number of critical and theoretical essays to complement our readings in the novels and to
refine our understanding of such concepts as "race," "marriage," "the sex/gender system" and
"empire."
Texts Include: Schreiner, Story of an African Farm and selected short stories; Haggard, She; Hardy,
Tess of the D'Urbervilles; Stoker, Dracula; Wilde, The Picture of Dorian Gray; Stevenson, The
Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, and a course packet of critical and theoretical writings.
Attendance at first class mandatory. No P/N registration.
Evaluation Method(s): short (1-2 pp) response paper every week; one final paper (6-8 pp.); no final.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
Area 6
C60 [AREA 6]
20th-Century British and American Literature:
The Turn of the Modern
Mary Kinzie
TTh 1-2:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: "On or about December, 1910, human character changed," declared Virginia
Woolf in 1924. On or about the same time (the first quarter of this century), much else having to do
with literature and art was changing. Forms broke and rejoined differently; odd voices spoke;
dislocation increased; the idea of consciousness -not only in its indirection but also in its new,
electrifying wisdom- triumphed over traditional discourse. The course will explore shifts of
sensibility in three genres, poetry, prose fiction, and prose essay. Where possible, works in the last
category will be by writers who were also novelists and poets. Some previous experience in reading
and analysis is recommended.
No P/N registration. Attendance at first class mandatory.
Teaching Method(s): combined lecture and discussion. Evaluation Method(s): two papers; midterm
exam; optional final exam (to improve grade). Texts Include (tentatively): (I) Ezra Pound, Personae
(1908-1915), Wallace Stevens, Harmonium (1923), Marianne Moore, Selected Poems (1935); (II)
Henry James, "The Beast in the Jungle," Elizabeth Bowen, "Her Table Spread," "The Visitor," "Dead
Mabellek," Katherine Anne Porter, Flowering Judas and Other Stories, Virginia Woolf, Mrs.
Dalloway, D. H. Lawrence, shorter fictions; (III) Henry James, Partial Portraits; selections from
Prefaces (The Art of the Novel), Ezra Pound, Gaudier-Brzeska: A Memoir, Virginia Woolf, The
Captain's Death Bed and Other Essays, Gertrude Stein, Lectures in America.
C68 [AREA 6]
Studies in 20th-Century Literature: D.H. Lawrence
Lawrence Evans
MWF 2 Spring Quarter
Course Description: Major novels and shorter fiction of D. H. Lawrence (1885 - 1930), with a
possible glance also at some essays and poems by the author.
No P/N registration. Attendance at first class mandatory.
Teaching Method(s): a little bit of lecture, a lot of discussion. Evaluation Method(s): preparedness
and participation essential; two short papers and a longer final essay. If class is large, there will be
tests; if relatively small, no tests but obligatory oral reports.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore
C68 [AREA 6]
Studies in 20th-Century Literature: Narrative
Dissidence: The Asian American Experience
Joan Gillespie
TTh 2:30-4 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course will examine the question of how fiction and autobiography
critique the ways that basic American political and social freedoms have particularized the lives of
Asian Americans since American entry into World War II. The writers we will study share a political
awareness and engagement as well as an acute consciousness of their history of immigration. This
common ground produces common themes: at the level of social concern, themes include confronting
physical displacement, labor conditions, and discriminatory laws: and, at the level of self-concern,
texts bring to consciousness one's multiple identities, gender and ethnic stereotypes, and sense of
personal responsibility. As we explore political and social issues in the American context in each
work, we likewise will analyze artistic issues such as narrative strategies, the influence of the Asian
heroic tradition and the (possibly competing) influence of Western literary tradition, and attention to
language, and we will attempt to formulate a theory on the correspondence between subject and a
way of writing for each author.
Texts May Include: Carlos Bulosan, America is in the Heart; Frank Chin, "A Chinese Lady Dies"
and other selected stories; Chuang Hua, Crossings; Joy Kogawa, Obasan; Milton Khurayama, Five
Years on a Rock; Bharati Mukherjee, Jasmine. Critical readings on literature as engagement also will
be required.
WMS C92 [AREA 6]
Topics in Women's Studies:
Twentieth-Century Plays by Women
Rachel Rosenberg
MW 2:30-4 Spring Quarter
Course Description: We will read and, when possible, see plays written by women from 1907 to the
1980s. These plays examine women's and men's roles in domestic and public life; in women's
suffrage and women's liberation movements; in violent situations; in explorations of racial, national,
ethnic, class, and sexual identity; and, perhaps most importantly, in the theatre itself. As we examine
each play, we will consider three key questions: 1) How is gender constructed dramatically and
theatrically? 2) How is the play a product of the social context in which it was written? and 3) How is
an audience's or reader's interpretation of the play affected by the manner and context in which it is
presented? We will also be concerned with issues of canonicity and research methodology: in other
words, how should we decide which plays are worth studying and how should we go about studying
them? Assignments will include weekly 1- to 2-page responses to the plays on the syllabus, an
annotated bibliography, and a final research project on a dramatic or theatrical topic. Students should
expect to attend at least one live performance.
Texts Include: Elizabeth Robins, Votes for Women; Susan Glaspell, "Trifles"; Zora Neale Hurston,
"Color Struck"; Lorraine Hansberry, A Raisin in the Sun; Ntozake Shange, spell #7 ; Maria Irene
Fornes, The Conduct of Life ; Caryl Churchill, Cloud Nine ; Gay Sweatshop, Care and Control;
Michelene Wandor, Whores D'Oeuvre ; Timberlake Wertenbaker, Our Country's Good; critical and
historical readings TBA.
Area 7 C78 [AREA 7]
Studies in 19th-Century American Literature: The
Cultural Imagination of Turn-of-the-Century America
Carl Smith
TTh 9-10:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: The purpose of this interdisciplinary course is to examine the relationship
between a variety of different imaginative forms and social reality in the United States in the late
nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. At the same time it explores the ways computerized methods
and materials can assist in this examination. In addition to literature (non-fiction as well as fiction,
including various forms of social analysis), materials to be analyzed include painting, photography,
and other cultural forms (including the World's Columbian Exposition, the world's fair held in
Chicago in 1893). Required readings will include conventional printed texts and a broad range of
materials (mainly visual) available on the web through the network (some texts may be available both
ways). It is very likely that there will be the opportunity to prepare one or more of the writing
assignments on the computer, and the course will make extensive use of e-mail. While sophisticated
computer skills are not necessary, every student who enrolls should have an active e-mail account and
know how to use it. Any skills required in browsing the web or preparing assignments on the
computer will be taught in class, though students should either have access to a network connection
and/or be willing to use one of the university computer labs on a regular basis.
Attendance at first class (and succeeding classes) mandatory. No P/N registration. There may well be
a required reading assignment for the first class. Check in the English Department or with the
instructor.
Teaching Method(s): mix of presentations and discussions, with students taking an active part in all
classes. Evaluation Method(s): a series (probably 3) of short (approximately 5-6 pages, or their
equivalent) papers and/or electronic assignments; shorter (approximately 1 page) e-mail comments on
the readings, to be determined; participation in class discussion.
Textbooks available at: Great Expectations Bookstore.
C78 [AREA 7]
Studies in 19th-Century American Literature:
American Women's Writing II
Julia Stern
TTh 1-2:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course continues our exploration of American women's writing from the
end of the Civil War to approximately 1940. It may be taken with or without part I. Texts will be
chosen from the following list: Louisa May Alcott, Little Women (1868); Charlotte Perkins Gilman,
"The Yellow Wallpaper" (1892); Sarah Orne Jewett, Country of the Pointed Firs (1896); Frances
Harper, Iola Leroy (1896); Kate Chopin, The Awakening (1900); Edith Wharton, The House of Mirth
(1905); Gertrude Stein, Tender Buttons (1914); Willa Cather, My Antonia (1918); Djuna Barnes,
Nightwood (1936); Zora Neale Hurston, Their Eyes Were Watching God (1937).
First class mandatory, as is regular attendance.
Teaching Method(s): discussion. Evaluation Method(s): papers, final exam.
Electives
CLS C62-2 [ELECTIVE]
Modern Drama
Douglas Cole
TTh 1-2:30 Spring Quarter
Course Description: A survey of major plays and playwrights from the 1920s into the 1950s:
Pirandello, O'Neill, T. S. Eliot, Brecht, Williams, Miller. Reading will be at a brisk pace=generally
one play per class meeting.
Attendance at first class mandatory.
Teaching Method(s): combined lecture and discussion; occasional performance illustration.
Evaluation Method(s): two papers; midterm exam; final exam.
Texts Include: Pirandello, Six Characters in Search of an Author, Henry IV; Eliot, Murder in the
Cathedral; Miller, The Crucible, Death of a Salesman; Brecht, Mother Courage, Galileo; Sartre, No
Exit, The Flies; O'Neill, Mourning Becomes Electra, Long Day's Journey into Night; Williams, The
Glass Menagerie, A Streetcar Named Desire.
C85 [ELECTIVE]
Topics in Combined Studies: Verdi and his Development as Supreme Master of Italian
Operatic/Music Drama
Albert Cirillo
TTh 10:30-12 Spring Quarter
Course Description: This course will examine Verdi's development in the history of opera as a
musical and dramatic medium. We shall examine such issues as his debt to bel canto; what bel canto
truly is; his evolution from the bel canto tradition to the establishment of a truly "Verdian" style. We
shall also chart the changing course of his reputation along the way. No technical knowledge of music
or opera is required, just a genuine interest and a willingness to learn and explore something new.
Permission of instructor required. No P/N registration. Attendance at first class mandatory.
Teaching Method(s): combined lecture and discussion.
Evaluation Method(s): papers; final exam.
Textbooks available at: SBX.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0421 - Geography
John C. Hudson
Geography C13-0
NORTH AMERICA
Time: Tuesday and Thursday, 7:00-8:30 p.m.
Office address: 1810 Hinman Ave.
Office phone: 491-2855, 491-5402
Expected enrollment: 250
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An adult-level working knowledge of the geography of one's own
country is a valuable asset to life after college. In Geography C13 we cover the length and breadth of
the United States and Canada, beginning with the Atlantic Coast in the first week, ending with the
Pacific Coast in the ninth. We take a regional approach to analyzing the physical and human
geography of North America's regions in order to understand how, over time, distinct lifeways and
patterns of economic development have evolved in the context of differing regional resource
endowments. A regional approach offers a comprehensive framework for integrating the unique
within a broader framework of continental geography.
Prerequisite: Senior or Junior standing. P/N is NOT allowed.
Evaluation: weekly map quizzes, two midterms, final.
Reading:
Tom L. McKnight, Regional Geography of the United States and Canada.
E.B. Espenshade, ed.,Goode's World Atlas, 19th ed.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0422 - Environmental Sciences
Joanna K. Norman
Environmental Sciences B37
ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT
Time: Tuesday and Thursday, 10:30 - 11:50 a.m.
Office address: Searle Center for Teaching Excellence
627 Dartmouth Place
Evanston campus
Office phone: (708) 467-2338
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a new course offered as part of the core course sequence in the
Environmental Sciences major. Ecology and Environment will focus on learning what causes changes
in the population size of a species and on when environmental scientists need to be concerned with
such changes. Topics to be discussed include basic ecological and evolutionary processes and human
impacts on the environment.
TEACHING METHOD: Combination of lecture, discussion, and small group work.
Prerequisite: Math B14-1,2,3; Chem A01, A02, A03; Biol A70 or A90.
Evaluation: Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation, written work during and
outside of class, and on a final examination.
Reading: A basic ecology textbook and supplemental readings from research papers.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0423 - Geology
Bradley B. Sageman
Geology A01
Earth Processes and Products
(Lab Required)
Time: M,W,F 11 AM
Office Address: Locy Hall #315
Office Phone: 467-2257
Expected Enrollment: 60
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Geological reasoning is unique among academic disciplines for it
combines features of quantitative inquiry with the interpretative methods of the humanities. This
course teaches geological reasoning through a review of processes that generate, modify, and destroy
rocks (lecture and lab focus on geological evidence used to reconstruct Earth Processes; Wisconsin
field trip provides opportunity to observe processes and products). Course hightens awareness of the
Earth as an integrated natural system; provides framework for evaluating environmental issues.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHODS: 3 one-hour lectures per week
1 two-hour lab per week
1 week-end field trip (Required)
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Mid-term and final exams, lab assignments.
READINGS: "Physical Geology; Exploring The Earth", J.S... Monroe and R. Wicander, West
Publishing Company, 1992;
"Laboratory Manual in Physical Geology", 3rd Edition, Busch, R.M., (ed), AGI/NAGI, 1993
David J. Hollander
Geology A06-0
Oceans, Atmospheres, and Our Climate
Time: 10:30-12 Noon, T,Th
Office: Locy Hall #309C
Phone: 491-5349
Expected Enrollment: 120
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course presents the climate of the earth as embracing basic
physical, chemical, biological and geological properties of the ocean and atmosphere. Atmospheric
and oceanographic circulations, how they are generated and what their role is in climate of the earth,
is addressed in detail. Using geologic methods for reconstruction the climate record of the earth over
the last few millions of years is presented and examined as a guide for understanding possible future
climate changes. A general introduction to physical, chemical and biological oceanographic processes
is presented. The course emphasizes concepts rather than mathematical formulation.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHODS: Lecture and discussions
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Laboratory exercises, one mid-term and a final.
READINGS: "Essentials of Oceanography", H. Thurman, Macmillan Press;
"Laboratory Exercises in Oceanography", B. Pipkin, D. Gorsline, R. Casey, and D. Hammond;
Freeman and Company.
Susan M. Agar
Geology B01
The Skin of The Earth
Time: M,W,F; 10 AM
Office: Locy Hall #204
Phone: 491-7301
Email: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 35
Course Description: Introduction to the processes that control the formation of and modification of
the earth's surface, crust, and upper mantle. Topics include weathering, erosion and sedimentation,
groundwater, glaciers, deformation, metamorphism, plutonism and volcanism.
PREREQUISITES: Chemistry A02, Math B14-2, Physics A35-1 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHODS: Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour lab per week.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Mid-term, final, laboratory and oral presentations.
TEXT: "Earth", by Press and Siever, 5th Edition
Donna M. Jurdy
Geology C09
Reflection Seismology
Time: 2-4 PM, M,W
Office: Locy Hall #206
Phone: 491-7163
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Theory of seismic reflection technique. Acquisition, data-processing
and interpretation of seismic reflection data, seismic stratigraphy. Applications to hydrocarbon
prospecting, structural geology, tectonics, stratigraphy, and deep continental structure.
PREREQUISITES: Math B14-3 and Physics A35-1 or permission of instructor.
TEACHING MEHTODS: Two 2-hour lecture/discussion periods per week.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Problems, classroom discussions, mid- term and final exams.
TEXT: "Exploration Seismology", by R.E. Sheriff and L.P. Geldart; Prentice Hall, 1989 as well as
journal articles.
Bradley B. Sageman
Geology C13
Sedimentary Geology
Time: 10:30-12 noon, T,Th
Office: Locy Hall #315
Phone: 467-2257
Expected Enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Review of description and classification of sedimentary rocks. Principle
of stratigraphy and sedimentology; methods of local, regional and global correlation; interpretation of
ancient depositional systems; facies analysis and sequence stratigraphy in the context of tectonic,
eustatic, and climate controls on deposition.
PREREQUISITES: Physical Geology (A01 or B01).
TEACHING METHODS: Two lectures per week.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Mid-term and final exams; Class participation; Term paper.
TEXT: D.R. Prothero's "Interpreting the Stratigraphic Record", Freeman and Company, NY., 410 pp.
- plus reserved readings. . .
Susan M. Agar
Geology C51
Geological Fluid Processes
Time: TBA
Office: Locy Hall #204
Phone: 491-7301
Email: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the physical and chemical processes which influence
the rheology of the outer layers of the earth. The course will cover the range of mechanisms by which
rocks in the crust and upper mantle deform and their governing mechanical equations. Microstructural
evidence for failure mechanisms and deformation paths will be discussed, together with the
relationship of microstructures to physical properties and geophysical characteristics. The role of
fluids in crustal deformation will be examined, incorporating examples of fluid interaction with
deforming sedimentary and metamorphic rocks and melt migration.
PREREQUISITES: Geology B01, C07; Chemistry A-02; Math B-14- 3; Physics A35-1 or consent
of instructor.
Donna M. Jurdy
Geology D38
Advanced Topics In Geophysics
Time: TBA
Office: Locy Hall #206
Phone: 491-7163
Expected Enrollment: 7
Course Description: Survey of the recent results on the tectonics of the planet Venus and discussion
of the many unresolved problems.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHODS: Seminar, Class Projects.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Presentations plus final paper.
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0425 - German
Kristin Thorsen
German A01-3
Elementary German
Time: MTWF*
Office Address: Kresge 119
Phone: 491-7489
Expected enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the third and final quarter of the Elementary German sequence: a
systematic introduction to basic German. All four language skills--speaking, listening compre-
hension, reading, and writing--are stressed to insure that students acquire a basic command of
German. Classes are conducted in German, except when explanations of grammar or other material
require the use of English.
A key feature of German A01-3 is the short skit produced in class at the end of the Spring quarter--
and the ever-popular "Evening o' Skits", featuring a selection of the best first and second year
German skits. We will also read a short detective story.
PREREQUISITE: A01-2 or equivalent. - PN not permitted.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: A variety of teaching techniques are used. Classroom activities
are designed to help students master basic German structures by providing daily opportunities to use
new material in practical communicative situations. Class work is reinforced through written
homework and practice with audio and video tapes.
EVALUATION: A test is given at the end of each chapter and the final quarter grade is based on:
chapter tests, the final skit, written homework, quizzes, attendance, and class participation.
TEXTS:
Required: Terrell et. al., Kontakte: A Communicative Approach, 2nd ed.
Terrell et. al., Kontakte: Arbeitsbuch (workbook)
Anthony/Lys, Neue Welle Deutschland (video workbook)
Zorach/Melin, English Grammar for Students of German (reference grammar)
Felix/Theo Einer singt falsch
Recommended: Kontakte. Audio tapes
Sections:
20 Paluch
21 Zeller
22 Thorsen
23 Thorsen
24 Paluch
Bill Anthony
German A02-3
Intermediate German
Time: MTWF*
Office: 115 Kresge
Phone: 491-8293 E-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the third quarter of a three quarter sequence of Intermediate
German. Our primary goal is to develop and refine German language skills. This quarter special
emphasis will be given to reading skills, and we will continue to practice listening skills. A key-
feature will be student produced skits in May capped by the popular Evening of Skits at the end of the
quarter.
READINGS: We have chosen a selection of short stories from such established German authors as
Tucholsky, Grass and Boll as well as stories from more contemporary German writers such as Novak
and Wohmann. We hope that this selection will captivate your interest in continuing reading German
authors.
VIDEO: We will continue with the video "Drehort: Neubrandenburg" which features short portraits
of people in the city of Neubrandenburg (formerly in East-Germany). It offers a fascinating human
perspective on daily life in Post-Wende Germany. The video is accompanied by multi-media software
to enhance comprehension.
PREREQUISITES: A02-2 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: A variety of teaching techniques including oral and written drills
in the classroom and class discussions. Extensive software is available to students to practice their
assignments outside of class. Students need about one hour every week in the language lab to work
with the multi-media software.
EVALUATION: Class participation and attendance are very important. Homework, video writing
assignments, four quizzes and a skit performance.
TEXTBOOKS: Allerlei zum Lesen, Teichert and Teichert (SBX)
Concise German Grammar Review (Second Edition), Moeller/ Liedloff/ Lepke, (SBX)
Drehort: Neubrandenburg, Anthony/Lys (SBX)
Sections:
20 09:00 Anthony
21 10:00 Staff
22 11:00 Paluch
23 12:00 Zeller
24 01:00 Zeller
P/N not permitted!
Catherine Grimm
German A04-6
Freshman Seminar:"SOULMATES AND CONFIDANTES:" PORTRAYALS OF
FRIENDSHIP IN GERMAN LITERATURE
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office Address: Kresge 106
Ph: 491-8290
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar will focus on the works of some of the most famous
German writers and will explore the different notions of friendship represented in their texts. Some of
the questions that will be discussed are: How do social attitudes towards friendship affect a literary
work's portrayal of it? How does an author's gender affect their depiction of friendship? Why do
modern German authors seem preoccupied with their literary ancestors? Our interaction with these
texts will enable us to understand more clearly the complex relationship between the "fictional" and
"historical" past and present.
TEACHING METHOD: The emphasis will be on discussion, interspersed with an occasional short
lecture.
EVALUATION: Class participation and 3 - 5 papers based on the readings.
READINGS: J.W. Goethe, The Sorrows of Young Werther
U. Plenzdorf, The New Sorrows of Young Werther
Selected shorter works by Bettina von Arnim and Karoline von
Gunderrode
Christa Wolf, No Place on Earth
Thomas Mann, Tonio Kroger
Herman Hesse, Narcissus and Goldmund
Franz Kafka, The Metamorphosis, The Judgement, and The Stoker
Volker Durr
German B01-1*
INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN LITERATURE
Time: MFW 10:00
Office Phone:491-3108
Expected enrollment: 18
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The study of representative literary and cultural texts from the mid-
eighteenth to the mid-nineteenth centuries. The literary periods of Enlightenment, Romanticism, and
Pre-Realism will be introduced and the literary and cultural texts are studied with regard to their
social, historical, and intellectual significance and implications.
PREREQUISITE: Two years of college German or equivalent.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions in German.
EVALUATION: Midterm (English) and 3 essays written in German. Class participation.
READINGS: Gotthold Ephraim Lessing, Ring-parable, three fables
Johann Wolfgang Goethe, Selected poems
Friedrich Schiller, Selected poems
Ludwig Tieck, Der blonde Eckbert
H. von Kleist, Das Erdbeben in Chili
E.T.A. Hoffmann, Rat Krespel
Edward Morike, Selected poems
Heinrich Heine, Selected poems
Georg Bochner, Woyzeck; Selections from his writings and letters
Arthur Schopenhauer, Ober den Tod (Sel.)
P/N permitted for non-majors only.
*Distribution Requirement
Staff
German B03-0
INTERMEDIATE CONVERSATION
Time: MWF 9:00
Office Address: Kr. 120
Phone: 491-8299
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to enhance the conversational skills by training
you in listening comprehension and speaking. Vocabulary and idioms employed in everyday
conversational German will be introduced and practiced in various situations. In addition to the
textbook, we will use tapes, videos and slides to enhance and facilitate the learning process. We will
stress role-playing and small group discussions. Even though such writing is not the main focus of
this class, you will have to do some writing such as dialogues, ads, and descriptions. The writing
activities will take place mainly outside of the classroom. The class will be conducted in German.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion; classroom interaction, students' presentations, role playing
complemented by slide-shows and cultural video-presentations.
EVALUATION: Active participation, presentations, vocabulary quizzes, and oral exam.
PREREQUISITE: Very good performance in A02-1 or by permission of the instructor.
READINGS: Themen 3 by Hartmut Aufderstrasse, Heiko Bock, Jutta Muller, and Helmut Muller
The course is open to majors as well as non-majors who wish to acquire good communication skills;
however it cannot be taken to fulfill a language requirement. - This course can be taken twice for
credit!
Ilse Loftus
German B08-0
GERMAN THROUGH READING NEWSPERIODICALS
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office Address: Kresge 112
Phone: 491-8295
Expected enrollment: 18
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed for students who wish to practice and improve
their conversational as well as reading and writing skills in German. The course material will be
selected from current German newspapers, periodicals, and journals representing differing political
viewpoints. The emphasis will be on the complex political, economical, and social challenges that
Germany is confronted with domestically as a result of the reunification especially and the rapidly
evolving European Community. Other focal points will be how American and foreign policies are
reported and interpreted by the German press, and lastly how Germany assesses its new position as
the largest and economically strongest member of the European Community, and how its partners and
neighbors view this new reality.
Newsreels and documentaries will be shown monthly.
PREREQUISITES: A02-3 or equivalent, strong interest in current affairs.
TEACHING METHOD: Lively discussions based upon selected articles will be strongly
encouraged. Students will be asked periodically to write a brief summary of an article or express their
personal opinion on a subject discussed in a given article. - P/N permitted for non-majors only.
EVALUATION: Attendance, participation in class discussion, written assignments, quizzes, and a
final.
READINGS: Xeroxed materials distributed by the instructor. There will be a nominal charge for the
xeroxing and stapling. Tatsachen uber Deutschland (provided by the department free of charge).
Kerstin Behnke
German B20-0
THROUGH KRACAUER'S EYES: VIEWING GERMAN MOTION PICTURES, 1918 - 1933
TIME: TTh 12:30-2:30
Office Address: Kresge 107
Telephone: 491-8292 (O), 866-6240 (h)
e-mail: kbehnke @northwestern.edu
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will approach a classical period of German film through the
work of one of its most eminent theorists, Siegfried Kracauer. Kracauer's "psychological history of
German film," From Caligari to Hitler, will be our guide through select well-known and less well-
known movies of the period, and we will read this book in conjunction with his Theory of Film and
selections from The Mass Ornament, a collection of journalistic pieces, essays, and reviews from the
1920s.
Kracauer's work on film derived from his interest in the medium of photography. We will explore
Kracauer's specific film aesthetics and ask what significance film holds for him. The sociological and
historical-philosophical nature of his investigations, which emphasize the relationship between man
and reality, as expressed in "The Redemption of the Physical World," the subtitle of Theory of Film,
sharpened his insights in some areas but also limited his view in regard to the sexual. Focussing on
cinematic reception, Kracauer sees the fascination of cinema in the "positive value of" distraction of
the masses as a necessary counterpart to their surface existence rather than in the lure of the feminine.
We will therefore in turn interrogate our guide by offering different perspectives, both historical and
theoretical, on the movies he evaluates, by trying to place those films in their respective cultural
context (Expressionism, Dadaism, Surrealism, New Objectivity) and by taking into consideration
Kracauer's own position of exile from Germany after 1933, when he wrote his theory and history of
film.
READINGS: Bordwell/Thompson, Film Art: An Introduction (latest edition)
Kracauer, From Caligari to Hitler, Theory of Film and The Mass Ornament,
plus some secondary materials in a course reader.
FILMS SHOWN: include The Cabinet of Caligari, Dr. Mabuse, Nosferatu, M, Girl in Uniform,
Triumph of the Will, all in English or with subtitles (one film per week, outside classroom time).
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion; weekly showing of a film.
EVALUATION: Two short essays (4-5 pages) and a final paper (6-8 pages).
No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
Peter L. Lehmann
German B33-2
GERMAN HISTORY AND CULTURE: REFORMATION TO FOUNDING OF THE
EMPIRE
Time: MWF: 10:00
Office: Kresge 152
Phone: 491-7249
Expected enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The road to German unity from the Reformation to the founding of the
German Empire in 1871. Emphasis will be placed on events of significance for Europe, if not for the
world, such as the emergence of Protestantism, the Thirty Year War, the European Enlightenment, the
impact of the French Revolution and Napoleon on German affairs, as well as the Romantic movement
in philosophy, literature, and music. The rise of Prussia, the national and political awakening of the
German people, the revolution of 1848, and the unification of Germany will be discussed in this
European context.
PREREQUISITE: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions; analyses of audi-visual specimens from music,
architecture, and painting.
EVALUATION: Midterm and final examination (optimal paper)
READING LIST: Reinhardt, Germany: 2000 Years Volume 1 and 2
Martin Luther, Three Treatises
G. E. Lessing, The Education of Mankind
Goethe, Werther
Theodor Fontane, Effi Briest
Bertolt Brecht, Mother Courage and Her Children
Max Weber, The Protestant Ethic
German B40-0*
THE THEME OF FAUST THROUGHOUT THE AGES
Time: MWF 11:00
Office Address: Kresge 109
Office Phone: 491-8296
Expected Enrollment: 65
COURSE DESCRIPTION: "To sell one's soul," "to strike a bargain with the devil," or even "to beat
the devil at his own game," these expressions and others like them have retained their currency for
centuries and continue to enjoy undiminished popularity. Also for centuries, the name of "Faust" has
served as a formulaic abbreviation for the folly, daring, and danger in pursuing human ambition at
any price. Even the news media of our day frequently invoke the specter of Faust when stories focus
on individuals whose inordinate achievements in amassing power--be it in politics, finance, or
science--would seem to have been purchased at the cost of their humanity. The medieval tale of Dr.
Faustus who made a pact with the devil would seem to have lost none of its appeal and pertinence in
an age when the poor trinkets for which that first Faust had to barter his soul can be obtained by most
people for a more negligible price. Or can they?
The Faust who made his pact in the sixteenth century undergoes many mutations and incarnations
over the years, and so does the devil as well as the contract that would burden human enterprise with
a final debt to inhumanity. The texts selected for this course probe the history of this contract and
address the question of what terms would assure it the undiminished supply of signatories that have
kept the theme of Faust alive throughout the ages.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions.
EVALUATION: There will be a midterm and a final examination.
READINGS: The History of the Damnable Life, and Deserved Death of Doctor John Faustus**
Marlowe's Doctor Faustus
Goethe's Faust (parts I and II) (Norton edition)
Stephen Vincent Benet,The Devil and Daniel Webster
Thomas Mann: Doctor Faustus; also film Mephisto
Klaus Mann, Mephisto (Penguin); also film Mephisto
Books may be purchased at CUBS.
P/N not permitted.
* = Distribution Requirement
** = Xeroxed material at Copycat (1830 Sherman)
Peter Lehmann
German C10-2
EPOCHS OF GERMAN CULTURE: MYTHS & MONUMENTALISM
Time: MWF 01:00
Office Address: Kr. 152
Office Phone: 491-7249
Expected enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The period from 1750 to 1850 covers the most important developments
in German intellectual history as well as very significant political changes. The course begins with a
critical evaluation of the German version of the enlightenment with specific regard to its political
counterpart, the "Enlightened Absolutism" of Frederick the Great. With the advent of the "Storm and
Stress" movement we enter the age of Classicism and Romanticism. The dialectical interdependence
of both movements as represented in the main works of their protagonists, Schiller, Goethe, Novalis,
and others will be read and interpreted as the very climax of modern German culture.
Together with the development of new literary forms arrived the new methods of philosophical
thought on the intellectual scene, known as German Idealism with Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, and
Schleiermacher as leading figures. At the same time Germany experiences the Napoleonic Wars and
develops the very roots of a special kind of nationalism, which was to dominate the XIXth century.
This process will be analyzed under the auspices of the unsuccessful revolution of 1848, which failed
because of a lack of political realism and an overemphasis on intellectualization of democratic ideals
and purposes.
It is significant for and appears to be almost a stigma of modern German civilization when high
achievements in the cultural field are being accompanied by remarkable failures and
misunderstandings of great consequences in the area of practical politics. Indeed, this kind of fateful
coincidences looks like the guiding theme of the epoque and shall be discussed and evaluated as such.
PREREQUISITES: Two B-level courses in German literature and/or culture.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions. The class is conducted in German.
EVALUATION: Midterm and final examination, one optional paper.
READINGS: Reinhardt, Germany: 2000 Years, II Kant, Was ist Aufklarung?;
Zum ewigen Frieden Goethe, Faust I;
Iphigenie auf Tauris Schiller, Maria Stuart;
Don Carlos Novalis, Die Christenheit oder Europa Holderlin, Ausgewahlte Gedichte Heine, Die
Romantische Schule
Helmuth Berking
German C14-0
GERMAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO WORLD LITERATURE:THE CONSERVATIVE
REVOLUTION
Time: TTh 10:30 - 12
Office Address: Scott Hall 208
Phone: 467-3207
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The term "Conservative Revolution," coined by German writer Hugo
von Hofmannsthal in 1927, has become a trademark to characterize the contradictory, but basically
antidemocratic and antiliberal world-view structures and thought- systems of an influential group of
intellectuals during the 14 years of the Weimar Republic. Not only an interlude between the World
Wars, but also a "laboratory of modernity," the period is shaped by a forceful dialectic of
modernization and an exemplary critique of modernism, which themes have been momentous ever
since.
This seminar aims at elaborating the basic assessments and the societal images conservative
revolutionaries evoked. After a brief review of the historical background, it will focus on those
intellectual productions, which became powerful theoretical and practical points of departure for
reshaping and finally destroying Weimar Culture. The legacy of the "Conservative Revolution," the
question whether these voices of the early days of our century may have something in common with
the various types of postmodernism nowadays will be discussed in the final part of the course.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions; midterm examination, term paper.
EVALUATION:
Final grades will be based on the term-paper (40%),the midterm (30%), class
participation (20%), and class participation (10%).
READINGS: TBA
Ilse Loftus
German C80-0
ADVANCED GERMAN IN COMMERCE & INDUSTRY
Time: TTh 1-2:30
Office: Kresge 112
Phone: 491-8295
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students will begin with final preparations, oral and written, for the
Certificate of Business German. They include short oral presentations and written summaries of
current business articles. All students that were enrolled in B80-0 and C80 in the Fall and Winter,
respectively, are encouraged to take the "Prufung Wirtschaftsdeutsch International" and can expect to
pass. (All of the NU-students taking the exam last year passed with high marks). The seminar will
continue with in-depth articles about the German economy in general and with specific articles about
banking, marketing, the European Union, and intercultural differences in the business world.
PREREQUISITES: B-level German or permission of instructor, and interest in the business world,
TEACHING METHOD: The class is taught in German to give students the opportunity to improve
their speaking, writing, and comprehension skills.
EVALUATION: Homework, class participation, 2 tests, and a final exam.
P/N not permitted for German majors.
Geza von Molnar
German D21-0
LITERATURE IN THE AGE OF ABSOLUTISM AND REVOLUTION: GOETHE
Time: T 2-4:30
Office Address: Kresge 109
Phone: 491-8296
Expected enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Goethe's Faust evolved over the six decades of his authorship and,
consequently, may be considered central to the entire range of his intellectual and literary endeavors.
Accordingly, Faust will also be central to the discussion in this course. It will serve as the primary
text that offers approaches towards others, which include Werther, Meister, Tasso, Hermann und
Dorothea, Wahlverwandtschaften, and selected essays. Readings will be conducted with an eye to the
historical setting that forms the author's context of reference.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion and lecture.
EVALUATION: Short in-class presentations supplemented by a final paper to be determined on an
individual basis.
READINGS: Faust
Werther
Lehrjahre
Tasso
Hermann und Dorothea
Wahlverwandschaften
"Von deutscher Baukunst"
"Zum Shakespearetag"
"Winckelmann und sein Jahrhundert"
"Der Versuch als Vermittler von Objekt und Subjekt"
Volker Durr
German D22-0
LITERATURE IN THE AGE OF RESTORATION, REVOLUTION, AND REACTION:
REALISM
Time: Th 1-3:30
Office Address: Kresge 150C
Phone: 491-3108
Expected Enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A study of major texts from about 1830 to 1890s read in the light of
socio-political developments in Germany that culminated in the abortive revolution of 1848 and the
founding of the Hohenzollern empire in 1871. Close readings of primary and critical works, a few
lectures, student presentations, and much discussion should clarify the concept of "Poetic Realism" in
the context of European "Realism" and "Socialist Realism."
PREREQUISITES: Ability to read longer German texts.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures, student presentations, discussions.
EVALUATION: Midterm; term paper.
READING LIST:Gottfried Keller, Der Grune Heinrich
Ferdinand Lassalle, Select Writings
Gustave Flaubert, A Sentimental Education
Wilhelm Raabe, Das Odfeld
Theodor Fontane, Schach von Wuthenow
Gerhard Hauptmann, Bahnwarter Thiel
There will also be a short reading list of critical works.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0459 - 0463 Portuguese and Hispanic Studies
0459 Portuguese
Vera R. Teixeira
Portuguese A01-3
INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY PORTUGUESE
Time: M,T,W,Th,F 11:00
Office Address: 136 Kresge
Office Phone: 491-8283; e-mail; [email protected]
Course Description: Intensive language program. Regular attendance to classes (5 hours), and
independent laboratory work (5 hours) are required each week. This course emphasizes mastery of
spoken Brazilian Portuguese and grammar concepts at the intermediate level as the foundation for
advanced training in oral expression, comprehension, reading, writing and Brazilian culture and
literature. P/N is not allowed for majors, or to fulfill the foreign language requirement
Teaching Method: Classroom presentations, drills and practice are followed by individual practice in
the Language Laboratory. Written work is also required.
Evaluation: Class participation (40%), weekly oral/written quizzes(30%) and oral/written final
(30%). This course also offers basic information as well as insights into the history and culture of the
Portuguese-speaking countries of Europe, Africa and America.
Prerequisite:A01-1 & A01-2 or permission from the instructor.
A01-1,2,3 is a prerequisite for admittance to Port C03, ADVANCED PORTUGUESE; Port. C05, and/
or Port. C06, BRAZILIAN LITERATURE.
0459 Portuguese
Vera R. Teixeira
Portuguese C97-0
TOPICS IN LUSO-BRAZILIAN CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION
Time: M-W- F 3:00-4:00
Office Address: Kresge 136
Phone: 491-8283
E-mail : [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course proposes to study topics and themes related to: a) the land;
b) the people; c) society; d) religion ; e) music; f) food g) art and h) celebrations as they characterize
and explain the Brazilian national identity.
PREREQUISITES: There are no prerequisites. Classes will be conducted in English.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, class presentations, and class discussions.
EVALUATION: 3 short papers (3-5 pages) on selected major themes to be presented for class
discussion (25%); a midterm (25%), final paper ( 10-12pages) (25%), and class participation (25%).
READING LIST: The reading list has not been compiled at this time. Readings will include
selections from various sources collected in a course pack , and other materials available in the
library. All required readings will be English translations of the Portuguese texts, or studies originally
available in English. The final paper may be written in Portuguese, Spanish, or English.
TOPICS:
● 1. Physical and political characteristics
● 2. Territorial expansion: north-south, east-west
● 3. The Portuguese language and national unity
● 4. The northeast: the cradle of the nation
● 5. The European, the Indian and the African heritage
● 6. Samba & Carnaval & Soccer
● 7. Syncretism
● 8. The Brazilian
● 9. The challenge
Renate Robinson, Coordinator
Hispanic Studies A01-3
ELEMENTARY SPANISH
Time: MTWF 9,10,11,12,1
Office Address: 133 Kresge
Phone: 491-8277
Course Description: This is the third quarter of the standard three-quarter introductory Spanish
sequence. It meets four days a week in regular class sessions, including approximately one hour in the
language laboratory. Emphasis is placed on speaking, reading, writing, and oral comprehension.
Students will be presented with audio-visual material to further develop listening an conversation
skills. Prerequisite: A01-2
P/N is not allowed for majors, or to fulfill the foreign language requirement.
Evaluation: Homework, quizzes and examinations, oral interviews, compositions and class
participation.
Reading List: Galloway & Labarca Vision y Voz (textbook, workbook, lab book and set of audio
tapes), Destinos, Viewers Handbook McGraw Hill; Spanish Grammar, Harcourt-Brace. Castillo-
Feliu, Lecturas Basicas, Harcourt-Brace
Sonia Garcia
Hispanic Studies A02-3
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
Time: MWF 8,9,10,11,12,1,2; T flexible schedule
Office Address: Kresge 136
Phone: 491-8280
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the third quarter of the A02 sequence. Students will continue
their studies of the main grammatical structures of Spanish and will read literary and cultural
selections and a novel in Spanish. Students will be presented with audio-visual material to further
develop listening and conversation skills.
PREREQUISITE: Completion of A02-2 or placement at A02-3 on the departmental placement
system. P/N is not allowed for majors, or to fulfill the foreign language requirement.
EVALUATION: Classroom participation, attendance, an oral interview, compositions, departmental
exams, and a video activity.
READING LIST:
● Spinelli, Garcia, & Galvin, Interacciones, Student Tape and Workbook /Lab Manual; Holt,
Rhinehart & Winston
● Grammar Exercises to Accompany Interacciones, chaps. 10-13, 15
● Denevi, Marco. Rosaura a las diez (a novel). Prentice Hall
Available at Norris Center Bookstore
Sonia Garcia, Coordinator
Hispanic Studies A15-2
ACCELERATED FIRST-YEAR SPANISH
Time: MTWF 9, 10 ,11, 12, 1
Office Address: Kresge 136
Phone: 491-8280
COURSE DESCRIPTION: For students with some previous experience in Spanish. Four class
meetings per week plus one hour per week in the language laboratory. Emphasis is placed on
speaking, reading, writing, and oral comprehension. Students will be presented with audio-visual
material to further develop listening and conversation skills.
PREREQUISITES: A15-1
P/N is not allowed for majors, or to fulfill the foreign language requirement.
EVALUATION: Homework, quizzes and examinations, oral interviews, compositions, class
participation, and a video activity.
READING LIST: Galloway & Labarca Vision y Voz (textbook, workbook, lab book and set of
audio tapes); Destinos, Viewers Handbook McGraw Hill; Spanish Grammar, Harcourt-Brace.
Supplementary Readings: Castillo-Feliu, Lecturas basicas, Harcourt-Brace.
Available at Norris Center Bookstore
Susan Herman
Hispanic Studies B02-2
INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE OF LATIN AMERICA
Time: MWF 10:00
Office address: 215
Phone: 491-8127
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Reading, analysis, and discussion of selected works by Spanish-
American authors from the colonial period to 1888. The course will emphasize the different literary
styles and interpretations of the Spanish-American experience and introduce the student to the social
and historical context in which the works were written. In particular, this course will focus on issues
of cultural identity, as these unfolded through the transition from the colonial period to the
establishment and consolidation of the newly independent states in the nineteenth century.
PREREQUISITE: Spanish A02-3 or placement
TEACHING METHOD: All lectures, readings, class discussion, and written work, including exams,
will be conducted in Spanish. Emphasis is placed on close textual readings.
EVALUATION: Class participation, Mid-term and Final exams, and periodical two-page reading
reports.
Penny Fahey, Coordinator
Hispanic Studies B03-3
COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2 MWF,
Office Address: Kresge 137
Office Phone: 1-8136
COURSE DESCRIPTION: SECTIONS 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30*
*(See separate description for section 25.)
B03 is an intermediate-advanced level Spanish course designed to improve students' skills in all
areas: speaking, listening, reading comprehension, and writing. Conversation and composition centers
on current issues of importance in the Hispanic world, and topics are drawn from recent films, novels,
essays, and plays. The spring quarter focuses on the Hispanic community in the United States and the
relations of this country with its closest neighbors, Cuba and Mexico. Students will examine the
media, explore the neighborhoods of the Hispanic community, and read a novel as well as short
selections by and about Latinos.
EVALUATION: Class participation, 2 oral presentations, Midterm, 4 compositions, Final Exam
TEXTS: M. Dominicis, Repase y escriba (Norris) C. Garcia, Sonar en cubano (Norris) Course
packet: TBA
Hispanic Studies B03-3 (Section 25)
INTRODUCTION TO SPAIN
11 MWF
Office Address: Kresge 206
Phone: 467-1668
Course Description: This course will provide an introduction to contemporary Spanish society,
culture and politics, with emphasis on the period of Franco's dictatorship, the transition to democracy,
and Spain's incorporation into the European community. Special attention is given as well to the
development of fluency and accuracy in the speaking, comprehension, and writing of Spanish. The
course is conducted entirely in Spanish. It is designed for, but not limited to, students planning to
study in Spain.
Prerequisites: Hispanic Studies A02-3 or the equivalent.
Requirements: Active class participation, including leading discussions; four compositions; and a
final exam.
Reading and Study from:
Spanish National Television Newscasts
B. Bennassar, Historia de los espanoles, II
Salvador de Madariaga, Spain, a Modern History
De Miguel, Armando. Los espanoles
Gregorio Salvador, Lengua espanola y lenguas de Espana
Pierre Vilar, Historia de Espana
Hispanic Studies B04 Sample syllabus
3-IV Introduccion al curso
5-IV Geografia de Espana
8-IV " "
10-IV Telediario (Composicion sobre vision de Espana)
12-IV Lenguas de Espana
15-IV Guerra Civil
17-IV Telediario (Composicion, A)
19-IV Guerra Civil
22-IV El regimen del Generalismo Francisco Franco
24-IV Telediario (Composicion, B)
26-IV El regimen del Generalismo Francisco Franco
29-IV La transicion a la democracia
1-V Telediario (Composicion, A)
3-V La transicion a la democracia
6-V La estructura politica de la Espana actual
8-V Telediario (Composicion, B)
10-V Los partidos politicos
13-V La economia de la Espana actual
15-V Telediario (Composicion, A)
17-V Espana y la Comunidad Europea
20-V La sociedad espanola
22-V Telediario (Composicion, A)
24-V La sociedad espanola
27-V La Universidad y el sistema escolar
29-V Telediario (Composicion, B)
31-V Repaso/clausura
Dario Fernandez-Morera
Spanish B01-3
INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE OF SPAIN
Time:
Office Address: 205 Kresge
Phone: 491-8249
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine selected masterpieces of Spanish Medieval
literature. Close attention will be paid to the literary artistry and the historical and cultural context of
the works. ATTENDANCE FIRST CLASS; No P/N.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussions.
EVALUATION: Pop quizzes 10%, Midterm 40%, Final 50%.
READING LIST: Pattison and Bleznick, ed. Representative Spanish Authors, Vol. I, xeroxed
material..
Sonia Garcia (Director Spanish Language Program)
Hispanic Studies C03-0
ADVANCED CONVERSATION
Time: 1:00 PM
Office Address: Kresge 134
Office Phone: 1-8280
E-MAIL: [email protected].
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: C03 is an advanced Spanish course designed to improve the students'
skills in more elaborate and abstract uses of language both orally and in writing. The focus of the
class will be in oral discussion and creative activities, but will also deal with writing projects that
emanate from the content-driven materials used. The selection of a few topics for discussion (5-6)
allows for an in-depth exploration of and extended exposure to vocabulary and current social and
cultural issues. This facilitates the development of advanced-level discourse strategies and skills. The
students will be encouraged to attend local lectures and talks given in Spanish.
EVALUATION: Class participation, role-play, simulated interviews, panels, compositions and a
report
READING LIST: Crapotta & Ramos. Facetas:conversacion y redaccion. Cornell Demel. Facetas:
Lectura (Heinle & Heinle).
Available at Norris Center Bookstore
Gonzalo Diaz-Migoyo
Hispanic Studies C35-0
Literature of the Post-Civil War Spain: The Novel
Time: 2-3:30 TTh
Office: 326 Kresge
Office Phone: 1-8247
Of all literary manifestations, prose fictions has managed to adapt more successfully to the important
changes that have shaped Spain's life since the end of its Civil War. (1936-39): from dictatorship,
international isolation, and poverty, to democracy, European integration, and affluence. The selected
novels reflect the consequences of these changes in the country's daily life both in subject matter and
in literary form.
Grading will be based on (the significance of) the student's particpation in class discussion, on 1 class
presentation, and on 1 final term paper.
Texts:
C.J. Cela, La familia de Pascual Duarte
L. Martin Santos, Tiempo de silencio
M. Vasquez Montalban, Los mares del sur
J. Goytisolo, Makbara
A. Garcia morarles, El Sur /Bene
J. Marse, El amante bilinque
Susan Herman
Spanish C40-0
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE BEFORE 1888
Time: MWF 10:00am
Office Address: 209 Kresge
Phone: 491-8129, (messages) 491-8249
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An in-depth study of representative works of Latin American literature
from the first encounter (1492), through the colonial and independence periods, up to 1888. Lectures,
readings and discussions will be focused on the following topics: 1) the European depiction of the
New World and the different views on colonialism; 2)the voice of the colonizer and the colonized; 3)
the literary creations of the post-independence period; and 4) the voice and images of women in all
periods. This course will be conducted as a seminar in which strong student participation is expected.
All primary texts are in Spanish; most theoretical texts will be in English. Class discussion, oral
participation is expected.All primary texts are in Spanish; most theoretical will be in English. Class
discusiion, oral reports, essays, and exams will be conducted in Spanish. Non-majors may, upon
consent write essays in English. P/N is allowed for non-majors only.
PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of at least one quarter of Hispanic Studies BO2, or
permission of the instructor.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Participation, including one oral report and homework
assignments consisting of 1-2 page commentary on the text (25%); Midterm (15%); Final Exam
(25%); Research Report (35%).
READINGS:
Colon, Cristobal. Los cuatro viajes del almirante (Espasa Calpe, or Alianza)
Diaz del Castillo, B. Historia verdadera de la conquista de
Mexico (Porrua)
Vision de los vencidos, ed, M. Leon-Portilla (UNAM)
De la Cruz, Sor Juana Ines. La respuesta/The Answer (The Feminist Press)
Sarmiento, Domingo. Facundo (Losada)
Isaacs, Jorge. Mara. (Catedra)
A brief course reader for materials not available in print.
Critical texts
Todorov, Tzvetan. The Conquest of America, HarperCollins, 1984.
Sommer, Doris. Foundational Fictions. University of California Press, 1991.
Additional essays on Reserve in the library
Priscilla Archibald
Spanish C80-0
CRITICAL ANALYSIS
Time: MWF 11:00
Office Address : 213 Kresge
Phone: 467-2612
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Detailed examination of representative selections from Hispanic
writers. Critical anaylsis and discussion in Spanish.
PREREQUISITE:
METHODS OF EVALUATION:
READINGS:
Priscilla Archibald
Spanish C95
TOPICS IN LITERATURE
Time:
Office Address : 213 Kresge
Phone: 467-2612
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Lectures, readings, discussions, and papers on specific topics in Spanish
and Latin American literature as announced annually.
PREREQUISITE:
METHODS OF EVALUATION:
READINGS:
Vera Teixeira
Hispanic Studies A05-6
FASCINATING FEMALES: WIVES, LOVERS, VAMPS AND TRAMPS
Office Address: 136 Kresge Hall
Office Phone: 491-8283
T Th 2:30-4:00
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A woman's role in the family and in the public space has undergone
important changes in the twentieth century. Brazilian novelists and short-story writers have created
unforgettable female characters who fit the various traditional roles as chaste wives, darling aunts,
entrepreneurial madams, tantalizing vamps and outright tramps. The course will introduce some of
these fascinating females, it will exam the impact they have on their male counterparts, and will delve
into some the considerations of current gender relation studies.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Class participation (25%), three short (3 page)papers (30%), one
oral group presentation (15%), a longer (8-10 page) final paper (30%).
READING LIST: Jorge Amado, Dona Flor and Her Two Husbands and The War of the Saints
Selected essays by Camille Paglia and Helene Cixous. Sample prose work by Brazilian male and
female writers will be available in a course pack. All required readings will be in English.
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0427 - History
Stuart Strickland
History A01-20
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: TRAVELLERS' TALES
Time: M-W 12:00-1:30
Office Address: Harris 103C
Office Phone: 491-2753
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This freshman seminar serves as a historical introduction to travel and
travel writing. It will consider travel narratives as sources of knowledge about nature and foreign
cultures, as vehicles for self-cultivation, as means of reporting discoveries, and as accounts of
colonial conquest. In each case, we will attend to the interaction between travel metaphors in
literature and their use in organizing concrete historical experiences specific to particular epochs and
cultures. Through close reading of texts, active discussion in class, and critical writing exercises, the
seminar aims to help students develop tools to appreciate and to question the motivations and effects
of travelling and of writing about that experience.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Three short (3-5 page) papers.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Hernan Cortes, Letters from Mexico
Charles Darwin, Voyage of the Beagle
Goethe, Italian Journey
Letters of the Lewis and Clark Expedition
V.S. Naipaul, A Way in the World
Laurence Sterne, Sentimental Journey through France and Italy
Mark Twain, The Innocents Abroad
Jules Verne, Around the World in Eighty Days
Lynn Schibeci
Freshman Seminar A01-21
HISTORY ON FILM: CRITICAL ISSUES IN 20TH-CENTURY BRITAIN
Time: T-TH 12:30-2:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course aims to introduce the student to some of the different ways
that events and issues in history have been reproduced. Primarily, we will study the representation of
British history in feature films, as well as studying various forms of sources, from letters and
photographs to textbooks. We will analyse some films and written histories that deal with major
social and political issues throughout the 20th century. In doing so, we will consider how to critique
films dealing with historical issues as thoroughly as we critique written histories. The films and
written accounts deal with socio-political events such as the world wars and women's suffrage, and
issues relating to class, sexuality, race, empire, consumerism and popular protest. We will assess
problems such as historical accuracy, stereotyping, and the role of the film in understanding history.
Students should be strongly committed to improving their writing skills.
PREREQUISITES: Attendance at First Class Mandatory.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar and film viewing. Students will be expected to attend viewing
sessions each Thursday in the Library's Media Center.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: 5 discussion papers (3 pages each); a 10- minute oral presentation;
class participation.
READING LIST:
T.W. Heyck, The Peoples of the British Isles v.3
Paul Fussell, Wartime
Robert Graves, Goodbye to All That
Course Packet of primary sources, book excerpts and articles
Films:
Gallipoli, A Room of One's Own, WW2 propaganda films, Distant Voices, Still Lives, Shakespeare
Wallah, Look Back in Anger, In the Name of the Father, My Beautiful Laundrette, High Hopes
Lynn Schibeci
History A01-22
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION AND BRITISH SOCIETY
Time: T-TH 10:00-11:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will introduce students to the wide range of developments
in manufacturing and technology from 1750-1850, and the related changes that took place in British
society in that period. Themes that we will consider include the growth of manufacturing and the
factory system; the British empire and its relationship to industrialization; urbanization and
commercial development; the birth of class society; the effects of commerce and technology on
cultural institutions and practices; popular protest and social change; and family life in industrial
society, and effects upon the standard of living.
PREREQUISITES: Attendance at First Class Mandatory.
TEACHING METHOD: Two seminar meetings per week.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: 2 short papers (3 pages each); 1 final paper (10 pages); one 10-
minute oral presentation; class participation.
READING LIST:
Harold Perkin, The Origins of Modern English Society
M.J. Daunton, Progress and Poverty: An Economic and Social History of Britain 1700-1850
E.P.Thompson, The Making of the English Working Class
Neil McKendrick, The Birth of Consumer Society
Bridget Hill, Women, Work, and Sexual Politics in Eighteenth Century England
Course Packet of primary sources, book excerpts and articles
Laura Sinclair Odelius
History A01-23
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: "THE GOOD FIGHT"?: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVES ON THE
SPANISH CIVIL WAR
Time: T-TH 3:00-4:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Spanish Civil War was the most romantic war of our century--the
last good cause. The Spanish Civil War was just part of the build-up to World War II. It also was a
fight between the forces of good and evil, a fight between Democracy and Fascism, between anarchy
and order. The Spanish Civil War was just an ugly rehearsal for Hitler's Blitzkrieg techniques. All of
these interpretations of the Spanish Civil War have been advanced at one point or another--by people
who were there, by people who looked on, by historians who studied events later. This course will
take a fresh look at the war which captured so much attention in the 1930's, which was seen as so
tragic and romantic by writers such as Ernest Hemingway, but which is now often passed over in
European surveys as part of the stream of events leading up to World War II. We will look at the
events of the war and at various ways the events were interpreted. Is one interpretation- or method of
interpretation- more valid, more correct, more truthful than another? What is the real historical
significance of the Spanish Civil War? We will pay special attention to primary materials--original
books and documents from people who were there at the time--from the Spanish Civil War contained
in Northwestern's Special Collections.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussions supplemented by student presentations.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: 2 analytical papers (5-6 pages each); 1 paper (12-15 pages) on a
question requiring research. PREFERABLY USING PRIMARY SOURCES FROM THE SPECIAL
COLLECTIONS DEPARTMENT OF NORTHWESTERN LIBRARY; before research papers are
due, each student will also present his/her project to the class, accompanied by a brief (2-3 pages)
written progress report-- presentations will be integral to the course.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Gabriel Jackson, A Concise History of the Spanish Civil War
Harry Browne, Spain's Civil War
Peter Stansky and William Abrahams, Journey to the Frontier
Ernest Hemingway, For Whom the Bell Tolls
George Orwell, Homage to Catalonia
Federico Garcia Lorca, Three Tragedies
Andre Malraux, Man's Hope
Course packet of additional readings
Primary sources from NU Special Collections
E. W. Monter
History A01-24
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: LOUIS XIV
Time: Monday, 2:00-4:00
Office Address: Harris 329
Office Phone: 491-2849
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The seminar will examine the "great man" issue historically, using the
example of Europe's best-known absolute monarch, Louis XIV of France. He reigned officially for 72
years (1643-1715) and "absolutely" for 54 years (1661-1715), and built Europe's most famous royal
palace. Students will compose a 5,000-word essay on Louis XIV's relationship to people who
implemented various aspects of his personal gloire. Topics must be approved by Friday, April 5; a
500-word proposal will be submitted and discussed on April 8, (first drafts of at least 2500 words)
will be presented and discussed at three meetings in May; final drafts are due on June 6. Students
with near-proficiency- level French are especially encouraged, although most of the suggested topics
can be done quite satisfactorily in English.
Subjects for research include, for example: Cardinal Mazarin (Louis' mentor); J-B. Lully (Louis'
musician); any of the three very different major royal mistresses (La Valliere, Mme. de Montespan,
Mme de Maintenon); J.-B. Colbert (Louis' navy or Louis' overseas colonies); Vauban (Louis'
engineer); James II of England (Louis' foreign policy--enough for two papers, before and after 1688);
A. Le Notre (Louis'landscaper); Pope Innocent XI (Louis' religion); Louvois (Louis' army); Moliere
(Louis' court theater); Fouquet (the only man Louis apparently feared); La Reynie (Louis' police
chief); Le Brun (Louis' architect); the Great Dauphin (Louis' son); or perhaps Louis' Queen, Maria
Teresa (strictly for masochists!).
Required readings include P. Goubert, Louis XIV and Twenty Million Frenchmen (Vintage
paperback); selections from Norbert Elias, The Court Society and from Louis' Memoires for the
Instruction of the Dauphin. We will also spend one of May meetings in Deering, studying the rich
collection of guidebooks to a tourist attraction that outdraws Euro-Disney
Tessie P. Liu
History A01-25
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: THE WILD CHILD: WHY HUMANS DIFFER FROM ANIMALS
Time: Tuesdays, 2:30-4:30
Office Address: 320 Harris
Office Phone: 491-3150
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Through the autumn and winter of 1799 in central France, a naked boy
was seen swimming and drinking in streams, climbing trees, running at great speed on all fours,
digging for roots and bulbs in the field. He was captured in January 1800 by local farmers and
brought to Paris. This "wild boy" from Aveyron became an overnight sensation, the object of
curiosity and endless philosophical speculations about the nature of instinct and intelligence and the
differences between humans and animals. The young doctor, Jean-Marc Itard, who undertook the task
of socializing and educating the wild child, carefully recorded the boy's progress. Itard's work
ultimately led to transformation of the treatment of mental retardation and to a revolution in
childhood education that is reflected in every preschool program in our time. This course introduces
students to philosophical and attitudinal changes regarding nature, childhood, and family life that
enabled society to view the "wild boy" not as a freak or savage, but as a person inherently capable of
civility, sensibility, and intelligence.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Four short papers (2-3 pages each), one final paper (5-7 pages), oral presentation
and class participation.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Philippe Aries, Centuries of Childhood
Donna Haraway, Primate Visions
Harlan Lane, The Wild Boy of Aveyron
Maria Montessori, The Montessori Method
Roy Porter, What is Enlightenment?
Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Emile and Discourses
Two films and two field trips
Lane Fenrich
History A02-20
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: THE AIDS CRISIS IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
Time: M-W 2:00-3:30
Office Address: Harris 201-C
Office Phone: 491-3154
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the history of the AIDS epidemic in the United
States from its beginnings in the early 1980s to the present. Beginning with the reports of rare cancers
in gay men that alarmed health professionals in 1981, we will examine various newspaper and
television accounts, government reports, instructional materials, and popular films in an effort to
understand how different people have experienced, perceived, and shaped the epidemic and how
those experiences, perceptions, and actions changed over time.
PREREQUISITES: Attendance at first class mandatory.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades will be based on short (2 pp.) weekly papers and
participation in discussion.
TENTATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY:
Fox and Fee, eds. AIDS and the Burdens of History
Odets, In the Shadow of the Epidemic
Verghese, In My Own Country
excerpts from newspaper coverage regarding Rock Hudson, Ryan White, Kimberly Bergalis, and
Magic Johnson
various films including An Early Frost, Longtime Companion, and The Living End
Leslie Dunlap
History A02-21
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: BLACK ACTIVISM IN THE U.S., 1929-1992: HISTORY IN FILM
Time: T-TH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: As political tides in the United States turn conservative and the memory
of mass political mobilization recedes, popular representations of African-American activism have
gained appeal. Hollywood films as different as Mississippi Burning (1989) and Spike Lee's Malcolm
X (1992) turn to history for their subjects, emphasizing certain aspects of the past and flattening out
others. In this course, we will reverse the process, and use historical analysis to critique popular
representations of black political struggle. We will compare autobiographies, oral histories and
scholarly interpretations of black politics with feature films. We will learn to evaluate films using the
same skills we bring to written histories; at the same time we will assess the politics that shape the
writing of history. Throughout the course we will discuss basic historical questions about the timing
and strategies of black protest movements, the sources of racism, the forces that shape racial identity,
and the relationship between culture and politics.
TEACHING METHOD: The seminar will meet twice each week to discuss assigned readings and
films. Four additional sessions will be scheduled at night to watch films.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS AND EVALUATION: Each participant will be responsible for
leading one class discussion and participating actively in discussion (20%). Writing assignments
include three short informal "conversation pieces" in response to reading and films (15%); three 2-
page summary pieces that describe and assess an assigned text (15%); and three 4-6 page analytic
papers (50%).
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Jane Goodman, Stories of Scottsboro
Anne Moody, Coming of Age in Mississippi
Selections from Henry Hampton & Steve Fayer, Voices of Freedom: An Oral History of the Civil
Rights Movement
selected writing of Martin Luther King, Jr.
selections from Gerda Lerner, Black Women in White America: A Documentary History
Malcolm X (with Alex Haley), Autobiography of Malcolm X
Philip S. Foner, ed., The Black Panthers Speak
Mike Davis, L.A. Was Just the Beginning (pamphlet) and
Don Hazon, ed., Inside the L.A. Riots (collected articles
Films: selections from series Eyes on the Prize: Mississippi Burning; Fundi; The Story of Ella Baker;
Malcolm X, Panther; Bill Moyers' CBS Special Report, "The Vanishing Black Family: Crisis in
Black America (1986); Do the Right Thing
Michael Tetelman
History A03-20
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: BLACK POLITICS IN TWENTIETH CENTURY SOUTH AFRICA
Time: Tuesday, 2:30-4:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to South African history in the 20th
century. This period and place has produced some of the most exciting, triumphant and tragic
moments of our time. In 1994, South Africa became a multi-racial democracy, thus ending a white-
dominated, racially-discriminatory system known as apartheid.
In particular, the course focuses on the political activities of black South Africans during the 20th
century. We will examine a variety of themes, including: how did formal black political organizations
like the African National Congress (ANC) form and grow; what was political activity like for rural
black South Africans; how did black women resist apartheid; how did black trade unions emerge and
challenge the white-ruled government; how did black students fight for social and political change;
how did leaders like Nelson Mandela guide South Africa to its current form of government; and what
challenges lie ahead for South Africa.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: The course is seminar-based. Weekly participation is mandatory. The
course employs a variety of materials. We will examine autobiographies, fictional works, films,
academic sources, and primary materials like student manifestos.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: The course is writing-intensive. There will be three papers. The
first two will be 5-7 pages. The last paper will be 7-10 pages. Students will also conduct presentations
and a short weekly discussion point for the seminar.
COURSE MATERIALS: There will be a course packet. Students should also purchase several
books, including:
W. Beinart, Twentieth Century South Africa
H. Bradford, A Taste of Freedom
B. Bozzoli, Women of Phokeng
E. Mashinini, Strikes Have Followed Me All My Life
S. Mufson, Fighting Years
S. Sephamla, A Ride on the Whirlwind
A. Sparks, Tomorrow is Another Country
Shuping Wan
History A03-21
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: CHINA IN EUROAMERICAN IMAGINATION
Time: M-W 2:00-3:30
Office Address: 207B Harris
Office Phone: 491-3418
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine images of China in Western major works of
fiction and scholarship. A connected theme will be "Orientalism," the Western tendency to reduce
Asia to a series of stereotypes and to define the West as "its contrasting image, idea, personality,
experience." (E. Said, Orientalism, 1978, p.2) We will examine how those stereotyped images of
China have evolved in changing historical circumstances. At the same time, we will look at how the
legacy of those images has affected Westerners' thinking on China and themselves. Topics for
discussion include China as a paradise of merchants, peasants as the Chinese spirit, Chinese emperors
as the Oriental tradition of despotism, Chinese culture as an obstacle to development, and China as a
utopia of revolutionaries.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion and video/film screening.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: This will be on the basis of two book reports (25%+25%), a short
essay (30%), and class participation (20%).
NUMBER OF WRITING ASSIGNMENTS AND THEIR LENGTHS: Two book reports of 5
pages, and an essay of 6-8 pages.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Pearl Buck, Good Earth
Jean Levi, Chinese Emperor
Andre Malraux, Man's Fate
Marco Polo, The Travels
E. Said, Orientalism
Max Weber, The Religion of China
Roger Kittleson
History A03-22
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: POPULAR CULTURE AND HISTORY IN MODERN BRAZIL
Time: T-TH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: Harris 208
Office Phone: 467-4037
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: What images spring to mind when you think of Brazil? If you read the
paper or watch movies or TV, you probably think of a tropical land of soccer, samba, and the
Amazon. But you might also remember more disturbing images--the burning of the rainforests, the
murder of Chico Mendes, or violence on the streets of Rio de Janeiro. Too often discussions of Brazil
stop at noticing the contradictions inherent in these conflicting images. This course will try to delve
more deeply into the tensions from which these images emerge. To do so, we will look at the
construction of social hierarchies and political institutions in modern Brazilian history. In particular
the course will focus on the themes of racial and sexual identities, citizenship, and democracy and
authoritiarianism in Brazilian society. Instead of using only traditional history texts, the course will
focus on different cultural forms--including novels, diaries, films, and music--to analyze the
development of the Brazilian state and its relations with the Brazilian people.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussion.
EVALUATION: Students will write 3 short (2-3 page) papers and one longer (8-10 page) paper. The
short papers will each count for 15% of the final grade, while the term paper will count for 40%, and
class participation 15%.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Jorge Amado, Gabriela, Clove and Cinnamon (New York, 1962).
Machado de Assis, Philosopher or Dog? (New York, 1992).
Emilia Viotti da Costa, Brazilian Empire: Myths and Histories (Chicago, 1985).
Alma Guillermoprieto, Samba (New York, 1990).
Carolina Maria de Jesus, Child of the Dark: The Diary of Carolina Maria de Jesus (New York, 1962).
Films: Black Orpheus.
Carmen Miranda: Bananas is my Business.
Peter Hayes
History B01-2
EUROPEAN CIVILIZATION SINCE 1750
Time: MWF 12:00-12:50 (Lectures)
Disc. Sections: Thursdays at 9:00, 10:00, 11:00, 12:00, 1:00, 2:00, 3:00
Fridays at 9:00, 10:00, 11:00, 1:00, 2:00
Office Address: Harris 104C
Office Phone: 491-7446
Maximum Enrollment: 375
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course surveys major themes in the political, economic,
diplomatic, social, and cultural history of Europe from the Enlightenment to the collapse of
communism. Particular attention to the demise of the ancien regime, liberalism and conservatism,
socialism and industrialization, nationalism, imperialism, modernism, the origins and outcomes of the
world wars, decolonization, and integration.
PREREQUISITES: No P/N. ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY. Enrollment in
discussion sections compulsory.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion sections.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades will be based on performance on a midterm (40%), a final
exam (40%), and in discussion sections (20%).
REQUIRED BOOKS: TBA.
Jonathon Glassman
History B55-3
AFRICAN CIVILIZATIONS AND CULTURES: THE TWENTIETH CENTURY
Time: MWF 11:00 + mandatory disc. sections: Thursdays, 12, 1,
Fridays, 9, 10
Office Address: Harris 323
Office Phone: 491-8963
Maximum Enrollment: 65
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Contemporary Africa's acute social and political problems are often
explained as holdovers from the "traditional" past. Thus the continent's poverty is usually explained
as the absence of modern "development"; ethnic tensions are supposedly a continuation of ancient
tribalism; famines are said to be similar to those in the Bible.
By contrast, this course will examine how modern Africa was shaped by twentieth century historical
processes, in particular those that first emerged during the period of colonial rule (ca. 1890 to ca.
1960). Topics of study will include the origins of economic "underdevelopment," problems of health
and hunger, the rise of anti-colonial nationalist movements, the origins of ethnic politics, and the
roots of post-colonial political instability. Throughout the course we will try to focus on the ways that
ordinary men and women have struggled to shape their lives. To this end, the insights provided by
three African novels and a village history are key complements to the broader historical trends
outlined in the lectures and other texts.
PREREQUISITES: None. MANDATORY DISCUSSION SECTIONS.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and films, supplemented by mandatory weekly discussion
sections.
EVALUATION: Four short papers on the readings (@ ca. 3 pages), a final exam, and performance
in discussion sections.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Landeg White, Magomero: Portrait of an African Village.
Basil Davidson, Black Man's Burden: Africa and the Curse of the Nation-State.
R.W. Franke & B.H. Chasin, Seeds of Famine: Ecological Destruction and the Development
Dilemma in the West African Sahel.
Karen Fields, Revival and Rebellion in Colonial Central Africa.
Chinua Achebe, A Man of the People (novel)
Ousmane Sembene, God's Bits of Wood (novel)
Buchi Emecheta, The Joys of Motherhood (novel)
T. Obinkaram Echewa, I Saw the Sky Catch Fire (novel)
Joyce Park
History B84-0
JAPANESE CIVILIZATION
Time: T-TH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: Harris Hall
Office Phone: 491-3406
Maximum enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of Japanese civilization in the historical era, roughly 6th c.
AD to present day. Course will be divided into three parts: 1) Japan in the Buddhist age; 2) the
Tokugawa shogunate; and 3) modern Japan. We will focus on daily life, as seen through the arts and
writings of the times. A major theme of the course will be the historical imagination: how people of
each era thought of their relationship to the past. Reading assignments will be primary sources in
translation.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Material will be presented in lectures, and discussion will be encouraged at
all stages of the course. Use will be made of films for illustrative purposes. ATTENDANCE AT
FILMS IS MANDATORY.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There will be a total of three exams each carrying one third of the
grade. One of the examinations will be at the end of the three units of the course.
REQUIRED BOOKS: David Keene, Chushingura: The Treasury of Loyal Retainers Masao
Miyoshi, As We Saw Them Junichiro Tanizaki, In Praise of Shadows Karl Greenfield, Speed Tribes
Jim Campbell
History C01-1
SURVEY OF AFRICAN-AMERICAN HISTORY
Time: T-TH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 301 Harris
Office Phone: 491-2877
Maximum Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the history of African- Americans from the early
days of the trans-Atlantic slave trade through the beginning of the Civil War. Themes include:
African origins, the rise of the slave trade; the historical origins of racism; slavery and the American
Revolution; slave culture and consciousness; the politics and culture of the free Black community;
and the coming of the Civil War.
PREREQUISITES: None. ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY.
TEACHING METHOD: Twice-weekly lectures.
EVALUATION: Two take-home midterms, plus an in-class final.
READINGS:
David Walker, David Walker's Appeal
Henry L. Gates (ed.), The Classic Slave Narratives
Lawrence Levine, Black Culture and Black Consciousness
Winthrop Jordan, White Man's Burden: Historical Origins of Racism in the United States
Document packet.
Lane Fenrich
History C15-3
THE UNITED STATES, 1960 TO THE PRESENT
Time: T-Th 10:30-12:00; Film, W 7-9; Disc. Sections: Friday, 10, 11, 1
Office Address: Harris 201-C
Office Phone: 491-3154
Expected Enrollment: 75
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This lecture/discussion course surveys American history from 1960 to
the present, a period marked by social upheaval, experimentation and backlash; a long and brutal war;
political polarization and reorientation; and economic crisis and reordering.
PREREQUISITES: Attendance at first class mandatory. Students must also be able to attend a
mandatory Wednesday evening film series.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Two, 8-10 page papers.
TENTATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY:
Boyer, Promises to Keep: The United States Since World War II
Farber, The Sixties: From Memory to History
Ambrose, Nixon, Vol. II
Formisano, Boston Against Busing
Gibson, Warrior Dreams: Violence and Manhood in Post-Vietnam America
Odets, In the Shadow of the Epidemic
Filmography:
Dr. Strangelove
The War at Home
Bonnie and Clyde
Patton
Network
Saturday Night Fever
The Times of Harvey Milk
The Day After
Fatal Attraction
Bob Roberts
Ken Bain
History C19-3
HISTORY OF UNITED STATES FOREIGN RELATIONS, 1945-PRESENT
Time: T-TH 1:00-2:15 PM
Office Address: 627 Dartmouth Place
Office Phone: 467-2338
Maximum Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Who and what (ideas, intentions, events, etc.) have most influenced
how the United States has interacted with the rest of the world since World War II? Who had power
to influence events? What ideas, ambitions, values, attitudes, beliefs and events influenced those who
used the power? What major changes occurred in the way power was used? What have been the
major results of that interaction? Did the United States help or harm the rest of the world in the first
fifty years after it defeated the Axis Powers? This course will explore the scholarship and evidence
that might help us answer these question. Each student will read a series of core articles and books
while working with a group of other students to explore these questions in reference to a particular
country the group will pick. Students will read 250-400 pages a week, keep journals, discuss the
material in class, write one individual report, contribute to a group report that will be published on the
Internet, and write a series of very brief responses to questions posed in class. Students must be
willing to read the material at a steady pace, work with colleagues in small groups, and contribute to
the group's arguments and conclusions. Students must also be willing to meet with other students
outside class and possibly to communicate with other students using the Internet. Students will have
the opportunity to refine their abilities to identify and analyze arguments, to compare and contrast
interpretations, to recognize and evaluate different types of evidence, to make and defend reasoned
conclusions, and to think historically. Much, but not all, of class time will be spent discussing the
readings and helping students to become more critical readers and thinkers, increasingly able to
analyze, critique, and correct their thinking in process. We will also spend time exploring how we can
know about the recent past and current events, the possible sources of information and
misinformation. We will view and analyze parts of at least three films. Anyone with a particularly
heavy schedule of other commitments or who is unable to work with other students should probably
not take this course. Students must also be willing to tolerate uncertainty, to keep an open mind, to
explore to satisfy curiosity, and to mature as independent thinkers.
LEARNING METHOD: Students will learn from working collaboratively to explore important
central questions using recent scholarship and evidence, constructing arguments, drawing
conclusions, defending those conclusions, and receiving feedback on their thinking.
EVALUATION: The final grade will assess (1) each students ability to draw and defend historical
conclusions and to think historically as reflected in written and oral work [approximately 80%] and
(2) the contributions students make to the thinking of the group [approximately 20%].
VERY TENTATIVE READING LIST: The class will read conflicting interpretations of this recent
history and some documentary evidence. The authors under consideration include Rhodri Jeffreys-
Jones, Thomas Paterson, Thomas J. McCormick, Michael Kelly, Mark Danner, John Louis Gaddis,
Noam Chomsky, George Kennan, and others. Students will have control over much of their reading
through their choice of the country upon which they will concentrate.
Robert E. Lerner
History C32-2
EUROPE IN THE HIGH MIDDLE AGES
Time: MWF 9:00-10:00
Office Address: 305 Harris
Office Phone: 467-1966
Maximum Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of European history in the age of the Crusades. Topics will
include: the first agricultural revolution, the rise of towns, papal monarchy, the Crusades, the
formation of nation states, the origins of universities, the crisis of the Papacy.
PREREQUISITES: Not open to freshmen.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion.
EVALUATION: One mid-term, one take-home final, one short-answer final.
TENTATIVE READING LIST: J.R. Strayer, Western Europe in the Middle Ages P.J. Geary,
Readings in Medieval History H.E. Mayer, The Crusades (one or two other titles)
Peter Hayes
History C49-0
THE HISTORY OF THE HOLOCAUST
Time: Mondays and Wednesdays, 3:00-3:50
Discussions: Fridays at 9:00, 10:00, 11:00, 12:00, 1:00, or 2:00
Office Address: Harris 104C
Office Phone: 491-7446
Maximum Enrollment: 150
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is an intensive examination of the origins, course, and
aftermath of the Nazi onslaught against the Jews of Europe from 1933 to 1945.
PREREQUISITES: P/N IS NOT ALLOWED. MANDATORY ATTENDANCE AT THE FIRST
CLASS. DISCUSSION SECTION MANDATORY.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion, supplemented by several films.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on performance on the mid-term and final exams and
participation in the discussion sections.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Richard Levy, Antisemitism in the Modern World
Yehuda Bauer, A History of the Holocaust
Peter Hayes (ed.), Lessons and Legacies
Donald Niewyk (ed.), The Holocaust
Nechama Tec, When Light Pierced the Darkness
Leonard Dinnerstein, America and the Survivors of the Holocaust as well as a xeroxed packet.
David Joravsky
History C50-4
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY OF EUROPE; 20th CENTURY
Time: MWF 2:00-3:00
Office Address: Harris 303
Office Phone: 491-7418
Maximum Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Lectures, discussions, and readings on major trends or 20th-century
thought: appraisals of nationalism, imperialism, war, and fascism; Marxism-Leninism; Freudianism;
feminism; modernist literature and visual art; existentialism; appraisals of science and technology. I
will try to connect the history of ideas with other parts of the historical process, while confronting the
general failure to find coherence in a the diverse trends of thought.
EVALUATION: There will be a twenty-minute quiz every other Friday, to introduce a discussion of
readings and lectures. The three best quizzes will be averaged to form one-third of the final grade. An
essay comparing an optional work with some of the required reading will count for another third, and
so will a final exam consisting or identifications, brief essays, and the like.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Xeroxed selections on imperialism, war, fascism (Kipling, Hitler, Hemingway, etc.)
Lenin, Imperialism
Kafka, The Trial
Einstein, Ideas and Opinions
Freud, Dora: Analysis of a Case of Hysteria
Virginia Woolf, A Room of One's Own
Sartre, Existentialism
Foucault, The Order of Things
John Hunwick
History C55-2
ISLAM IN AFRICA
Time: T-TH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 106 Harris Hall
Office Phone: 491-7412
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Islam entered the African continent with the Arab conquest of Egypt in
641 A.D. Since then it has continued to exercise a profound influence on the culture and politics of
societies in the northern half of the continent. Colonialism in the 20th century broke up many Islamic
states and forced Muslims into nation-states in which power often had to be shared with non-
Muslims. At the same time, the opportunities provided by the colonial state allowed Islam to spread
within Africa, while in the post-independence era, the Muslims of sub- Saharan Africa have become
more integrated with the larger Muslim world.
Rather than attempt a broad survey, this course will look in greater depth at such topics as the growth
of Muslim intellectualism in Africa, Islamic social and political radicalism, the role of the Sufi
(mystical) orders in reaching the masses, the crises engendered by the imposition of colonial rule, and
the challenges of the late 20th century: religious pluralism, democracy and the question of women's
rights. Two countries will be singled out for special study: Nigeria, and the Sudan, where some of the
most significant developments have taken place both historically and in the contemporary period.
NOTE: Some prior knowledge of Islam and/or African history is essential for this course. Suitable
background would be religion B28 OR History B55 (any part) OR History C71. If in doubt contact
the instructor before registering.
PREREQUISITES: None, but some background in Islam (e.g. Religion B28, History B70 or History
C71) will be an advantage.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion.
EVALUATION: Mid-term exam. Term paper of about 15-20 pages.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Peter B. Clarke & Ian Linden, Islam in Modern Nigeria Mainz-Munich: Kaiser-Grunewald, 1984
Abdelwahab El-Affendi, Turabi's Revolution: Islam and Power in the Sudan London: Grey Seal
Books, 1991
Louis Brenner, Muslim Identity and Social Change in Sub-Saharan Africa, London: Hurst, 1993
Mervyn Hiskett, The Sword of Truth, 2nd edn. Evanston: Northwestern University Press, 1994
Readings Package
Jim Campbell
History C56-2
HISTORY OF SOUTH AFRICA FROM 1886
Time: T-TH 2:30-4:00
Office Address: 301 Harris
Office Phone: 491-2877
Maximum Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the history of South Africa from the mineral
discoveries of the late nineteenth century up to the present. Topics covered include: the rise of mining
capital; the South African War; imperial reconstruction; the development of the migrant labor system;
the rise of African and Afrikaner Nationalism; the origins, operation and eventual collapse of
apartheid; and the ongoing transition to democracy.
PREREQUISITES: None. Completion of C56-1 may prove helpful, but lectures and readings
presume no prior knowledge of South African history. P/N registration is permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Twice-weekly lectures; occasional evening films.
EVALUATION: Two take-home midterms, plus an in-class final.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Shula Marks, Not Either an Experimental Doll
Charles van Onselen, Studies in the Social and Economic History of the Witwatersrand
Nadine Gordimer, A World of Strangers
Herman Charles Bosman, Unto Dust
Various primary sources
Harold Perkin
History C62-3
BRITAIN IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY
Time: T-TH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: Harris 201A
Office Phone: 491-3152
Maximum Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: At the beginning of the twentieth century Britain was the richest and
most powerful superpower, the leading industrial, trading and financial center, and the head of the
largest empire the world had ever seen, covering nearly a quarter of the earth's population and
habitable land. How it came to lose that position is an object lesson not only in national but in global
history, worthy of study by those who inhabit today's superpower. At the same time, the country
experienced an unprecedented rise in living standards, in public welfare for those unable to support
themselves, in the longevity, health and comfort of life, and in the enjoyment of leisure and culture by
the whole population. Britain pioneered the emergence of a new kind of society experienced by
nearly all advanced countries: a post-industrial society based on highly skilled and specialized
services - in a word, on human rather than material capital - that is, on education and training, and
selection by merit. It is not all gain, however: the new technologies are in danger of harming the
environment, if not indeed the future of the human race, and the changes in the economy and social
structure have destroyed or exported many jobs and left their occupants without function or income.
In all these developments Britain is a prime exemplifier of the gains and losses of post-industrial
society.
PREREQUISITES: P/N not permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Two one and a half hour lectures plus discussions per week.
EVALUATION: Two essays and one class presentation, plus final exam.
READING LIST:
Harold Perkin, Rise of Professional Society: England Since 1880
T.W. Heyck, The Peoples of the British Isles III, From 1870 to the Present
David Reynolds, Britannia Overruled; British Policy and World Power in the 20th Century
Walter L. Arnstein, The Past Speaks Since 1689
Professor T.W. Heyck
History C63-0
MODERN IRELAND IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
Time: MWF 11:00-12:00
Office Address: 313B Harris
Office Phone: 491-3480
Maximum Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Karl Marx once wrote that "The tradition of all the dead generations
weighs like a nightmare on the brain of the living." Nowhere is this dictum more true than in present-
day Ireland. This course, therefore, will be unashamedly present-minded: it will be an attempt to
understand the current situation in Northern Ireland (and therefore the Irish Republic) by examining
the whole sweep of Irish history. In particular, it will examine the cumulative impact of historical
myths and memories on Irish nationalism and Ulster Unionism.
PREREQUISITES: ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY. NOT OPEN TO P/N
REGISTRATION.
TEACHING METHOD: There will be two lectures and one discussion per week. Questions and
comments during the lectures will be welcome. Informed participation in the discussion groups is
mandatory: every student can expect to participate in his/her discussion each week.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There will be a very short written assignment each week, and a
take-home final exam/paper at the end of the course. There will be no in-class exams.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Karl Bottigheimer, Ireland and the Irish
Thomas Flanagan, The Year of the French
Cecil Woodham-Smith, The Great Hunger
Paul Bew, Charles Stewart Parnell
Thomas M. Coffey, Agony at Easter
Bernadette Devlin, The Price of My Soul
Conor Cruise O'Brien, States of Ireland
Steve Bruce, God Save Ulster!
Frank Safford
History C66-0
LATIN AMERICA IN THE INDEPENDENCE ERA
Time: MWF 3:00
Office Address: Harris Hall 208
Office Phone: 491-7444
Expected Enrollment: 45
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides a general introduction to the history of Latin
America in the 18th and 19th centuries. The course focuses primarily on three subjects: 1) the
continuities and discontinuities between eighteenth-century Bourbon rule and the republican regimes
of the nineteenth century; 2) the character of socio- economic change between 1750-1880; and 3) the
problems of organizing new republics, given these social and economic conditions. These problems
include defining the constitutional structure, obtaining political stability, and pursuing economic
growth.
No Prerequisites. P/N is allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Class is taught informally, with lectures, discussion and questions from the
class interspersed as the situation requires. Midterm and final examinations; term paper is optional.
TENTATIVE READING LIST: Stanley and Barbara Stein, The Colonial Heritage of Latin
America John Lynch, The Spanish American Revolutions
Shuping Wan
History C81-2
CHINA IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 1919-1996
Time: MW 11:00-12:30
Office Address: Harris 207B
Office Phone: 491-3418
Maximum Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION:The goal of this course is to examine China's changing position in the
modern world simultaneously with an analysis of structural changes in twentieth-century Chinese
society. This course consists of three parts. The first part of the course begins with the May Fourth
Movement of 1919 and ends with the victory of Chinese communists in 1949. The development of
national and radical consciousness will be the focal point of our investigation. The second part deals
with "Mao's China" from the birth of the People's Republic in 1949 to the death of Mao in 1976. In
examining the global context of Chinese socialism during this period, this part focuses on the
importance of China' status as a Third World society in understanding the dynamics in Chinese
politics. The last part surveys developments in Chinese culture and society since 1976, with emphasis
on the relationship between the radical change in post-revolution China and its global context.
PREREQUISITES: ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY.
TEACHING METHOD: This is a lecture course, but we will try as much as possible to run it like a
seminar, with extensive student participation in the conduct of the course.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: This will be on the basis of a book report of 5-7 pages (30%) and a
research paper of about 15 pages (70%). The book report will be on Family, a novel written by Pa
Chin (Ba Jin). The choice of paper topic is yours, but it should address a problem relevant to China
after 1949.
REQUIRED BOOKS:
Wm. Theodore de Bary, Sources of Chinese Tradition, Vol. II
Maurice Meisner, Mao's China and After
Kazuko Ono, Chinese Women in a Century of Revolution
Pa Chin, Family
Laurence D. Schiller
History C89-7/20
THE CRUEL WAR IS RAGING: NARRATIVES OF THE AMERICAN CIVIL WAR
Time: Wednesday 3-5
Office Address: 102A Harris
Office Phone: 491-7278 or 491-4654 (voice mail)
Enrollment: 8 maximum
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar will examine the Civil War period of US history through
the eyes of the people who lived it. The idea will be to read personal narratives of the period with an
eye towards understanding how the events of the day affected people- soldiers, slaves, women,
common town and rural folk, Rebels and Yanks alike. How did they live their lives? How did they
see of understand what was happening around them? How do their experiences and thoughts inform
our understanding of this seminal period in America's history? Our approach will be topical, rather
than comprehensive, and we will look at such issues as 1) what is was like to be a soldier (black and
white); 2)slavery, slaves and how their lives changed during the war; #) the position of Northern and
Southern women; 4) life on the home front- both North and South; and so on. We will then integrate
these personal narratives into a discussion of the wider issues of the day - states rights, the institution
of slavery and racial attitudes, the rising Capitalist industrial system of the North versus the agrarian
South, westward expansion, immigration, and so on.
PREREQUISITES: PERMISSION OF INSTRUCTOR. JUNIORS ONLY.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: As a junior tutorial, students will be expected to do a fair amount
of reading and writing. Different students will produce short discussion papers for the class each
week on the topics relevant to that week's discussion. In addition, a term paper of c. 15 pages will be
produced on a topic chosen by the student. Since a seminar depends on everyone doing the work, the
reading for each class must be done before class if we are to be successful. There will be no exams.
TENTATIVE SELECTED READINGS MAY INCLUDE:
James McPherson. The Battle Cry of Freedom
Bell Wiley. The Life of Billy Yank
Bell Wiley. The Life of Johnny Reb
Gerald Linderman. Embattled Courage
Susie King Taylor. A Black Woman's Civil War Memories
Elizibeth Mullenfeld (ed.). The Diary of Mary Chestnut Jones. A Rebel War Clerk's Diary
Any one of a number of diaries of soldiers, regimental histories, etc.
Ken De Bevoise
History C89/7-21
JUNIOR TUTORIAL: THE SUPREME COURT IN POLITICAL AND CULTURAL
CONTEXT
Time: Tuesdays, 3:30-5:30
Office Address: Harris Hall
Office Phone: 491-3406
Maximum Enrollment: 8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Robert Bork and Clarence Thomas nominations to the Supreme
Court have demonstrated how much that process has become politicized in recent years. The premise
of the course is that judicial nominations, like much else, have become a major battlefront in our
society's current political and cultural (gender, race, values, etc.) wars. The course readings will help
us locate the confirmation fights (remember Anita Hill?) within that framework. While we are at it,
we will try to learn something about the Supreme Court and how it operates. The reading load will be
heavy - a book (or its equivalent) each week. Not even one page of that reading is optional. A graded,
written exercise on those readings will be given at the beginning of each class meeting. The course is
not recommended those having otherwise heavy schedules nor for anyone who is reluctant to take a
regular and active part in the class discussions.
PREREQUISITE: Students must read God Save This Honorable Court by Lawrence Tribe over
Spring Break and be ready for a short quiz at the beginning of the first class. The book will be
available for purchase at Great Expectations Bookstore before the end of winter quarter. Attendance
at that first class meeting is mandatory.
LEARNING METHOD: Reading with follow-up written and oral discussion.
EVALUATION: Quiz average and my judgment of how much your presence in the class benefitted
the others.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Robert Bork, The Tempting of America
David Brock, The Real Anita Hill
Ethan Bronner, Battle for Justice
Stephen C. Carter, The Confirmation Mess
John Anthony Maltese, The Selling of Supreme Court Nominees
Jane Mayer & Jill Abramson, Strange Justice
James F. Simon, The Center Holds
Lawrence Tribe, God Save This Honorable Court
Bob Woodward, The Brethren
Joan Perkin
History C89-7/22
JUNIOR TUTORIAL: ANGELS OR DEVILS? VICTORIAN WOMEN AT HOME AND IN
THE STREETS
Time: Thursdays, 2:30-4:30
Office Address: Harris 201A
Office Phone: 491-3152/866-6938
Maximum Enrollment: 8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: What was life really like for Victorian Englishwomen, from birth to old
age? What did they themselves say about childhood and education; courtship, marriage, homemaking;
sex and motherhood; marital breakdown; their pastimes and entertainments? In this course we shall
hear from women whose voices have been drowned by the cacophony of stronger, often male,
versions of history; the unmarried woman worker; the single mother; the prostitute; those who fought
for higher education and professional recognition against the regiments of the Church, Parliament and
the law; as well as the quiet voices of numerous `angels in the house'.
This Junior Tutorial will offer the opportunity to improve skills in research and writing, using case
studies of particular women's experiences in all three social classes.
PREREQUISITES: JUNIORS ONLY.
METHOD OF STUDY: One two-hour seminar a week.
EVALUATION: Participation in discussion, small research projects and an extended essay at the end
of the course.
READING:
Joan Perkin, Women and Marriage in 19th century England, (Lyceum Books, 1989)
Jane Lewis, The Women in England, 1870-1950, (Indiana University Press, 1984)
plus particular women's biographies for research and essay purposes - these books will be on Reserve
in Library.
Professor James Oakes
History C91-3
INDIVIDUALISM AND COMMUNITY IN AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT
Time: Tuesday, 3:00-5:00
Office Address: University Hall 018
Office Phone: 491-7173/491-3525
Maximum Enrollment: 15
DESCRIPTION: Commentators and scholars often describe American political culture as divided
between competing traditions, the one emphasizing the sanctity of the individual and the other
stressing the priority of the community. This course will examine the origins of this divide and the
cases for and against both individualism and communitarianism. More importantly, the seminar will
explore a third tradition that the orthodox dichotomy ignores; the "liberal" tradition that distinguishes
public from private life while recognizing the value of each; the tradition that emphasizes both the
dignity of work and family and the importance of civil society. By tracing the historical origins of the
debates over these competing visions of American political culture, the seminar should help students
position themselves in contemporary political discussion as well.
REQUIREMENTS: Attendance at weekly seminar discussions; one 20-page term paper. Grading
based on term paper and participation in discussion.
TENTATIVE READINGS:
C. B. MacPherson, The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism
Bernard Bailyn, Ideological Origins of the American Revolution
Jurgen Habermas, Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere
David Greenstone, The Lincoln Persuasion
Carl Schmidt, Political Romanticism
John Dewey, The Public and its Problems
John Rawls, A Theory of Justice
Alisdair Macintyre, After Virtue
Tessie P. Liu
History C91-20
WOMEN, WAR, AND REVOLUTION IN TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
Time: T-TH 10:30 to 12:00
Office Address: 320 Harris
Office Phone: 491-3150
Maximum Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: "War is men's business, not ladies," so we are told in "Gone with the
Wind." Catastrophic events in this century (two world wars, the Russian Revolution, world economic
depression, the Nazi counter-revolution and Holocaust, the division and remapping of Europe) have
demolished the long standing myth that men go forth and fight in order to protect their women and
children, who remain passive and secure at home. In the twentieth century, military technology and
strategy have blurred the boundaries between war zones and homefronts. As civilian populations
became military targets, women have had to contend with food shortages, rationing, forced
evacuation, and violence. At the same time, women were mobilized for men's work. In the first
decades of the century, women won many battles for legal equality. The "new women" of the
twentieth century enjoy greater economic, political, intellectual, and sexual freedoms than their
nineteenth century grandmothers and great-grandmothers. If conventional warfare was defined by
(and reinforced) traditional notions of masculinity and femininity, could the gendered social order be
restored after a half century of total war, revolution, and other social dislocations? Is European
society after the second world war as emancipatory for women as we are lead to believe?
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, class discussion, and class presentations. Short papers (1-3
pages). Midterm and Final are take-home essay exams.
EVALUATIONS: Class participation, written work, and attendance.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Bridenthal, Grossman, and Kaplan, eds., When Biology Became Destiny: Women in Weimar and
Nazi Germany.
Vera Brittain, Testament of Youth.
Anne Frank, Diary of a Young Girl.
Margaret Higonnet and Jane Jenson, eds. Behind the Lines: Gender and Two World Wars.
Eric Leeds, No Man's Land: Combat and Identity in World War One.
V.I. Lenin, The Emancipation of Women.
Denise Riley, War in the Nursery.
Mary Louise Roberts, Civilization Without Sexes.
Klaus Theweleit, Male Fantasies.
Ella Winter, Red Virtue.
Ken De Bevoise
History C91-30
AMERICAN INTERVENTION IN VIETNAM
Time: MWF 9:00-9:50
Office Address: Harris Hall
Office Phone: 491-3406
Maximum Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: What Americans call "The Vietnam War" or even "Vietnam" was
actually about a short segment late in the stages of a much longer struggle for Vietnamese
independence that turned into a civil war. Three separate military interventions (by Japan, France, and
finally the United States) were increasingly unsuccessful, destructive, and tragic. We will weight our
study time heavily toward the American involvement, devoting just a week or so on the period
leading up to Vietnamese independence from France in 1954 and nine weeks to the years thereafter.
The course load is extra heavy. We will read around 4,300 pages, not one of which is optional and all
of which is tested in short quizzes at the beginning of each class. The course is therefore not
recommended for anyone who already has a demanding schedule of courses and/or extracurricular
activities. Graduating seniors are cautioned against taking it as well. Also, evening videos will be
shown between 6:30-8:30 p.m. on some of the Tuesday evenings, so please don't enroll if you have a
class or other conflict. Finally, since the class is conducted entirely as a discussion (no lectures are
given), only those willing to participate regularly and actively should sign up.
PREREQUISITES: Students must read Johnny Got His Gun by Dalton Trumbo over spring break -
a quiz will be given at the first class meeting. The book will be available at Great Expectations
Bookstore before the end of winter quarter. Any good bookstore should have it, and public libraries
will too. The story takes place at the time of World War I, but its relevance to the course should be
evident. FIRST CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY. Also, students must not have conflicts on
Tuesday evening between 6:30 p.m. and 8:30 p.m.
LEARNING METHOD: Readings and discussion.
EVALUATION: Quiz average adjusted by discussion performance.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Peter Arnett, Live From the Battlefield
Gloria Emerson, Winners and Losers
Ronald Glasser, 365 Days
David Halberstam, The Best and the Brightest
Le Ly Hayslip, When Heaven and Earth Changed Places
Michael Herr, Dispatches
Seymour Hersh, My Lai 4
George McT. Kahin, Intervention
Mark Lane, Conversations With Americans
Bao Ninh, The Sorrow of War
Tim O'Brien, The Things They Carried
Jeffrey Race, War Comes to Long An
Neil Sheehan, A Bright, Shining Lie
Jonathan Schell, The Military Half
Dalton Trumbo, Johnny Got His Gun
Roger Kittleson
History C91-40
MODERN BRAZIL, 1822-1996
Time: MWF 1:00-2:00
Office Address: Harris 208
Office Phone: 467-4037
Maximum Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine the major themes of Brazilian history from
Independence to the present. Beginning with the relatively (by Latin American standards) easy
transition from colony to independent empire, we will analyze the hierarchies of race, class, and
gender that have characterized Brazilian society and their relation to the political and economic
evolution of the Brazilian nation-state. The course will give particular attention to questions of
slavery and its aftermath, women's sexuality and machismo, citizenship and nation- building, and
democracy and authoritarianism in social and political relations.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and seminar-style discussion.
EVALUATION: Students will write a short (5-7 page) paper (25% of the final grade), a midterm
exam (25%), and a final exam (40%). Class participation will account for the remaining 10% of the
overall grade.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
George Andrews, Blacks and Whites in Sao Paulo, Brazil, 1888-1988 (Madison, 1991).
Aluisio de Azevedo, Mulatto (Austin, 1990).
Todd A. Diacon, Millenarian Vision, Capitalist Reality: Brazil's Contestado Rebellion, 1912-1916
(Durham, 1991).
Jojo Jose Reis, Slave Rebellion in Brazil: The Muslim Uprising of 1835 in Bahia (Baltimore, 1993).
Nancy Scheper-Hughes, Death Without Weeping: The Violence of Everyday Life in Brazil
(Berkeley, 1992).
course packet.
Films: Black Orpheus (dir. Marcel Camus).
Antonio das mortes (dir. Glauber Rocha).
Frederick E. Hoxie
History C91-50
INDIANS IN AMERICAN HISTORY
Time: MWF 9:00-9:50
Office Address: Newberry Library, Chicago, and Harris Hall
Office Phone: 312-255-3535
Expected Enrollment: 51
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of the Native American experience in the territory now
covered by the United States, beginning in 1492 and ending at the present. This course will provide a
general overview of American Indian history and will offer students an opportunity to explore some
of the intellectual issues that arise in the study of indigenous people: the impact of "native history" on
one's understanding of national history, the possibilities and limits of interdisciplinary research, the
difficulty of evaluating cross-cultural interaction, and the contributions this area of inquiry might
make to the creation of a humane, plural society. Course materials will range from novels to
government documents, oral literature and traditional historical and anthropological writing.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, large and small group discussions and individual writing
assignments will be used to introduce information and to provide students with an opportunity to
reflect upon and to share what they have learned. While tied to an ambitious common syllabus, the
course will allow for some individual work and will rely on student contributions.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Regular attendance at both lectures and discussions is a course
requirement. In addition, there will be two short (3-5 page) papers, a midterm and a final
examination. Paper assignments will involve exploration of sources available on the Internet and will
provide an opportunity to develop electronic materials for classroom presentation. The midterm and
final will contain short answer and essay questions; the short answer section of the final exam will
focus on material presented during the second half of the course. Final grades will be based on the
following allocation of credit: Participation: 20%, Essays: 30%, Midterm: 25%, and Final Exam:
25%.
REQUIRED BOOKS:
Laurence M. Hauptmann, Tribes and Tribulations: Misconceptions About American Indians and
Their Histories, (University of New Mexico Press, 1995).
Peter Iverson and Albert Hurtado, Editors, Major Problems in American Indian History: Documents
and Essays Documemts and Essays, (D.C. Heath, 1994).
D'Arcy McNickle, Wind From An Enemy Sky, (University of New Mexico Press, 1988), originally
published in 1978.
Nancy Shoemaker, editor, Negotiators of Change: Historical Perspectives on Native American
Women, (Routledge, 1995).
Ken Alder
History C91-60
AMERICA'S TECHNOLOGY'S NATION (cross-listed with Science in Human Culture)
Time: MW 11:00-12:00 Disc. Sections, Friday, 10:00-11:00 and 11:00- 12:00
Office Address: 102C Harris
Office Phone: 491-7260
Maximum Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Americans have often defined themselves and their nation through the
material things they make and own. This class examines the two-century debate over what America is
and should be by studying its artifacts, the changing ways they have been made and sold, and the
meanings Americans have ascribed to them. From the grandfather clock to the personal computer, the
scrubboard to the washing machine, the bicycle to the Apollo mission, Americans have identified
technology as central to their personal and national destiny. How have factory workers, slaves,
housewives, middle managers, scientific researchers, intellectuals, and hackers conceived of
technology? What have Americans been so suspicious of it? Is technology a neutral tool, or is it a
bearer of social values? We will consider both the utopian promises of technology and their
shortcomings.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: There will be three one-hour meetings a week, with a significant
percentage run as discussion meetings.
EVALUATIONS: The student's course grade will be based on class participation, two 4-page essays,
and a take-home final exam.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Ruth Schwartz Cowan, More Work for Mother
John Kasson, Civilizing the Machine
David Noble, American by Design
Thomas P. Hughes, American Genesis
Shoshana Zuboff, In the Age of the Smart Machine
Edward Bellamy, Looking Backwards
Kurt Vonnegut, Player Piano
Also short works by Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Henry David
Thoreau, Mark Twain, Frederick Taylor, Henry Adams, Buckminster Fuller, Barry Commoner,
Charles Reich, and others.
Ken De Bevoise
History C92-20
VIOLENT CRIME IN AMERICA
Time: Thursdays, 6:00-8:00 P.M.
Office Address: Harris Hall
Office Phone: 491-3406
Maximum Enrollment: 13
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Although violent crime in America has apparently declined in the last
three years for the first time since 1960, it is still by far the highest in the developed countries and
remains our most serious social problem. After the current respite, however, it will get a lot worse
since the number of male 14-17 year olds will increase 23 percent by the year 2005. Murders by
juveniles (as opposed to all age groups) have increased five fold in the last decade, and the coming
crop will be even better armed. Since about 6% of all mid-teenage males become chronic felons for
the rest of their lives, the coming epidemic of violence seems inevitable. While we wait for that, this
class will focus on the problem of violent criminal offenders in America today. After an introduction
to the various theories about historical trends of violent crime in the U.S., we will concentrate on
violence in the second half of this century. The reading load is heavy, but the books are truly
awesome - maybe the best list ever put together.
PREREQUISITES: PERMISSION OF THE INSTRUCTOR. ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS
MEETING IS MANDATORY. Students must read In Cold Blood by Truman Capote over Spring
Break and be ready for a serious discussion of it during the first class meeting. It will be available for
purchase at Great Expectations Bookstore before the end of winter quarter.
LEARNING METHOD: Reading and discussion.
EVALUATION: The grade is based on my perception of how much the other in the group benefitted
from your presence in the class.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Truman Capote, In Cold Blood
Pete Earley, The Hot House: Life Inside Leavenworth Prison
Pete Earley, Circumstantial Evidence
Mikal Gilmore, Shot in the Heart
Norman mailer, The Executioner's Song
Ann Rule, The Stranger Beside Me
David Simon, Homicide: A Year on the Killing Streets
Sanyika Shakur, aka Monster Kody Scott, Monster
Alice Vachss, Sex Crimes
Adam Green
History C92-21
STRUCTURE AND ACTIVISM IN AFRICAN-AMERICA, 1915-1955
Time: T 3:00-5:00
Office Address: Harris 207-C
Office Phone: 491-7033
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course addresses the evolution of multiple forms of black political
consciousness, from the onset of broad migration and urbanization (1915), to the beginning of the
Civil Rights Era (1955). We will study several key topics and themes - cultural, legal and labor
movements; racial and patriotic nationalism; the influence of the Left; vanguardism and social
change. Also, we will examine how "structure" and "activism" relate both as compliments and
antitheses in establishing African-American ideologies and social agendas.
PREREQUISITES: Attendance at First Class Mandatory; Junior and Senior Students Only.
TEACHING METHOD: C-92 is a seminar, so class will follow a discussion format, with the
instructor and designated students acting as weekly facilitators. All students are expected to come
prepared to discuss each weeks' reading, and relate their thoughts to previous work in the seminar.
Occasionally, short videos or listening pieces will be presented.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: All students will turn in two papers. The first and shorter paper (5-
8 pp.) will count for 30% of the grade, while the second (10-15 pp.) will count for 50%. The final
20% of the student's grade applies to class participation, appraised more for quality (relevance to
readings and earlier discussions) than for quantity.
REQUIRED BOOKS:
David Levering Lewis, When Harlem was in Vogue
Earl Lewis, In Their Own Interests
Robin Kelly, Hammer and Hoe
Richard Wright, American Hunger
Mark V. Tushnet, The NAACP's Strategy Against Segregated Education
E.U. Essien-Udom, Black Nationalism
Lynn Mollenauer
History C92-22
DEVELOPING DIFFERENCE: WOMEN AND GENDER IN EARLY MODERN EUROPE
Time: W 2:00-4:00
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Following Aristotle, most Renaissance Europeans believed that men
and women belonged to the same sex.; women were considered to be imperfectly formed men. By the
18th century, however, Europeans had come to believe that men and women belonged to two separate
and fundamentally unequal sexes. This course will consider the development of ideas surrounding the
differences between the sexes and how these ideas impacted the lives of actual men and women
during the early modern period.. Topics to be discussed include the development of theories of
biological difference, the relationship between gender and power, and the correlation between ideals
of femininity and witchcraft beliefs. Course readings will include major secondary works as well as
advice books, witch-hunting manuals, sermons and novels from the period.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: One discussion seminar per week.
EVALUATION: two 5-6 page papers, a final research paper and participation in class discussion
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Joan Scott, Gender and the Politics of History
Barbara Duden, The Woman Beneath the Skin
Lyndal Roper, Oedipus and the Devil
Thomas Laqueur, Making Sex
Machiavelli, The Prince
Madame de Lafayette, The Princess of Cleves
Deborah Holland
History C92-23
DIVIDED LIVES: AMERICAN WOMEN SINCE 1940
Time: Thursdays, 3:00 5:00
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Rosie the Riveter---both the World War II public relations campaign
character and the millions of women who heeded the call to join the workforce---inaugurated an era
of rapid and far-ranging changes in the experience of American women. The collaboration of
government, industry and the media encouraged women to assume male occupations, thereby
challenging women's traditional roles. The complete reversal of this stance in the war's waning days
demonstrated the reluctance of the establishment to upset distinctive gender roles. Over the next fifty
years, women would witness similar stops and starts. This course will examine the shifting
conceptions of expected behavior and, in turn, compare these conceptions with women's actual
behavior. We will explore the forces which created the idealized images as well as assess how deeply
the images resonated with the American people. We will consider how race, class and sexual
orientation shaped and were shaped by the ideals. We also will track women's increasing participation
in the workforce and politics. Particular attention will be given to the rise of the feminist and anti-
feminist movements.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Four written assignments and class participation.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Sara Evans, Personal Politics
Lillian Faderman, Odd Girls and Twilight Lovers
Susan Faludi, Backlash
Betty Friedan, The Feminine Mystique
Susan M. Hartman, The Home Front and Beyond
Toni Morrison, Beloved
Kathryn Weibel, Mirror, Mirror: Images of Women Reflected in Popular Culture
Additional articles and films will be assigned.
Laura Sinclair Odelius
History C92-24
AFTER THE EMPIRE: RACE, CLASS, AND GENDER IN POSTWAR BRITAIN
Time: Wednesday, 3:00-5:00
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Does Britain have a "race problem"? Is Britain a "multicultural
society"? The position of the relatively small number of non-whites in Britain has always been
ambiguous. On one hand, non- whites, especially those from former British colonies, share many
aspects of British culture. And in the aftermath of World War II, Britain's rulers extended to them the
same rights and privileges as other British subjects. Yet many non-whites in Britain found they lacked
social, economic, and political advantages: often they were subject to suspicion and hostility from
white neighbors. Some Britons fear that Britain will be "overrun" by Muslims: this sentiment has at
times divided Britain's non-white population, making "Pakibashing" a sport for black and white alike.
The roots of this situation lie in British colonial policies and attitudes which accompanied and
survived them. Yet attitudes about racial difference have altered over time. Racial and ethnic
difference has not meant the same things to people of different sexes, ages, and classes. This course
will attempt to explore the experience of non-whites in Britain as well as the cultural response of
native Britons to non-whites.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar discussions supplemented by student presentations.
EVALUATION: 2 analytical papers (5-6 pages each): 1 paper (12-15 pages) on a question requiring
research: before research papers are due, each student will also present his/her project to the class,
accompanied by a brief (2-3 pages) written progress report--presentations will be integral to the
course.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Benedict Anderson, Imagined Communities
Bernard Porter, The Lion's Share
Dick Hebdige, Subculture: The Meaning of Style
Colin MacInnes, City of Spades
Bryan, Dadzie, and Scafe, The Heart of the Race
Young & Wilmot, Family and Kinship in East London
Trevor Griffiths, Oi for England
Course Packet of additional short readings
Jessica Riskin
History C92-25
SCIENCE AND POLITICS IN REVOLUTIONARY FRANCE AND AMERICA
Time: Thursdays, 12:30-2:30
Office Address: 313A Harris
Office Phone: 491-3153
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In the decades leading up to the French and American Revolutions,
scientists and political actors collaborated with increasing intimacy. This alliance set the terms for
modern relations between science and government. But how did the partnership of natural science
and modern politics first emerge? How did Enlightenment conceptions of nature and society
influence one another? How might new understandings of natural phenomena, and of the human
capacity to explain and manipulate nature, have interacted with new conceptions of proper behavior,
economic well-being and good government? In this seminar we will study the exchanges--
philosophical, technological, and economic--of Enlightenment natural science with moral and
political thought and culture. In this way, we will consider the intellectual and instrumental role of
natural science in the foundation of modern, constitutional democracies.
PREREQUISITES: None. Some background in 18th century French and/or American history is
helpful but not required.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion seminar format.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Weekly discussions of readings; one brief presentation; a short
essay critically reviewing the secondary literature on a chosen topic (5-7 pages); and a final research
paper (10-15 pages).
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Rousseau, Jean-Jacques, Discourse on the Progress of the Arts and Sciences
Montesquieu, The Spirit of the Laws (excerpts)
Condorcet, Sketch for a Historical Picture of the Human Mind
Diderot, ed., Encyclopedia (excerpted articles)
Franklin, Experiments and Observations on Electricity; Autobiography
Jefferson, Notes on the State of Virginia
Tocqueville, Democracy in America, The Old Regime and the French Revolution (excerpts)
Keith Baker, "Science and Politics at the End of the Old Regime"
Charles Gillispie, Science and Polity at the End of the Old Regime
Brooke Hindle, The Pursuit of Science in Revolutionary America
Michael Tetelman
History C92-26
STUDENT ACTIVISM: A GLOBAL AND HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
Time: Thursday, 2:30-4:30
Office Address: 619 Emerson
Office Phone: 491-7524
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines contemporary student movements around the
globe. We cover five student movements from the late 1960s onward: student politics in Europe in
the late 1960s, U.S. anti-war student movements in the late 1960s, South Africa in the 1970s and '80s,
Latin America in the 1970s and '80s, and China in the 1980s.
The course approaches these case studies with a variety of questions. These questions include the
following: why did students in these movements abandon their career training to agitate for social,
political, and economic change; what types of people comprised the student movements--did they
reflect class, generational, and gendered categories; what were significant historical antecedents to
these movements; were the movements able to link up with other movements for change, and if not,
then why not; when wee the movements sustainable and when and why did they dissipate quickly;
and finally, did any or all of the movements generate far-reaching change.
The course first examines theoretical issues involving student politics. It then delves into each of the
particular case studies mentioned above.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: The course will be seminar-focused. There will also be several films.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: The course is independent-study oriented. Students will submit a
long (20-30pp.) research paper at the end of the term. The paper will cover one student movement or
compare a variety of them. The course will also require short presentations and weekly discussion
points.
COURSE MATERIALS: The bulk of materials will be photocopied articles and primary sources
collected in a course packet. Several books will be put on reserve. Students should also purchase the
following books:
P. Altbach, Student Political Activism: An International reference Handbook
R. Cherrington, China's Students: The Struggle for Democracy
S. Sephamla, Ride the Whirlwind
Joan Perkin
History C94-0
WOMEN AND WORK IN CONTEMPORARY BRITAIN AND THE UNITED STATES
Time: Tuesdays, 2:30-4:30
Office Address: Harris 201A
Office Phone: 497-3152/866-6938
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The major driving force of the women's movement has been the belief
that women should have economic and emotional independence. How best to achieve this has been a
matter for struggle and debate throughout the twentieth century in both Britain and America.
Women's work, both in and out of the home, has changed greatly during the past century but is still in
need of wholesale social re-evaluation. Equal pay, and more flexible forms of organization both in the
workplace and in terms of domestic arrangements, are urgent priorities for all women, especially
those who want to have children without sacrificing the dignity and security derived from paid work
outside the home.
How much have women's lives changed during the last century? Why, despite Equal Pay Acts and
Sex Discrimination Acts, is women's employment largely concentrated in a small number of
industries and confined to a range of jobs described as `women's work'. How much have the
experiences of British and American women differed? How can we deal with the current backlash
against women's emancipation?
PREREQUISITES: SENIORS ONLY. Linkage courses, meant to prepare graduates for the outside
world, are given by people with experience of life outside academe. Joan Perkin has worked in the
(British) Civil Service and in industrial relations, has been a magistrate, and also engaged in a wide
variety of voluntary activities from pre-school playgroups to party politics, and is now a full-time
author in women's history, also teaching in the Women's Studies Program. She is a member of the
Fawcett Society, originally the suffragist wing of the Suffrage Movement, now fighting for complete
equality for women.
TEACHING METHOD: One two-hour seminar per week.
EVALUATION: Participation in discussion, two essays, and a final exam.
READING LIST: Required to purchase:
Susan Faludi, Backlash, Anchor Books, 1992)
Jane Lewis, Women in Britain since 1945
RECOMMENDED:
Alice Kessler-Harris, Out to Work; a history of wage-earning women, [in the U.S.A.] (OUP, 1982)
Josef Barton
History C95-20
IMMIGRATION IN RECENT UNITED STATES HISTORY
Time: W 2:00-4:30pm
Office Address: Harris 212
Office Phone: 491-7356
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This colloquium takes up the origins, course, and consequences of the
third great immigration to the United States. Remarkably diverse in its origins, this migration has
drawn in the whole world. Moreover, running unbroken from the reform of immigration policy in
1965 down to the present, this great movement has vastly extended the kaleidoscopic variety of the
American people. In readings, discussions, and research on the two largest groups of newcomers,
Asians and Latin Americans, this colloquium will consider both the impact that the United States has
had on the immigrants, and the changes that immigrants have made possible in American society.
PREREQUISITES: History C05, or permission of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussions, workshops, research projects.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There will be two papers, the first a proposal due at mid-quarter
and the second a substantial research project due at the end of the term.
READINGS: Among the assigned readings will be selections from the following books:
Nancy Abelman & John Lie, Blue Dreams: Korean Americans and the Los Angeles Riots (1995)
Ruth Behar, ed., Bridges to Cuba / Puentes a Cuba (1995)
Judith Brown & Rosemary Foot, eds., Migration: The Asian Experience (1994)
Stephen Castle and Mark Miller, Age of Migration: International Population Movements in the
Modern World (1933)
Committee on the 90th Anniversary Celebration of Korean Immigration to Hawaii, ed. Samuel S. O.
Lee, Their Footsteps: A Pictorial History of Koreans in Hawaii since 1903 (1993)
Tilokie Depoo,ed. with Prem Misir & Basdeo Mangru, East Indian Diaspora (1993) Yen Le Espiritu,
Filipino American Lives (1995)
Camille Guerin-Gonzales, Mexican Workers and American Dreams (1994)
Nazli Kibria, Family Tightrope: Changing Lives of Vietnamese Americans (1993)
Elaine H. Kim and Eui-Young Yu, eds., East to America: Korean American Life Stories (1996)
Maxine M. Margolis, Little Brazil: An Ethnography of Brazilian Immigrants in New York City
(1994)
Lucy E. Salyer, Laws Harsh as Tigers: Chinese Immigrants and the Shaping of Modern Immigration
Law (1995)
Carlos Antonio Torre and Hugo Rodriguez Vecchini, eds., The Commuter Nation : Perspectives on
Puerto Rican Migration (1994)
Peter van der Veer, Nation and Migration: The Politics of Space in the South Asian Diaspora (1995)
Women of South Asian Descent Collective, eds., Our Feet Walk the Sky: Women of the South Asian
Diaspora (1993)
Judy Yung, Unbound Feet:A Social History of Chinese Women in San Francisco (1995)
David Joravsky
History C95-21
LITERATURE AND HISTORY ("TRAILER SEMINAR" TO HISTORY C50-3 OR 4)
Time: T-TH 3:30-5:00
Office Address: Harris 303
Office Phone: 491-7418
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar will explore imaginative literature as source material for
European intellectual history (early 19th to mid- 20th century). We will begin with a case in point:
historical change in "family values" as expressed in Dumas' Lady with the Camellias (1848) and
Pirandello's Six Characters in Search of an Author (1921). Students will then choose individual
research projects, perhaps continuing the study of "family values," perhaps exploring such other
topics as national identity, criminal justice, class-power-authority. A common issues in all the
projects will be such distinctions as fictive/factual, romantic/realist/modernist, high art/popular
culture, ideology/knowledge.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion. The seminar as a whole will consider each student's proposed
research project, with the power to amend it so as to increase its significance for the group as a whole.
Each meeting will be devoted to discussion of a particular text assigned by one or more of the
students--either some literary work at the focus of their research or some work of their own (a
research proposal, a preliminary essay, a term paper). each student's work will be evaluated by the
others in brief notes, which Joravsky will summarize and transmit to the writer.
PREREQUISITE: History C50-3 or 4.
EVALUATION AND GRADING: See under "Teaching Method." The final grade will be based on
the written work, and on participation in the discussions.
READING LIST: Selected by students in consultation with Joravsky and with the group as a whole.
See "Course Description."
Ken Alder
History C98-2
SENIOR HISTORY HONORS SEMINAR
Time: Thursdays, 3:00-5:00
Office Address: 102C Harris Hall
Office Phone: 491-7260
Maximum Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Continuation of C98-1.
PREREQUISITES: C98-1 and permission of instructor or department. No P/N registration
permitted.
TEACHING METHOD: Individual consultations and evaluations of draft essays.
EVALUATION: Grades based on final essays.
TENTATIVE READING LIST: TBA
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0429 - Religion
Cristina Traina
Department of Religion, A01-6
ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS
Time: TTh, 9:00-10:20 (Lib 3322)
Office Address: 1940 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-2938
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The ethical side of the debate over the environment has become
increasingly important, especially when decisions about the environment seem to require trade-offs
between the needs of human beings and those of other forms of life, or even of non-living systems.
This course will explore some of the philosophical and religious commitments behind the debates.
Among the issues to be discussed include comparative claims of species and individuals, comparative
claims of humans and other species, the relationship of environmental justice to racial and economic
justice, and the possibility of developing a global environmental ethic in a pluralist world.
PREREQUISITES: none.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Each student will prepare a written analysis of one of the readings for use by the
class, two short papers (3-5pp), and one longer paper (9-12pp), in addition to several impromptu in-
class writing exercises. 80% of the grade will be based on the papers, and 20% will be based on
discussion and attendance.
READINGS: (At Norris)
Mary Evelyn Tucker and John A. Grim, eds., "Worldviews and Ecology: Religion, Philosophy, and
the Environment"
Aldo Leopold, "A Sand County Almanac"
Selections from works by J. Baird Callicott, Holmes Rolston III, Carol J. Adams, and others.(Traina)
RICHARD STEGNER
Religion A01-6
PARABLES: WINDOWS INTO THE NEW TESTAMENT WORLD
Office: 1940 Sheridan Rd.
Phone: 491-5488
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00 (Lib 3670)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar will study the parables from three perspectives. First`, a
parable is a simple literary form in which some facet of everyday life points to God's will. Secondly,
parables picture social and religious dimensions of life in first-century Palestine. Finally, parables
contain Jesus' teaching for his followers.
TEACHING METHOD: Readings, discussions, and papers.
EVALUATION: Class participation, one oral report, 2 short papers (3 pages each), and one final
paper (at least 10 pages).
READING LIST:
James Dunn, "Jesus' Call to Discipleship"
Robert Stein, "An Introduction to the Parables of Jesus"
Burton Throckmorton, "Gospel Parallels: A Comparison of the Synoptic Gospels"
George Bond
Religion B-22
INTRODUCTION TO BUDDHISM
Time: M W 1:00 (Lvr Aud)
1 mandatory discussion section
Office Address: 1940 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5488
Expected Enrollment: 200
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the Buddhist religion. The course investigates
Buddhism's philosophical base in the teachings of the Buddha in India as well as in the thought of
later Buddhist thinkers. From this perspective, the course examines central themes in Buddhist
thought about human existence, the gods, and cosmology. The first half of the course also studies the
early history of Buddhism, focusing on its origins in India and its expansion in South and southeast
Asia. The second half of the course studies the various branches of Buddhism, including the
Theravada, the Mahayana and the Tibetan schools of Buddhism. Finally, time permitting, the course
examines briefly the place of Buddhism in the modern world.
PREREQUISITES: None
EVALUATIONS: Several methods will be used to establish grades for the course: two exams - a
midterm and a final, short quizzes on the readings for the discussion sections, and an optional paper.
READINGS: (at Norris)
Murcott, "The First Buddhist Women"
Babbitt, "The Dhammapada"
Kasulis, "Zen Action, Zen Person"
Lhalungpa, "The Life of Milarapa"
Harvey, "Introduction to Buddhism"
Cristina Traina
Religion B-26
INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIANITY
Time: M W F 9:00-9:50 a.m. (Ann G15)
1 mandatory discussion section
Office Address: 1940 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-2938/5488
Expected Enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION:We will explore the history of Christian theology, institutions, and
practice, with an eye to tracing the roots of contemporary western expressions of Christianity.
TEACHING METHOD:Three lectures per week, and one mandatory discussion section.
EVALUATION:One midterm, a final examination, a report on a visit to a Christian service of
worship, and discussion section participation.
READINGS: (At Norris)
Sandra S. Frankiel, "Christianity"
T.S. Eliot, "Murder in the Cathedral"
Julia Mitchell Corbett, "Religion in America"
Selected orders of worship and hymns
Excerpts from Christian scripture and other texts
PREREQUISITES:none
WAITING LIST QUERIES:In person at the Department of Religion, 1940 Sheridan Road.
Ben Sommer
Religion C10
MAIN THEMES IN HEBREW SCRIPTURES:
HISTORY WRITING IN THE BIBLE
Time: T TH 9:00-10:30 a.m. (Ann G32)
Office Address: 1940 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5488
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In this class we investigate the historical books of the Hebrew Bible in
order to answer several questions. What sort of information do they convey? Are they history writing,
or is some other classification more appropriate? What different types of historical writing appear in
the Hebrew Bible? How do modern ideas about historiography help us in understanding these ancient
texts? Throughout the course, we will pay close attention to other ancient historiographic texts
(especially those of Babylonia and Assyria) as they shed light on the events the biblical texts describe
or on the forms the biblical authors employ. The first part of the course will focus on the stories
regarding the origin of the Israelite nation found in Genesis, Exodus, Joshua and Judges. The second
part of the course will concentrate on the Deuteronomistic History (Joshua-Kings), its tendencies, and
its sources. The third part will cover the history writing of the post-exilic eras (Chronicles and Ezra-
Nehemiah).
REQUIRED TEXTS: TBA
TEACHING METHODS: Primarily discussion. Occasional lectures.
EVALUATION: One short paper (5 pages); one medium paper (10 pages).
TRACY PINTCHMAN
Religion C21
TOPICS IN HINDUISM: HINDU MYTH
Office: 1940 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5488
Time: TH 12:00-2:30 (Krg 103)
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will explore the central mythological traditions that lie at
the heart of Hinduism. Materials covered will include not only textual narratives, but also
iconographic representations of som of the most widely revered Hindu dieties, including Vishnu,
Krishna, Shiva, and the Hindu Great Goddess. The class will also explore traditions of Hindu worship
and devotion, including forms of religious expression unique to women and low-caste Hindus.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures with significant periods of discussion of the myths.
REQUIRED TEXTS: (At Norris)
Pintchman, "The Rise of the Goddess in the Hindu Tradition"
Dimmitt and VanBuitenen, "Classical Hindu Mythology"
Eck "Seeing the Divine Image in India"
Hawley and Juergensmeyer, "Songs of the Saints of India"
Kinsley, "The Sword and the Flute: Kali and Krishna"
John Hunwick
Religion 0429 C57
TOPICS IN ISLAM: MODERN ISLAMIC THOUGHT
Office Address: 106 Harris Hall and 1940 Sheridan Rd.
Phone: 491-7412
Time: T TH 2:30 - 4:00 (Krg 302)
Expected enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In the twentieth century the Muslim world has been undergoing
something of a revolution, politically, socially and intellectually. The impact of European
colonialism, directly or indirectly brought about huge changes in economic and political structures. It
also brought Muslims in close, even sharp, contact with alien ideas and institutions, and at times with
hostile criticism of their faith. In the second half of the twentieth century, as Muslims have shaken off
direct imperial control of their lands, there has come about an increasingly powerful Muslim
reassertion of the centrality of their faith in their lives coupled with an intense questioning about what
it means to be Muslim in the emerging technology dominated "global village". Important debates
have taken place about issues such as the Islamic state, the role of Islamic law (shari'a) in the state,
Islamic economics, the role of women in public and family life, secularism, human rights, democracy
and the right to dissent. The course will explore such issues as these through lectures and discussion,
and students will have the opportunity to suggest other areas for the class to investigate.
PREREQUISITES: Religion B28 or Instructor's permission.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions.
EVALUATION: Students will write a 5 page paper which will be presented and discussed in class.
This will form the basis of a term paper of about 20 pages.
READINGS: (At Norris)
John Esposito, "Voices of Resurgent Islam", Oxford University Press, 1983
John Donahue and John Esposito, "Islam in Transition" University Press
Henry Munson,"Islam and Revolution in the Middle East", Yale University Press, 1988.
Course reading package.
George Bond
Religion C90, Section 21
COMPARATIVE STUDY OF RELIGIONS: RELIGION IN GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE
Office: 1940 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5488
Time: MW 5:30-7:30 (Rel Dept Sem Rm)
Expected enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The religious landscape of America has changed radically in the past
century or even in the past three decades. One can now find Islamic mosques, Hindu temples and
Buddhist centers of meditation in virtually every major American city and in many smaller towns as
well. This course examines the nature of this pluralism and discusses the beliefs and practices of the
major world religions now present in Chicago and across the country. We shall ask what implications
these new religious groups have for the West and will examine the stances that Western religions
have taken toward other religions.
In order to be able to understand the meaning of religious pluralism and its implications the course
will focus on the beliefs and practices of four of the major global religions: Christianity, Hinduism,
Buddhism and Islam. The dialogue and contrast between these religions will constitute a central
emphasis of the course. In addition to considering the global dimensions of these important religious
traditions, we will also examine the local manifestations of these religions. The class will include a
significant element of field experience and will include visits to Hindu temples, Buddhist centers and
Islamic mosques in the Chicago area.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and Discussion.
EVALUATION: Exams, group participation and paper.
READINGS: tba
Cristina Traina
Religion D-60, TOPICS IN CHRISTIANITY:
Political Theology and the Theology of Politics
Time: Thursday, 1:30-4:00 (Rel Dept Sem Rm)
Location: 1940 Sheridan Road, seminar room
Office Address: 1940 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-2938/5488
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION:This "book a week" seminar covers religion and politics from two
perspectives. First, we will read selected 20th century American and European Christian theological
writings on politics. Second, we will read selections from the contemporary American debate over the
place of religion in American society and the place of religious rhetoric in American political
discourse.
METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: 1-2 short analytical papers; active participation in discussion; final essay of 8-10
pp.
PREREQUISITES: Graduate status or permission of instructor.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:(At Norris)
H. Richard Niebuhr, "Christ and Culture"
Reinhold Niebuhr, "Moral Man, Immoral Society"
Jurgen Moltmann, The Trinity and the Kingdom: "The Doctrine of God"
Johann Baptist Metz, "Faith and the Future"
Dorothee Soelle, "Choosing Life"(selections)
John Howard Yoder, "The Priestly Kingdom" (selections)
Michael Perry,"Love and Power"
Kent Greenawalt, "Private Consciences and Public Reasons"
Stephen Carter, "The Culture of Disbelief" (selections)
WAITING LIST QUERIES: In person at the Department of Religion, 1940 Sheridan Road.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 22, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0430 - European Thought and Culture
Helmut Muller-Sievers
Stuart Strickland
European Thought and Culture B16-0
THE AGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT
Time: MWF 11:00
Office Address: Kresge 111, Harris Hall
Phone: 491-8291, 491-3406
Expected Enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will explore, in lectures and discussions, the achievements
of the European Enlightenment. Starting with Newton's groundbreaking natural philosophy, we will
concentrate on the scientific progress during the eighteenth century (theories of light, of magnetism,
of gravity, of space and time) and see how the scientific developments influenced artistic and literary
productions, as well as political and philosophical theories. We will keep the discussion of science on
a level accessible to all, but require the willingness to read and think in an interdisciplinary context.
FORMAT: Lectures and weekly discussion sections (required)
EVALUATION: Class participation, Midterm quiz, Final quiz and in- class essay
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0433 - African and Asian Languages
M. Eissa
African and Asian Languages AO5-l,2,3
Arabic I
Office: Kresge Hall 356
Phone: 49l-5288
Expected enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a three-segment course of which the first begins in the Fall
quarter of every academic year. The entire course (Arabic I) constitutes an introduction and building
elementary proficiency in modern standard Arabic. The main emphasis will be on basic structure of
the language, reading simple texts and oral communication. Useful and essential vocabulary will be
used for the application of grammatical points. There are a number of extracurricular activities
providing cultural context to the study of the language. Students with any background in Arabic study
should either take a placement examination or consult the instructor before enrollment.
PREREQUISITES: None for the first segment (Fall quarter) and AO5-l or equivalent for Winter
quarter and AO5-2 or equivalent for Spring quarter.
TEACHING METHOD: Classes meet five times a week and class time is devoted to reading, oral
communication, translation and grammar explanation. Students are required to use audio- visual
materials available in the language lab and be prepared to devote additional time to daily homework.
EVALUATION: Weekly quizzes, no midterm and no final. Quiz grades and class performance will
count towards the final grade as well as class and lab attendance.
TEXTBOOKS: Check with the instructor; Hans Wehr, A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic
M. Eissa
African and Asian Languages AO6-l,2,3
Arabic II
Office: Kresge Hall 356
Phone: 49l-5288
Expected enrollment: l0
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a three-segment course as a continuation of Arabic I (AO5-
l,2,3). The first of those segments begins always in the Fall quarter of every academic year. This
course deals with more sophisticated yet essential topics of daily and literary use of the Arabic
language. The emphaseis of this course will be on training students to read Arabic texts correctly and
reasonably fast, to discuss orally text content and writing short paragraphs and translation (English/
Arabic/English). In addition to the manual used for instructions, there will be other selections for
outside reading and use of audio-visual materials.
PREREQUISITES: Arabic AO5 or equivalent for the first segment, (Fall quarter) AO6-l for the
second segment (Winter quarter), AO6-2 for the 3rd segment (Spring quarter).
TEACHING METHOD: Class time is devoted to conversation, reading, translation and structure
exercise. Students are required to use assigned audio-visual materials available in the language
laboratory. Students are encouraged to participate actively in extracurricular cultural activities in
support of their language acquisition.
EVALUATION: Periodic quizzes (40%), attendance (35%), class participation and performance
(25%).
TEXTBOOK: Check with the instructor. Hans Wehr, A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic
M. Eissa
African and Asain Languages B07-l,2,3
Arabic III
Office: Kresge Hall 356
Phone: 49l-5288
Expected enrollment: 6
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a high intermediate level course in Modern Standard Arabic.
Our goal is to enhance the student's ability to read, understand and discuss Arabic writings utilizing a
variety of articles, documents, short stories and other materials of interest to the students and relevant
to their field of study. Special emphasis is placed on oral communication and developing reading and
writing skill. Remedial work on grammar as well as fluency building will be in focus in various
stages of this class.
PREREQUISITES: Arabic II or equivalent for the first segment (Fall quarter), or consent of the
Instructor for other quarters.
TEACHING METHOD: The class will meet twice a week to discuss assigned and new materials.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on class participation, individual progress in comprehending
textual material and acquired degree of fluency in the language.
READINGS: Intermediate Modern Standard Arabic
Richard Li-Cheng Gu & Hong Jiang
African and Asian Languages All-l,2,3 Section 22,23
Chinese I
Office: Kresge Hall 348B & 338
Phone: 49l-2760 & 467-1350
Expected enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces grammar, 600 single characters and 1600
compound words of standard modern Madarin Chinese. It emphasizes speaking and reading as well
as writing. We use texbooks compiled by Beijing Language Institute and Peggy Wang.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Four regular class hours and one language lab hour are for pronunciation
drills, analysis of sentence structure, sentence buildup, etymology of Chinese words, translation,
conversation and dictation. In class, after explaining grammar and characters in English, the instructor
will use Chinese for oral drills, sentence buildup, and conversation. After class, the students should
use the language lab regularly.
EVALUATION: Classroom performance, language lab attendance, written assignments, oral reports,
quizzes, a midterm exam and a final exam.
Richard Li-cheng Gu
African and Asian Languages All-l,2,3 Section 2l, 22
Accelerated Chinese l (For students with some speaking ability)
Office: Kresge Hall 348B
Phone: 49l-2760
Expected enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course introduces grammar, 900 single characters and 2000
compound words of standard modern Madarin Chinese, e.g., vernacular Chinese. It emphasizes
reading as well as writing. Students will learn to read essays and short stories. They will also learn to
write notes, letters, and essays. They will also learn to make speeches to public in Chinese. The
textbooks that we use are compiled by Beijing Language Institute, Princeton University and Beijing
University.
PREREQUISITES: 1 year of Chinese in high school or consent of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Four regular class hours are for analysis of sentence structure, sentence
buildup, etymology of Chinese words, translation, conversation and dictation. In class, after
explaining grammar and characters in English/Chinese, the instructor will use Chinese for sentence
buildup and conversation. After class the student should spend 30 minutes doing writing assignments
regularly.
EVALUATION: Classroom performance, written assignments, oral reports, quizzes, a midterm
exam and a final exam.
LiCheng Gu & Hong Jiang
African and Asian Languages A12- l,2,3 Section 20,2l,22
Chinese II
Office: Kresge Hall 348 & 338
Phone: 49l-2760 & 467-1350
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course is designed to improve students' comprehension in speaking
and reading Chinese. Through carefully edited texts we will build up a basic vocabulary for reading,
writing and conversation.
PREQUISITES: Chinese I. P/N is allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Four regular class hours for the etymology of Chinese words, analysis of
sentences structure, translation and conversation. Students are expected to prepare and participate
actively in classroom discussions.
EVALUATION: Classroom performance and written assignments (l0%), three quizzes (30%), Mid-
term (30%), a final (20%) and two oral presentations.
READINGS: Practical Chinese Reader, Vol. II
Laughing in Chinese
Strange Friends (Movie Scripts)
Intermediate Reader of Modern Chinese
Twenty Lectures on Chinese Culture
Wen-Hsiung Hsu
African and Asian Languages Bl3-l,2,3
Chinese III
Office: Kresge Hall 348
Phones: 49l-2768 (Office), 708/945-8627 (Home)
Expected enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course is designed to enhance students' abilities in speaking,
reading, and writing Chinese. Students read modern Chinese novels, stories, essays, poems and
current news reports for class discussions.
PREREQUISITIES: Chinese II; P/N is allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: We use Chinese to discuss our readings. Students are also expected to
write short essays based on Chinese literary works.
EVALUATION: Classroom performance and essay assignments (30%), weekly quizzes (20%), two
exams (20%) and a final (30%)
READINGS: Ba Jin, Jia (Family)
Cao Yu, Lei-yu (Thunderstorm)
Ru Zhi-juan, Baihe-hua ( the Lillies)
Shen Rong, Rendao zhong-nian (At Middle Age)
A Lu Hsun Reader
Readings from Chinese Writers, 2 Vols.
Selected Readings in Modern Chinese Prose
Newspaper Chinese
Glimpses of China
A Chinese Text for a Changing China
Advanced Reader of Modern Chinese: China's Own Critics
Edna Grad
African and Asain Languages AOl-l,2,3 Sections 20, 2l, 22
Hebrew I
Office: Kresge Hall 352
Phone: 708/49l-2769
Expected Enrollment: 20-30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a course in elementary modern Hebrew. The course is designed
to develop all four language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing) and an explicit
knowledge of Hebrew grammar.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Classwork centers on learning new vocabulary and grammatical structures.
These are introduced and exercised orally in anticipation of dealing with written dialogues and
essays. Drills in the texts and on the tapes expand and reinforce the new material. Independent lab
work is part of the coursework.
EVALUATION: A student's grade for this course will be based upon (1) daily homework
assignments, (2) weekly quizzes, (3) a midterm exam and (4) a final exam.
READINGS: The textbook used is our own materials obtained at Copycat of Evanston.
The accompanying workbook is TARGILON (Academon,Jerusalem, l982).
Edna Grad
African and Asian Languages AO2-l,2,3 Sections 20, 2l
Hebrew II
Office: Kresge Hall 352
Phone: 49l-2769
Expected enrollment: l2-l5
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an intermediate level course in Hebrew. The purpose of the
course is to enlarge the student's vocabulary and to reinforce and expand his/her knowledge of
Hebrew grammar in order to improve conversational and writing skills as well as the ability to handle
literary texts (from Biblical to modern).
PREREQUISITES: Northwestern students should have completed and received credit for AOl-l,2,3.
New students must have permission of the instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: The lessons will center around the reading and discussion of literary texts
(prose and poetry -- occasionally-- newspaper articles. Homework assignments will include written
exercises, compositions and preparation for oral presentations in class.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on (l) daily homework assignments (2) quizzes (3) oral
presentations (4) a midterm exam and (5) a final exam.
READINGS: Intermediate Hebrew (text and workbook). Northwestern U. Press, Evanston, l987
Edna Grad
African and Asian Languages BOl-l,2,3
Hebrew III
Office: Kresge Hall 352
Phone: 49l-2769
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an advanced level course in Hebrew. Literary works from Old
Testament to contemporary Hebrew prose and poetry will be read, discussed and analyzed orally and
in writing.
PREREQUISITES: Northwestern students should have completed and received credit for Hebrew
AO2-3. New students must have permission of the instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: The lessons will center around discussion of literary works. Homework
assignments will comprise short compositions and exercises.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on (l) weekly short compositions and exercises and (2)
midterm and final papers.
Staff
African and Asian Languages Al5-l,2,3 Sec 20,2l,22,23,24,25
Japanese I
Office: Kresge Hall 367 &368
Phone: 49l-2762
Expected enrollment:90 (l5 maximum each section)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an introductory year-course in elementary Japanese. It is
designed to master the basic spoken and written communication skills in Japanese. It prepares
students for the AAL 16, which in turn leads to Japanese III AAL B17.
PREREQUISITES: P/N is not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Hiragana and Katakana during the first quarter of A15 students learn the
(using computer programs), and Kanji. By the end of the first year students in addition will be able to
use the adequate number of vocabulary and approximately 200 Kanji, and to be familiar with the
grammar and pronunciation of modern colloquial Japanese. Classroom activities and assignments are
designed to strengthen proficiency in listening, speaking, reading and writing. The class meets five
days a week.
EVALUATION: Weekly quizzes, weekly assignments, oral examinations, final examination and
class attendance are taken into account in determining a grade for each student.
READINGS: Course packet
Seiichi Makino & Michio Tsutsui (l986)
A Dictionary of Basic Japanese Grammar Tokyo: The Japan Times Kodansha (l99l). Kodansha's
Compact Kanji Guide Tokyo Kodansha International
Staff
African and Asain Languages Al6-l,2,3 Sections 20,2l,22, 23
Japanese II
Office: Kresge Hall 367 & 368
Phone: 49l-2762
Expected enrollment: 60 (15 maximum each section)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the second year Japanese course. It is designed to develop
students' mastery of modern Japanese as a continuation of Japanese I. Reading, writing, speaking and
listening will all continue to be emphasized.
PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of A15-3 or with permission of the instructor.
(Placement test will be given)
TEACHING METHOD: The course format is the same as Japanese I. Students are expected to learn
approximately 270 Kanji by the end of this course. The class meets five days a week.
EVALUATION: Weekly quizzes, weekly assignments, oral assignments, a final examination and
class participation are all taken into account in determining a grade for each student.
READINGS: Course packet Seiichi Makino & Michio Tsutsui (l986) A Dictionary of Basic Japanese
Grammar Tokyo: The Japan Times Kodansha (l99l) Kodansha's Compact Kanji Guide Tokyo:
Kodansha International
Staff
African and Asain Languages B17-1,2,3
Japanese III
Office: Kresge Hall 367
Phone: 49l-2762
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the third year course which covers advanced intermediate level
Japanese. The yearlong course is designed to increase the students' ability in reading, writing,
speaking and listening comprehension. The course also aims at expanding the students' vocabulary
and Kanji to the extent that is necessary for advanced level reading and writing. A wide range of
topics in the cultural and social issues of contemporary Japan will be discussed using textbook,
videos, etc.
PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of Al6-3 or with permission of the instructor. (Placement
test will be given)
TEACHING METHOD: Students meet with the instructor five days a week. The class time is
devoted to strengthen proficiency in speaking, listening, reading and writing while reviewing
grammar points The class is conducted primarily in Japanese.
EVALUATION: Quizzes, assignments, oral examination, a final examination and class participation
are all taken into account in determining each student's grade.
READINGS: Akira Miura and Naomi Hanaoka McGloin (l994) An Integrated Approach to
Intermediate Japanese Tokyo: The Japan Times Kodansha (l99l). Kodansha's Compact Kanji Guide
Tokyo: Kodansha International
Staff
African and Asian Languages C18-1, 2, 3
Japanese IV
Office: Kresge Hall 356
Phone: 491-2766 49l-2762
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an advanced level Japanese course for those who have finished
at least the equivalent of three years of Japanese language including a working knowledge of
approximately 1000 kanji and basic conversational skills. The main focus of this course will be to
introduce contemporary day-to-day Japanese materials, such as newspapers, journal articles,
contemporary fiction, video, etc. It will be taught in Japanese.
PREREQUISITES: Successful completion of Bl7-3 or with permission of the instructor. (Placement
test will be given.)
TEACHING METHOD: Typical class format will include reading text and discussion. Also, at least
one presentation or project is assigned by the end of the year.
EVALUATION: Quizzes, assignments and class participation are taken into account in determining
each student's grade.
READINGS: All materials will be distributed in photocopies.
Richard Lepine
African and Asian Languages A21-1,2,3
Swahili I
Office: African & Asian Languages, 350 Kresge
Phone: 491-2765
Expected Enrollment: 15-20 (not limited)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the beginner's Swahili class, and is open to undergraduate and
graduate students. There are three courses in sequence from fall to spring. Grads register as D10-
1,2,3, section 23. The course presents the essentials of modern Standard Swahili grammar while
proficiency in the language is developed. The expectation is that by the end of the first year students
will be able to interact comfortably in Swahili and will have acquired basic literacy.
PREREQUISITES: None for A21-1; appropriate Swahili study background for further quarters.
Course may be taken P/N if not used to satisfy CAS language proficiency requirement.
TEACHING METHOD: Students attend five sessions each week during the noon hour. They should
plan at least one additional period of work per week on audio, video and computer materials, ideally
in the MMLC. There are oral, writtern, audiovisual and computer class exercises, written homework
assignments and projects, and regular quizzes and longer tests.
EVALUATION: Attendance in lectures and labs, participation in classroom exercises, performance
on homework, quizzes, tests and special projects will all count towards the final grade. Tests and
assignments during the course are intended primarily as means of discovering and correcting problem
areas. There is an ongoing assessment of oral proficiency skills in classroom and lab sessions, so
more than 5 unexcused absences results in a tenth of a grade point penalty. In addition to brief written
quizzes in class, there will be a period-long (50 min.) writing exercise at mid-term. Classes will be
held, with attendance optional, during Reading Week. Final exams are take-home exercises, due on
the scheduled final exam date for a given quarter.
TEXTS:
REQUIRED: Thomas Hinnebusch & Sarah Mirza, Swahili, A Foundation for Speaking, Reading and
Writing, University Press of America,1979. RECOMMENDED:Robert Leonard, Swahili Phrasebook,
Lonely Planet , 1990.
Fredrick Johnson, Swahili-English Dictionary,Oxford University Press.
Derek Nurse & Thomas Spear, The Swahili, Reconstructing the History and Language of an African
Society. 800-1500. University of Pennsylvania Press, 1985.
Richard Lepine
African and Asian Languages A22-1,2,3
Swahili II
Office: African & Asian Languages, 350 Kresge
Phone: 491-2765
Expected Enrollment: 7-12 (not limited)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the second-year Swahili course, and is open to undergraduate
and graduate students who have completed first-year Swahili or its equivalent. Graduate students
register as D10-1,2,3, section 23. There are three courses in sequence from fall to spring. The first
quarter of the course begins with a review of the essentials of Swahili grammar covered in the first
year; then more detailed grammar and more complex structures are explored through the use of oral,
written and videotaped materials. Development of speaking and literacy skills are equally
emphasized, and students begin their study of Swahili literary texts.
PREREQUISITES: A21 or equivalent for A22-1; appropriate Swahili study background for further
quarters. Course may be taken P/N if not used to satisfy CAS language proficiency requirement.
TEACHING METHOD: There are four lecture hours each week, and an additional weekly audio,
video or computer assignment done independently. Swahili is the primary medium of instruction.
EVALUATION: Attendance in lectures and labs, participation in classroom exercises, performance
on homework, quizzes, tests and special projects will all count towards the final grade. Tests and
assignments during the course are intended primarily as means of discovering and correcting problem
areas. There is an ongoing assessment of oral proficiency skills in classroom and lab sessions.
TEXTS: REQUIRED: Provided by instructor, various original Swahili sources RECOMMENDED:
Fredrick Johnson, Swahili-English Dictionary, Oxford University Press, 1980.
Richard Lepine
African and Asian Languages B23-1,2,3
Swahili III
Office: African & Asian Languages, 350 Kresge
Phone: 491-2765
Expected Enrollment: 1-5 (not limited)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the third-year course, and is open to undergraduate and graduate
students who have completed second-year Swahili or its equivalent. Graduate students register as
D10-1,2,3 section 23. The course is an introductory study of classical and modern Swahili verbal
arts--including non-fiction prose and oral narrative performance as well as poetic, narrative, and
dramatic texts. It is ordinarily but not necessarily taught in a three- quarter sequence: Fall, oral verbal
arts tradition; Winter, classical literary tradition; Spring, modern Standard Swahili literature.
PREREQUISITES: Swahili A22, or the equivalent with the consent of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Students have three lecture hours each week. Swahili is the medium of
instruction. There are oral and written classroom exercises, and written and audio, video and
computer homework assignments and projects. There is some English-language background reading
expected, but most work involves texts or other materials written or composed originally in Swahili.
EVALUATION: Attendance in lectures, participation in classroom exercises, performance on
homework and special projects will all count towards the final grade. However, any tests or
assignments during the course are intended primarily as means of discovering and correcting problem
areas. Evaluation is based both on an ongoing assessment of general interactive proficiency skills as
well as on oral and written tests of comprehension and analysis performed in connection with specific
coursework materials.
TEXTS: REQUIRED:Fredrick Johnson, Swahili-English Dictionary, Oxford University Press, 1980
Taasisi ya Uchunguzi wa Kiswahili, Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu, Oxford University Press-East
Africa, 1981.
(for B23-2 only:) Ibrahim Noor Shariff, Tungo Zetu, Red Sea Press, 1988.
other texts provided by instructor
Eunmi Lee
African and Asain Languages A25-l,2,3
Korean I
Office: Kresge 336
Phone: 467-l323
Expected enrollment: 16
Course Description: This is an introductory year-course in elementary Korean. The course is
designed to equip students with the basic all-around communicative ability in speaking, reading and
writing. It also aims to provide students with increasing vocabulary and a command of correct
grammar and accurate spelling.
PREREQUISITES: none
TEACHING METHOD: Class participation is strongly encouraged. After the instructor's lecture,
students are suggested to elaborate on the vocabulary, grammar pattern, or given dialogue. The
lecture will be basically conducted in Korean and students are also encouraged to speak Korean only.
EVALUATION: Grade will be given based on the attendance, assignments, quizzes and tests, and
final examination.
READINGS: Korean I ( by Korea University)
Korean Conversation I ( by Korea University)
Eunmi Lee
African and Asian Languages A26-l,2,3
Korean II (2nd year)
Office: Kresge Hall 336
Phone: 467-l323
Expected enrollment: 32 (16 maximum each section)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a year-course in Korean. Students should be able to read and
write Korean and understand daily conversation in Korean. The course is designed to equip students
with the advanced all-around communicative ability in speaking, reading and writing. It also aims to
provide students with increasing vocabulary and a command of correct grammar and accurate
spelling.
PREREQUISITES: Students who completed Korean I or take a placement test in advance.
TEACHING METHOD: Class participation is strongly encouraged. After the instructor's lecture,
students are suggested to elaborate on the vocabulary, grammar pattern, or given dialogue. Also
various kinds of reading materials will be given and writing exercises will be followed. The lecture
will be exclusively conducted in Korean and students are also encouraged to speak Korean only.
EVALUATION: Grade will be given based on the attendance, assignments, quizzes and tests, and
final examination.
TEXTBOOK: Korean II ( by Korea University)
Korean Conversation II ( by Korea University)
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0434 -Linguistics
Robert Gundlach Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics A01-6, Section 20
LANGUAGE AND CHILDHOOD
Time: TTh 10:30-12:00
Office: 1902 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-7414
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Is the capacity to learn and use language a human instinct, as Steven
Pinker has recently argued, wired into our brains by evolution like web spinning in spiders or sonar in
bats? If so, what role do families, schools, communities, and larger societies and cultures have in
shaping what we learn when we acquire language in childhood? How does the acquisition of
language interact with how we learn to communicate, how we learn to think, and how we develop a
sense of who we are? This seminar offers students an opportunity to explore these questions and to
learn about some of the current perspectives and controversies in the study of children's language
development. We will begin by reading and discussing Steven Pinker's book, The Language Instinct:
How the Mind Creates Language. Students will then have the opportunity to sample the topics,
methods, and forms of argument characteristic of current scientific research on children's language
acquisition by analyzing selected articles originally published in such journals as Language, Child
Development, Cognition, and Behavioral and Brain Sciences. Finally, we will extend our exploration
of language and childhood by considering how children begin learning to read and write, and by
reflecting on the role of language, both spoken and written, in a person's development of cultural and
individual identity.
TEACHING METHOD: The heart of this seminar will be discussions in which we explore a variety
of perspectives on language and childhood. In addition to learning about current research on
children's language, students will have the opportunity to reflect on their own experience as
developing speakers, listeners, readers, and writers. Furthermore, because an important goal of this
seminar is to strengthen each student's current writing ability, students can expect writing instruction
and individual guidance, both in class meetings and in conferences with the instructor.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Four essays of varying length, with opportunities for revision.
Class participation.
TEXTS:
Paul Bloom (ed.), Language Acquisition: Core Readings (selections).
Eva Hoffman, Lost in Translation: A Life in a New Language.
Joan B. McLane and Gillian D. McNamee, Early Literacy.
Steven Pinker, The Language Instinct: How the Mind Creates Language.
Additional brief selections to be distributed in class.
Rae A. Moses Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics B04
THE LANGUAGE OF PREJUDICE
Time: MW 11-12:30
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-8053
Expected Enrollment: 40-60 ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The discursive habits of a speech community reflect the stereotypes and
prejudices of its members. The language of the media, government, education, the stories citizens tell
and the derogatory names given to a society's ethnic minorities all provide evidence of the ways that
language defines and propogates our sterotypes and prejudices. We will examine the verbal modes of
expression that groups have at their disposal and analyze how prejudice is represented and
reproduced. We will also address the related topics of speech codes, the balance between rules of
civility and freedom of speech, the language policies of schools and governments and the imposition
of language standards.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture-discussion. We will also have discussion on an electronic bulletin
board.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Mid-term, final exam and a short paper.
TEXTS:
Discourse and Discrimination, Geneva Smitherman, Donaldson & Teun Van Dijk, eds.
Beyond P.C. , Patricia Aufderheide ed.
Gregory Ward Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics B05
MEANING
Time: MWF 2
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-8055
Email: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 40 ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the study of meaning. This course introduces
students to basic concepts in word and sentence meaning. Topics covered include: sense and
reference, prototypes, predicate-argument structure, metaphor, logic, speech acts, presupposition and
implicature. In addition, we will explore various issues of linguistic and philosophical interest, e.g.
where is `meaning' located? What is the influence of culture on language (and vice- versa)? What is
the role of `truth' and the `real world'?
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion with class participation.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Final grade will be based on: two exams of equal weight, weekly
assessments, homework, and class participation. A final exam is optional. P/N is not available.
TEXTS: Two textbooks and a reading packet.
Michael Broe
Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics B07
SOUND PATTERNS IN HUMAN LANGUAGE
Time: MW 3:30-5
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5778
Expected enrollment: 60 ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to the formal analysis of the sound
systems of human language. The course includes phonetics (the analysis of sounds in terms of their
physiological and acoustic properties) and phonology (the study of sounds in terms of their cognitive
and symbolic function). Illustrative material will be drawn from a digitized database of sounds from
90 languages.
The courses Linguistics B07, B05 ("Meaning"), and B06 ("Formal Analysis of Words and
Sentences") form a three- course introduction to linguistics, for majors and non-majors alike. Each
course may be taken independently of the others and in any sequence. All three courses are
prerequisites for the major and minor in Linguistics. Linguistics B07 also satisfies the CAS Area II
Distribution Requirement in Formal Studies.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Smart-classroom presentations and discussion. Students must attend first
class and keep up from class to class. Missing a class or postponing homework will put the student
seriously behind. Regular homework required.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Homework assignments, a midterm, and a final exam.
TEXTS: Ladefoged, Peter (1993) A Course in Phonetics: 3rd Edition.
William Stone Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics B09
LANGUAGE AND SOCIETY
Time: MWF 12
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5776
Expected Enrollment: 40 ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the ways in which relationships and structures in
society influence language and vice versa. It examines variations in language that are determined by
region, sex, social level and cultural groupings.
COURSE OBJECTIVES: To encourage students to think about the language issues in their own
lives and to help them establish positions in the light of the findings of sociolinguistic research. This
course satisfies the CAS Area III (Social and Behavioral Sciences) Distribution Requirement.
PREREQUISITES: None.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS: Attendance at the first class is mandatory. Subsequent unexcused
absence will lower a student's grade.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, readings and class discussions.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Group and individual projects and a final examination. P/N is not
available.
TEXTS:
Language: The Social Mirror (3rd Ed) Elaine Chaika
Language & Society Reading Packet available at Copy Cat
Ken Paller and Gregory Ward Spring Quarter 1995-96
Cognitive Science B10
INTRO. TO COGNITIVE SCIENCE: VISION, LANGUAGE, AND MEMORY
Time: T-Th 2:30-4:00
Discussion Sections: TBA
Offices: 122 Swift Hall (Paller), 2016 Sheridan Rd.(Ward)
Phones: 467-3370 (Paller), 491-8055 (Ward)
Email: [email protected] (Paller), [email protected] (Ward)
Expected Enrollment: 90
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The scientific study of human cognition, focusing on vision, language,
and memory. The psychological and biological nature of these functions is explored, demonstrating
many of the methods of Cognitive Science. Some of the specific topics covered include linguistics,
language acquisition, monitoring the human brain during acts of cognition, neuroanatomy, and
disorders of vision, language, and memory.
PREREQUISITES: None.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades are based on three components: exams, assessments, and
homework. (There is no P/N option for this class whether or not it is being used to satisfy a
distribution requirement).
Exams. 70% of the grade will be based on two exams of equal weight (2 x 35%).
Assessments. 20% of the grade will be based on 6-8 very brief in-class `assessments', designed to
assess students' understanding of previous lectures and/or the reading assigned for the current lecture.
Homework. 10% of the grade will be based on weekly homework assignments (1- 2 pages). Late
assignments will not be accepted.
TEXTS:
Pinker, Steven. 1994. The Language Instinct: How the Mind Creates Language. Morrow.
Reading Packet. SATISFIES CAS AREA I (NATURAL SCIENCE) DISTRIBUTION
REQUIREMENT.
Morris Goodman Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics C02
INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE AND HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS
Time: MW 2-3:30
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-8052
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course deals with linguistic change and the methods used to
investigate it (i.e., historical documentation,internal reconstruction, and, most importantly, the
comparative method). The emphasis is on phonological change, but grammatical, lexical, and
semantic change are also examined.
PREREQUISITES: Linguistics A10 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Midterm and final exam.
TEXTS:
Arlotto, Introduction to Historical Linguistics.
Supplemented by Bloomfield, Language, (Chaps. 17-27)
Beatrice Santorini
Spring Quarter 1995-1996
Linguistics C15
BILINGUALISM
Time: TTh 2:30-4
Office: 2016 Sheridan Road, Room 12
Phone: 491-8054
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The linguistic and psychological factors affecting the simultaneous or
sequential acquisition of two or more languages. Effects of bilingualism on phonology, syntax,
lexicon, cognition and language change.
PREREQUISITES: Linguistics B05, B06 or B07.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion.
TEXTS:
Grosjean, Francois. 1982. Life With Two Languages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Reading packet of primary sources.
Beth Levin Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics C71
MORPHOLOGY
Time: MW 11-12:30
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-8050
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the internal structure of words and productive
processes for creating new words. This course will introduce the central problems that any theory of
morphology will have to face, as well as the evolution of theories of morphology within generative
grammar. Issues that will be discussed include: word-formation, processes, productivity, grammatical
function-changing rules, inflection vs. derivation, level- ordering, bracketing paradoxes, and the
autonomy of morphology. Where possible, examples will be taken from a variety of languages.
PREREQUISITES: Linguistics B06 or B07 or permission of the instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussions.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Regular homework, a mid-term exam, and a project.
TEXT: Reading Packet.
Staff
Spring 1995-96
Linguistics C80
ENGLISH IN THE UNIVERSTIY: FOCUS ON ACADEMIC CULTURE
Time: TTh 1-2:30pm
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-8059
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course for international graduate students will explore cultural
issues relevant to studying and teaching in an American university. The course will provide some
practical skills for teaching (lecture, discussion group, laboratory, etc.) as well as for public
presentations (of research results, project proposals, etc.). The discussion-oriented course emphasizes
developing greater fluency and comprehensibility in conversation.
Students are expected to complete background readings and short assignnments, to be active in class
discussions, to give several short presentations, and to participate in the conversation partners
program. This class can serve as helpful preparation for oral proficiency exams, professional
presentations, and especially for teaching assistant assignments.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion, oral presentations, emphasis on class participation.
TEXTS: TBA
P/N REGISTRATION IS STRONGLY ENCOURAGED
Laurel Stvan
Spring 1995-96:
Linguistics C81
ADVANCED ENGLISH IN THE UNIVERSTIY: FOCUS ON ACADEMIC WRITING
Time: TH 6:30-9:15pm
Office: 2016 Sheridan Road, Room 32
Phone: 491-8059
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course for international graduate students who are non-native
speakers of English focuses on written argumentation skills and all aspects of academic writing. The
class is tailored to the skills and needs of the students enrolled at the time, and work on assignments
for other classes, research papers, and thesis chapters is incorporated into the class plan.
Students are expected to complete short assignments, to keep a written journal, to work on a longer
piece of writing, and to participate in class discussions.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
TEXTS: TBA
P/N REGISTRATION IS STRONGLY ENCOURAGED.
Rae Moses Spring Quarter 1995-96
WomStud C92 (crosslisted with Linguistics)
TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES: LANGUAGE AND GENDER
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-8053
Expected Enrollment: 45 ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The language we use to talk about men and women is often different.
Men and women also use language differently. This course examines these differences, how societies
evaluate them, attempt to regulate them, and how these differences have changed over time reflecting
our changing society. We will explore the use of gender specific language, e.g., him/her, waitress,
postman, the best man for the job, and language attitudes about these expressions. We will also
examine the language used by men and women in special contexts, how gender differences are
learned and what these differences seem to mean in our society and in cultures very different from
our own.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures/Discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Four reaction papers, a class presentation, a late midterm quiz, and
a take-home final.
TEXTS:
Language, Gender, and Society. Barrie Thorne, Cheris Kramarae and Nancy Henley, eds. 1983. (at
SBX)
Language, Gender and Professional Writing. Francine Wattman Frank and Paula A. Treichler. 1989.
Women, Men, & Language. 2nd ed. Jennifer Coates. 1993.
Janet Pierrehumbert
Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics D04-2
PHONOLOGICAL ANALYSIS II
Time: T-Th 1-2:30, F 11
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road, Rm. 30
Phone: 467-1570
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Phonology is the study of the sound patterns of language. This course,
which is a continuation of D04-1, will provide students with the basis for understanding current
research. topics covered include metrical and autosegmental phonology and the relation of phonology
to morphology and syntax.
PREREQUISITES: Linguistics D04-1
TEACHING METHOD: The course will be divided between lectures presenting new material and
student participation to discuss homework problems and any other questions that may arise.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: TBA.
TEXT: TBA.
Beatrice Santorini Spring Quarter 1995-96
Linguistics D05-2
ADVANCED SYNTACTIC ANALYSIS
Time: T Th 10:30-12
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road, Room 12
Phone: 491-8054
Expected enrollment: 5
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is a continuation of D05-1. Like it, its objective is to
introduce students to the assumptions and goals of generative grammar, specifically Chomsky's
Government-Binding framework and its more recent developments.
PREREQUISITES: Linguistics D05-1
TEACHING METHOD: The class will be conducted through critical discussion of recent primary
source readings. Students will lead the discussion of at least some of the readings, and will be
welcome to share responsibility for their selection.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
TEXT: Reading packet.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 2, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0435 - Mathematics
Staff
Mathematics B14- 2, 3
CALCULUS
Phone: 491-3298
Expected Enrollment: 30-50 per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
B14-2:
Some review of B14-1 (mainly in the Fall Quarter for incoming freshmen), area under a
curve, definite integrals, fundamental theorems of calculus, computation of volumes, arc length,
moments, center of gravity, trig. functions, differentiation of trig. and inverse trig. functions,
exponential and logarithmic functions and their derivatives, integration by parts, trig. substitutions,
partial fractions.
B14-3:
Some review of B14-1, 2 (mainly in the Fall Quarter for incoming freshmen), conic sections
and polar coordinates, vectors, dot and cross product, equations of lines and planes, vector triple
products, differentiation of vectors, tangent to a curve, normal vector, arc length, differentiation of
vector products, functions of several variables (especially B14-2), partial derivatives, tangent plane,
directional derivative and gradient, chain rule for partial derivatives, max-min problems, parametric
curves, velocity and acceleration.
TEXT (B14- 2, 3):
Edwards and Penney, 4th ed., Calculus and Analytic Geometry
PREREQUISITES:
See the requirements and recommendations in the mathematics section of the
Undergraduate Catalog. Students who have studied calculus in high school are strongly urged to
register for the next appropriate course at Northwestern and should not repeat work done in high
school. The Fall Quarter of B14-3 consists largely of entering freshmen who have had a full year of
calculus in high school. Students who are in doubt about which course to take may obtain a self-
testing calculus placement examination from the Mathematics Department, Lunt Building. P/N is
allowed.
TEACHING METHOD:
Lecture and discussion sections meet three or four times a week. Classes
with only three lectures per week are accompanied by quiz sections (of 20-25 students), which meet
one day a week for problem solving and discussion under the supervision of a teaching assistant.
EVALUATION: Grades are determined from the grades on quizzes, hour examinations, and a final
exam. Some sections will have a common final exam.
Staff
Mathematics B15-0
MULTIPLE INTEGRATION AND VECTOR CALCULUS
Time: MTWF 11-11:50, MWThF 12-12:50
Phone: 491-3298
Expected Enrollment: 35-60 per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Double and triple integrals. Line and surface integrals. Cylindrical and
spherical coordinate systems. Change of variable in multiple integrals; Jacobians. Gradient,
divergence and curl. Theorems of Gree, Gauss and Stokes.
PREREQUISITES: B14-3
TEXT: Edwards and Penney, 4th ed., Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Staff
Mathematics B17-0
SEQUENCES AND SERIES, LINEAR ALGEBRA
Time: MTWF 11-11:50, MWThF 12-12:50
Phone: 491-3298
Expected Enrollment: 35-60 per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sequences and series: convergence tests; power series; Taylor series.
Linear algebra: vectors and matrices; Gaussian elimination; inverses; determinants; eigenvalues and
eigenvectors; quadratic forms and diagonalization; application to quadric surfaces.
PREREQUISITES: B14-3
TEXT: Edwards and Penney, 4th ed., Calculus and Analytic Geometry; Groetsch and King, Matrix
Methods and Applications
Dan Kahn
Mathematics B20-3
ACCELERATED CALCULUS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES
Phone: 491-5567
Expected Enrollment: 33
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Mathematics B20 covers the material of four quarters of mathematics -
B14-3, B15, B17, B21 - in three quarters. It is taught at the same level as the four courses it replaces
and does not attempt the sophistication of an "honors" course. However, because of the speed at
which material is covered, B20 is harder than the usual courses. In compensation, an additional
quarter is free for electives. The particular order of material will vary with the instructor, but an effort
is made to cover all the material of B14-3 during B20-1 so that a student may switch into the regular
calculus sequence after the first quarter should the workload prove too time consuming. The exact
order of material will vary with the instructor.
PREREQUISITES: Mathematics B20 is an accelerated course which is intended for freshmen who
have studied calculus of one variable in high school and have achieved good grades in the subject.
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures (MWF) and one quiz section (Th) per week.
EVALUATION: The student's grade in each quarter will be based on six quizzes, two midterm
exams, and a final exam.
TEXT: Grossman, Multivariable Calculus, Linear Algebra and Differential Equations; additional
notes
Chun-Nip Lee
Mathematics B21-0
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Phone: 491-5587
Time: MTWF 9-9:50, 12-12:50, 1-1:50
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: First order equations, linear second order equations, first order systems
of equations, series methods.
PREREQUISITES: B17
METHOD OF INSTRUCTION: Lectures
EVALUATION: Weekly quizzes, hour exams, final examination.
TEXT: Boyce and Deprima, Introduction to Differential Equations
Jonathan Shapiro
Mathematics B90-3
HONORS COURSE - FIRST YEAR
Time: MTWF 12:00-12:50
Office Address: Lunt 213
Phone: 491- 8702
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A continued study of calculus of functions of one variable with
emphasis on rigor.
PREREQUISITES: B90-2 or invitation of the department.
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures plus one discussion weekly.
EVALUATION: The student's grade will be based upon midterm exams, a final exam and
homework.
TEXT: T.M. Apostol, Calculus, Vol. I
Michael Barratt
Mathematics B91-3
HONORS COURSE FOR SCIENTISTS, FIRST YEAR
Time: MTWThF 11:00-11:50
Office Address: Lunt 303
Phone: 491-5598
Expected Enrollment: 35-40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Multidimensional calculus, linear algebra and differential equations.
PREREQUISITES: Admission to Integrated Science Program. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and homework.
EVALUATION: Quizzes, hour exams and final.
Kenneth Mount
Mathematics B92-3
HONORS COURSE FOR SOCIAL SCIENCE
Time: MTWF 12-12:50
Office Address: Lunt 201
Phone: 491-5557
Expected Enrollment: 45
PREREQUISITES: Admission to Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences Program.
Yanmu Zhou
Mathematics C05-0
COMPLEX VARIABLES FOR APPLICATIONS
Time: MTWF 11-11:50
Office Address: Lunt 218B
Phone: 491-8020
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will cover the first nine chapters of the text in a three lecture
per week format. Highlighted topics include differentiation and the Cauchy-Riemann equations,
contour integration and the associated Cauchy theorems, and the study of series. Also included is the
important topic of conformal mapping and residue calculations, and applications to real improper
integrals. Harmonic functions are also studied.
EVALUATION: Grade will be determined by two in-class midterms (17 1/2% each), an in-class
quiz (10%), a take-home quiz (10%), and the final (35%). Homework will be assigned, but not
collected. Instead, each student will present problems at the quiz section for 10% of the grade.
TEXT: R.V. Churchill and J.W. Brown, Complex Variables and Applications, 5th ed., McGraw-Hill
Andrei Paraschivescu
Mathematics C08-0
SET THEORY AND METRIC SPACES
Time: MTWF 10:00-10:50
Office Address: Lunt 217B
Phone: 491-8651
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sets, cardinal numbers, direct and indirect proofs, mathematical
induction, natural-rational, and irrational real numbers.
EVALUATION: One midterm test, final. There may be group projects, depending on the size of the
class.
TEXT: S. Galovich, Introduction to Mathematical Structures, Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich
Publishers (1989)
George Gasper
Mathematics C10-3
INTRODUCTION TO REAL ANALYSIS
Time: MTWF 1:00-1:50
Office Address: Lunt 222
Phone: 491-5592
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Fourier series, functions of several variables, metric spaces, Lebesgue
measure theory.
PREREQUISITES: C10-2 or permission of the department. P/N is allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussions and homework.
EVALUATION: Quizzes and hour exams.
TEXT: S.G. Krantz, Real Analysis and Foundations, and notes.
Michael Sullivan
Mathematics C13-2
CHAOTIC DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
Time: MTWF 9-9:50
Office Address: Lunt 205
Phone: 491- 5559
Expected Enrollment: 7
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Iteration of complex functions: fractals, Julia sets and Mandelbrot sets.
PREREQUISITES: Math C13-1
TEACHING METHOD: Students will do a special project of their own choosing.
EVALUATION: Tests, homework and project.
TEXT: Robert Devaney, A First Course in Chaotic Dynamical Systems, Addison-Wesley Publishing
Co.
Todd Young
Mathematics C20-0
CONCRETE MATHEMATICS I
Time: TTh 10:00
Office Address: Lunt 220
Phone: 491-4275
Expected Enrollment:
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a course for mathematically mature students who have studied
calculus, but who seek a serious alternative to the traditional courses in vector analysis and
differential equations. It is based on a new book by Ron Graham, Don Knuth and Oren Patashnik
which bridges the area between mathematics and the computer and information sciences. The main
topics are part of what is known as discrete mathematics, but special attention will be paid to the
interplay between the discrete and the continuous. This course will be of general interest to letters and
science students who are fascinated by the mathematical way of thinking. More specifically, the
course will be useful to mathematics students studying combinatorics, special functions and
probability; and computer and information science students studying information theory and analysis
of algorithms.
PREREQUISITES: Differential and integral calculus
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion. A short quiz, covering material from the second
previous meeting, will be given at the beginning of each period. Homework will be assigned at the
end of each period.
EVALUATION: Final course grades will be based on homework and quizzes (50%), examination 1
(15%), Examination 2 (15%) and a term paper.
Mark Pinsky
Mathematics C30-3
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
Time: MTWF 12-12:50
Office Address: Lunt B6
Phone: 491-5519
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Random walk, stochastic processes, elementary decision theory,
estimation testing hypotheses, Bayes procedures, linear models, non-parametric procedures.
PREREQUISITES: At least a year of calculus
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures (MWF); Quiz section (T)
TEXT: Richard Larsen and Morris Marx, An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and Its
Applications.
Gregory Fasshauer
Mathematics C34-0
LINEAR ALGEBRA FOR APPLICATIONS
Time: MTWF 2:00-2:50
Office Address: Lunt 209
Phone: 491-8545
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a second course in linear algebra. It assumes a basic knowledge
of matrix theory, solutions of systems of equations, and eigenvalues and eigenvectors as covered in
Math B17-0. Certain of these topics are then studied in greater depth and additional topics such as the
theory of complex matrices are developed. In addition selected applications from the following areas
will be considered: networks and incidence matrices, least squares approximation, systems of
differential equations, the fast Fourier transform, the finite element method and linear programming.
PREREQUISITES: B17 or the equivalent or the consent of the instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, with some discussions.
EVALUATION: Problem sets, midterm, and final examination.
TEXT: Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and Its Applications.
Judith Sally
Mathematics C37-3
INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
Time: MWThF 10:00-10:50
Office Address: Lunt 307B
Phone: 491-5544
Expected Enrollment: 20-30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Treats rings, fields, modules and vector spaces.
PREREQUISITES: Mathematical maturity (ability to handle mathematical functions and ideas). P/
N allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and problem sessions.
EVALUATION: Homework, midterms, final exam.
TEXT: Notes on linear algebra.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0436 - Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences
MMSS B92-3 Rational Models of Human Behavior
DESCRIPTION: An introduction to rational-choice models of human behavior; application of
rational-choice approach to such "non-economic" topics as the family, religion, drug addiction, the
inner-city "underclass", and crime.
MATH B92-3 Calculus Topics
DESCRIPTION: First-order differential equations; eigen-value and eigen-vectors theory applied to
the problem of solving linear differential equations and systems of linear differential equations;
Taylor series in n-variables; inverse function theorem; implicit function theorem.
MMSS C92-3 Art of Modelling
DESCRIPTION: A "capstone course" designed to bring together material learned in the curriculum
by engaging in the art of modeling social science phenomena.
MATH C92-3 Longitudinal Data Analysis
DESCRIPTION: Rationale behind longitudinal data analysis, types of longitudinal data (panel
studies,event history data), lagged regression models, discrete time event history models, proportional
hazards models, special problems.
MMSS C98-2 Senior Seminar
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 5, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0439 - Philosophy
Meredith Williams
Philosophy A10-0
INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY
No P/N allowed
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A 20th Century philosopher once said that all of Western philosophy is
but a "footnote to Plato". What he meant by this is that Plato's view of reason and the demands of
reason supported a conception of knowledge and reality that led to the scientific revolution of the
17th Century and so the modern world. In this introductory course, we will examine several of the
major theories of knowledge and reality that have been supported by critical rationality, beginning
with Plato's Republic, comparing and contrasting the rationalism of Descartes and the empiricism of
Hume, and ending with a reassessment of the nature and limits of reason in the work of Nietsche and
the American pragmatist William James.
READINGS:
Plato, Republic
Descartes, Meditations on First Philosophy
D.Hume, Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion
F.Nietzsche, Twilight of the Idols in the Portable Nietzsche, ed., Walter Kaufmann
William James, Essays in Pragmatism
Kenneth Seeskin
0486 Writing Arts A10-2
MODES OF WRITING:Social Order and the Right to Dissent
David Bullwinkle
Philosophy A11-0
INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
TTh 1:00-2:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course is an historical introduction to the "linguistic turn in four
twentieth-century philosophical traditions: phenomenology, logical positivism, Heideggerian
existentialism and naturalism. Emphasis throughout is on the question of philosophy's relation to the
sciences in terms of its reflections on language.
ATTENDANCE: Students are responsible for all material discussed either in class or in discussion
sections. Therefore attendance is mandatory. (Discussion section times will be announced in the first
week of class; sections begin the following week.)
EVALUATION: Several short writing assignments during the quarter and a final examination.
TEXTS:
Martin Heidegger, Basic Writings
Edmund Husserl, Cartesian Meditations
Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions
course packet
Ira Singer
Philosophy B10-3
HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY
MWF 11:00-12:00
Expected Enrollment: 150
COURSE DESCRIPTION: We will examine the views of 17th and 18th century philosophers about
knowledge and the nature of reality (that is, about epistemology and metaphysics). Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume are the philosophers we will discuss, and the particular
topics we will discuss include perception, the limits and the justification of knowledge, substance,
causality, secondary qualities, free will, personal identity, and the existence of God. We will also pay
attention to the historical context for these philosophical views: the effort all these philosophers made
to accommodate and incorporate the new science.
PREREQUISITES: None, though having taken B10-1 or B10-2 would be helpful.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, w/class time for questions, and with discussion sections.
David L. Hull
Science in Human Culture B20-0
CREATIONISM AND SOCIOBIOLOGY
TTh 10:30-12:00
Expected Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Scientific creationism is the view that scientific evidence supports the
Biblical story of creation more strongly than it does evolutionary theory. Evolutionary biologists
argue that such claims are pseudo-scientific nonsense. Both sides claim that the other side is not being
truly "scientific." Sociobiology is the view that evolutionary explanations can be provided for the
social and psychological characteristics of human beings, the way that they can for all other
organisms. The opponents argue that sociobiologists are merely reading their prejudices into nature
and that sociobiology is not truly "scientific." The general issue in both cases is what does it mean for
some activity to count as "science."
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHODS: Lecture and discussion.
EVALUATION: Two tests during the quarter and a final exam.
TEXTS:
Richard Dawkins, The Blind Watchmaker (1986)
Christopher Toumey, God's Own Scientists (1994)
Ashley Montagu (ed.), Sociobiology Examined (1980)
Melissa Zinkin
0480 Women's Studies B91-0
FEMININE IDENTITY AND FEMINIST POLITICS
TTh 3:00-4:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will begin with discussions of female identity. The question
"What does it mean to claim that one is a woman?" will be evaluated with respect to women's writing,
women's psychology and cultural descriptions of women. In the second half of the course, we will
discuss how the complex issues of women's identity manifest themselves in politics. We will thus
focus on political issues such as pornography and equal rights.
TEXTS: Will include bell hooks, Carol Gilligan and Catherine MacKinnon.
Kenneth Seeskin
Philosophy C21-0; see also Religion
STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY: MAIMONIDES' GUIDE FOR THE PERPLEXED
MW 2:00-3:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A critical study of Maimonides' attempt to bring together prophetic
knowledge with the philosophy and science of his day. Among the issues to be addressed:
anthropomorphism in the Bible, the limits of human understanding, knowledge of God, creation,
revelation, divine providence, and the meaning of religious ritual. Comparison will be made to
thinkers like Plato, Aristotle, Al-Farabi, Aquinas, and Spinoza.
PREREQUISITE: Students should have a good background in either: (1) Biblical studies, or (2)
ancient and medieval philosophy.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion.
EVALUATION: A short (5-7 page) paper and a long (15 page) paper.
TEXTS:
Maimonides, Guide for the Perplexed, Pines trans., University of Chicago Press
Buijs (ed.), Maimonides: A Collection of Critical Essays, University of Notre Dame Press
Kevin Hill
Philosophy C22-0
STUDIES IN MODERN PHILOSOPHY: KANT'S CRITIQUE OF JUDGMENT
TTh 11:00-12:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: We will attempt to read Kant's third critique from both contemporary
and historical perspectives. Topics will include: Kant's notion of reflective judgment, Kant's
aesthetics, and Kant's philosophy of biology. We will focus on four issues. First, how do the three
Critiques together form the Critical system? Second, how did the third Critique pave the way for
Hegel? Third, what underlying unity does the book's two halves possess? Fourth, to what possible
uses might Kant's work be put in the "postmodern" present?
ATTENDANCE: You are responsible for all material presented in class, including announcements
about course procedures. Exams often include questions on material presented only in class, so
performance on these indirectly reflects attendance.
EVALUATION: Examinations: There will be a midterm, a non-cumulative final, and, for graduate
students, a term paper. Each assignment is of roughly equal weight in determining the course grade.
Exam dates will be announced in class; they will be at least one week after the study questions are
handed out.
TEXTS:
Immanuel Kant, Critique of Judgment, trans. James Meredith
John Zammito, The Genesis of Kant's Critique of Judgment
Jean-Francois Lyotard, Lessons on the Analytic of the Sublime
Howard Caygill, A Kant Dictionary
Kevin Hill
Philosophy C23-0
STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY: 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
MW 11:00-12:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey of themes in 19th century Continental philosophy, by way of
the philosophical texts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche.
ATTENDANCE: You are responsible for all material presented in class, including announcements
about course procedures. Exams often include questions on material presented only in class, so
performance on these indirectly reflects attendance.
EVALUATION: Examinations: There will be a take-home midterm on Hegel (40 points), and a take-
home final on Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche (60 points). Exam dates will be announced in class;
they will be at least one week after the study questions are handed out.
TEXTS (required):
Hegel, Phenomenology of Spirit
Kierkegaard, Concluding Unscientific Postscript
Marx, Early Writings
Nietzsche, The Will to Power
Richard Schacht, Hegel and After
John Deigh
Philosophy C27-0
PHILOSOPHY OF PSYCHOLOGY
TU TH: 12:00-1:30 p.m.
Office address: 1812 Hinman Ave.
Phone: 491-3656
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will concern philosophical questions that the idea of a
scientific study of the mind raises. It will be organized around a historical survey of various programs
for understanding psychology as a natural science. The survey will cover Cartesian dualism, the
associationism of British empiricism, introspectionism, behaviorism, psychoanalysis, functionalism
and cognitive psychology.
PREREQUISITES: The course is open to juniors, seniors, and graduate students only. Students
must have completed at least two courses in philosophy. Pass/No pass is not an option.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion
EVALUATION: Two papers, a short (4-6 pages) paper and a longer (10-12 pages) paper.
READINGS: Selections from Descartes, Hume, James, Skinner, Freud, Putnam, and Dennett, among
others.
Cristina Lafont
Philosophy C53-0
PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE: THEORIES OF TRUTH
MW 3:00-5:00
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The aim of this seminar will be to examine the most important theories
of truth that finds in today's philosophical discussions. In order to understand the reasons for the high
number of vastly different theories of truth that are currently being adopted it is useful to distinguish
between realist theories of truth that take as basic the internal relationship between truth and reality
on one side, and epistemic theories of truth on the other, that try to account for the internal
relationship between truth and knowledge. That is why the discussion of these different theories of
truth will be centered on the question whether it is possible to give an account of both intuitions about
truth at the same time or if, on the contrary, these two general accounts of truth are as incompatible as
the defenders of each of them normally claim them to be.
Richard Kraut
Philosophy C68-0
PROBLEMS IN SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY: ROUSSEAU AND THE
SOCIAL CONTRACT TRADITION
TTh 3:00-4:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Rousseau exercised as profound an influence on social thought and the
modern sensibility as any philosopher of his time. He led Kant to the idea that morality is a system of
rules one imposes on oneself, and yet he also provided Schopenhauer with the opposite insight -- that
compassion for human suffering is the basis of all morality. (Schopenhauer considered him
"undoubtedly the greatest moralist of modern times" and said that "he alone was endowed by nature
with the gift of being able to moralize without being tedious.") We will study five of his works: his
three Discourses, which attack the artificiality and ostentation of modern society; Emile, his deepest
work, a treatise on education and autonomy; and The Social Contract, his exploration of the
conditions under which a state can claim legitimacy. We will also discuss the background to his
political thought in Plato, Hobbes, and Locke.
TEXTS:
Rousseau, Discourse on the Sciences and the Arts
Discourse on the Origin of Inequality
Discourse on Political Economy
Emile
The Social Contract
N.J.H. Dent, A Rousseau Dictionary
Pass/No Pass is not an option
David M. Levin
Philosophy C80
PHILOSOPHY OF ART
MWF 10:00
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Topics will include: the definition of art, the relation of art to truth and
illusion, censorship in the arts, the role of art in society and culture, and the avant garde.
PREREQUISITES: At least two courses in Philosophy at the B-level.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and class discussion.
EVALUATION: A take-home midterm and critical reports on the texts.
TEXTS: Works by Plato, Aristotle, Kant, Schiller, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre, Benjamin, Adorno,
Berger.
Mark Sheldon
Philosophy C94-0
SENIOR LINKAGE SEMINAR IN MEDICAL ETHICS
W 7:30-10:00
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An exploration of the involvement of philosophy with medicine, both in
terms of the contribution that philosophy as a discipline has made to a consideration of issues and
dilemmas that arise in the area of medical practice and clinical judgment, and in terms of issues that
arise in the larger context of professional practice and institutional requirements. The objective of the
course is to develop insight into the conceptually and technologically complex environment in which
contemporary medicine is practiced, and to develop an appreciation for the importance of making
conceptually literate decisions within such an environment.
PREREQUISITES: Open to CAS seniors only, with permission of the department.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: The student's grade will be based on class participation and a term paper, the topic
for which will be chosen by the student but approved by the instructor.
TEXTS: Articles.
Ira Singer
Philosophy C95-0
JUNIOR-SENIOR SEMINAR: FREE WILL
MW 3:00-4:30
EXPECTED ENROLLMENT: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine these issues: What is it for a person to act
freely? Do various versions of the thesis of determinism threaten the belief that some of our actions
are free? If so, can we meet the threat? How is the concept of free action connected with concepts like
moral responsibility, and with our practices and emotions?
PREREQUISITES: Course enrollment is limited to junior and senior philosophy majors. P/N
registration is not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD:Lecture and discussion.
EVALUATION: 5-page midterm paper, 8-10 page final paper, and class participation.
TEXTS (tentative):
Free Will, ed. Gary Watson
Moral Responsibility, ed. John Martin Fischer
Thomas McCarthy
Philosophy D10-0, Section 20
GRADUATE SEMINAR: HABERMAS
M 3:00-5:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A close reading of Habermas' magnum opus on legal and political
theory, Between Facts and Norms.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion.
EVALUATION: Research paper. Permission of department, attendance at first class mandatory
Meredith Williams
Philosophy D10-0, Section 21
GRADUATE SEMINAR
Permission of department, attendance at first class mandatory
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A critical reading of Philosophical Investigations 1-242 with special
attention paid to the notion of a language-game, ostensive definition, rule- following, and necessity.
These issues will be discussed in connection with selected readings from Frege, Quine, and Dummett
as well as commentary from Diamond, Goldfarb, Kripke, and others. We shall also draw on parts of
Remarks on the Foundations of Mathematics and On Certainty. This will be followed next year by a
companion seminar on Wittgenstein's Philosophy of Mind which will focus on PI 243-end and
Remarks on the Philosophy of Psychology.
David M. Levin
Philosophy
D10-0, Section 22
GRADUATE SEMINAR: ADORNO
W 2:00-5:00
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An opportunity for an in-depth discussion of Adorno's philosophy,
using major early and late texts.
TEXTS:
Adorno, Kierkegaard and the Construction of the Aesthetic
"Natural History"
"Subject and Object," in The Essential Frankfurt School Reader
Negative Dialectics
Aesthetic Theory
Permission of department, attendance at first class mandatory
David L. Hull
Philosophy D54-0
PHILOSOPHY OF BIOLOGY
TBA
EXPECTED ENROLLMENT: 6
COURSE DESCRIPTION: the course will begin with Science as a Process and then zero in on
selected issues in philosophy of biology, the issues being chosen by those enrolled in the course.
Science as a Process deals with a variety of issues in philosophy of science and exemplifies a
nonstandard way of doing science studies. It employs all current methods of studying science. Once
the students have selected the topics in philosophy of biology, a package of xerox copies of papers
will be distributed.
PREREQUISITES: none
TEACHING METHODS: discussion and class presentations
EVALUATION: class presentation and paper
TEXTS:
David L. Hull, Science as a Process (1988).
Daniel C. Dennett , Darwin's Dangerous Idea: Evolution and the Meanings of Life (1995).
John Deigh
Philosophy D77-0
SEMINAR IN VALUE THEORY
W: 3:00-5:00
Office Address: 1812 Hinman Ave.
Phone: 491-3656
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In Euthyphro, Socrates asks whether an act is good because the gods
love it or whether they love it because it is good. This seminar will consider what's wrong with
Socrates's question. The discussion will focus on a dispute among contemporary philosophers that
presupposes the legitimacy of the question. The disputants include J.L. Mackie, Allan Gibbard, David
Lewis, John McDowell, David Wiggins, and Crispin Wright, and we will be reading and discussing
their works.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar
EVALUATION: term paper and participation in seminar
TEXTS:
(available at Great Expectations):
J.L. Mackie, Ethics: Inventing Right and Wrong
Allan Gibbard, Wise Choices, Apt Feelings
David Wiggins, Needs, Values, Truth
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0447 - Physics
Physics A03-0
Ideas of Physics
Time & Place: MWF @ 2, Tech LR8
Instructor: David Taylor
Office Address: Tech 1261
tele: 491-2053; email: infocom@casbah
Course description: We will discuss the concepts which underlie modern physics, including
conversation laws, relativity, quantum mechanics, and statistical physics. The history of how these
ideas came about will be particularly emphasized.
Prerequisites: none
Evaluation: One midterm, a final, homework, and a paper.
William Halperin
Physics A10-6 (Freshman Seminar)
Quest for Absolute Zero
Time & Place: MWF @ 1, Tech 1395
Office address: Tech 2261
tele: 1-3686; e-mail: halperin@ casbah
Course description: Physicists can create much lower temperatures in the laboratory than occur
anywhere in the natural Universe, even in the depths of outer space. There are unusual manifesations
of nature at ultra-low temperatures, including unique materials properties and persistent motion of
liquids. In this nontechnical seminar we will explore the common aspects of the cores of neutron
stars, superconductors, and super-fluid helium. We will also discuss how to achieve and measure
ultra-low temperatures.
Prerequisites: none
Teaching Method: short lectures followed by classroom discussion. There will be laboratory tours,
invited talks from experts, and demonstrations of cryogenics.
Grading Method: two papers of 8 to 10 pages, brief essays, class participation, and a brief oral
presentation.
Reading List: The Quest for Absolute Zero, K. Mendelssohn
Selected articles from Science magazine, Scientific American
Donald Ellis
Physics A25-3
General Physics for ISP
Time & Place: MWF @ 10 and discussion W @ 3, Tech LR8
Office address: Tech 3387
Office Phone: 1-3665
Course description (A25-1,2,3): This is a basic physics course which uses calculus extensively. The
course content is similar to that of A35-1,2,3 but is more advanced and is intended for Integrated
Science Program students. A concurrent advanced calculus course is offered by the Mathematics
Department.
Prerequisites: Admission to ISP or permission of the instructor.
Teaching method: Three lectures and one quiz section per week. Eight two-hour laboratories.
Evaluation: Grades will be based on laboratory work (one- sixth) plus two midterm examinations,
weekly quizzes, and a final examination.
PHYSICS A35-1
General Physics: Mechanics
Lecturers: William Halperin and Giles Novak
Times: 9:00 (Halperin)
12:00 (Novak)
1:00 (Novak) The lecture at 9:00 is open only to students with little or no high-school physics, and is
by permission of the department only.
PHYSICS A35-2
General Physics: Electricity and Magnetism
Lecturers: Not offered in Spring quarter
PHYSICS A35-3
General Physics: Wave Phenomena, Quantum Physics
Lecturers: Deborah Brown
Times: 9:00 and 11:00
Course description (A35-1,2,3): This is a three-quarter sequence in general, calculus-level classical
physics with an introduction to modern physics in the third quarter. It is intended for science and
engineering majors and premedical students. First Quarter: Particle kinematics, Newtonian dynamics,
work and energy, collisions and momentum, torque and angular momentum, rigid-body statics and
dynamics, harmonic oscillations, gravitation.
Second Quarter: Electrostatics, magnetostatics, DC and AC circuits, time-varying fields, Maxwell's
equations.
Third Quarter: Mechanical waves, sound waves, electromagnetic waves, geometric optics,
interference and diffraction, the quantum nature of particles and light, atomic and nuclear phenomena.
Prerequisites: Mathematics B14-1,2 and concurrent registration in B14-3 for A35-1. A35-1,2,3 are
sequential prerequisites.
Teaching method: Three lectures with demonstrations and one discussion/quiz section per week.
Eight two-hour laboratories.
Evaluation: The final examination counts one-third of the course grade. Each of the following count
one-sixth: each of two midterm exams, the laboratory work, and grades on ten- minutes quizzes given
each week in the discussion/quiz sessions.
Text: Fundamentals of Physics, Extended 4th Edition, Halliday, Resnick, and Walker.
Physics C30-2
Advanced Mechanics
Time & Place: TTh @ 10:30-12:30, Tech B397
Instructor: Venkat Chandrasekhar
Office address: Tech 2306
tele: 1-3444; e-mail: [email protected]
Course description (C30-1,2): This course develops theoretical mechanics from the beginning.
First Quarter: Newtonian mechanics, conservation laws, oscillations, conservation laws, the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms, central-force motion.
Second Quarter: Two-particle collisions, motion in a noninertial reference frame, kinematics of rigid
modes, systems with many degrees of freedom and the wave equation. The subject matter is treated
such as to lead naturally to the study of quantum mechanics.
Calculus of variations, complex numbers, ordinary differential equations (2nd order), curvilinear
coordinate systems and Fourier analysis will be introduced as needed.
Prerequisites: Physics A25-1 or A35-1 or equivalent; Mathematics B14-1,2,3 or equivalent. Students
should be in the process of taking Mathematics B16, B18, B21, or B20-1,2,3.
Teaching method: two lectures per week. Computer exercises will be an integral part of the course.
Evaluation: One or more midterms and a final examination.
Physics C33-2
Advanced Electricity and Magnetism
Time & Place: MWF @ 11:00, Tech B396 discussion M @ 5, Tech B397
Instructor: Liu Liu
Office address: 3377 Tech
Office Phone: 1-5626
Course description (C33-1,2)
First Quarter: Review of vector calculus, review of basic electromagnetic phenomena. Electrostatics,
multipole expansion, solutions of Laplace's equation by orthogonal function expansion, images,
analytic functions. Magnetostatics. Magnetic scalar and vector potentials.
Second Quarter: Maxwell's equations completed. Electromagnetic equations, electromagnetic wave
propagation and radiation. Boundaries and microwave cavities. Introduction to diffraction.
Electromagnetic fields in special relativity.
The courses are intended to bridge between Physics A35-2 or similar courses and first-year graduate-
level courses which use a text such a Jackson, Classical Electrodynamics.
Prerequisites: Physics A25-1,2,3 or A35-1,2,3, and Mathematics B16, B18, and B21, or B20-1,2,3.
Teaching method: Three lectures and one discussion section per week.
Evaluation: One or more midterm examinations and a final examination.
Physics C35-0
Modern Physics For Nonmajors
Time & Place: MWF @ 2, Tech B396
Instructor: Donald Ellis
Office address: Tech 3387
Office Phone: 1-3665
Course description: Physics C35-0 is a survey of modern physics for students with technical
backgrounds who are not majoring in physics. The course concentrates on the two major theories of
twentieth century physics, relativity and quantum physics, and on their application to nuclear, atomic,
and molecular structure, and to problems in electrical conductivity. The syllabus may be adjusted to
accommodate the interests of those students who enroll in the class.
Prerequisites: Physics A35-1,2,3 or equivalent.
Teaching method: Three lectures, laboratory, one discussion per week.
Evaluation: One or more midterm examinations and a final examination.
Physics C39-2
Quantum Mechanics
Time & Place: MWF @ 10, ISP Building discussion W @ 3, Tech 1384
Instructor: Paul Auvil
Office Address: 3374 Tech
tele: 491-3510, e-mail: [email protected]
Course Description for C39-1,2: This is an introductory course on quantum theory. Emphasis is
placed on applications to atomic and molecular systems with some discussion of the experimental
foundations of quantum theory. Mathematical solutions for several simple systems (the harmonic
oscillator, the one-electron atom, the hydrogen molecule, barrier penetration, etc.) will be studied in
detail.
Prerequisites: Introductory physics with calculus, such as A25-1,2,3 or A90-1,2,3. Mathematical
presentation assumes familiarity with partial differential equations and functions of a complex
variable (taken concurrently by ISP students). Non-ISP students should consult with ISP program
director.
Teaching methodology: There will be four class meetings per week.
Method of evaluation: One or more midterms and a final examination.
Physics C59-3
Modern Physics Laboratory
Time & Place: MW 1 - 5, Tech F252
Instructor: Ralph Segel
Office address: 1308 Tech
Office telephone: 491-5459
Course description (C59-1,2,3): First Quarter: Introduction to modern electronics, construction of
elementary analog and digital circuits. Second Quarter: Introduction to microprocessors, hardware
construction, interfacing to external devices, programming Basic, Fortran, or Pascal. Third Quarter:
Classic experiments in atomic, nuclear, and solid-state physics using modern electronics and
microcomputers. Emphasizes independent work.
Prerequisites: Physics C33-1,2 or permission of instructor.
Teaching method: Weekly lectures and labs. Evaluation: Laboratory reports and examinations.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0449 - Political Science
William Munro
A01-6, Section 20
FRESHMAN SEMINAR
THE POLITICS OF POPULAR PROTEST
Wednesday, 11:00 a.m.-2:00 p.m.
Course Description:Many people in the world today-especially peasants, workers and the poor- spend their
lives being told what to do, or being treated unjustly or oppressively, by others. Sometimes they rebel. More
often they do not. This poses several puzzling questions for social scientists: when, or under what historic
conditions, are people most likely to rebel against oppression or injustice? Are some social groups more likely
to rebel against oppression or injustice? Are some social groups more likely to rebel than others? Are some
forms of oppression or injustice more likely to cause popular protest than others? What forms of protest or
resistance, other than rebellion, might people resort to? How effective are different forms of protest? What is
the role of leadership and organization in igniting popular political protest?
This course addresses these questions by carefully analyzing a combination of theoretical approaches and
case studies. The aims of the course are twofold: first, to learn more about the political processes through
which popular protest is mobilized; and second, to enhance student's analytical skills in using theories to
understand the world, and in evaluating discussion centered on the weekly readings. Each student will be
required to make a short in-class presentation to facilitate debate. Student evaluations will be based on class
participation, their presentation and on three short (5-7 page) analytical papers. Students will be encouraged
to improvise their skills or argumentation by re-writing and revising draft papers.
Patricia Goff
A01-6, Section 21
FRESHMAN SEMINAR
NATIONAL POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE
Tuesday, Thursday 10:30 a.m.-12:00 noon
Course Description:In recent decades, the economies of the world have become increasingly integrated into
a global market. Although this growing interdependence brings economic gains, it often threatens the ability
of individual nation- states to pursue their particular interests. This seminar examines basic concepts in
international trade theory in an effort to understand the potential conflict between the sovereignty of the
nation-state and the global expansion of the capitalist market.
Among topics to be discussed: free trade, protectionism, GATT, NAFTA, economic integration in the
European community, the multinational corporation, international trade and the developing world. Students
will write 3 short papers based upon their readings, research and class discussion.
Kenneth Janda
B20, Section 01
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday 12:00 noon - 12:50 p.m.
Course Description:Do people need government? If so, why? What desirable goals--if any--can government
achieve that individuals cannot achieve on their own? What is the U.S. government's record in furthering
these goals? This course grapples with these questions while surveying the broad and complex subject of
American government and politics. I will try to make the subject clear to those with little preparation while
challenging those who already know a good deal about U.S. politics. Our framework for analysis will involve
five major concepts: freedom, order, equality, majoritarian democracy, and pluralist democracy. Understand
these and their interrelationships, and you will know much about American government and politics.
Prerequisites:No prerequisites. P/N is not allowed. This course serves a prerequisite for law and politics,
legislative process, political parties, and some other courses in American and national politics. This will be a
large class, and lectures will necessarily be the main method of teaching. However, I encourage questions
from the class, and often it may turn into a discussion format. Weekly quiz sections will be led by teaching
assistants to provide more opportunity for discussion. One more thing: all the class lectures will be taped and
made available for replay in the Poetry and Listening Room of the library for those who may miss class for
any reason.
Evaluation:Performance in the class will be evaluated according to performance on the mid-term (counting
25%), the final (40%), a term paper (20%), and whatever criteria your teaching assistant establishes for you
and communicates to you at your section meetings (15%). The term paper must not exceed seven pages
(double-spaced) and must demonstrate your capacity for analyzing American politics through one of several
options, explained in class.
Tong Whan Park
B40, Section 01
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Monday, Wednesday, Friday 11:00 -11:50 a.m.
Course Description:This course is designed to be an introduction to the study of international politics. Thus,
a wide spectrum of concepts and approaches found in ordinary international relations texts will be covered
here. Instead of treating various international phenomena (e.g., diplomacy, collective security, war,
interdependence, etc.) as unrelated topics, an attempt is made to locate them in a larger context. The context
employed is that the study of international politics is essentially one of conflict and cooperation. Therefore,
diverse international issues will be analyzed as they relate, on one hand, to the causes of conflict and
management thereof, and, on the other, to the conditions for peace and cooperation. Specific goals of this
course are: (1) to stimulate student interest in international politics both as a subject matter and field of
inquiry; (2) to familiarize the students with major explanatory theories of international politics; and (3) to
sensitize the students with an "international perspective" to human problems.
Prerequisites:No Prerequisites. No P/N allowed. Lecture and t.a.-led discussions. Each student is required to
be evaluated by one of two methods: (1) one midterm exam plus final exam; or (2) two short (5-8) papers
(one exploring a thought, the other defending a position) plus final exam.
Reading List:Bruce M. Russet and Harvey Starr. World Politics: The Menu for Choice Helen E. Purkitt (ed).
Annual Editions: World Politics 95/96 Robert S, Schulzinger. American Foreign Policy in the 20th Century
G. John Ikenberry (ed). American Foreign Policy: Theoretical Essays
Susan Liebell
C03, Section 20
CONCEPTS IN DEMOCRATIC THEORY
Tuesday, Thursday 2:30-4:00 p.m.
Course Description:: This course will examine the mechanisms that make modern democracy possible and
explore the tensions within democratic theory that make it dynamic and controversial. We will focus
simultaneously on 1) the historical and theoretical origins of democratic government and 2) current debates
and concerns about the strengths and limits of democracy. Thus, the readings will include both classic texts (e.
g. Rousseau's "On the Social Contract", Tocqueville's "Democracy in America") and more modern debates (e.
g. Charles Taylor's "Multiculturalism", Iris Marion Young's feminist critique of liberal democracy). Is
democracy a set of processes (like elections) or is it participation in the governing process? How is modern
democracy different from classical or "Athenian" democracy? How are notions of equality, freedom and
stability balanced in democratic governments? How can democracies balance the rights of the majority,
minorities and the individual?
Sarah Hughes
C11, Section 01
METHODS OF POLITICAL RESEARCH
Monday, Wednesday, Friday 10:00-10:50 a.m.
Course Description:There are lies, damn lies, and there are statistics. But statistical methods are just one way
political scientists do their work. This course will introduce students to a number of methods for conducting
political research: survey research, comparative-historical analysis, interviewing, participant observation and
ethnography, and statistical methods. As students explore each methodology, they will examine a superior
application of it from a subfield within political science. The goal of the course is to teach students how
political scientists build theories, gather data, apply methods, and analyze results. Discussion section required.
Julie Strauss
C25, Section 01
LEGISLATIVE PROCESSES
Monday, Wednesday 2:00 - 3:30 p.m.
Course Description:This course is concerned with the modern United States Congress. It will examine the
sources of congressional power, the nature of congressional elections and representation, the organization of
Congress, the relationships between Congress and other actors in the political system, and congressional
policy making.
Adolph Reed
C27, Section 01
AFRICAN-AMERICAN POLITICS IN THE U.S.
Tuesday, Thursday 1:00-2:30 p.m.
Course Description:This course is an historical survey of the bases and substance of politics among black
Americans and the relation of black politics to the American political system. The sweep of the course covers
the period from Emancipation to the present. The intention is to provide a general sense of pertinent issues
and relations over this period as a way of helping to make sense of the present.
Bruce Cumings
C41, Section 01
U.S. FOREIGN POLICY
Tuesday, Thursday 8:00-9:30 a.m.
Course Description: This course provides a background for understanding American foreign policy, and the
many contemporary issues with which it is involved. Our main concern is the postwar period, and we begin
with the shaping influences of four wars: World War II, the Cold War, and the Korean and Vietnam Wars.
Then we look at the processes by which the government arrives at foreign policy decisions, including the
influence of the following: elites, public opinion, intelligence activities, bureaucratic politics, and various
presidents. Next we consider the nuclear balance of terror an the process of arms control, and the broad
subject of US relations with the Third World. The final part of the course lasts four weeks, examining the
long process by which the Cold War came to an end, through five administrations, along with foreign policy
alternatives for the 1990s.
Evaluation: This is a reading and discussion course, as well as a lecture course. Students are therefore
expected to have done the required reading before class, and may be called upon to discuss the reading,
especially in discussion sections. The reading is carefully specified for each lecture, and the final exam will
test your grasp of it. The required books below, include the main textbook for use in the first part of the
course, the Spiegel reader in the second part, and the McCormick book in between. The Hogan book, which
represents a wide variety of opinions, will be supplementary to the final four weeks. Students are also
expected to read The New York Times during the course of the term. Discussion section required.
Reading List
C. Kegley & E. Wittkopf, American Foreign Policy
S. Speigel, ed., At Issue: Politics in the World Arena
Thomas McCormick, America's Half-Century
Michael Hogan, ed., The End of the Cold War
In addition to the emphasis on reading and class discussion, students will be expected to complete one paper,
10-12 pages in length, in which they choose one or two options: a research paper on a subject related to the
main concerns of this courses, or a critical essay on two or three related books dealing with US foreign policy,
comparing and contrasting the different approaches. The final exam will consist of a long essay question, and
multiple-choice questions on the assigned reading. In determing your final grade the paper and the final exam
will count 50% each. Good class participation will get you an incremental improvement in your grade.
Cecelia Lynch
C42, Section 01
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
Monday 2:00-5:00 p.m.
Course Description: Has 50 years of the United Nations made any difference to international politics? How
has globalization affected the U.N.¥s goals and functions? These are the primary questions we will examine
in this course.
For most of the U.N.¥s existence, scholars have derided it as little more than a debating forum, while national
policy-makers have used it to further their own ends. Yet there is also evidence that the organization and its
affiliated agencies have played important roles, and that their roles are expanding and becoming increasingly
controversial. The U.N. is at the forefront of developing innovative responses to conflict and humanitarian
crises, the World Health Organization (WHO) and has put AIDS at the top of its agenda, the radical political
changes occurring in Eastern Europe and the Third World are placing new emphasis on the intertwining of
development and political participation. At the same time, the role of new actors such as non-governmental
organizations (NGO's) in determining the directions and policies taken by international organizations is
growing considerably -- demonstrated most significantly in recent U.N. conferences on the environment (in
Rio de Janiero), human rights (in Vienna), and social and economic affairs (in Copenhagen and Istanbul).
After examining the foundations -- historical and theoretical -- of international organization, we will focus on
one specific issue-area per week to analyze the U.N.'s goals, functions, and efficacy. Issue-areas include
peacekeeping, refugees, the environment, human rights (including women's rights), social and cultural affairs,
and economic development. We will incorporate both first and third-world perspectives, and will hear from
several guest speakers who are either experts on particular issues or who have been actively involved in U.N.
fora.
Evaluation:Grades will be based on three factors: participation, group projects or presentations, and a final
paper or essay exam.
Kathleen Thelen
C62, Section 01
POLITICS OF WESTERN EUROPE
Tuesday, Thursday 10:30 a.m. - 12:00 noon
Course Description: This course deals with the organization of political power and the dynamics of political
change in four major European countries: Britain, France, Germany, and Italy. We will focus especially on
the structure of political power within the state and on important institutions that form the link between state
and society (especially political parties and interest organizations).
The organization of political power within the state and society vary across our four countries. These
differences reflect the outcome of previous political conflicts. Hence a part of the course will review critical
aspects of the pre-WWII development of each country that sent them along in different "paths," to understand
how political power becomes entrenched in particular institutions. In Britain this means understanding the
emergence of what historically has been considered Europe's most stable parliamentary democracy; in France,
the all-important role of the state, in Germany, the turbulent antecedents of the current government, and in
Italy the politics of factionalism that have historically characterized one of West Europe's most volatile
political systems.
Peter Swenson
C90, Section 20
SPECIAL TOPICS
POLITICS OF THE WELFARE STATE
Wednesday, Friday 11:00 a.m. - 12:30 p.m.
Course Description: In the course of less than two years (1992-1994), the political pendulum shifted from
reform euphoria for building on the American welfare state with the Clinton administration's health care
legislation, to the anti-welfare state campaign of Newt Gingrich and the new Republican Congress. All along,
public opinion polls show majority support for practically all social programs, from the least to the most
controversial in the current debate. Beginning with the origins of the American welfare state in the
Progressive and New Deal periods, this course examines the complex, interactive role of public opinion and
elite politics in shaping the welfare state. A special focus will be on American business community's mixed of
supportive and antagonistic attitudes about workmen's compensation, old-age pensions, unemployment
insurance, aid to dependent children, and national health insurance. How issues of race and gender figure in
the politics of social policy will also be a central topic. Finally, the course will contrast the origins and
development of the American welfare state with social reform in other countries, especially European.
Jeffrey Winters
C90, Section 21
SPECIAL TOPICS
THE HUMAN RIGHTS DEBATE: LESSONS FROM SOUTH EAST ASIA
Monday, Wednesday 11:00-12:30 p.m.
Course Description: Activists claim that human rights are universal. Prominent national leaders in Asia
argue that different standards and practices are appropriate for different countries. They say that the
international movement for human rights reflects Western values and perspectives that do not fit with Eastern
views and priorities, and that more cultural sensitivity is needed. This course will focus on this debate (and
struggle) through a detailed examination of Southeast Asia. Through this theme we will learn about the
countries, their histories, their political struggles. We will draw on actual human rights documents as well as
the statements of those on all sides of the debate.
Cameron Findlay
C94, Section 20
SEPARATION OF POWERS IN THEORY AND PRACTICE
Wednesday 6:30-9:00 p.m.
Course Description: This course will explore some of the theoretical and practical issues raised by a system
of separation of powers. For years politicians and political theorists have extolled the virtues of the American
system of checks and balances. Recent times have seen less unanimity. In the 1960s and 1970s some
complained of an "imperial presidency." In the 1980s some discerned a shift in power in Congress. And in the
1990s, many criticized "gridlock" at the federal level.
We will examine the theoretical underpinnings of our constitutional system, both through primary sources
such as the Federalist Papers and through recent decisions of the U.S. Supreme Court. The course will also
examine how the system actually works in practice, using actual case studies of recent separation of powers
issues. In recent years, the course has featured guest speakers who have served in Congress, as Cabinet
secretaries, or as federal judges.
Robert Kustra
C94, Section 21
SENIOR LINKAGE SEMINAR
Tuesday 3:00-6:00 p.m.
Course Description:No description available at this time.
Meredith Woo-Cumings
C95, Section 20
RESEARCH SEMINAR
THE POLITICS OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE
Tuesday, Thursday 9:00-10:30 a.m.
Course Descriptions:The year 1996 opened on an auspicious note: our trade deficit against Japan has fallen
for the first time in five years. To the extent that this is largely the result of recent trade (including foreign
exchange) policies, we will examine how specific trade policies are made: what does our balance of trade
look like? What sectors are affected and how? Who are the advocates of various policies? How are trade
policies chosen? Since our biggest trade partner is East Asia, we will also examine the structure of foreign
trade in Japan and China (as the latter threatens to eclipse Japan as the country most responsible for the U.S.
trade deficit.)
Helmuth Berking
C95, Section 21
RESEARCH SEMINAR
MAKING DEMOCRACY WORK: POSTSOCIALIST SOCIETIES AND THE FUTURE OF
EUROPEAN
UNIFICATION
Wednesday, 2:00-4:30 p.m.
Course Description: This research seminar aims at analyzing the ongoing transformation process of Eastern
European societies in its main economic, political, social and cultural dimensions, its structural constraints
and its consequences for European unification. Situating the fundamental problems post-socialist societies
have to deal with, the course first will focus on what is referred to as the "dilemma of simultaneity," that is to
simultaneously establish a market economy and political democracy. It then turns to a detailed analysis of
certain countries including Poland, Hungary and the former Eastern Germany asking particularly how and
why the return of (reformed) socialist parties to power has occurred. The impact of these post-socialist
paradoxes on European unification, on one hand, and the European Community's recent loss of legitimacy
and public support, on the other hand, will be discussed in the final part of the seminar. Teaching method will
be lecture-discussion. Final grades will be based on class participation, class presentation and a research
paper.
Nayef Samhat, Paul Friesema
C97
JUNIOR TUTORIAL
MANAGING THE GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT
Thursday, 2:30-5:30 p.m.
Course Description One of the most significant challenges confronting international society is the
management of the global commons for the dual purpose of the environmental well-being of our planet, and
the amelioration of conflict arising from competition over finite resources. Both objectives require the
formation of durable, credible, and legitimate international institutions that will promote ecological and
economic sustainability while fostering cooperation amongst states. The tutorial explores how the
international community responds to environmental dilemmas, the formation of institutions, and the political,
economic, and social conflicts encountered amongst states, nongovernmental organizations, international
organizations, transnational groups, and indigenous communities. The issues and international environmental
institutions considered include endangered species, atmospheric protection (ozone, climate change, acid rain),
oceans and seas, and deforestation. Through intensive reading, writing, and discussion, students will develop
an understanding of the conflicts that exist at the global and local levels, how effective and credible policy is
fostered by the resolution of these conflicts, and the different institutional designs to reconcile contending
interests.
Prerequisite: Students should have had an introductory course in international relations and in environmental
politics.
Kenneth Janda
D18, Section 20
AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES
Monday, Thursday, 9:00 - 10:30 a.m.
Course Descriptions: This course will review the functions and organization of political parties. The course
will develop some understanding of the contributions of political parties to a democratic society by
concentrating on examining their activities, organization and personnel in American and, to a more limited
extent, comparative context. The course treats, in varying degrees of depth, party functions, intellectual and
political history, party activities and impact, leadership selection and campaigning, electoral arrangements
and party systems, legislative parties and policy making, and political funding.
Jonathan Casper
D22, Section 20
APPELLATE PROCESS
Thursday, 2:00-5:00 p.m.
Course Descriptions: This seminar examines the role of appellate courts in national policy making in the U.
S. The topics covered include a brief examination of litigation in lower courts, the role of lawyers and interest
groups in the promotion of litigation and in agenda-setting processes in appellate courts, judicial selection, the
role of individual attributes and small group processes in collegial decision making, and issues of
implementation, compliance, and impact of appellate court decisions. Much of the reading focuses upon the
Supreme Court of the United States. The requirements of the course include participation in discussions, some
class discussion, and two short papers.
Reading List:
Marc Galanter, "Reading the Landscape Disputes"
Sarat and Felstiner, "Law and Strategy in the Divorce Lawyer's Office"
Abraham Blumberg, "The Practice of Law as a Confidence Game"
Karen Olson, "The Political Evolution of Interest Group Litigation"
Caldeira and Wright, "Organized Interests and Agenda Setting in the U.S.
Supreme Court"
Neal Tate, "Personal Attribute Models of Voting Behavior on the Supreme
Court"
Segal and Cover, "Ideology, Values, and the Votes of Supreme Court
Justices"
Robert McCloskey, The American Supreme Court
Sheldon Goldman, American Court Systems
Walter Murphy, Elements of Judicial Strategy
William Muir, Law and Attitude Change
Gerald Rosenberg, The Hollow Hope
Tong Wan Park
D42, Section 20
FOREIGN POLICIES
Monday 2:00-5:00
Course Description: This seminar will combine both theoretical and case study approaches to the study of
foreign policies. It will begin with an analysis of foreign policy as a field of inquiry in international relations.
Special emphasis will be given to the evolution of foreign policy studies as well as the description of foreign
policy as a political phenomenon. Then a comprehensive survey will be made about the determinants of
foreign policy as can be found in existing literature. Finally, various methodological and substantive issues of
foreign policy analysis will be investigated with the hope of synthesizing some solutions thereof.
Prerequisites: Any graduate survey course in International Relations, International Political Economy, or
Comparative Politics.
Evaluation Seminar participants are expected to go through a full cycle of research activity on a specific
aspect(s) of foreign policy. There will be three written requirements on the topic of the participant's choice:
(1) the compilation of an annotated bibliography; (2) the building of a small theory module; and (3) the
heuristic testing of that module. Each written assignment should not exceed ten pages in length an is expected
to undergo revision after presentation.
Reading List:Seminar participants are expected to read broadly in the area of foreign policy, international
political economy, and global systemic changes. The following books have been selected to help lay a
foundation for discussion.
Neack, Laura, Jeanne A. K. Hey, and Patrick J Haney (eds). Foreign
Policy
Analysis: Continuity and Change in Its Second Generations. Prentice Hall,
1995.
Hermann, C.F., et al(eds) New Directions in the Study of Foreign Policy.
Rosati, J., et al(eds) Foreign Policy Restructuring: How Governments
Respond to Global Change.
East, M.A., et al(eds). Why Nations Act.
Jeffrey Winters
D81, Section 20
POLITICAL ECONOMY OF PREINDUSTRIAL SOCIETIES
Tuesday, 9:00 a.m.-12:00 noon
Course Description:
This course centers on the political and economic changes in the "Third World" mostly during this century
but especially since WWII. Important topics will be revolution, authoritarianism, the changing economic and
political relations between advanced-industrial countries and post-colonial states, and industrialization.
Adolph Reed
D90, Section 20
SPECIAL TOPICS
URBAN POLITICAL ECONOMY
Tuesday, 4:00-7:00 p.m.
Course Description:No description available at this time.
Kathleen Thelen
D90, Section 21
SPECIAL TOPICS
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS
Tuesday, 1:00-3:30 p.m.
Course Description This course introduces students to important contemporary debates and issues in
comparative politics. It is organized around a discussion of a series of key works in comparative politics that
are not only important in their own right, but that have set an agenda within the field more generally. The
course is open to students who have already taken D50 Intro to Comparative Politics and at least one other
graduate course in comparative politics.
Meredith Woo-Cumings
D90, Section 22
THE POLITICS OF GROWTH IN EAST ASIA
Wednesday, 9:00 a.m.-12:00 noon
Course Description No description available at this time.
Herbert Jacob & Benjamin Page
D90-3, Section 20
SPECIAL TOPICS
AMERICAN POLITICS WORKSHOP
Monday, 3:00-5:00 p.m.
Course Description The American Politics Workshop focuses on important new and classic work on
American politics. We meet regularly during each quarter to discuss readings and to hear guest lecturers.
There will ordinarily be an opportunity to confer privately with guest speakers about your own research
interests. The only requirement for the class is attendance and participation; there are non papers or
examinations.
Evaluation: The workshop is offered as a D90 class led by Professor Benjamin I. Page and Professor Herbert
Jacob; it gives those enrolled one quarter of credit in either the Winter or Spring quarters. We begin meeting
in the fall quarter and students are expected to participate throughout the year. Given the format of the
Workshop, students should register for it as a fourth course and as a P/N course.
Students who registered for the workshop in previous years are welcome to register again this year--the
readings and lectures are entirely new! Participation is limited to graduate students in political science.
We will be distributing materials and announcements by e-mail whenever possible. To facilitate this, every
enrolled student should subscribe to the class listserv. To do so, send an e-mail message: SUBSCRIBE
AMPOLWS to: [email protected].
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0451 - Psychology
Kenneth Howard
Psychology, A01-20
Freshman Seminar: MODELS OF THE PERSON
Time: MW 11-12:30
Office Address: 227 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-4996
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The "person" can be viewed from many different perspectives. This
course will examine the human psyche as understood by several psychological conceptualizations of
personality. The conflict, fulfillment, and consistency models of personality will be examined from
both core and distal perspectives. The conflict model postulates that the person is necessarily
involved in an internal struggle between powerful opposing forces and that life is characterized by
compromises that are effected between these polarized forces. The fulfillment model holds that the
person is influenced by one great life force (striving toward actualization or perfection) that is either
expressed or inhibited. The consistency model emphasizes the influence of environmental feedback
for providing information used to help the person maintain consistent functioning. These models of
the person will be examined through didactic class presentations, group discussions, and four equally
weighted papers generated by students during the quarter. Library skills will also be developed as
students prepare their papers.
TEACHING METHOD: Teacher and peer lecture, class discussion, writing assignment.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Four papers, equally weighted (15% each), student presentations
(20%), and class participation (20%).
READINGS: Tentative core text: Maddi, S.R. (1989). Personality Theories: A comparative analysis.
Homewood, Illinois: Dorsey Press.
Susan Mineka
Psychology, A10-20
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 1-2:30
Office Address: 316 Swift
Phone: 491-7711
Expected Enrollment: 264
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to research and theory on a broad range of topics in
psychology. Topics include: the biological basis of behavior, sensation and perception, learning,
motivation, cognition, emotion, personality theory, psychopathology, psychotherapy, social
psychology. Topics will be discussed from multiple levels of analysis: physiological, evolutionary/
functional, behavioral, cognitive, social.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week, plus discussion section.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: The student's grade for this course will be based upon two midterm
exams and a final exam.
READINGS: TBA
Nancy Rhodes
Psychology, A10-21
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office Address: 302 Swift Hall
Phone: 467-2290
Expected Enrollment: 250
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides a general introduction to the various topics which
comprise the field of scientific psychology. Coverage will include research design, brain-behavior
relationships, theories of evolutionary bases for behavior, learning, cognitive processes, motivation,
human development, theories of personality, classifications of and treatments for abnormal behaviors,
and social psychology.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Two mid-term examinations and one cumulative final examination.
All examinations will be multiple choice.
READING LIST: Required textbook to be determined. Optional study guide to accompany text.
Peter W. Frey
Psychology, B01
STATISTICAL METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 9-10:30
Office Address: 204 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-7405
Expected Enrollment: 60
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to descriptive
and inferential statistics for students in the behavioral sciences. Topics covered include methods in
visualizing and summarizing data distributions, simple ideas about random variables and probability
distributions, and common methods for estimating population parameters from sample statistics.
Students will study common inferential techniques including chi square, Student's t, and analysis of
variance. The course stresses understanding of concepts and methods which are relevant to behavioral
research.
PREREQUISITES: A10 or B12
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, demonstrations, & weekly quiz section. Students will have
weekly assignments.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades will be based on weekly assignments, a midterm exam, and
a final exam.
READINGS: Cohen, Barry H. (1996). Explaining Psychological Statistics. Brooks/Cole Publishing.
Joan Linsenmeier
Psychology, B04
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office Address: 311 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-7834
Expected Enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will provide an overview of the field of social psychology.
We will look at ways in which psychologists have studied social behavior, at the basic findings of
their research, and at how an understanding of social psychological theories and research can lead to
better understanding of the social world. Topics covered will include: social perception, social
influence, altruism, aggression, interpersonal relationships, and group processes.
PREREQUISITES: Psychology A10 or A12.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, class discussions, and reading assignments.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Course grades will be based on performance on multiple choice/
short essay exams and on papers. A variety of options for papers will be provided.
READINGS: Social Psychology: The Heart and the Mind by Aronson (required)
Readings about the Social Animal edited by Aronson (recommended)
Gail McKoon
Psychology, B05-20
GENERAL EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 1-2:30
Office Address: 113 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-7701
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: To follow.
Gail McKoon
Psychology, B05-21
GENERAL EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 2:30-4
Office Address: 113 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-7701
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: To follow.
James M. Lampinen
Psychology, B05-22
GENERAL EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 2:30-4
Office Address: 210 Cresap
Phone: (847) 467-2487
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is an introduction to the empirical science of Psychology.
Topics include experimental designs used by psychologists, how to design experiments to answer
questions about human behavior, how to analyze experimental results, how to critique the results of
experiments and how to write up the results of a Psychology Experiment.
PREREQUISITE: Psychology B01 (statistics) or equivalent and at least one additional course in
Psychology
TEACHING METHOD: The class will be taught using a combination of lectures, discussion and
laboratory assignments.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Participation in class discussions, two experimental write ups and
two examinations over course material.
READINGS: To be announced
Kenneth Howard
Psychology, B15
PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY
Time: TTh 9-10:30
Office: 227 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-4996
Expected Enrollment: 120
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to provide students with a comprehensive
overview of personality psychology. The topics to be covered include the definition and diverse
meanings of "personality," research methodologies in the study of personality, psychodynamic
theories of personality and personality assessment, trait and biological approaches to the study of
personality, phenomenological formulations of personality, behavioral views of personality, and
cognitive social approaches to personality. There will also be a marked focus on the role of
personality theory in clinical psychology, the application of personality theories to the understanding
and assessment of clinical disorders, and to the development of psychological treatments for
psychopathology.
PREREQUISITE: Psychology A10.
TEACHING METHODS: Lecture.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There will be two exams for the course: a midterm test (40% of the
final mark) and a final examination (60% of the final mark). Both exams will consist of a
combination of multiple-choice, short-answer, and essay questions. Examination questions will be
based on information contained in the text book and in lecture material.
PRIMARY READING: Mischel, W. (1993). Introduction to personality (5th ed.). Forth Worth:
Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich.
David Uttal
Psychology, B18
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 9-10:30
Office Address: 304 Swift
Phone: 467-1925
Expected Enrollment:
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The focus of this course is the development of thought, personality and
social interaction, from infancy through adolescence. The first part of the course will be devoted to
perspectives and methods in developmental research. Next, we will explore specific issues in the
field, including the following: How do young infants perceive the world? How do infants and toddlers
develop an attachment to their parents or caretakers? Why are some children good at making friends,
and why do others feel lonely or isolated? How do parents' beliefs and values influence children's
development and school achievement? What information can young children remember best, and can
we depend on their memory in situations that demand reliable recall, such as courtroom testimony?
How does parents' discipline style influence children's social and personality development?
As each new topic is introduced, students will be encouraged to think critically about the assumptions
and methods that underlie research on particular issues. A central goal will be to help students
develop an appreciation of different criteria for evaluating research and other forms of evidence.
PREREQUISITES: Psychology A10
TEACHING METHOD: A combination of lectures, discussion, and films. There will be several
guest lectures from people whose work is tied in some way to issues in developmental psychology (e.
g., teachers, lawyers who work with children, etc.)
EVALUATION: There will be a mid-term and a final.
READING LIST: We will use a textbook and a selection of additional readings.
Dedre Gentner
Psychology, B28
COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY
Time: TTh 1-2:30
Office Address: 213 Swift Hall
Phone: 7-1272
Expected Enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to the empirical and theoretical research on mental
proceses such as perception, memory, language reasoning, problem solving, and decision making.
PAREREQUISITES: A10 or B12. B05 is recommended.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week with classroom demonstrations of cognitive
phenomena.
READINGS: TBA
Susan Mineka
Psychology, C03
PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
Time: MW 2-3:30
Office Address: 316 Swift
Phone: 491-7711
Expected Enrollment: 120
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The primary goal of this course is to familiarize the student with basic
principles, concepts, and research in abnormal psychology. The topic will be addressed with a
scientific approach in order to further develop the student's capacity to evaluate and think critically.
All of the major categories of adult psychopatholgoy will be covered, including anxiety disorders,
mood disorders, personality disorders, substance use disorders, schizophrenia, sexual disorders. There
will also be some coverage of childhood disorders. In addition to focusing on understanding what
causes these disorders, there will be some coverage of the major treatment approaches as well.
PREREQUISITES: Intro to Psych (A-10) or Intro to Neuroscience (A- 12)
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Two midterms and a final
READINGS: TBA
James M. Lampinen
Psychology, C11
HUMAN MEMORY AND LEARNING
Time: MW 12:30-2
Office Address: 210 Cresap
Phone: (847)467-2487
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a course on how to do research in the field of human memory
and learning. Class sessions will be devoted to reading and discussing current and classic research in
the field of memory and learning with the goal of understanding how and why the research was done
in the way it was done as well understanding potential pitfalls of different research strategies.
Laboratory sessions will be devoted to designing, conducting and analyzing experimental studies of
human memory.
PREREQUISITE: Psychology B01 (statistics) or equivalent, Psychology B05 (Experimental
Psychology) and at least one additional course in Psychology
TEACHING METHOD: The class will be taught using a combination of lectures, discussion and
laboratory assignments.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Participation in class discussions, three experimental write ups.
READINGS: A course packet will be available at DYN-O-MITE Copies located at 1625 Chicago
Ave in Evanston.
Sohee Park
Psychology, C14-20
SPECIAL TOPICS: BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF MENTAL ILLNESS
Time: W 2-5:00
Office Address: 305 Swift Hall
Phone: 491-7730
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: We will examine possible consequences of brain abnormalities on
cognitive and emotional behaviors in this course. We will discuss neuroanatomical,
neuropsychological and neurochemical theories of mental disorders and critically assess current
experimental paradigms and methods. Topics include schizophrenia, mood disorders, Parkinson's
disease, anxiety disorders, Alzheimer's disease, frontal lobe syndrome and others.
PREREQUISITES: A10 and C03; A12 is strongly recommended, but not required.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussions, student presentations
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Oral presentation, paper
READINGS: See syllabus in the psychology office
Course packets will be available
Alice Eagly
Psychology, C14-21
SPECIAL TOPICS: PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office Address: 312 Swift Hall
Phone: 467-5026
Expected Enrollment: 120
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An overview of psychological research on gender. Topics include
stereotyping of women and men, sex differences in social behavior and cognition, women adn
achievement, aggression and power, interpersonal relationshs, mental health, and changing gender
roles.
PREREQUISITES: A10
TEACHING METHOD: Interactive lecture
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Paper plus two essay exams.
READING LIST: General text and selected readings.
Aryeh Routtenberg
Psychology, C14-22
SPECIAL TOPICS: MEMORY AND THE BRAIN
Time: WF 11-12:30
Phone: 491-3628
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Where are memories stored in brain? How are those memories stored in
those particular locations? What are the latest attempts to deal with disorders of memory in aging?
Are there any "smart drugs"? What do brain imaging studies tell us about human memory?
Prerequisites: B12 or C12; the B10 (Biological Sciences) series is recommended.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lecture.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Quizzes and final exam.
READINGS: To be assigned.
J. Peter Rosenfeld
Psychology, C21
PSYCHOBIOLOGY LABORATORY
Time: TBA
Office Address: 206 Cresap
Phone: 491-3629
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a laboratory course in Psychobiology. Each week the students
will receive one or two introductory lectures on the particular technique to be used that week. The
remainder of the weekly time (10 or more hours) will be spent in the laboratory using that technique.
The content area for study involves brain wave representation of cognitive and emotional processes in
humans. Therefore, the techniques utilized center around recording and computer analysis of brain
waves. Between one and three original (occasionally publishable) experimental studies are done.
PREREQUISITE: C12-2 recommended (C12-1 or equivalent is sufficient). Also recommended:
Computer skills, consultation with instructor.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: The quality of data generated (brain waves demonstrated, etc.) will
be graded by an instructor and a teaching assistant and will comprise 75% of the grade. A final data
compilation and paper on a final project will comprise 25%.
READING LIST: Handouts (paid for by students).
Douglas L. Medin
Psychology, C33
PSYCHOLOGY OF THINKING
Time: TTh 2:30-4
Office Address: 222 Swift Hall
Phone: 467-1660
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines psychological research on various aspects of
thinking. Students learn to (a) critically evaluate psychological research (b) design and run
experiments that investigate hypotheses about human thinking and analyze their results, and (c) report
the findings to the psychological community.
PREREQUISITES: B01, B05
TEACHING METHOD: Primarily discussion
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades are based on: 1) assignments/class participation 2) two
research papers
READING LIST:
Required: Plous, S. (1993). The Psychology of Judgment and Decision Making. New York: McGraw-
Hill.
Recommended: Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association, Fourth Edition
(1994). Washington, D. C.: American Psychological Association
Mari Broman Olsen
Psychology, C34
PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE
Time: T 10:30-1:30
Office Address: 302 Swift Hall
Phone: 467-2290
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a seminar course (with some lectures) that presents an overview
of psycholinguistic research, addressing such questions as how we learn, produce, comprehend, store,
and recall language, and how linguistic behavior can be studied experimentally. Specific attention
will be paid to the organization and computational modelling of the mental lexicon. Other topics will
be geared toward student interests. The course involves extensive reading of original journal articles.
PREREQUISITES: Statistical Methods (B01) and Cognitive Psychology (C28).
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Homework and class participation, including presentation of
articles; term paper. Quizzes and/or test possible.
READINGS: Kess, Joseph F. "Psychology, linguistics, and the study of natural language". John
Benjamins Press.
Reading packet.
John D. Coley
Psychology, C62
COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT
Time: MWF 11:00
Office: 219 Swift Hall
Phone: 467-2421
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Recent research has revealed surprising and impressive cognitive
capabilities in infants and preschool children. However, children's cognitive functioning is
nevertheless quite different from that of adults. This course explores patterns of thought characteristic
of infants and young children, how those patterns change with age, and different theoretical
explanations for those patterns of change. Specific topics include object concept, classification,
reasoning, memory, and language.
PREREQUISITES: Intro to Psychology (A10) and EITHER Developmental Psychology (B18) OR
Cognitive Psychology (B28).
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, discussion.
EVAUATION: Students will be evaluated on the basis of short papers, exams, and a term paper.
READING LIST: Text plus empirical journal articles.
COGNITIVE SCIENCE
COGNITIVE SCIENCE B10 INTRODUCTION TO COGNITIVE SCIENCE: VISION,
LANGUAGE, AND MEMORY
INSTRUCTORS:
Prof. Ken Paller (Psychology)
Office Address: 122 Swift Hall
Phone: 467-3370
Prof. Gregory Ward (Linguistics)
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Road
Phone491-8055
TIME: TTh 2:30-4:00
DISCUSSION SECTIONS: F 1, F 2, M 10, M 12
EXPECTED ENROLLMENT: 90
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The scientific study of human cognition, focusing on vision, language,
and memory. The psychological and biological nature of these functions is explored, demonstrating
many of the methods of Cognitive Science. Some of the specific topics covered include linguistics,
language acquisition, monitoring the human brain during acts of cognition, neuroanatomy, and
disorders of vision, language, and memory.
COUNTS TOWARDS CAS AREA I (NATURAL SCIENCE) DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENT.
PREREQUISITES: None
REQUIRED TEXTS:
Pinker, Steven. 1994. The Language Instinct: How the Mind Creates Language. Morrow Press.
Reading Packet.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Grades are based on three components: exams, assessments, and
homework. (There is no P/N option for this class whether or not it is being used to satisfy a
distribution requirement).
Exams. 70% of the grade will be based on two exams of equal weight (2 x 35%).
Assessments. 20% of the grade will be based on 6-8 very brief in-class `assessments', designed to
assess students' understanding of previous lectures and/or the reading assigned for the current lecture.
Homework. 10% of the grade will be based on weekly homework assignments (1-2 pages). Late
assignments will not be accepted.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0455 - French
French A05-6 Section 20
FRESHMAN SEMINAR: WOMEN'S ROLE AND IMAGE IN FRENCH CULTURE AND
SOCIETY
Time: MWF 9:00
Instructor: Tilde Sankovitch
Office Address: Kresge 141
Office Phone: 467-1448
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: In its examination of the female presence in French culture and society this course
will focus on three historical periods: the Middle Ages; the time of the French Revolution; and the
second half of the twentieth century. For each of these periods we will consider a variety of literary
and historical texts, as well as visual representations of women, in order to define the female role, and
to evaluate its changing configuration and impact.
TEACHING METHOD: Some lecturing, in the form of introductory lectures for each period and
each author; mostly discussion. Films to be viewed in the media center of the library.
EVALUATION: Evaluation will be on the basis of three papers, and active participation in class
discussions.
French AO5-6 Section 21
THE MEAL IN THE FRENCH NOVEL
Time: MWF 11:00
Instructor: Marie-Simone Pavlovich
Office address: Kresge 128
Office Phone: 491-8263
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: Study of the psychological aspect of the meal and its symbolic significance as a
function as reflected in fictional works by authors such as Rabelais, Flaubert, Maupassant, Colette,
Duras, and others. This study is based on the axiom by Brillat-Savarin: "Tell me what you eat and I'll
tell you what you are", and examines the quality of the meals served at the tables of the characters
from the reading list below and examines their reflection on the characters' psyche and actions. The
study will also include the showing of movies like "Babette's Feast", "A Day in the Country", "The
Discreet Charm of the Bourgeoisie"; discussion will relate to other movies with topics dealing with
food, such as "The Wedding Banquet", or "Man, Woman, Eat, Drink" for instance.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar, discussions on readings, oral presentations in class, etc.
EVALUATION: 4 compositions, 1 final paper that consists of a research on the topic but as seen in
English-speaking literature.
READING LIST: Flaubert: Madame Bovary
Duras: Moderato Cantabile
A reading packet available at Copy Cat
French A11-3
FIRST-YEAR FRENCH
Time: MTWTHF at 9, 11, and 1
Coordinator: C. Tournier
Office Address (coordinator): Kresge 139
Phone: 491-2654
e-mail: [email protected]
Instructors: Wilson (9), Norris-Delgado (11) and Abiragi (1)
DESCRIPTION: A11-3 is the third quarter of Elementary French. Class meets five days a week.
The aim of the course is to build skills in speaking, understanding, writing and reading French
through study, practice, and class activities. Note that P-N is not allowed for students who take this
course because of the CAS language requirement.
PREREQUISITES: French A11-2 or consent of the coordinator (C. Tournier)
TEACHING METHOD: Classes will include a variety of activities designed to help students
acquire a knowledge of the basic French vocabulary and structures along with the ability to use what
they have learned in situations of communication. Classes will be conducted in French except when
explanation of grammar or other material may necessitate the use of English. Students are expected to
prepare outside of class, to participate actively in class activities, and to work independently with
laboratory materials.
EVALUATION: Final grades are based on class performance and attendance, homework and
compositions, quizzes, 2 unit tests, and a final oral exam. Note that the final oral exam, which lasts 15
minutes and for which students sign up , will be given on Monday and Tuesday of final week.
TEXTS:
-Voila, Heilenman, Kaplan and Tournier, Heinle and Heinle, 1992 (second edition). Available at
Norris Bookstore.
-Voila, Cahier d'activites ecrites et orales , Heilenman, Kaplan and Tournier, Heinle and Heinle, 1992
(second edition). Available at Norris Bookstore
-Voila, Audio Tape Program, Heilenman, Kaplan and Tournier, Heinle and Heinle, 1992 (second
edition). Available at Norris Bookstore (optional)
-Course packet (to be purchased from your instructor).
French A21-3
SECOND-YEAR FRENCH
Time: MTWTh: 9, 10, 11, 12, 1 & 2
Coordinator: Janine Spencer
Office Address: Kresge 145C
Phone: 491-8259
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: French A21-3 is the third quarter of a three- quarter course for students who have
completed French A21-2 or have been placed in the course by the French department. Classes meet
four times a week and consist of grammar, reading, writing, and conversation. Classes are be
conducted in French except when explanation of grammar or other material necessitates the use of
English. Students are expected to attend class regularly, to prepare outside of class, and to work in the
language laboratory outside of regular class hours. Completion of this course with a grade of C- or
better satisfies the CAS Language Proficiency Requirement. (CAS students: P/N not allowed).
EVALUATION: Class participation, homework, quizzes, 3 unit tests, final project.
TEXTS: (available at Norris Bookstore)
Valette & Valette, A votre tour!, D.C. Heath, 1995
Valette & Valette, Cahier d'exercices with audiocassettes to accompany A votre tour!
French A23-0
SECOND-YEAR FRENCH: INDIVIDUALIZED INSTRUCTION
Time: M-W: 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, or T-Th: l0, 11, 1 & 2
Coordinator: Janine Spencer
Office Address: Kresge 145C
Phone: 491-8259
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: The individualized program of second-year French is a three-quarter sequence
which offers some flexibility in determining your "specialization" and rate of progress in learning
French. It includes a general grammar review (treated as an independent study), a listening
comprehension program, and a choice of concentration classes. This course is not calendar-bound;
students can start the first quarter at the beginning of any given quarter, except summer. Progress is
measured by a series of exams (minimum 4 per quarter, no final exam), administered at regular
intervals during the quarter. The exams, however, may also be taken at any time previously upon
mastering a predetermined amount of material. This self-pacing and self- study feature allows
students to complete the program in less than the three quarters normally required. CAS students must
choose a different "specialization" each quarter. Choices are: a) Conversation: For students who wish
to develop their spoken fluency, this option will offer a variety of activities requiring active oral
participation. b) Composition: For students who wish to develop their writing skills, this option is
conducted as a workshop where students will write in small groups. c) Civilization: For students who
wish to develop a cultural awareness, this option deals with the cultural characteristics of French-
speaking communities around the world. d) Literature: For students who wish to develop their
reading skills, this option will teach strategies for understanding and enjoying modern short stories.
PREREQUISITE: Placement by department or permission of coordinator. P/N is not allowed for
CAS students who are taking the course to satisfy the language proficiency requirement.
TEXTS:
Study Packet (one per quarter)
Valette & Valette, RENCONTRES, D.C. Heath, 1985
Workbook for Rencontres
French B01-0
INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH STUDIES
Time: MWF at 10 and 1
Janine Spencer and Claude Tournier, Coordinators
Office: Kresge 145C/ Kresge 139
Phone: 491-8259/491-2654
DESCRIPTION: French B01 is third-year course designed primarily to develop fluency, and
accuracy in speaking, listening, reading, and writing French while introducing students to social,
cultural, and literary topics central to an understanding of France and French-speaking peoples.
Classes meet three times a week and are conducted in French. Students are expected to attend class
regularly, prepare outside of class and work independently in the language lab.
EVALUATION: Class participation, regular oral and written assignments, quizzes, two midterms
and Final project.
PREREQUISITES: Proficiency in French (completion of a second-year course, AP score of 3,
College Board score of 680 or placement test assignment.)
TEXTS:
-Mort, Slack & Hares, Droit au but!, John Murray Publishers Ltd, London: 1993 (available at Norris
Bookstore)
-Aicha Benaissa, Nee en France ( Reading packet for sale in Kresge 145D)
Suggested reference texts (for all B-level courses):
-Le micro Robert de poche (Midwest European Bookstore)
-Carlut & Meiden, French for Oral and Written Review, Holt l993
French B02
WRITING WORKSHOP
Time: MWF 10 and 11
Instructor: Anne Landau
Office address: Kresge 128
Phone: 49 1-8263
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to develop and improve your writing skills through a
variety of classroom activities. Selected grammar points will be discussed in class. Homework will
include short writing exercises and compositions as well as the preparation of grammar exercises.
PREREQUISITES: French B01-1 and/or B01-2, AP score of 4 or placement by the department.
Students must open an e-mail account before the first day of classes.
TEACHING METHOD: A writing workshop, with written and oral activities organized around
communicative strategies. Students will be expected to prepare at home or in the computer lab for
each class session.
EVALUATION: The final grade will be based on class participation, homework, quizzes and 2
exams.
TEXTS:
-Gerrard et al, En train d'ecrire, McGraw-Hill, 1993
-Carlut & Meiden, French for Oral and Written Review, Holt, l993 (available at Norris Bookstore)
Recommended reference material:
-Collins Robert French-English, English French dictionary (or good bilingual dictionary)
-Micro Robert de Poche (available at Norris Bookstore)
Suggested software:
Microsoft Word French Proofing Tools , Alki Software Corp. (available at Norris Bookstore, for
Macintosh or IBM)
Systeme-D, Heinle & Heinle (available at Norris, for Macintosh or IBM)
French B03
INTERMEDIATE CONVERSATION
Time: MWF 9
Instructor: C. Tournier
Office address: Kresge 139
Phone: 491-2654
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to build fluency in speaking and understanding French.
Classes will concentrate on increasing listening comprehension, building vocabulary and idiom use,
and enhancing communication skills.
Prerequisite: French B02. Permission from the French department is required (go to Kresge 145D to
obtain a permission slip during registration).
TEACHING METHOD: Spoken activities in class organized around communicative strategies
needed to carry on a meaningful conversation. Students are expected to prepare at home for each
session as well as to go individually to the computer lab to work on the interactive laser disk "A la
Rencontre de Philippe. " (final project). Students are also expected to subscribe to and participate in
the listserv group "Jasette" on the Internet.
EVALUATION: The final grade will be based on class participation, participation in the listserv
group conversation, a listening comprehension midterm, an oral exam and a final project.
TEXT: Bragger and Rice, Du Tac au Tac, Heinle and Heinle, 1991 (second edition). Available at
Norris.
French B04-0
ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE CONVERSATION
Time: MWF 12 noon
Instructor: Gerald Mead
Office: Kresge 146 C
Phone: 1-7567, 1-8262
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: An advanced intermediate course designed to build fluency in speaking and
understanding French. Classes will concentrate on increasing listening comprehension, building
vocabulary and idiom use, and enhancing oral communication skills.
PREREQUISITE: French B02 or B03 or permission of instructor. Note that a permission slip,
available in the French Department, is required for registration.
TEACHING METHOD: French B04 will use daily news broadcasts received by satellite from
France, if available, or pre- recorded video material rather than a primary text. Students will be
required to view videotaped broadcasts in the Multi- Media Learning Center in preparation for class
discussion and conversation. Cultural notes and vocabulary aids will be provided for each program.
Individual presentations and conversation activities usually one day a week. In addition, there will be
some basic exercises in pronunciation including individual tape recordings and some outside reading
required for individual presentations.
EVALUATION: General participation 20%
Weekly pronunciation recordings 20%
Exercises, quizzes 20%
Individual presentation 10%
Mid-term exam 10%
Final exam 20%
TEXT: No specific text required; some photocopied handouts. Students should have a good (i.e., not
pocket-book size) French/English, English/French dictionary, for example Harrap's French Dictionary
or Harper-Collins-Robert .
French B10
INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LITERATURE
Time: MWF 12:00
Instructor: Sylvie Romanowski
Office Address: Kresge 150E
Phone: 491-2772
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: This course will examine a few representative works of 19th and 20th century
authors drawn from the major genres, the short story, the novel, drama and poetry. The works are
grouped in order to compare and contrast works that are more traditional in form and style, and those
that are more modern and experimental. We will study the form of these works and how the forms
relate to the content, thus acquiring a useful terminology for studying the structure and meaning of
literary writing.
The students will report on their reading and write several short papers of analysis. A longer paper
will replace the final exam. The class will consist principally of discussion and reports by the
students. It will be conducted entirely in French.
PREREQUISITES: At least one of the following: B01-1, B01-2, B02, B03, B80, Departmental
placement in B10, A P of 5, or special permission of instructor.
READING LIST:
Balzac, "Facino Cane" (course packet)
Colette, La Chatte
Duras, Moderato cantabile
Anouilh, Antigone
Beckett, En attendant Godot
Ba, Une si longue lettre
Poetes francais des 19e et 20e siecles
Some additional materials in the course packet
The books will be available at Europa Books, Foster Street, at the "el."
French B71-0
INTRODUCTION TO THE FRENCH NOVEL
Time: T TH 2:30
Instructor: Michal Ginsburg
Office address: Kresge 146b
Phone: 491-8261
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: In this course we will trace the development of the French novel from the 18th to
the 20th century. The novels we will read are different in their themes, tone, and narrative technique,
thus enabling students to become acquainted with major forms of the novel. In discussing the four
novels we shall focus on the relation between themes and narrative form and on the social, historical,
and intellectual background of each text.
PREREQUISITES: B02 and B03 or consent of instructor
TEACHING METHOD: Short lectures, class discussions. Readings and discussions in the French
language.
EVALUATION: Class participation, two papers.
READING LIST:
Voltaire, Candide
Prevost, Manon Lescaut
Balzac, Eugenie Grandet
Nerval, "Sylvie"
Modiano, La Rue des boutiques obscures
Available at Europa Book Store, 915 Foster St., Evanston
French B82-0
INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH CIVILIZATION: CONTEMPORARY FRANCE
Time: MWF 1:00
Instructor: Gerald Mead
Office address: Kresge 146 C
Phone: 1-8262, 1-7567
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: A broad introduction to France today, designed to help students understand daily
life and current events as presented in newspapers and on television. A basic text will provide
background information on the physical aspects of France, its government and politics, social life
including the family, work, and social services, and cultural aspects, including language, religion,
education, and the media. In addition, we will examine four topics important in contemporary France:
Vichy, Mitterrand, immigration, and Americanization. Some video material, to be viewed outside of
class, will supplement the readings. Each student will be required to give at least one oral presentation
on a current topic. The course will be conducted in French.
PREREQUISITE: B02 or B03 or permission of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Some short lectures, class discussion, individual student presentations.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on class participation, individual presentation, midterm exam,
and a final paper.
TEXTS: Edmiston et Dumenil, La France contemporaine, Holt, 1993.
Other texts to be announced.
French C03
ADVANCED CONVERSATION
Time: MWF 10:00
Instructor: Anne Moreau
Office address: Kresge 43
Phone: 491-4662
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: The goal of this course is the development of oral proficiency through speech
functions, conversational routines and patterns. In order to achieve this goal, emphasis will be put on
extensive examination of French press, French video programs, films, and spontaneous expression
through dialogues and discussion. Special emphasis will be placed on group work and culturally
appropriate usage.
TEACHING METHOD: Audio-visual and spoken dialogic based on homework and lab
preparations.
EVALUATION: Students will be evaluated on oral individual presentations and also on a group
basis. Preparation and participation will also be important parts of the final evaluation. Therefore
regular attendance is essential. Weekly testing the oral comprehension of the student. Mid- term
individual meeting and evaluation. Final exam based on group presentation.
TEXT: No textbook required but students will be expected to purchase their own French magazines
and packet.
PREREQUISITES: BO2, BO3, CO2-1 & -2, or consent of instructor.
French C30
CLASSICAL THEATER AND SOCIETY
Time: MWF 1:00
Instructor: Sylvie Romanowski
Office: Kresge 150E
Phone: 491-2771
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: We will read major works of seventeenth-century theater with the goal of
understanding the relations between these works and the social context. We will concentrate our
attention on Corneille, Moliere and Racine. Aspects of the social context we will discuss will be: the
structure of a court society; the place of theater in the construction of the centralized monarchical
state; the definition of classical tragedy.
EVALUATION: The course will conducted by discussion and oral reports by students. Students will
write a paper on each of the authors studied, and a longer paper instead of a final examination.
READING LIST:
Corneille, Le Cid
" L'illusion comique
Racine, Britannicus
" Phedre
Moliere, L'Ecole des Femmes
" Critique de l'Ecole des Femmes
" Dom Juan
Some additional materials in a course packet.
French C60-0
NARRATIVE AND ITS DISCONTENTS
Time: MWF 11:00
Instructor: Scott Durham
Office address: 143 Kresge
Phone: 491-8269
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: This course, in examining the works of a number of representative novelists, will
provide a survey of 20th- century French narrative fiction, and will situate these authors' re-inventions
of narrative form in term of the growing sense of cultural crisis to which they respond. Among the
issues to be addressed are: modernist style and the re-invention of memory; the place of individual
experience in apocalyptic narrative; and the passage from "modernist" to "postmodernist" narrative.
Texts for the course will include works by Proust, Gide, Beckett, Bataille, and Blanchot. Students will
also view films by Godard and Duras.
French C90
FRENCH THEATER IN PERFORMANCE
Time: T,Th 3-5:30
Instructor: Todd Straus
Office Address: 145B Kresge Hall
Office phone: 491-8258
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students in this course constitute a French Theatre Troupe whose
purpose is to stage a French play at the end of the Quarter. Students participate in French in every
aspect of the preparation and performance of the play - - from learning, rehearsing and performing a
role and discussing the text to making props, imagining costumes, making masks, and writing parts of
the program. In addition to the regularly scheduled class hours, there will be evening and/or weekend
rehearsals which will be arranged to suit the schedules of the student participants. The specific play
which is chosen to be staged each year will determine the maximum number of students who will be
admitted to the class.
Permission of instructor required.
French C91-2
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF TRANSLATION: TRANSLATING CIXOUS
Time: TTh 12:00
Instructor: Bernadette Fort
Office address: Kresge 126B
Phone: 491.8264
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: This course will in be a continuation of C91-1 taught in Winter 1996. We will
continue the translation of Helene Cixous's award-winning play, La Ville parjure ou le reveil des
Erinyes (1994) with the aim of providing a full draft of the entire play by the end of the quarter. We
will continue our ongoing discussion of the literary, philosophical, ethical, social, and medical
underpinnings of the play by relating it on the one hand to Greek tragedy, particularly Aeschylus'
Eumenides, and on the other, to the 1992 trials involving higher echelons of the French medical
establishment in what was called the scandal of the contaminated blood.
TEACHING METHOD:Teamwork for the translation, oral presentations, information retrieval from
French and US data bases, in-class discussions.
EVALUATION: 40%: quality of team work, exposes, research, and class participation. 60%:
individual translation of a substantial portion of the text.
Note: C91-1 is a prerequisite for this class. Students requesting an exception must contact the
instructor before the end of the Winter quarter.
French D03
METHODS OF RESEARCH: THE JOY OF TEXTS
Time: M 3:00-5:30
Instructor: William Paden
Office address: 152 Kresge
Phone: 491-7280
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: Introduction to recent developments in theory of texts and methodologies in
manipulation of texts. We will investigate hypertext, electronic editions and journals, textual data
bases, and the web. Class will include discussion, workshops, and guest lectures from a variety of
disciplines. Students will learn to create a homepage on the web, and will make use of this homepage
to submit a research project in the area of their specialization.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on participation and the term project.
READING LIST:
Landow, George P. Hypertext: The Convergence of Contemporary
Critical Theory and Technology. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins
University Press, 1992. (Also available in hypertext version.)
Landow, George P., ed. Hyper/Text/Theory. Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University Press, 1994.
Birkerts, Sven. The Gutenberg Elegies: The Fate of Reading in an
Electronic Culture. Winchester, Mass.: Faber and Faber, 1994.
Joyce, Michael. Afternoon, a Story. Computer disk. Cambridge MA:
Eastgate Press, 1987. Telephone 800-562-1638
Additional material will be put on reserve.
French D40
STUDIES IN 18TH CENTURY LITERATURE: JEAN-JACQUES ROUSSEAU AND THE
FRENCH REVOLUTION
Time: T 3:00
Instructor: Bernadette Fort
Office Address: Kresge 126B
Phone: 491.8264
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: Was Rousseau's Social Contract a blueprint for the French Revolution? How did
his famous Discourse on the Origin of Inequality influence thinking about social and economic
disparities in ancien regime France? In what ways did his celebrated epistolary novel, La Nouvelle
Heloise, shape the new sensibility and "bourgeois" consciousness emerging in prerevolutionary
decades? Were Rousseau's attacks against public women in the Lettre a d'Alembert and his exaltation
of feminine domesticity in his education treatise (Emile) instrumental in women's exclusion from the
public sphere during the Terror? To what extent did Rousseau's flamboyant autobiographical
writings, projecting a radically new image of the self, provide the Jacobins with the rhetoric of virtue
that helped them forge their new Republic? Can the ideological origins of the French Revolution be
located in Rousseau's thought and writings although he never entertained the notion of a revolution?
This course will approach these and other questions about the connection between literature, writing,
ideas, and history though an examination of Rousseau's major works and relevant texts of recent
historiography by Carol Blum, Robert Darnton, Francois Furet, Lynn Hunt, Joan Landes, Dorinda
Outram, Joan Scott, and others.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Brief lectures, discussion. The course will be given in both
French and English. Students from outside the French department may do the readings and write their
papers in English.
EVALUATION: Based on the quality of oral participation, oral presentations, and one term paper.
READING LIST (Primary texts):
Discours sur les sciences et les arts
Discours sur l'origine de l'inegalite parmi les hommes
Lettre a d'Alembert sur les spectacles
Emile ou de l'education, IV et V
Le Contrat social
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0457 - Italian
0457 Italian A01-3
ELEMENTARY ITALIAN
Time: MTWTF 10, 11:00 & 12
Concettina Pizzuti, Course Coordinator
Office address: Kresge 142
Phone: 467-1987
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: This course is the third in a three-quarter course sequence of beginning Italian. The
objective of the course is to continue to build basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading and
writing Italian through daily practice. This quarter will place particular emphasis on the oral skill.
Classes are conducted in Italian except when explanation of grammar or other material necessitates
the use of English.
PREREQUISITE: AO1-2 or permission of course coordinator.
TEACHING METHOD: Grammar will be taught inductively and practiced in the classroom.
Conversation skills will be developed through oral exercises, role play, group work, etc.
EVALUATION: Class performance, quizzes, homework, and oral final.
TEXTS: Danesi, Adesso , 1992
Workbook and Lab Manual for Adesso!
Italian A02-3
Intermediate Italian
Time: MTWF 10:00 & 1:00
Concettina Pizzuti, Coordinator
Office address: Kresge 142
Phone: 467-1987;
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: The course is designed to build on basic skills in Italian language through grammar
review, cultural and literary readings, and the integration of audio/video material.
PREREQUISITE: Italian A02-2 or permission of course coordinator.
TEACHING METHOD: Class time will be divided between oral exercises (students review
grammar at home) and the sharpening of conversation skills. Class is conducted in Italian except
when explanation of grammar or other material may necessitate the use of English.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on class participation, quizzes, presentations, and oral final.
TEXTS: Habekovic, Insieme, 1994
* An Italian-English/English-Italian dictionary is highly recommended (Garzanti, Collins-Sansoni)
Italian A33/34-3
INTENSIVE ITALIAN
Time: MTWTHF 3-5:00
Concettina Pizzuti, Course Coordinator
Office address: Kresge 142
Phone: 467-1987
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: Italian A33/34 is an intensive program at the elementary and intermediate levels.
Designed as an alternate to the A01-A02 sequence, it allows students to complete two years work in
three quarters. Students must enroll in both A33 and A34 concurrently and will receive one credit and
a grade for each course. The entire year's sequence of A33- 1,2,3 and A34-1,2,3 will have to be
completed in order to fulfill the language requirement for CAS. Italian A33/34 is not an
individualized language course. Students must attend classes as well as carry out some individual
laboratory assignments.
A student may complete the language requirement in 3 quarters rather than 6 through this course.
Those interested in pursuing advanced courses in Italian will be able to do so by the beginning of
their fourth quarter of studies in the language. A student with previous language training or linguistic
ability may go at a faster pace than possible in a normal class situation.
Students not completing the entire 3-quarter sequence can continue in an A01 or A02 program
equivalent to their level of achievement.
PREREQUISITE: Italian A33/34-2 or permission of course coordinator.
TEACHING METHOD: Class time will be divided between oral exercises (students review
grammar at home), discussion of cultural items and stories which will sharpen the development of
basic conversational and cultural skills. Video tapes, magazines, and recordings will be used to
supplement the chosen texts. Class is conducted in Italian except when explanation of grammar or
other material may necessitate the use of English.
EVALUATION: Grade will be based on class performance, presentations, quizzes, homework, and
oral final.
Credits: Two units per quarter. Completion of this intensive language program with a grade of "C" or
better will fulfill the CAS foreign language requirement. P/N allowed, but will not fulfill CAS
requirement.
TEXTS: Danesi, Adesso, 1994
Packet of reading material to be purchased in class
Italian B03-0
UNIFYING ITALY
Time: MWF 1
Instructor: Albert Ascoli
Office address: 127B Kresge
Phone: 491-5493
e-mail: [email protected]
DESCRIPTION: This course covers the process of unifying Italy politically and culturally during
the 19th and 20th centuries, beginning with the "Risorgimento" itself, and continuing through World
War I, the Fascist era, and the post-war period. We will alternate between readings in historical
context and discussion of cultural artifacts (poetry, fiction, and essays, but also films). Strong
emphasis will be placed on practice in spoken and written Italian.
PREREQUISITE: A02-3 or permission of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Short lectures and discussion.
EVALUATION: Quizzes and short essays, class participation and presentations.
READINGS: Giulio Ferroni, Storia della Letteratura Italiana, volumes 3-4; xerox for purchase.
Italian B75:
Dante's Divine Comedy
Time: MWF 10
Discussion section: TBA
Instructor: Albert R. Ascoli
Office address: Kresge 127B
Phone: 49l-5493
e-mail: [email protected]
Taught in English--No Prerequisites--Discussion Section Required
Fulfills Division VI Distribution Requirement
DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the Divine Comedy of Dante Alighieri, arguably the most
ambitious work of literature in the western tradition. The Comedy is at once the product of the local
circumstances of late medieval Italy and communal Florence and a climactic moment in the general
sweep of western European history, going back to the Roman Empire and the first stirrings of the
Christian religion. It draws simultaneously on the monumental achievements of Virgilian epic and the
nascent vernacular traditions of Provencal and Italian lyric poetry. It reflects both the great
intellectual spiritual movements of the late middle ages: Franciscan spiritualism and the Scholastic
revival of Aristotelian philosophy, and anticipates a Renaissance to come. It combines deep
commitment to the political and social institutions of this world with a transcendent faith. Above all it
everywhere probes the fundamental question that haunts western culture from its inceptions: how can
we learn to reconcile how we love with what we know?
METHOD OF INSTRUCTION: Lecture and discussion
COURSE REQUIREMENTS: attendance and participation; mid-term examination; short paper;
take-home final
TEXTS:
Dante Alighieri, The Divine Comedy
Xerox selections from Vergil, Aeneid and Augustine,
Confessions and City of God
Daniel Bornstein, Dino Compagni's Chronicles of Florence
Rachel Jacoff, ed., The Cambridge Companion to Dante (recommended)
Italian C-60
TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY LITERATURE (IN ITALIAN): "FUTURISM"
Time: Th 1:00
Instructor: Karen Pinkus
Office address: Kresge 126a
Phone: 1-8255; 1-5490
e-mail: [email protected]
Winter Quarter office hours: Wed. 11-12; Thurs. 2-4
DESCRIPTION: This course, taught in Italian with readings in Italian, will consider the aesthetics
and politics of Italian futurism, from its place in the historical avant-garde through its relations with
fascism. We will look at various aspects of the movement including: the angry futurist manifestoes,
futurist automobilism and airplaning, poetry, film, drama/performance, music, painting, sculpture,
dinner parties, advertising, fiction, futurist sexuality/feminism/antifeminism, and political writings.
We will make use of Northwestern's extensive collection of original futurist materials for class
readings and presentations. Students may choose to write essays or develop a creative project related
to their research interests.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0467 - Slavic Languages and Literature
Simon Greenwold
SLAVIC A01-3 (Sec. 20)
ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN
Time: MTWThF 10:00
Office: 325E Kresge
Phone: 467-3137
Expected enroll.: 20
Pat Zody
SLAVIC A01-3(Sec. 21)
ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN
Time: MTWThF 11:00
Office: 325E Kresge
Phone: 467-3137
Expected enroll.: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Elementary Russian is the first part of a two-year sequence developed at
Northwestern that enables the students to acquire the same proficiency in Russian (speaking, reading,
and writing) as they would in any of the common languages with an equal amount of effort.
TEACHING METHOD: In Elementary Russian the stress is on learning the language through
constant use, not through memorization of abstract rules and word lists. During the Fall quarter
students acquire the basics of grammar and vocabulary. During the Winter and Spring quarters,
students continue to study grammar and spend more and more time on reading and discussing various
texts on modern life in Russia. More advanced grammatical principles and new vocabulary are
introduced through conversational sessions. The skills acquired by the students in class are then
reinforced in the language lab. The goal of the whole A01 course is to get the students to the point
where they are ready to start reading unsimplified works by the masters of Russian literature and to
work with fairly advanced conversation materials by the beginning of the second-year course.
P/N allowed.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Short quizzes and a final exam. The grade is computed as follows:
overall performance in class and lab sessions: 50 %; written quizzes: 30 %; and a final written exam:
20 %.
TEXTS:
Golosa. Basic Course in Russian. Textbook 2. Workbook II.
Audio-tape set (Golosa-2).
Michael Denner
SLAVIC A02-3(Sec. 20)
INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN
Time: MTWThF 10:00
Office: 25A Kresge
Phone: 467-2790
Expected enroll.:20
Tim Langen
SLAVIC A02-3 (Sec. 21)
INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN
Time: MTWThF 11:00
Office: 325A Kresge
Phone: 467-2790
Expected enroll.:20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to improve speaking, reading and writing skills.
Varied reading materials introduce the students to literary Russian, conversational Russian and the
language of today's posters and newspapers. More advanced grammatical principles and new
vocabulary are introduced through conversational sessions.
TEACHING METHOD: Performance in class counts most heavily towards the final grade. Students
are expected to attend class regularly and to be fully prepared to participate. In addition to quizzes
there is a final exam.
TEXTS:
Olga Kagan, Frank Miller. V Puti. Russian Grammar in Context. Prentice Hall, 1996.
Ivana Dolezalova
SLAVIC AO6-3 Spring 95-96
ELEMENTARY CZECH
Time: MWF 9:00 - 10:00
Office: 325B Kresge
Phone: 497-3213
Expected enroll.: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Elementary Czech is the first part of a two-year sequence that enables
the students to acquire proficiency in Czech (speaking, reading, and writing).
TEACHING METHOD: In Elementary Czech the stress is on learning the language through
constant use, not through memorization of abstract rules and word lists. During the Fall quarter
students acquire the basics of grammar and vocabulary. During the Winter and Spring quarters,
students continue to study grammar and spend more and more time on reading and discussing various
texts on modern life in the Czech Republic. More advanced grammatical principles and new
vocabulary are introduced through conversational sessions. The goal of the whole A06 course is to
get the students to the point where they are ready to start reading unsimplified works by the masters
of Czech literature and to work with fairly advanced conversation materials by the beginning of the
second-year course.
TEXTBOOKS:
Cechova, "Do You Want to Learn Czech?"
Parolkova, "Czech for Foreigners"
Additional materials from teacher's archives.
Irina Dolgova
SLAVIC B03-3 Spring 95-96
INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Time: MWF 1:00 - 2:00
Office Address 125B Kresge
Phone: l-8082
Expected enroll.: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a third course of a four-year sequence of Russian. It will include
a review of grammar in a functional aspect, according practical intentions. While focusing on
grammar, it promotes the development of all language skills in a variety of ways. During the winter
quarter students spend more and more time on reading and discussing various texts on modern life in
Russia. The analysis of the texts will include both linguistic and cultural aspects. In order to develop
listening comprehension this course combines reading materials with video-materials.
TEACHING METHOD: Three classes per week in Russian: grammar, reading/conversation, video/
conversation. Assignments directed toward listening skills, oral production, writing skills or reading
comprehension - or any combination thereof.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Performance in class counts most heavily towards the final grade.
Students are expected to attend class regularly and to be fully prepared to participate. Class
participation 20%, homework 15%, final exam 25%, quizzes 25%, video 15%.
READING LIST:
I.Dolgova, Workbook for Russian B03.
Several texts will be provided by the instructor (M. Zoshchenko, B. Grossman, M. Bulgakov).
Frank Silbajoris
Slavic B10-3 Spring 95-96 INTRODUCTION TO RUSSIAN LITERATURE: Discussion of the
Works of Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol, Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and Chekhov
Time: MWF 11:00 - 12:00
Expected Enroll.: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will deal with selected works of Russian prose in the
nineteenth and the beginning of the twentieth centuries. Our attention will focus upon the artistic
aspects of the works discussed, that is, upon such of their qualities as will permit us to relive and
make personally meaningful the fullness of being human as an aesthetic experience. The attendant
circumstances of personal biography and the interplay of ideas in the history of Russian culture shall
also receive due consideration. The course is given in English.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There shall be two open-book take-home midterms and a final
closed- book examination. The midterms will consist of essay questions of analytical bent. The total
length of your answers for each midterm is to be between six and seven double-spaced typewritten
pages of normal size font. Every effort will be made to shape the examinations as a learning
experience. The first midterm shall be given out on April 15 and collected on April 22. The second - -
on May 17 and collected on May 24.
READINGS:
Alexander Pushkin.
The Complete Prose Tales of Alexandr Sergeyevich Pushkin. Gillon R. Aiken, trans. New York:
Norton, 1966
Mikhail Lermontov.
A Hero of Our Time, Vladimir Nabokov, trans. Garden City: Doubleday, 1958
Nikolay Gogol.
The Complete Tales of Nikolay Gogol. Edited with an introduction and notes by Leonard J. Kent.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1985
Fyodor Dostoevsky.
Crime and Punishment. Richard Pevear and Larissa Volokhonsky, trans. New York: Knopf, 1992
The Brothers Karamazov. Constance Garnett, trans. New York: Norton, 1976
Lev Tolstoy.
The Death of Ivan Ilyich. Louise & Aylmer Maude, trans. New York: Health Sciences Publishing
Corporation, 1973
Alternative: The Cossacks; The Death of Ivan Ilyich; Happy Ever After. Rosemary Edmunds, trans.
Baltimore: Penguin, 1960
War and Peace. Aylmer Maude, trans. New York: Norton, 1995
Anton Chekhov
Alternative: Two Plays: The Cherry Orchard and Three Sisters. New York: Heritage Press, 1966.
Anton Chekhov's Short Stories. Ralph E. Matlaw, editor. New York: Norton, 1979
Marie Martin
Slavic B11-2 Spring 95-96
20TH CENTURY RUSSIAN LITERATURE: Glasnost:, Its Context, and Its
Texts
Time: T Th 11:00 - 12:30
Expected Enroll.: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In the second half of contemporary literature survey we are going to
examine the works from the 50s through the 90s with a special emphasis on the issues of
contemporary Russian culture. We will get acquainted with prose representing the main stages of
development of Russian literature such as the period of the thaw (Pasternak's Doctor Zhivago); the
so- called youth prose; literature of dissidence (Solzhenitsyn's One Day in the Life of Ivan
Denisovich, Georgii Vladimov's Faithful Ruslan) literature published by Samizdat/Tamizdat (Bitov's
Pushkin House), `emigre writing (Voinovich's The Life and Remarkable Adventures of the Soldier
Ivan Chonkin, Sokolov's School for Fools); prose of village writers; urban prose; national literature;
literature which broke taboos (Erofeev's Moscow To The End Of The Line) and finally the texts of
glasnost'. The glasnost literature is especially remarkable not only because it puts forth contemporary
Russian cultural tendencies (freedom in describing sex, violence, profanities) but because it
introduces a number of characteristics refreshing from the literary point of view. These latest works
tend to possess an original perspective on familiar phenomena, they focus on the inner side of human
experience, they are peculiar in the post-modern explosion of intertextuality, and in their freer
approach to language. These are novellas and short stories by Viktor Erofeev, Mikhail Kuraev,
Vladimir Makanin, Tatiana Tolstaya, Ludmila Petrushevskaya, Nina Sadur, Marina Palei, Liudmila
Ulitskaya, Viktoria Tokareva, Larisa Vaneeva, Svetlana Vasilenko.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Final paper.
Irwin Weil
Slavic B57-0 Spring 95-96
INTRODUCTION TO THE USSR AND SUCCESSOR STATES
Time: MWF 1:00 - 2:00
Telephone: 491-8254
Office Address: 147 B Kresge
Expected Enrollment: 300
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course presents different points of view on some of the most central
and dramatic historical events of the 20th century: the two 1917 revolutions in the former Tsarist
Russian Empire, and their political, social, economic, and cultural aftermaths. We study the
development of the multi-national, huge USSR through its many different stages, and its dissolution.
These questions involve many of the central historical polemics of modern times and many central
problems of history. In order to understand them, we read source materials by Soviet writers who
condemned the Marxist Revolution, who exalted it, who found it ridiculous, and who saw its tragic
consequences. Because of Soviet restrictions on public expression, it took courageous people of
letters to describe the events truthfully. We also read works by Western historians and observers, and
the professor brings to bear his 35 years of experience, gained from working and teaching in USSR/
Russia. The course also uses some contemporary films from Russia and Eastern Europe. Students are
required to examine critically many points of view, in order to start developing their own sense of
history and its problems of proportion and judgment, the sifting of myth from facts subject to
verification, etc. The course deals with exciting and controversial materials about some of the most
passionately debated issues of the 20th century. This excitement is reflected in the reactions of
students and the professor.
TEACHING METHOD: There are three meetings per week. Since the class is usually large, these
meetings consist mostly of lectures. Students are encouraged to interrupt the lectures and ask
questions; each meeting starts off with a question period. Many students take advantage of the
opportunity and do pose many questions and comments.
EVALUATION: The course has two examinations, a mid-term and a final. As long as the enrollment
remains high, there will be several exercises which involve multiple choice questions.
READINGS:
Selected works by Soviet writers and ideologues.
Irina Dolgova Spring 95-96
SLAVIC C03-3
ADVANCED RUSSIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Time: MWF 12:00 - 1:00
Office: 125B Kresge
Phone: 49l-8082
Expected enroll.: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the last course of a four-year sequence of Russian. It will include
the comprehensive review of Russian grammar as well as studying some aspects of lexicology and
style. The reading material will consist of the texts of the Russian writers of the 20th Century. The
analysis of the texts will include both the linguistic and cultural aspects. The reading materials will be
combined with video materials.
TEACHING METHOD: Three classes per week in Russian; two compositions per quarter; Three
texts of modern Russian writers as home reading; three to four grammar tests per quarter;
presentation.
EVALUATION: Class participation 30%; composition 30%; home reading 20%; tests 20%.
READING LIST:
"Focus on Russian".
Textbook.
Newspapers.
Irina Dolgova
Slavic C04-3
ADVANCED RUSSIAN: Russians: New and Old Values
Time: MW 2:00 - 3:30
Office: 125B Kresge
Phone: 49l-8082
Expected enroll.: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a fifth course of a five-year sequence of Russian, designed for
undergraduates who have completed four years of Russian study (including Study Abroad in Russia
or the equivalent ) and who wish to broaden their linguistic competence and oral and written
performance. In order to develop listening comprehension this course combines reading materials
with videotaped materials. The class meets twice a week (Monday: video segments and discussion
based on reading assignment. Wednesday: grammar, written and oral translation). This course
requires regular home assignments (readings, translations, grammar exercises, essays)and one class
presentation during "mini-conference" at the end of the quarter.
PREREQUISITE: 4 years of Russian or equivalent
TEACHING MATERIALS:
1. Series of three documentary films "Unrehearsed Interviews from Russia" (3), accompanied by
printed materials: related publications, transcripts, vocabulary lists. The films are in Russian without
subtitles or translation. (Produced by the Consortium for Language Teaching and Learning at Cornell
University).
2. Syntax Handbook of Russian Language: Communicative Approach. I.S. Ivanova, L.A.
Karamysheva, M.S.Miroshnikova. S.-Petersburg State University, 1995.
3. Related articles from Russian newspapers "Segodn'a", "Moskovskie Novosti", "Argumenty i
Fakty", "Literaturnaia Gazeta" and (for translation) American periodicals such as "Time", "The New
Yorker" and "The New York Times".
Spring Quarter: Children Are Our Future. Reading and discussion on topics related to traditional
views on children and their transformation in Russia..
Movie: "Russian Kids, American Parents", filmed in 1993-94 in Moscow, Chelyabinsk, and
California.
Grammar: Constructions for expressing degree, conditions, concession and comparison. Elements of
theory of translation (contrastive grammar), focusing on written translation.
Frank Silbajoris
Slavic C14-0
CHEKHOV
Time: MWF 1:00 - 2:00
Expected enroll.: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: he melancholy, autumnal Chekhov one hears about is not very
interesting. In this course, we shall converse with the witty, sharp-tongued humorist Chekhov who is
a master of highly complex but also lyrical and seemingly simple artistic language, and with Chekhov
the man whose love for humanity runs so deep and whose outrage at the stupidities and vulgarities of
the human animal burns with such intensity that Chekhov the writer creates texts of incandescent
poetic beauty. The course will devote as much time to Chekhov's plays as it will to his short stories. It
will be a reader's course, paying close analytical attention to the written text as we observe the
emergence of ideas. Graduate and undergraduate Russian majors are urged to read the stories and
plays in Russian. Let us plan to meet separately a few times to discuss the texts in Russian.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There shall be two open-book take-home midterms and a final
closed-book examination. The midterms will consist of essay questions of analytical bent. The total
length of your answers for each midterm is to be between six and seven double-spaced typewritten
pages of normal size font. Your may write in English or Russian. Every effort will be made to shape
the examinations as a learning experience. The first midterm shall be given out on April 22 and
collected on April 29. The second -- on May 13 and collected on May 20.
RECOMMENDED READING:
A. Chekhov's stories
Kashtanka, 1887
The Enemies, 1887
The Neighbors, 1892
The Peasants, 1897
Three Years, 1895
The Darling, 1899
Any number of others you care to read and have time for.
Irwin Weil
Slavic C37-0
PUSHKIN
Time: MWF 10:00 - 11:00
Office: 147B Kresge
Phone: 49l-8254
Expected enroll.: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The class will be conducted in Russian, with help for those who have
trouble understanding the language. We will examine selected poetic and prose works by the greatest
master of the music, rhythms, and sense of the Russian language. We will also examine some of the
musical adaptations of his work. Some historical and geographical information will also be
considered, so that students can understand and share the excitement, and drama of his times.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion and mutual consideration of central human issues raised by
Pushkin's experience and genius. Some student presentation in class. Reading and speaking clinics to
help students whose Russian is not native.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Papers (can be in English or Russian), exams
READING: A Pushkin Anthology (in Russian).
LISTENING:
(supplied) Tapes of Tchaikovsky's and others' musical adaptations of Pushkin works.
Performance by singers.
Marvin Kantor
SLAVIC C41-0
THE STRUCTURE OF RUSSIAN
Time: T Th 1:00 - 2:330
Phone: 491-8251
Office: 148B Kresge
Expected enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A one quarter course which covers the phonology, morphography and
syntax of Contemporary Standard Russian. It includes a description of the phonetics, phonemics,
morphophonemics and word-formation of Russian.
PREREQUISITES:None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Two exams, one midterm, and one final.
TEXTS: Akademia Nauk SSSR, Grammatika russkogo jazyka, vols. 1-2, Moscow, 1953- 54;
Avanesov, R., Ocherki russkoj dialektologii, Moscow, 1949; Avanesov, R., Russkoe literaturnoe
proiznoshenie, Moscow, 1950; Exercises in Russian Syntax, I the Simple Sentence, II Compound and
Complex Sentences; Halle, Morris, The Sound Pattern of Russian, Gravenhage, 1959; Jacobson, R.,
"Russian Conjugation", Word, 4, 1948; Matthews, W., "Modern Russian Dialects", Transactions of
the Philological Society, 1950; Stankiewich, Edward, Declension and Gradation of Russian
Substantives, The Hague, 1968; Townsend, Charles, Russian Word Formation, New York, 1968
Texts not to be purchased.
Ilya Kutik
Slavic C67-2 Spring 95-96
RUSSIAN FILM: From World War II to 1980's
Time: MW 2:00 - 4:00
Office: 125C Kresge
Phone: 49l-8248
Expected enroll.: 80
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The spring part of this course offers an introduction to the development
of Russian film from the World War II to the 80s, from the Socialist Realism to the neo-realism and
neo-avant-gard of the thaw and beyond. The chosen movies are masterpieces of Russian and Soviet
film art: "Cranes are Flying" by Mikhail Kalatozov, "Ballad of a Soldier" of Sergei Chukhrai,
"Solaris" by Andrei Tarkovsky, "Sayat Nova" by Sergei Paradzhanov and others. No knowledge of
Russian required.
METHOD OF EVALUATION:
1) There will be an in-class midterm exam after 5 weeks of the course. The midterm will count for
35% of the grade.
2) There will be weekly discussion sections. Participation in these sections is required. They will
count for 25% of the grade.
3) There will be a final in-class exam. Students will be asked to identify clips from films shown
during the course and to answer questions based on the course material. The final exam will count for
40% of the grade.
Irina Dolgova
Slavic D04-3
ADVANCED RUSSIAN: Russians: New and Old Values
Time: MW 2:00-3:30
Office: 125B Kresge
Phone: 49l-8082
Expected enroll.: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a fifth course of a five-year sequence of Russian, designed for
graduate students who have completed four years of Russian study (including Study Abroad in Russia
or the equivalent ) and who wish to broaden their linguistic competence and oral and written
performance. In order to develop listening comprehension this course combines reading materials
with videotaped materials. The class meets twice a week (Monday: video segments and discussion
based on reading assignment. Wednesday: grammar, written and oral translation). This course
requires regular home assignments (readings, translations, grammar exercises, essays)and one class
presentation during "mini-conference" at the end of the quarter. Prerequisite: 4 years of Russian or
equivalent
TEACHING MATERIALS:
1. Series of three documentary films "Unrehearsed Interviews from Russia" (3), accompanied by
printed materials: related publications, transcripts, vocabulary lists. The films are in Russian without
subtitles or translation. (Produced by the Consortium for Language Teaching and Learning at Cornell
University).
2. Syntax Handbook of Russian Language: Communicative Approach. I.S. Ivanova, L.A.
Karamysheva, M.S. Miroshnikova. S.-Petersburg State University, 1995.
3. Related articles from Russian newspapers "Segodn'a", "Moskovskie Novosti", "Argumenty i
Fakty", "Literaturnaia Gazeta" and (for translation) American periodicals such as "Time", "The New
Yorker" and "The New York Times".
Spring Quarter: Children Are Our Future. Reading and discussion on topics related to traditional
views on children and their transformation in Russia..
Movie: "Russian Kids, American Parents", filmed in 1993-94 in Moscow, Chelyabinsk, and
California.
Grammar: Constructions for expressing degree, conditions, concession and comparison. Elements of
theory of translation (contrastive grammar), focusing on written translation.
Irina Dolgova Spring 95-96
Slavic D05-3
RUSSIAN TEACHING METHODOLOGY
Time: M 12:00 - 1:00
Office: 125B Kresge
Phone: 1-8082
Expected enroll.: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A graduate level seminar that addresses the complexities of teaching
Russian language. The group explores teaching methods with an emphasis on communicative
approach to language teaching, working with groups and individuals, and demonstrating and
presenting ideas. This seminar is geared toward the student interested in teaching assistantships as
well as professional education.
Marvin Kantor
SLAVIC D30-0
STUDIES IN OLD RUSSIAN LITERATURE
Time: W 200-500
Office: 148B
Phone: 491-8251
Expected enroll.: 8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The topics to be discussed are: The Russian Primary Chronicle,
Homiletic and Didactic Works, the Lives of Saints, Epics, Military Tales, Ideological Writings,
Secular Tales and Poetry.
PREREQUISITES: A reading knowledge of Old Russian.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: One examination and independent work.
TEXTS: Will be assigned in class.
Ilya Kutik
Slavic D37-1
THE ART OF TRANSLATION IN RUSSIAN POETRY
Time: T 200-500
Office: 125C
Phone: 491-8248
Expected enroll.: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The art of translation in Russian poetry always was an "additional" way
to compose one's own poems. This course offers an introduction to the history of Russian poetic
translations from the 19th century to the 20th century, from Vasilii Zhukovsky to Boris Pasternak.
Course is based on the Russian versions of English poetry, their stylistic difference and a historical
impact they had on the development of Russian poetry per se. Knowledge of Russian required.
METHOD OF EVALUATION:
1) There will be weekly discussion sections. Students will have the opportunity to choose their own
topics to present and discuss. The discussion sections will count for 50% of the grade.
2) There will be a final paper. It has to explore in depth a topic chosen by the professor together with
a student. The paper will count for 50% of the grade.
Carol Avins
SLAVIC D41-0
20TH-CENTURY RUSSIAN LITERARY AND CULTURAL CRITICISM
Time: Mon. 2:00 - 5:00
Office: 124C Kresge
Phone: 491-8252
Expected Enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION:This course will explore major trends and texts of literary criticism,
literary politics, and general intellectual debate in twentieth-century Russia, with emphasis on the
Soviet period.
PREREQUISITES: Familiarity with twentieth-century Russian literature is assumed, as is a reading
knowledge of Russian. Graduate students outside of Slavic are welcome, however.
TEACHING METHOD AND EVALUATION: Class sessions will be largely discussion. Frequent
short papers and presentations will be assigned, as well as one long paper to be submitted at the end
of the quarter.
PARTIAL LIST OF TOPICS AND READINGS:
Aleksandr Blok, "Intelligentsia and Revolution"; "On the Calling of the Poet"
Russian Formalism: selected writings of Shklovsky, Tynianov, and Eikhenbaum
Lev Trotsky, Literature and Revolution
Selections from the major journals, 1920's to the present
Osip Mandelstam, selected essays
Socialist Realism: speeches from the 1934 Congress of Soviet Writers and selected party resolutions
Andrei Sinyavsky, On Socialist Realism; "The Literary Process in Russia"
Joseph Brodsky, selected essays
Current literary scholarship and production: recent articles
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0471 - Sociology
TIMOTHY KOPONEN
Sociology A10
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
Time: MWF 10:00-11:00
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Avenue, Rm. 10
Office Phone: 491-4465
Expected Enrollment: 200
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will discuss essential characteristics of group life,
interrelations of society, culture and personality, and basic institutions and processes.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lecture and discussion sections.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Based on two multiple choice tests and two short papers (3-5 pages
each).
READINGS:
THE SOCIOLOGICAL IMAGINATION by C. W. Mills
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY by Anthony Giddens
PRESENTATION OF SELF IN EVERYDAY LIFE by Erving Goffman
BRETT STOCKDILL
Sociology B05
AMERICAN SOCIETY
Time: TTH 2:30-4:30
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Ave., Rm. 204
Office Phone: 491-3409
Expected Enrollment: 120
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine the emergence of lesbian and gay
communities in American society. We will discuss the social construction of sexuality, heterosexist
oppression, lesbigay political struggle, assimilation, lesbian feminism and AIDS.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lecture, films and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades based on a midterm, final, three papers and research
project.
READINGS:
ZAMI by Audre Lorde
STONEWALL by Martin Duberman
HIDDEN FROM HISTORY by Duberman, Vicinus and Chauncey
DAVID BODEN
Sociology B06
LAW AND SOCIETY
Time: MWF 10:00-11:00
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Avenue, Rm. 102
Office Phone: 491-2697
Expected Enrollment: 120
no email
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to the role of law in American society. Relationship of law,
inequality, and social change. Patterns of change in major legal institutions: the courts, the legal
profession, and legal services for the poor.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
WAYNE KRIEMELMEYER
Sociology B07
PROBLEMS OF CITIES
Time: TTH 9:00-10:30
Office Address: 1812 Chicago Avenue, Rm.106
Office Phone: 491-5671
Expected Enrollment: 120
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on the major problems facing American cities
today: crime, residential segregation, racism, pollution, public education, and government. It will also
look at possible solutions to these problems, with an eye towards current political, economic, and
spatial trends.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lecture and discussion sections.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
BRUCE CARRUTHERS
Sociology B15
ECONOMY AND SOCIETY
Time: MWF 10:00-11:00
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Avenue, Rm.203
Office Phone: 491-1251
Expected Enrollment: 100
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A sociological introduction to economic institutions and processes. We
will cover topics such as property, prices, markets, informal economics, consumption and economic
inequality and service work.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lecture and discussion
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
NICOLA BEISEL
Sociology B16
SOCIOLOGY OF SEX ROLES
Time: TTH 10:30-12:00
Office Address: 1810 Chicago Avenue, Rm. 311
Office Phone: 467-1250
Expected Enrollment: 180
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the social construction and maintenance of male
and female gender roles, with a focus on sexuality and the family. Topics covered will include body
images and eating disorders; power in romantic relationships; teenage pregnancy; masculinity and
homophobia; the economic consequences of divorce; and the conflicts over abortion and censorship.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures will be the main method of exposition.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Students will be evaluated on the basis of three exams and on
participation in discussion sections.
READINGS: To be announced.
KENNETH DAUBER
Sociology C02
SOCIOLOGY OF COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS
Time: MWF 9:00-10:00
Office Address: 1812 Chicago Avenue, Rm.303
Office Phone: 491-3719
Expected Enrollment: 50
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A survey on sociological perspectives on formal organizations,
especially in business and government, with particular attention to issues of stratification, rationality,
and power.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed? A- or B- level sociology course. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures and discussions.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
DAVID PELLOW
Sociology C19
SOCIOLOGY OF SCIENCE
Time: TTH: 1:00-2:00
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Avenue, Rm.204
Office Phone: 491-3409
Expected Enrollment: 50
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to encourage students to critically examine our
participation in and relationship with science and technology. Course material covers historical and
contemporary impacts of the use and misuse of science and technology by human beings. Themes
explored include social inequality, environmental preservation and degradation, and the evolution of
work.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: Prerequisites: A- or B- level sociology course. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lecture and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades will be based on short oral and written assignments.
READINGS: TBA
FERNANDO FILGUEIRA
Sociology C39
COMPARATIVE SOCIOLOGY
Time: TTH 2:30 - 4:00
Office Address: 1812 Chicago Ave., Rm. 302
Office Phone: 491-2741
Expected Enrollment: 50
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Theoretical and methodological issues in the comparison of whole
societies and other macrosocial units. Contrast approaches that emphasize variables with those that
emphasize cases (e.g., countries) and their histories.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: Prerequisite: A- or B- level sociology course. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
KENNETH DAUBER
Sociology C47
SOCIOLOGY OF TIME AND SPACE
Time: MWF 10:00-11:00
Office Address: 1812 Chicago Ave.,Rm.303
Office Phone: 491-3719
Expected Enrollment: 50
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Social construction of time and space. Standardization of time, maps as
ideological documents, capitalist time and space, personal and social space and memories.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: Prerequisites: A- or B- level sociology course. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
BERNARD BECK
Sociology C50
SOCIOLOGY OF THE ARTS
Time: MWF 11:00-12:00
Office Address: 1810 Chicago Avenue, Rm.211
Office Phone: 491-2704
Expected Enrollment: 50
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An exploration of how people organize the activities of art in various
times, places, and social circumstances. Creating and maintaining the institutions that define and give
meaning to the different fields and media of art and to the larger idea of Art and its associated ideas:
artist, artistic, etc. topics of interest to be covered: art as a kind of work, art as a career, art as a kind
of play, art as a sacred activity; reputation, honor and reward: artists, their helpers and their
audiences; the conduct of art in the context of the surrounding society.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: Previous sociology courses suggested. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Discussion, individual exercises, group projects.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Individual term paper and, possibly, one or two short written
exercises or presentations. No examinations.
READINGS: TBA
CAROL HEIMER Sociology C55 MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY Time: TTH 10:30-12:00 Office
Address: 1808 Chicago Avenue, Rm.105 Office Phone: 491-7480 Expected Enrollment: 40 e-mail: c-
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Response to illness in various cultures and societies. Identification,
distribution, and treatment of illness. Care systems, careers, practices. The sick role, sickness as
deviant behavior. Politics of health care delivery.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: Prerequisite: A- or B- level sociology course. P/N not allowed.
Attendance at first day of class mandatory.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: TBA
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
NICOLA BEISEL
Sociology C56
SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER
Time: MW 2:00-3:30
Office: 1810 Chicago Ave., Rm. 311
Office Phone: 467-1250
Expected enrollment: 40
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Gender and issues of social reproduction and social change with
sexuality and reproduction emphasized.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: Prerequisites: Sociology B16 or B26. Attendance at first day of
class mandatory.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
ALLAN SCHNAIBERG and LISA PARK
Sociology C76
ASIAN AMERICAN STEREOTYPES
Time: MW 3:30¥5:30¥Office Address: 1808 Chicago Avenue, Rm.103
Office Phone: 491¥3202
Expected Enrollment: 50
e-mail: [email protected]
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION:This course broadens our perspective on the social history of Asian
American groups. One goal is finding a social science framework for understanding common and
unique histories of particular Asian American minority groups. Another is to provide some analytic
insights into their familiar and cultural histories for growing cohorts of Asian American university
students.
The course will include exposure to U.S. films in the 20th century, both those created by non Asian
Americans and the more recent ones of Asian American film makers. These films will illustrate both
historical evolutions of Asian American immigrant communities from despised to model minority,
and the contemporary tensions within and between older Asian American communities and newer
migrations of higher-skilled Asians along with new refugee movements from southeast Asia.
Through the use if the films, class discussions, and assignments, the course will offer analytic
perspectives on the common and unique histories of specific Asian American migrant groups, a
critical evaluation of the discrimination experienced by "Asian American" and unique racial-ethnic
identity conflicts within and between Asian American minority communities.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N not allowed. Attendance at first day of
class mandatory.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Films, handouts, group discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Take home assignments, including film critiques and other analytic
assignments.
READINGS:
Sucheng Chan. Editor. HMONGMEANS FREE: LIFE IN lAOS AND AMERICA. 1994.
Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Yen Le Espiritu, ASIAN AMERICAN PANETHNICITY: BRIDGING INSTITUTIONS AND
IDENTITIES 1992. Philadelphia: Temple University Press
David Mura, TURNING JAPANESE: MEMORIES OF A SANSEI. 1991. New York: Anchor Books.
BRUCE CARRUTHERS
Sociology C76
TRUST IN NUMBERS: RATIONAL DECISION MAKING
Time: WF 2:00-3:30
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Avenue, Rm.203
Office Phone: 467-1251
Expected Enrollment: 30
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will explore the role played by numerical and quantitative
information in decision-making in both the private and public spheres. Other topics to be discussed
include how quantitative data are produced and consumed in a variety of contexts, what role they play
in real-world decision-making, and why such data continue to make us nervous. What circumstances
make it easier or harder to derive quantitative measures? Can such data be used to produce rational
decisions, or simply to rationalize decisions? This class will explore these and other issues using
examples drawn from private and public-sector decision-making.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: Prerequisite: A- or B- level sociology course. P/N allowed.
Attendance at first day of class mandatory.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures and discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
KENNETH DAUBER
Sociology C80-7
AMERICAN-INDIANS IN THE CONTEMPORARY U.S.
Time: TH 8:30-10:30
Office Address: 1812 Chicago Avenue, Rm. 303
Office Phone: 491-3719
Expected Enrollment: 8
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is an examination of the pace(s) of American Indians in
contemporary U.S. society, with special attention to the factors that have shaped the experience and
identity of native Americans in this country. A major part of our task will be to survey this variation,
and the political, economic, cultural, and historical contexts in which these differences are embedded.
Topics for investigation include how Indians have been represented by scholars and in the popular
media; contemporary native American art and literature; the nature of Indian identity (and collective
identity more broadly in contemporary American society; and the varying experiences of Indians
living in cities, on reservations and in rural areas.
PREREQUISITES? P/N ALLOWED? A- or B- level sociology course. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: TBA
READINGS: TBA
ALLAN SCHNAIBERG and LISA PARK
Sociology C80-7
JUNIOR TUTORIAL: AFTER ROSIE THE RIVETER: WOMEN AND WORK IN POST
WORLD WAR II
Time: TTH 1:00-2:30
Office Address: 1808 Chicago Ave., Rm. 103
Office Phone: 491-3202
Expected enrollment: 8
e-mail: [email protected]
e-mail: [email protected]
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Much has been written in the modern period of feminist scholarship and
women's movements about the unprecedented entry of women into American factories during World
War II. As well, much of the modern feminist movement has criticized the truncated lives of women
during the 1950s.
We focus on cultural (and structural) issues between 1945 and 1960. Our principal tool for exploring
the period is the rise of a new genre of films, promoting the "new woman." There was both a cultural
shift to remove women from the workplace and into the home, and resistance to these changes from
women's groups.
Students will use the films as a starting point,, to explore some of the literature of the period, which
treats labor and/or women's issues. The role of film is expressly treated here as an inherently
conservative medium, since many of these films are comedies rather than serious dramas. In this
form, they allow both genders to see positive dimensions of their roles in film, while affirming male
appropriation of the industrial workplace.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Seminar-discussion format. Group and individual meetings with
students each wee, focussed on their field projects.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Research report.
READINGS : Joanne Meyerowitz. Editor. NOT JUNE CLEAVER: WOMEN AND WORK IN
POSTWAR AMERICA, 1945-1960. 1994. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
LAWRENCE OUELLET
Sociology C94
SENIOR LINKAGE SEMINAR: ILLICIT DRUG USE, POVERTY AND AIDS IN
CHICAGO
Office Address: 1810 Chicago Avenue, Rm.116
Office Phone: 491-5415
Expected Enrollment: 15
e-mail: [email protected] ([email protected])
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with life among the urban poor, and the roles
played by professionals in addressing problems related to poverty and inequality. Topics to be
examined include an overview of HIV disease among injection drug users (IDUs) and their sex
partners, methodological issues in studying hidden, illegal and stigmatized behaviors, theories about
substance abuse and AIDS prevention strategies, and the effectiveness of interventions. The politics
of intervention and research and policy considerations in the battle against AIDS will also be
discussed.
Throughout the course, an attempt will be made to engage IDUs not only as objects of study, but as
people who can broaden and deepen our understanding of the world by teaching us to see it through
their eyes.
In addition, students will be introduced to the AIDS Outreach Intervention Project Chicago, an
academically grounded and neighborhood-based outreach program.
PREREQUISITES? P/N allowed?: No prerequisites. P/N allowed. Seniors only.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Discussion, lecture and class participation.
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0473 - Statistics
Bruce D. Spencer
Statistics, B01-0
STATISTICS AND PUBLIC POLICY
Time: TTh 9-10:30 Dis W 9-10
Office Address: 2006 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5810
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Basic statistical concepts and techniques introduced through a series of
case studies of interesting public policy issues. The cases illustrate various kinds of data collection
methods with their own strengths and weaknesses. Emphasis on uses of statistics in everyday
situations, such as interpreting news reports. Course makes minimal use of mathematics.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week plus a discussion/quiz section.
EVALUATION: Weekly quiz, midterm, final and short paper.
TEXT: David S. Moore, Statistics: Concepts and Controversies, 3rd ed., Freeman.
Martin Tanner
Statistics, B02-0
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Time: TTH 1-2:30 Disc M 3-4
Office Address: 2006 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-3974
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 80
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Statistics is the science of data. This science involves collecting,
summarizing, organizing, analyzing, and interpreting data. Statistics is also the art of making
numerical conjectures about puzzling questions. This course will serve as an introduction to the
useful field of statistics; it does not require calculus and makes minimal use of mathematics. Some
computation to solve real data problems will be involved, but the emphasis of the course is on
understanding the concepts presented.
Topics to be discussed are design of experiments, summarization of data, correlation, regression,
probability and chance, survey sampling, estimation, and tests of significance.
PREREQUISITES: High school algebra.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week. Mandatory discussion section.
EVALUATION: Quizzes, midterm, final and weekly homework.
TEXT: Moore, D.S., The Basic Practice of Statistics, W. H. Freeman and Company, 1995.
Thomas Severini
Statistics,B10
INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Time: 4 MTW Disc 1 Th or F
Office Address: 2006 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-3974
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 140
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an introductory course in statistics which covers elementary
probability theory, descriptive statistics, sampling, point estimation, confidence intervals, and
hypothesis testing. These topics are used frequently in many social science, physical science, and
engineering disciplines.
PREREQUISITES: No formal prerequisites. However, an understanding of basic math concepts at
the pre-calculus level is helpful.
TEACHING METHOD: Three lectures per week and a required discussion section.
EVALUATION: Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly quizzes, a midterm, and a final
exam.
TEXT: Wonnacott, T. H. and Wonnacott, R. J., Introductory Statistics for Business and Economics,
fourth edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1990.
OPTIONAL TEXT: Lapin, L., Business Statistics, College Outline Series, Harcourt Brace.
Sandy Zabell
Statistics, C51-0
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS
Time: 1-2:30 TTH
Office Address: 2006 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-3974
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the design of experiments as seen through the eyes
of its inventor, R.A. Fisher. Topics to be covered include: methods of designing experiments and
analyzing data obtained from them: one-way and two-way layouts, incomplete block designs, Latin
squares, Youden squares, factorial and fractional factorial designs, random-effects and mixed-effects
models, split-plot, and nested designs.
PREREQUISITES: Stat C20-2 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures.
EVALUATION: Homework, midterm and final projects.
TEXT: R. A. Fisher, The Design of Experiments.
Thomas Severini
Statistics C59-0
APPLIED MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS
Time: MW 1-2:30
Office Address: 2006 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-3974
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will cover statistical methods for describing and analyzing
multivariate data. Topics covered will include principal component analysis, factor analysis,
discrimination and classification and clustering. The emphasis will be on practical application of the
methods and the interpretation of the results.
PREREQUISITES: A second course in statistics such as IE/MS C-04 or Stat C20-2.
TEACHING METHOD: Two lectures per week.
EVALUATION: Grades will be bases upon several homework assignments and a final project.
TEXTS: Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis by R. A. Johnson and D.W. Wichern, Prentice-
Hall, 1982.
Shelby J. Haberman
Statistics, D48-0
MULTIVARIATE STATISTICAL METHODS
Time: TTH 10:30-12
Office Address: 2006 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-5081
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Methods are developed for analysis of multiple continuous responses.
Multivariate regression analysis and multivariate analysis of variance are emphasized. Standard tests
are developed based on the multivariate normal distribution. Canonical correlation, discriminant
analysis, and principal components are considered. Depending on student interest, factor analysis and
cluster analysis may be investigated. Use of standard computer packages is emphasized.
PREREQUISITES: A course in regression analysis comparable to Statistics C50.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures.
EVALUATION: Graded homework and a take-home final examination.
TEXT: Bock, D., Multivariate Statistical Methods in Behavioral Research, 2nd ed., Scientific
Software International.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0480 - Women's Studies
Micaela di Leonardo
Women's Studies B10
LIFE AS WOMEN KNOW IT
Time: TTH 4-5:30 and a discussion section
Office Address: 1810 Hinman
Office Phone: 491-4821
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an introduction to the development and meaning
of feminist perspectives on human social reality. "Women's Studies" is a set of interdisciplinary
concerns and skills that fuels a transformative movement within the social and natural sciences and
the humanities. Our overarching course theme will be women's common and differing lives in
households and in the paid labor force-- and the cultural screens that separate and dichotomize these
realms. We will focus on the United States while holding a "watching brief" on other societies.
Course topics will include the nineteenth and twentieth century women's movements; family, kinship
and sexual politics; race and ethnicity; labor and political economy; sexuality and reproduction;
violence against women; art and language; fashion, appearance and sexual politics; gender, science
and medicine; feminist and antifeminist politics and political differences among feminists.
Melissa Zinkin
Women's Studies B91-0
FEMININE IDENTITY AND FEMINIST POLITICS
Spring, 1996
TTh 3:00-4:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will begin with discussions of female identity. The question
"What does it mean to claim that one is a woman?" will be evaluated with respect to women's writing,
women's psychology and cultural descriptions of women. In the second half of the course, we will
discuss how the complex issues of women's identity manifest themselves in politics. We will thus
focus on political issues such as pornography and equal rights.
Readings will include bell hooks, Carol Gilligan and Catherine MacKinnon.
Marva Butler-White
Women's Studies C75-1,
INTERNSHIP IN WOMEN'S SERVICES
Wednesday 6:30-8:30
Office Address: 2000 Sheridan Rd.
Office Phone: 491-7360
Expected enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to provide an opportunity for students interested
in social services and advocacy for women a chance to examine the effects of feminist theory in an
agency environment. Students will gain a perspective in organizational structure and program
development through field research and practical work experience. Students are expected to work a
minimum of eight hours per week in a supervised field placement. In addition, they will meet
regularly for lectures, activities and discussion. The goal is to identify dynamics within organizations
that may not be consistent with the feminist point of view.
TEACHING METHOD: lecture, discussion with emphasis on field placement. Evaluation will be
50% field placement, 40% attendance, participation and quality of discussion. Students will also be
required to write a mid-term paper of 3-5 pages as well as a final project, the specifics of which will
be discussed in class.
Prospective students should contact the instructor or the Women's Studies Program (491-5871) during
the Winter Quarter to secure a field placement for spring.
Rachel Rosenberg
Women's Studies C92 section 20
20TH CENTURY PLAYS BY WOMEN
Quarter: Spring
Time: MW 2:30 - 4 p.m.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Throughout the 20'20th - century, British and American women have
written many exciting, ground-breaking and, often, politically engaging plays that are just beginning
to get the critical attention that they deserve. In this course, we will read and see plays by women
written between 1907 and 1989. As we examine them, we will consider three main questions: 1) How
is gender represented dramatically and theatrically? 2) How is the play a product of its social context?
and 3) How is an audience's or reader's interpretation of the play affected by the manner and context
in which it is presented? We will also be concerned with issues of canonicity and research
methodology: in other words, how should we decide which plays are worth studying and how should
we go about studying them? You will develop your own answers to these questions by completing a
research project on a topic of your own choosing. Assignments will include weekly 1- to 2- page
responses to assigned readings, a research paper due at the end of the quarter, and other assignments
that build toward the research paper (including an annotated bibliography and an oral presentation) .
We will attend at least one live performance.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Elizabeth Robins, Votes for Women
Susan Glaspell, "Trifles"
Zora Neale Hurston and Langston Hughes, Mule Bone
Gay Sweatshop, Care and Control
Ntozake Shange, spell #7
Caryl Churchill, Cloud Nine
Liz Lochhead, Mary Queen of Scots Got Her Head Chopped Off
Michelene Wandor, Whores D'Oeuvre
critical readings TBA
Katrin Schultheiss
Women's Studies Seminar C92 section 21
WOMEN'S BODIES, WOMEN'S HEALTH: A SOCIAL HISTORY OF MEDICINE
Time: T 2.30-5
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This seminar explores the history of women's health in the United
States and Europe by focusing on three broad and interrelated question: How has the physical
functioning of the female body been interpreted by the scientific community? How have scientific
and broader cultural interpretations of the sexualized female body shaped the type and quality of
medical care offered to women? What have women done to change ideas about women's health and
the medical care offered to women? We will devote a considerable amount of time to women's
reproductive functions, including the evolution of scientific thought on the roles of the female sexual
organs and the process of pregnancy; the history of childbirth and the development of obstetrics and
midwifery; and the history of birth control and abortion. We will also explore such topics as the
relationship between socially prescribed sexual norms and the treatment of venereal disease, the
changing diagnosis and experience of anorexia nervosa, and the cultural meanings of madness.
REQUIREMENTS:
Active participation in weekly seminar meetings (20%)
Two short (5 pages) response papers and oral reports (30%)
One longer paper (10-15 pages) (50%)
PRELIMINARY BOOK LIST:
Joan Brumberg, Fasting Girls: The History of Anorexia Nervosa (1988)
Judith Walker Leavitt, ed. Women and Health in America (1985)
Leavitt, Brought to Bed: Childbearing in America, 1750 - 1950 (1986)
Regina Morantz-Sanchez, Sympathy and Science (1985)
Cynthia Russett, Sexual Science
Elaine Showalter, The Female Malady: Women, Madness, and English Culture, 1830 - 1980 (1985)
Phyllis Lassner
Women's Studies C92 Section 22
GENDER, CULTURE AND WRITING
Time: MWF 10-11
Office Address: 1902 Sheridan Rd.
Office Phone: 491-7414
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In this course we will explore relationships between men and women
writers' voices and the social and cultural processes which shape them. We will read essays, fiction,
memoirs and poetry by men and women from places around the world and over time and respond to
them from the perspective of our own gendered and cultural identities.
Discussions and writing workshops will emphasize the reader/writer relationship in response to three
assigned papers.
Rae Moses
Women's Studies C92 Section 23
LANGUAGE AND GENDER
Time: TTh 10:30-12
Office Address: 2016 Sheridan Rd.
Office Phone: 491-8053
Expected Enrollment: 45
ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS MANDATORY
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The language we use to talk about men and women is often different.
Men and women also use language differently. This course examines these differences, how societies
evaluate them, attempt to regulate them, and how these differences have changed over time reflecting
our changing society. We will explore the use of gender specific language, e.g., him/her, waitress,
postman, the best man for the job, and language attitudes about these expressions. We will also
examine the language used by men and women in special contexts, how gender differences are
learned and what these differences seem to mean in our society and in cultures very different from
our own.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures/Discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Four reaction papers, a class presentation, a late midterm quiz, and
a take-home final.
TEXTS: Language, Gender, and Society. Barrie Thorne, Cheris Kramarae and Nancy Henley, eds.
1983. (at SBX)
Language, Gender and Professional Writing. Francine Wattman Frank and Paula A. Treichler. 1989.
Women, Men, & Language. 2nd ed. Jennifer Coates. 1993.
P/N REGISTRATION IS PERMITTED.
Njoki Kamau
Women's Studies C94
SENIOR LINKAGE SEMINAR: ANTI-RACISM AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN THE
WOMEN'S MOVEMENT
Time: W 2-5
Office Address: 2000 Sheridan Road
Office Phone: 491-2734
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will give students a rare opportunity to look closely at the
lives of women from around the world. The course will challenge students to bring the experiences of
these women whose cultures are somewhat different from their own close to home. Included in this
course will be a close examination of the intersection of race, class and gender in the women's
movement in the United States. This latter part of the course will give students a chance to look
closely at the debate among prominent women scholars on the racial and class issues that face the
women's movement. Finally, the course will challenge students to come up with their own original
thinking about what it would take to build a women's movement that would include all women.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion, with greater emphasis on class discussion.
EVALUATION: Grades are based on class attendance, class participation (based on the readings)
and written work (short papers and one main paper). There is no exam.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0482 - Integrated Arts Program
Mary Zimmerman/Dawn Mora
Integrated Arts B91-1
MODES OF THEATRE
Office Address: 1979 Sheridan Rd. Room 200
Phone: 491-3171
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION
The goal of this course is to expand the notion of "drama" towards "modes of performance" and to
provide the class an opportunity to perform in these various modes. We will explore performance
strategies through the staging of written dialogue, fiction, non-fiction, poetry, and performance art.
The students will be asked to develop a performance to embody each application. The course will
weave together class discussion, student performances, and written responses, culminating in a final
performance and a written examination.
No P/N option.
PREREQUISITES: A90 ART PROCESS or permission of instructor. No other previous theatre
study is expected.
Marlena Novak/Angela Rosenthal
Integrated Arts B91-2
MODES OF ART
Office Address: Kresge 254/216
Phone: 491-7788/7346
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This collaborative seminar (lecture/workshop) emphasizes the interaction of art history, theory and
practice in examining crucial issues of interpreting, reacting to, and producing visual culture. Students
will be introduced to a wide variety of art practices and equipped with an understanding of how such
practices operate in particular historical and contemporary contexts.
Each week, conceptually-based lectures, discussions and studio work will engage a particular subject.
Topics to be covered will include concepts of the self and nature, the relationship of the formal
properties of art to its content in representational and iconographic traditions, methods of display and
patterns of reception, the political and cultural significance of the gaze, and the interdependence of
gender, ethnicity and creativity. In exploring such issues, students will be exposed to a number of
artistic media, including modern media such as video art. Through the coursework the student will
investigate methods of perception and visual codes, exploring both controlled and chance procedures.
The goal of this interdisciplinary, collaborative seminar is to provide students with a deeper insight
into current concerns in visual culture.
PREREQUISITES: A90 ART PROCESS or permission of instructors. No previous art experience is
expected.
Johannes Birringer
Integrated Arts Program C90-2
TOWARDS A THEORY OF THE ARTS
Office: 1979 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-3232, 491-3171
Expected Enrollment: 20
This course is intended to serve as a "keystone" in tandem with the previous course, C90-1
Performance Seminar, in order to provide a period of reflection and analytical expansion to the
creative collaboration of the previous quarter.
Our goal is to investigate the theoretical implications of the Integrated Arts paradigm of artist/media/
artwork/audience, and to examine the societal functions of aesthetics in and beyond institutional
practices. In the context of contemporary society, such an analysis will not only have to focus on
Western art ideologies and institutions of knowledge, but will cut across the traditional boundaries of
artforms/media and move toward a more comprehensive perspective on the multicultural dynamics of
art production, exhibition-distribution, and reception.
This spring, participants will gather data for their analyses during a practical fieldwork experiment,
namely the exploration of curatorial mechanisms and artistic/administrative decision-making
processes in divers Chicago art institutions (theatres, museums, galleries, festivals). Such institutional
investigation requires a closer look at the conditions and modes of production in an arts organization;t
he management of exhibition programs or performance seasons; the display, sponsoring, and outreach
(publicity and education); the works themselves; the traditions and developments of repertoires, and
the relations of an arts organization to the community.
The fieldwork will be grounded in a theoretical/historical introduction to the philosophy and the
pragmatics of art- exhibitions. Participants will then form independent or cooperative fieldwork task
forces in order to explore the vision and institutional politics behind a museum, gallery, theatre, or
cultural center, to conduct interviews, to attend art events, and to write an ethnography or
philosophical critique of a local arts organization or festival. Students will also need to be familiar
with current debates on multiculturalism and on sponsorship/censorship, and the shifting relations
between conventional art practice and community-based art.
Final presentations (project write-up, slide or video lecture) must be based on new and original
investigation.
REQUIRED READINGS: Jacques Attali, Noise; Steven Dubin, Arresting Images, Nina Felshin,
ed., But Is It Art?; Ivan Karp/Steven Lavine, eds., Exhibiting Cultures; Lucy Lippard, Mixed
Blessings; Brian Wallis, ed. Democracy: A Project by Group Material.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0485 - Science in Human Culture
The following courses are cross-listed from other departments and can be used for the Science in
Human Culture minor.
Jessica Riskin
History C92-0
SCIENCE AND POLITICS IN REVOLUTIONARY FRANCE AND AMERICA
Time: Wednesdays, 2:00-4:00
Office address: 201b Harris Hall
Office phone: 491-3153
Maximum enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In the decades leading up to the French and American Revolutions,
scientists and political actors collaborated with increasing intimacy. This alliance set the terms, many
believe, for modern relations between science and government. But how did the partnership of natural
science and modern politics first emerge? How did Enlightenment conceptions of nature and society
influence one another? How might new understandings of natural phenomena, and of the human
capacity to explain and manipulate nature, have interacted with new conceptions of proper behavior,
economic well-being and good government? In this seminar we will study the exchanges --
philosophical, technological, and economic -- of Enlightenment natural science with moral and
political thought and culture. We will, that is, consider the intellectual and instrumental role of natural
science in the foundation of modern, constitutional democracies.
PREREQUISITES: None. Some background in 18th century French and/or American history is
helpful but not required.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion seminar format.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: weekly discussions of readings; one brief presentation; a short
essay critically reviewing the secondary literature on a chosen topic (5-7 pages); and a final research
paper (10-15 pages).
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Rousseau, Jean-Jacques, Discourse on the Progress of the Arts and Sciences
Montesquieu, The Spirit of the Laws (excerpts)
Condorcet, Sketch for a Historical Picture of the Human Mind
Denis Diderot, ed., Encyclopedia (excerpted articles)
Benjamin Franklin, Experiments and Observations on Electricity; Autobiography
Thomas Jefferson, Notes on the State of Virginia
Alexis de Tocqueville, Democracy in America, The Old Regime and the French Revolution
(excerpts)
Keith Baker, Science and Politics at the End of the Old Regime
Charles Gillispie, Science and Polity at the End of the Old Regime
(excerpts)Brooke Hindle, The Pursuit of Science in Revolutionary America
Ken Alder
History C-91 AMERICA: TECHNOLOGY'S NATION
Time: MWF 11-12
Office Address: Harris Hall, 102C
Phone: 491-7260
Expected enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Americans have often defined themselves and their nation through the
material things they make and own. This class examines the two-century debate over what America is
and should be by studying its artifacts, the changing ways they have been made and sold, and the
meanings Americans have ascribed to them. From the grandfather clock to the personal computer, the
scrubboard to the washing machine, the bicycle to the Apollo mission, Americans have identified
technology as central to their personal and national destiny. How have factory workers, slaves,
housewives, middle managers, scientific researchers, intellectuals, and hackers conceived of
technology? What have Americans meant by technological progress, and why have other Americans
been so suspicious of it? Is technology a neutral tool, or is it a bearer of social values? We will
consider both the utopian promises of technology and their shortcomings.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: There will be three one-hour meetings a week, with a significant
percentage run as discussion meetings.
EVALUATION: The student's course grade will be based on class participation, two 4-page essays,
and a take-home final exam.
TENTATIVE READING LIST:
Ruth Schwartz Cowan, More Work for Mother
John Kasson, Civilizing the Machine
David Noble, America by Design
Thomas P. Hughes, American Genesis
Shoshana Zuboff, In the Age of the Smart Machine
Edward Bellamy, Looking Backwards
Kurt Vonnegut, Player Piano
Also short works by Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Henry David
Thoreau, Mark Twain, Frederick Taylor, Henry Adams, Buckminster Fuller, Barry Commoner,
Charles Reich, and others.
David Hull
Science and Human Culture: 0439-B20
CREATIONISM AND SOCIOBIOLOGY.
TTh at 10:30 to noon.
Office Address: 1818 Hinman Ave.
Phone: 491-3656
Expected Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Scientific creationsim is the view that scientific evidence supports the
Biblical story of creation more strongly than it does evolutionary theory. Evolutionary biologists
argue that such claims are pseudo-scientific nonsense. Both sides claim that the other side is not being
truly "scientific." Sociobiology is the view that evolutionary explanations can be provided for the
social and psychological characteristics of human beings, the way that they can for all other
organisms. The opponents argue that sociobiologists are merely reading their prejudices into nature
and that sociobiology is not truly "scientific." The general issue in both cases is what does it mean for
some activity to count as "science."
PREREQUISITES: none
TEACHING METHODS: lecture and discussion
EVALUATION: two tests during the quarter and a final exam
TEXTS: Richard Dawkins, The Blind Watchmaker (1986)
Christopher Toumey, God's Own Scientists (1994)
Ashley Montagu (ed.), Sociobiology Examined (1980)
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0486 - Center for the Writing Arts
Spring Quarter 1996
A10-2 Modes of Writing: Social Order and the Right to Dissent
MWF 11:00 am
Seeskin, Gundlach, Shwom, Harmon
The second quarter of a two quarter sequence for freshmen in which writing skills are developed in
both lecture and discussion sections focusing on values and freedom of speech. Extensive writing
assignments are evaluated by several faculty. Readings range from Plato and Sophocles to more
contemporary views of the subject. The course is team-taught by Ken Seeskin (Philosopy), Bob
Gundlach (Linquistics), Barbara Shwom (Writing Center) and George Harmon (Medill). Spring
Quarter enrollment will meet Freshman Seminar requirement for students in CAS.
C01 The Art of Fiction: Humor and Truth
TTH 1-2:30 pm Jules Feiffer
A creative writing course limited to 15 undergraduates.The course will explore writing for screen and
stage, as well as allow for individual interests in fiction and argumentative essay genres. Students will
read, view films and sitcom samples, write weekly papers and produce a portfolio of work or
substantial project that can be presented at the end of the quarter. The instructor is a well-known
playwright, editorial cartoonist, and fiction writer.
C01 The Art of Fiction: A Writer's Workshop
TH 1-4:00 pm Larry Heinemann
A creative writing course limited to 15 undergraduates. The course will focus on "the Storyteller's
point of view" with exercises in writing for different genres,and assignments individually tailored for
each student.Students will read about half a dozen selections over the course of the term. Grades will
be determined by class participation as well as a substantial writing project. The instructor is a
National Book Award winning novelist, and an experienced teacher of writing.
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0495 - International Studies
Subir Sinha
International Studies B01-3
Introduction to the World System
TTH 1:00-2:30
COURSE DESCRIPTION:This is the third part of the 3-part Introduction the World System
sequence. In this course we will examine some processes that currently shape the world system as we
know it today. They include anti-colonial movements of national liberation, the project of
development, the emergence of global environmental movements, and new social movements as
important actors in domestic and international politics. Apart from the readings, students will be
required to watch two movies as part of the course.
Teaching method: lecture and discussion groups.
Readings: will include a Xerox packet, as well as the following books:
James Ferguson: Anti-Development
D. Ghai and J. Vivian, eds: Grassroots Environmental Action
P. Wignaraja: New Social Movements in the South
Michael Loriaux
International Studies B02
"International Ethics."
Expected enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION:In this course, we ask if states are able to pursue moral ends in world,
politics, and therefore, if we as citizens are able to hold governments to moral standards in foreign
policy. The course begins by setting out the negative response to that question, as advanced by a
school of international relations thought known as Political Realism. But as we trace the development
of that school back in time, we observe that realism's position regarding moral action is more
complicated and "slippery" than initially thought. Having become acquainted with the realist position,
we give voice to its critics, who hold that moral action in international affairs is not only possible but
necessary. Having replicated the core theoretical debate, we strike out in a third, more original
direction: philosophical skepticism. I argue that skepticism is a fundamental constituent of realist
thought, and yet it highlights realism's unavoidable moralism! The course ends by examining a
particularly striking instance in which international crisis meets the demand for moral action: the
holocaust.
Authors read include John Mearsheimer, E. H. Carr, Machiavelli, Kant, Thucydides, Hume, Albert
Camus, and some of my own research on the topic.
Teaching method: lecture and discussion groups.
Grading: Grades will be based on a mid-term take-home exam (25%), a final take-home exam
(50%), and participation and quiz scores in discussion sections (25%).
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0605 - Performance Studies
Paul Edwards and Mary Zimmerman, supervisors
General Speech A03
ANALYSIS AND PERFORMANCE OF LITERATURE (4 sections, each taught by a different
instructor)
Office Address: 1979 South Campus Dr. Room 200
Phone: 491-3171
Expected Enrollment: 20 per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A basic course in critical reading, discussion, performance, and written
analysis of poetry, short stories, and nonfiction texts. The course provides training in expository and
critical writing as well as solo performance. Non-Speech students are welcome.
Open to P/N to all but Performance Studies majors; non-majors welcome.
TEACHING METHODOLOGIES: Each section is limited to 21 students. The course emphasizes
the student's involvement in literature through individual performance and through active
participation in discussion.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Minimum requirements for each section: three performances; three
papers; some kind of pre-final written testing, such as short quizzes or a midterm examination; a
written final examination.
BOOKS:
A03 Handbook (coursepak)
Hall, To Read Literature (3rd Edition)
Paul Edwards
Performance Studies PFST 605 B10-2
PERFORMANCE OF NARRATIVE FICTION
WF 10-noon
Office Address. Theatre/Interpretation Center, Rm. 216
Phone. 491-3171, 491-3268
Expected Enrollment. 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION. The central goal of the course is to help the student to reach an
experiential understanding of narrative fiction (emphasis upon the novel) through the act of
performance. The student should have some exposure to the basic principles of performing fiction (as
explored in A03 or its equivalent).
PREREQUISITE. GSP 601 A03, "The Analysis and Performance of Literature."
METHODS OF EVALUATION. Two graded performances, at least one of which is a group
performance. Two analytical papers, each 5-10 pages. Class discussion; attendance is mandatory.
REQUIRED READING.
Entire class reads the following.
Sand, George. Indiana.
Flaubert, Gustave. Madame Bovary.
As part of a small group, each class member reads one of the following.
Woolf, Virginia. To the Lighthouse.
Ryman, Geoff. Was.
Oates, Joyce Carol. Foxfire.
DeLillo, Don. Libra.
Morrison, Toni. The Bluest Eye.
Njoki McElroy
Performance Studies C09-1
PERFORMANCE OF BLACK LITERATURE: DRAMA
Office Address: 1979 Sheridan Rd. room 219
Office Phone: 491-3232 or 491-3171
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION Since Black Playwrights played a significant and dynamic role in the
1960's Black Arts Movement, C09-1 provides an exciting opportunity to examine the political,
historical and artistic implications of plays written during the Black Cultural revolution.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS Three performances by each student. Two papers (2-6 pages)
analyzing content and character. A journal which the student records personal accounts of reactions to
course material and related experiences.
Paul Edwards
Performance Studies PFST 605 C21-0
PERFORMING THE AMERICAN FIFTIES
W 3-5, F 2-5
Office Address. Theatre/Interpretation Center, Rm. 216
Phone. 491-3171, 491-3268
Expected Enrollment. 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION. The central goal of the course is to study narrative fiction through
performance. The course examines the "paranoia" theme in postwar American popular culture, by
studying selected American novels and stories (as well as some nonfiction) written between 1945 and
1963, and selected Hollywood films from the same period.
PREREQUISITE. At least one b-level Performance Studies class with a performance-of-literature
emphasis.
METHODS OF EVALUATION. A combination of performances and analytical essays, plus a
mandatory final exam. Students are responsible for actively participating in all aspects of class
activity. Attendance is mandatory.
REQUIRED READING.
Barth, John. The End of the Road.
Brooks, Gwendolyn. Maud Martha and selected poems.
Burroughs, William S. Naked Lunch (selections).
Cheever, John. Selected stories.
Jackson, Shirley. We Have Always Lived in the Castle.
McCarthy, Mary. Selected stories.
Metalious, Grace. Peyton Place (selections).
REQUIRED VIEWING.
Invaders from Mars (1953).
Invasion of the Body Snatchers (1956).
The Atomic Cafe (1982).
Psycho (1960).
Salt of the Earth (1953).
A Raisin in the Sun (1961).
The World, the Flesh, and the Devil (1959).
The Manchurian Candidate (1962).
Frank Galati
Performance Studies C24-1, 2
PRESENTATIONAL AESTHETICS
Office Address: 1979 Sheridan Rd., Room 229
Office Phone: 491-3234, 491-3171
Expected Enrollment: 20 in directing section, 20 in acting section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to explore the nature and function of
theatrical convention, presentational mode, and conscious artifice in the performance of dramatic
literature and fiction. Students are asked to prepare and present scenes from dramatic and non-
dramatic literature. Emphasis in discussion is upon the vocabulary of image and expression available
to the director. The problems of theatrical convention, the rules established by any single theatrical
performance, and narrative thrust, the degree to which a play or story is "presented" to an audience as
consciously fictive, are the center of interest in the course. In addition to scenes and demonstrations,
students are encouraged to participate in discussion and present a written analysis of their work at the
end of the term.
PREREQUISITES: B10 or equivalent for Performance Studies Majors; junior, senior, or graduate
status and permission of instructor for others.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion, performance, and criticism of performance.
BASIS OF EVALUATION: Participation in discussion, demonstrations and performances, written
analysis.
BOOKS: selected short stories.
Johannes Birringer
Performance Studies C26-1,2
PERFORMANCE ART
Office Address: 1979 Sheridan Rd., Rm 219
Phone: 491-3232, 491-3171
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Our exploration of performance art as an emerging practice will initially
focus on the cultural situations of the 1960s in which performances and happenings became allied
with Fluxus, pop, kinetic, conceptual art and with video. We shall return to the historical avant-garde
and the development of performance and media theories in this century before examining the more
recent impact of alternative visions (e.g. feminist, gay/lesbian, multicultural) on the idea of
performance.
PREREQUISITES: Juniors and Seniors; open to others upon the approval of the instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: This is the laboratory workshop, with the major portion of class time spent
on demonstration, performance analysis, and student participation in both structured and unstructured
interaction.
EVALUATION: Everyone is responsible for readings and discussions. There will be a flexible range
of options of critical projects, research papers, and short performances in any combination of media.
Class participation, research presentation and an objective midterm exam are required.
READINGS: Rose Lee Goldberg, Performance Art, From Futurism to the Present, (NY: Harry N.
Abrams, Inc., 1988); Henry M. Sayre, The Object of Performance (Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, 1989); Margot Lovejoy, Postmodern Currents, Art and Artists in the Age of Electronic Media
(Ann Arbor: UMI Research Press, 1989); Johannes Birringer, Theatre, Theory, Postmodernism
(Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1991); O'Brien/Little, eds., Reimagining America: The Arts of Social
Change (Philadelphia: New Society Publ., 1990); Lucy R. Lippard, Mixed Blessings: New Art in a
Multicultural America (New York: Pantheon, 1990); Jill Dolan, The Feminist Spectator as Critic
(Ann Arbor: U of Michigan Press, 1988).
In addition to these texts, excerpts of theoretical writings from Benjamin to Trinh Minh-ha will be
made available. Slides and videotapes will be included in the laboratory.
Dwight Conquergood
Performance Studies C27
FIELD METHODS IN PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Office Address: 1979 Sheridan Rd., Room 226
Phone: 491-3171, 491-3259
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to ethnographic fieldwork research methods for
graduate students and motivated undergraduates. By "fieldwork" we mean "open air" research as
opposed to "armchair" research-getting out of the ivory tower and into some natural setting where you
can learn about another way of life through observation and participation. Fieldwork is a craft-as
much an art as it is a science-and, like any craft, it is learned primarily in two ways: storytelling and
practice. We will be using a number of books in which experienced ethnographers tell stories about
fieldwork practices. I will also share stories from my fieldwork practices from time to time. Students
will be required to conduct extensive fieldwork research for this course.
PREREQUISITE: Some background coursework in performance studies is recommended, but not
required. The most important attribute is an open mind and a willingness to take on the often labor-
intensive work of field research. Ability to conceive a field research project
RECOMMENDED READING LIST:
J. Rollwagen, ed. Anthropological Film and Video in the 1990s
Robert Emerson, Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes
R. Rosaldo, Culture and Truth: The Remaking of Social Analysis
D. Kondo, Feminist Dilemmas of Fieldwork
S. Lavie, Poetics of Military Occupation
Paul Edwards
SPCH C80-7
JUNIOR TUTORIAL
Topic. "Performing Identity: Acting as Authorship in Hollywood Films"
Time. TBA (one four-hour session per week)
Enrollment. 5 - 8 juniors
Office Address. Theatre/Interpretation Center, Rm. 216
Phone. 491-3171, 491-3268
DESCRIPTION. The seminar explores the idea that screen acting constitutes a significant form of
authorship (in dialogue with the better-recognized authorship functions of such figures as director,
screenwriter, and author of the source text) in the composition of the film text. Special attention is
given to postwar Hollywood films adapted from narrative sources, and to screen acting in the films of
Howard Hawks. Preference in enrollment will be given to students who concurrently are taking, or
who have taken, "Performing the American Fifties," PFST 605 C21.
METHODS. Each week the seminar views and discusses a selected film. Each seminar member
leads one discussion on the relationship between actor "authorship" and the screen adaptation of a
prose narrative. Some lectures with video illustrations by instructor, discussing the influence of
genres and individual careers on the shaping of a film.
ASSIGNMENTS. Leadership of one discussion. Final project: either a group performance (adapting
for the stage a section of one of the film source texts) or a term paper (relating to issues raised by the
seminar).
REQUIRED VIEWING IN CLASS.
Rear Window. D. Alfred Hitchcock, 1954.
Bringing Up Baby. D. Howard Hawks, 1938.
I Was a Male War Bride. D. Howard Hawks, 1949.
Red River. D. Howard Hawks, 1948.
To Have and Have Not. D. Howard Hawks, 1944.
The Big Sleep. D. Howard Hawks, 1946.
Double Indemnity. D. Billy Wilder, 1944.
Mildred Pierce. D. Michael Curtiz, 1945.
The Postman Always Rings Twice. D. Tay Garnett, 1946.
REQUIRED READING.
Entire seminar reads the following.
Chase, Borden. "The Chisholm Trail." [story]
Mast, Gerald, ed. Bringing Up Baby. [selections]
---. Howard Hawks, Storyteller. [selections]
Naremore, James. Acting in the Cinema.
[selections]
Woolrich, Cornell. "Rear Window." [story]
Individuals working on report read one of the following.
Cain, James M. Double Indemnity. [novel]
---. Mildred Pierce. [novel]
---. The Postman Always Rings Twice. [novel]
Chandler, Raymond. The Big Sleep. [novel]
Hemingway, Ernest. To Have and Have Not. [novel]
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0610 - Communications Studies
Staff
Communication Studies 610-A01
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Office: Harris Hall
Phone: 491-7532
Expected Enrollment: 22 students per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Through lecture, discussion and exercises, this course introduces
students to key concepts in the study of interpersonal communication. The course is designed to:
increase students' awareness and understanding of communication processes; encourage students to
think critical about communication theory and practice; provide background for upper-level
communication courses. No prerequisites.
TEACHING METHOD: While some sessions are devoted to lecture about basic concepts and
models, a significant portion of class time is allotted for student participation.
EVALUATION: Varies somewhat with instructors. In general, the course grade is based on
examinations, papers, projects and class participation.
Staff
Communication Studies, 610-A02
PUBLIC SPEAKING
Office: Harris Hall
Phone: 491-7532
Expected Enrollment: 22 Per Section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an introductory survey of public speaking
principles and forms. Though the emphasis is on the practice of public speaking, critiques also
stressed. Therefore, students are afforded several opportunities to deliver speeches to the class and
also to act as critics in judging the effectiveness of sample speeches.
PREREQUSITES: None. P/N is permitted. Students who do not attend the first two days of class
will be dropped from the roster.
TEACHING METHOD: While readings emphasize traditional and contemporary theory and
research, this course is primarily a practicum. Students build rhetorical skills by applying principles
learned textually to the construction, delivery and critique of their own speeches.
EVALUATION: Oral performances both oral and written rhetorical critiques, and active
participation are evaluated by the instructor.
Paul H. Arntson
Communication Studies, 601-B04
PARADIGMS AND STRATEGIES IN LEADERSHIP
Office: Harris Hall, Room 1
Phone: (847) 467-1367
Expected Enrollment: 96
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will introduce students to theoretical and practical problems
involved with leadership in various contexts Lectures will focus on leadership issues in the realms of
political, business and the community. Weekly small group meeting will focus on leadership in
decision-making contexts. This course is one of the prerequisites for participation in the
Undergraduate Leadership Program.
PREREQUISITES: This course is open to freshman and sophomores from all schools in the
university. There are no academic prerequisites.
EVALUATION: There will be written case-study analyses, a mid term, and a final group project.
NOTE: Registrations limited to 96 students. Permission of the Leadership Program is required for
registration. Students will need to submit applications to receive permission. Applications will be
accepted in Room 1, Harris Hall, form February 7th through the 17th. A list of those receiving
permission to enter the course will b posted on Monday, February 19th outside room 1. Contact
Angela Normoyle in the Leadership program office, Room 1, Harris Hall, Phone (847)467-1367, for
details.
Jean Goodwin
Communication Studies 610-B20
THEORIES OF ARGUMENTATION
Office Address: 1815 Chicago, Room 206
Phone: 491-5854
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: "What is to be done?" You already, I presume, have your own ideas. In
this curse, we study how, if at all, you can go about persuading others to join you-others with an equal
right to have their own ideas. We take up topics including: how to put forward your position to earn
the attention of others; the burden of proof you undertake when you do; the issues you need to
address; the forms of argument available for your use; the premises upon which you can rely; the
ways you can refute the arguments against you.
TEACHING METHOD: Frequent practice exercises to develop argument skills supplemented by
discussion of sample arguments and lectures on principles.
EVALUATION: Oral argument on a proposal; participation in other class exercises; final exam.
Randall S. Peterson
Communication Studies 610-B50
SMALL GROUP PROCESSES
Office: Harris Hall, Room 7
Phone: 491-3580
e-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: From corporate boardrooms and elite political assemblies to small
grassroots movements, families, and gatherings of friends, groups are an everpresent part of our lives.
Except for a few hermits, we spend the majority of our lives in groups of one kind o another. Why is
this so? What do groups do for us? Would we be better off alone? How can we be sure that the groups
we are a part of are the best they can be? This course investigates these issues both by participating in
groups in class and by looking at theories and research relating to communication in small groups.
PREREQUISITES: No prerequisites, although A01, Interpersonal Communication, is recommended
as a prior course (or Psychology B01, Social Psychology)
TEACHING METHOD: The class is split evenly between a lecture/discussion of issues in small
group communication and in classroom activities in small groups.
EVALUATION: Classroom performances will be determined though a midterm, and final
examination, and individual paper applying class concepts, a group project, and class attendance/
participation.
Jean Goodwin
Communication Studies 610-C30-2
CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN FREEDOM OF SPEECH
Office: 1815 Chicago, Room 206
Phone: (847) 491-5854
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In this course we will consider the problems that arise when Free
Speech hits Big Money. We protect speech in part to ensure each citizen's right to participate in
deliberations about public issues. Does this mean that the government ought to intervene when
inequalities of wealth lead to inequalities in the power to speak? Would such intervention be
practical? Would it survive review by the Supreme Court? We will take up topics including: public
access to privately held media and places; regulation broadcast media; election and lobby reform;
government support of speech--including the Internet--and the strings that may then be attached.
PREREQUISITES: Comm Studies C30-1 is an absolute prerequisite for this course.
TEACHING METHOD: Discussion
EVALUATION: Weekly short papers on readings; final paper and presentation on a proposed
reform.
READINGS: Shiffrin & Choper, The First Amendment: Cases- Comments-Questions, plus 1995
Supplement
Cass R. Sunstein,Democracy and the Problem of Free Speech; miscellaneous articles.
Michael E. Roloff
Communication Studies, 610-C44
INTERPERSONAL CONFLICT
Office: 1815 Chicago Avenue
Phone: (708)491-5834
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is focused on processes observed in interpersonal disputes.
Causes of conflict and methods of resolution will be discussed. Sources of information will include
and theory drawn from communication, social psychology, and sociology. The course will include
general models of conflict as well as material related to disagreements models of conflict as well as
material related to disagreements in specific contexts such as friendship, dating, and marriage. The
primary method of teaching will be lecture and students are encouraged to ask questions and offer
examples.
PREREQUISITES: Students should have completed B-01: Introduction to Research Methods" and
one of the following:B-40 "Theories of Interpersonal Communication", B-05 "Theories of
Persuasion", or C- 63 "Bargaining and Negotiation".
TEACHING METHOD: Students should request delays on assignments in advance of the due date.
Justifications for the delay should be provided. Any instance of academic dishonesty results in
automatic failure of he entire course. This is not negotiable. Please do not call me at home except in
severe emergencies. A necessary but not sufficient condition for passing the course is the completion
of all assignments. Although students may wish to share classnotes, the instructor in on way forces it.
While class attendance is not required, the nature of the exams makes it strongly advisable. I will not
repeat class lectures and I will not hand out my lecture notes. Voluntary extra credit my be available
during this quarter. If so, I will announce it during class and those who wish to participate may do so.
This extra credit takes the form of participation in research projects. Choosing not to do extra credit
will not be punished.
EVALUATION: 50% of the student's grade will come from 2 one-hour short answer exams. Each
exam will contain both application and vary. The student's grade will be determined by taking the
highest point total obtained on the exam and going down percentiles: 93% = A; 90% = A-; 87% = B+;
83% = B; 80% = B-; 77% = C=; 73% = c; 70% = C; 60% = D. The remaining 50% of the grade will
come from a major paper.
READING: Because there is not an adequate book for this course this will not be forced to by one.
However, this means that class attendance is essential for doing well on the exams. In addition,
students will need to meet with me during my office hours in order to gather more in-depth
information about the theory they wish to employ for their paper.
Mark T. Palmer
Communication Studies, 610-C45
THEORIES OF NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION
Office: Harris Hall, Room 2
Phone: (847) 491-7855
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to familiarize upper division undergraduates
and graduate students with the major research literature in nonverbal communication. The course
organizes material from a variety of disciplines into a theory development framework, progressing
from observational treatment of nonverbal phenomena to complex casual models of nonverbal
communication behavior.
PREREQUISITES: B01-1 Research methods in Communication Studies; B40 Theories of
Interpersonal Communication.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Class sessions will combine informal lectures and discussion (as
size permits).
EVALUATION: Grades will be determined by examinations and other opportunities (size
permitting).
Mark T. Palmer
Communication Studies 610-C60
CURRENT PERSPECTIVES IN ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION RESEARCH:
CONSTRUCTING MODELS OF ORGANIZATIONAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
FROM MULTIPLE PERSPECTIVES
Office: Harris Hall, Room 2
Phone: 491-7532
Maximum Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course presents advanced concepts and techniques for defining and
analyzing organizational problems. A unique, multiple-perspective model of organizational
communication will be developed through lectures and students' homework assignments. Students
will use published case studies to apply the concepts and models taught and discussed in lectures.
This course is designed to prepare students to recognize and work with problems they may encounter
when taking on responsibilities in professional and business organizations.
PREREQUISITES: B-60, organizational Communication and/or permission of the instructor.
EVALUATION: Students will be graded on a) participation in class discussion, including assigned
presentations, b) a case analysis term paper which will be graded in sections during the course, c) a
small group project related to the term paper.
Randall S. Peterson
Communication Studies 610-C60 sec. 21
CURRENT PERSPECTIVES IN ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: HOW
ORGANIZATIONS MAKE DECISIONS
Office: Harris Hall, Room 7
Phone: 491-3580
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected enrollment: unknown (no limit)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Organizations regularly make decisions that have enormous impact on
our lives. From the boardrooms of Fortune 500 corporations to the committees of Congress,
organizations have direct effects on our pocketbooks, the relationships we have with other people,
even our way of life. How do these organizations make decisions? How can we organize people to
make effective decisions? How do we know if an organization is making the best decisions possible?
Indeed, can we ever know the "best" decision possible for an organization? This class surveys
perspectives on these questions from communications, psychology, political science, and
management.
PREREQUISITES: No prerequisites, although A01, Interpersonal Communication, or B50, Small
Group Processes, or Psychology B04, Social Psychology wold be helpful.
TEACHING METHODS: The class is primarily a lecture/discussion of issues in organizational
decision making. The class will include some classroom activities designed to demonstrate important
points in organizational decision making.
EVALUATION: Classroom performances will be determined through a midterm, a final
examination, an individual paper applying class concepts, and class participation.
Paul H. Arntson
Communication Studies, 610-C62
PROFESSIONAL-CLIENT COMMUNICATION
Office Address: 1815 Chicago Avenue
Phone: 491-7530
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A study of communication between professionals and client in
medicine, law, education, psychotherapy, and social services. Alternatives to the professional-client
model of problem solving also are examined. Possible Topics: Professionalism in the social problem
solving process; the socialization process of professionals; the mass socialization process of clients;
client transparency, professional mystification; the language of professionals; the forms of
professional-client communication; the institutionalization of professional control; the political
consequences of mass professional-client communication; the use of technology in professional-client
interaction; alternatives to professional-client problem solving -- self-help groups, community action,
communes and co-ops, mediation centers, free universities and learning exchanges, revitalizing the
family and church.
TEACHING METHODS: Based on the students' experiences and weekly readings, we will examine
professional-client problem-solving and its alternatives.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There will be a take home final covering the reading material and
class discussions. The end of the quarter student s will turn in research project to be discussed in
class.
Kathleen Galvin
Communication Studies 610-C82
FAMILY COMMUNICATION
Office: 206 Annie May Swift Hall
Phone: (847)491-5992
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An overview of the family from a communication systems perspective.
Focus is placed on topics such as multi-generational interaction patters, intimacy, conflict, decision
making, environmental/cultural factors and enrichment. A wide range of family forms will be
discussed.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture - discussion approach. Some use of simulation/role play.
EVALUATION: Take home midterm, book review, family narrative, final paper/project.
READINGS: Galvin & Brommel: Family Communication: Cohesionn & Change.
Original articles and book chapters.
Pamela Cooper
Communication Studies, 610-C95 sec.24
COMMUNICATION AND GENDER
Office Address: Harris Hall #25
Office Phone: 491-5823
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to integrate theory and practice, and to heighten
students" awareness of the importance of gender as a communication variable. The underlying
philosophy guiding the course is that communication structures gender and that gender affects
communication. The course is designed to look at the masculine, feminine, androgynous, and
undifferentiated characteristics of gender.
PREREQUISITES: A01 or A02; B01
TEACHING METHODS: Lecture, discussion, small groups
EVALUATION: There will be 3 research reports, ne reaction paper, a movie analysis, and a major
group research project.
Steve Wildman
Communication Studies, 610-C95 sec.25
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN SOCIETY AND THE ECONOMY
Office Address: Harris Hall, Room 15
Phone: (847)491-4262
COURSE DESCRIPTION: New communication technologies are reshaping society and the
economy. This course provides a basic introduction to communication technologies, both new and
old, and examines the societal and economic issues they raise from a variety of disciplinary
perspectives.
Paul J. Lavrakas, Ph.D.
Comm Studies C95 & E25
CHICAGO AREA SURVEY RESEARCH PRACTICUM
Time: Tuesdays, 6:30-9:30 P.M.
Office: NU Survey Lab, 625 Haven, Evanston Campus
Phone: 491-8759
Expected Enrollment: 15-20 (half undergrad, half grad)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course provides extensive "hands-on" experience for advanced
students interested in learning about the planning, implementation, and analysis of a large-scale
scientific survey of the general public. The course will be taught in conjunction with a large telephone
survey of Chicago residents that is being conducted for the fourth year in a row by the NU Survey
Lab. Additionally, students will gain new insights on a certain urban problems that are face Chicago's
diverse residential population due to the substantive nature of the data that are collected.
PREREQUISITES: Junior or Senior status or Graduate Students (only grad students may enroll for
E-level graduate credit; grad students may enroll for C-level credit)
TEACHING METHODS: In addition to the weekly class seminar, students will engage in
interviewing, questionnaire editing, interview monitoring and validation, and data processing/analysis
activities at the NU Survey Lab. The seminar will be a lecture/discussion format. Somewhat flexible
schedules will be arranged for the "field work" in which students will take part, averaging about five
hours per week.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: The quality and quantity of participation in the field work
assignments will account for about 40% of the final grade. Three or four short written assignments
and one longer one will make up about 40% of the grade, with the remaining 20% based on the
student's participation in the weekly seminar. (Graduate students taking the class for graduate credit
will be assigned an additional paper on "Total Survey Error in the 1996 Chicago Survey".)
READINGS: Fowler & Mangione, Standardized Survey Interviewing, Sage, 1990
Henry, Practical Sampling,Sage, 1990
Lavrakas, Telephone Survey Methods, 2nd Edition, Sage, 1993.
Robert E. Terrill
Communication Studies 610-C98 sec.20
TWENTIETH CENTURY AFRICAN-AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS
Office: Harris Hall, Room 18
Phone: (847)491-7530
E-mail: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the rhetoric of African-Americans as they
have defined themselves and sought liberation over the last one-hundred years. In particular, the
rhetoric of Integration and Separation will be explored as two interrelated modes of protest against
the white dominant culture. The intent is not only to place in context the Civil Rights rhetoric of the
1960s, but more importantly to build a vocabulary through which some contemporary African-
American Public Address might be discussed.
TEACHING METHOD: The course will consist of a combination of lecture and discussion, with an
emphasis on student participation. The course will meet in a three-hour session once per week.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Evaluation will be based on a combination of class participation,
midterm and final examinations, short position papers, and a longer term paper. No grades of
"incomplete" will be issued except in unusual circumstances, and then only with the prior approval of
the instructor. If the "P/N" options taken, all requirements for the course must be completed before
the "P" is given.
Jill A. Edy
Communication Studies, 610-C98 sec.21
MASS MEDIA AND SOCIAL MEMORY
Office: Harris Hall, Room 35
Phone: (847) 491-5839
Expected Enrollment:
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students in this seminar will have the opportunity to investigate the
impact of the media on our perceptions of the past. We will explore how the media commemorate,
how they use the past as an analytical tool to understand present dilemmas, and how the past is
transformed by such media storytelling. We will assess the impact of stories about events such as the
Holocaust, Watergate, impact of stories about events such as the Holocaust, Watergate, and the
cultural 1960s on the generations who experienced those events and n the generations which have
come after.
Dan Brouwer
Communication Studies 610-C98 sec.23
REPRESENTATIONS OF AIDS
Office: Harris Hall, Room 18
Phone: (847) 491-7530
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students in this course will study print media in the United States and
will examine the diverse rang of words and visual images that are employed to represent AIDS.
Organized around what might be called "sites of discourse production," this course will require
students to engage in rhetorical inquiry of texts about AIDS from the following sites of discourse
production: medicine, law, AIDS agencies, "mainstream media," lesbian/gay and AIDS- specific
media, and underground print media.
TEACHING METHOD: Students will be asked to read, closely and carefully, a variety of texts
concerning AIDS. Students will be asked to explicate and criticize how the various texts construct the
following important themes: Knowledge (and knowledge claims), Authority/expertise, subjectivity,
agency, culpability, and in general, the politics of representation. The goals of the course are: to train
students in textual analysis, to enable students to become competent critics of visual rhetoric, and to
encourage students to become more active critics of contemporary representations of AIDS in U.S.
print media. The course will be primarily a student-driven seminar with some lecture by the
instructor.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0620 - 0624 Communication Studies and Disorders
McGregor, Karla
Speech and Language Pathology 601-A08-0
PROCESSES AND PATHOLOGIES OF HUMAN COMMUNICATION
Phone: 491-2425
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to three fields: speech- language pathology, audiology
and learning disabilities. The basic anatomy, physiology and processes of communication and
learning are emphasized. In addition, speech-language, hearing and learning impairments affecting
both children and adults are examined.
Carlisle, Joanne
Learning Disabilities 620-B05
THE STUDY OF LEARNING AND LEARNING PROBLEMS IN THE CLASSROOM
MTF 1 p.m.; 3 hours per week in field placement
Room: 1-146 and 1-140 - Frances Searle Building
Phone: 491-2497
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to enable students to apply readings in
child development to the study of children in classroom settings. This course entails a field placement
in an elementary school classroom. Students will be instructed in the use of informal assessment tools
(interview, observations). A series of exercises tie the field experience to the course readings.
PREREQUISITES: None
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussion, written exercises, field placement
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Mid-term exam, final exam, case study of a school-age child, oral
presentation.
READING LIST: Cohen, D.H., Stern, V., & Balban, N (1983). Observing and Recording the
Behavior of Young Children (3rd ed.). NY: Teacher College Press. Garvey, C. (1977). Play.
Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Rubin, Z. (1980). Children's Friendships. Cambridge: Harvard
University Press. Additional articles.
Yaruss, J. Scott
Speech-Language Pathology 624-D94
STUTTERING
1:00 MTThF
Office: 3-346 Frances Searle Building
Phone: 1-2420
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this seminar course is to build on students' basic clinical
understanding of stuttering by developing a strong theoretical and practical framework relating to the
diagnosis and treatment of stuttering in children and adults. Students will discuss and critically
evaluate relevant clinical research on stuttering while developing practical knowledge about advanced
clinical issues such as counseling parents and adult clients, evaluating other treatment approaches,
and helping clients overcome obstacles to progress. Critical thinking, problem-solving, writing, and
presentation skills will be emphasized throughout the course via assignments and group discussions.
Yaruss, J. Scott
Introduction Courses--School of Speech 601-A05
IMPROVING VOICE AND ARTICULATION
10:00 MTh
Office: 3-346 Frances Searle Building
Phone: 1-2420
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to help students learn basic clinical skills
necessary to improve their own voice and articulation. Students will be instructed in basic anatomy
and physiology of the speech mechanism, as well as in the basic linguistic constructs involved in
speaking. With the support of the professor and graduate students in speech-language pathology, each
student will identify a specific aspect of speech and language production the he or she would like to
improve. Students will then be encouraged, through guided practice and the development of problem-
solving skills in both lecture and practice sessions, to address these concerns during the quarter and
beyond.
Aylesworth, Margaret
Speech-Language Pathology, 624-C96
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN SPEECH AND LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY
Time: MF 9:00-11:00 a.m.
Lab: W 1:00 p.m.
Office: 2299 North Campus Drive (Frances Searle Building)
Phone: 491-5012
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Clinical examination of persons with oral language problems;
evaluation of sensory and motor processes involved in speech; assessment of speech and language
maturity levels. This course will provide information on clinical interviewing and counseling
techniques used in diagnostic evaluation, and procedures for client assessment. Analysis and
interpretation of clinical data are addressed as well as report preparation skills.
PREREQUISITES: Senior standing or above; 624-C91 and 624-C92; or consent of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Four hours of lecture per week and one hour lab
METHOD OF EVALUATION: The student's grade for this course will be based upon mid-term
exams, a final exam, observations and reports of client evaluations, and review of a published test.
Practicum assignments in interviewing and client assessment on a P/N option are required also.
TEXTS:
Petersen, H. A. and Marquardt, T. P. (1994). Appraisal and Diagnosis of Speech and Language
Disorders, Third Edition. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.
Shipley, K. (1992). Interviewing and Counseling in Communicative Disorders. MacMillan Publishing
Company, New York, NY.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0630 - Theater
Kim Rubinstein/Staff
Theatre, 0630, A40-2
THEATRE IN CONTEXT
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr., 218
Phone: 467-2075
Expected enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A study of fundamental theatre concepts integrating the areas of
dramatic literature, theatre history, voice, movement and production activities in a total theatre
approach. Course organization includes master lectures, intensive discussion, performance labs, and
production crew assignments.
Fall: Concentration on Tragedy.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/discussion.
EVALUATION: Two papers, quizzes and final exam.
READINGS: Plays and Criticism. Texts to be determined later.
Jon Darling
Theatre 0630, B40-2
STAGECRAFT: SCENERY
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.
Phone: 491-3121
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The process of realizing the stage design from the theatre technician's
point of view. Emphasis is on the craft and technology used in mounting a theatrical production.
Winter: The principles and tools used in the construction, rigging, and handling of scenery for the
stage.
PREREQUISITES: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Participation in department
productions.
EVALUATION: 2 quizzes, 2 tests, 2 projects.
READING: Gilette, Stage Scenery
Janice Pytel
Theatre, 0630, B40-3
STAGECRAFT: COSTUME
Office: Theatre/Interp Ctr.
Phone: 491-3170
Maximum enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The process of realizing costume design from the technician's point of
view. Topics to be covered will include sewing techniques and tools, fabrics, pattern development,
dyeing and painting of stage costumes, and the construction of accessory items. Participation in
departmental production required.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/demonstrations.
EVALUATION: Two exams, various projects.
READING: Rosemary Ingram & Elizabeth Covey, The Costumer's Handbook
Tim Mann
Theatre, 0630, B41-1
DESIGN PROCESS: SCENE DESIGN I
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.
Phone: 491-3170
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The process of scenery, lighting, and costume design from initial
reading of the script to production realization approached from the stage designer's point of view.
Emphasis is on the creative process used in developing the physical elements of a theatrical
production. Theoretical and practical approaches are studied, along with the responsibilities of the
theatrical designer. Fall: Sets. to provide the students with general knowledge and understanding of
the scenic designer's role in theatre as well as to offer training in skills demanded of the scenic
designer.
PREREQUISITES: Sophomore standing. Participation in theatrical productions.
EVALUATION: Midterm and final examinations. Project work throughout. Attendance.
Participation in unversity theatre production crews.
Joe Appelt
Theatre, 0630, B41-3
DESIGN PROCESS: LIGHTING DESIGN I
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr., Room 228
Phone: 491-3119
Enrollment maximum: 16
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The process of scenery, lighting, and costume design from initial
reading of the script to production realization approached from the stage designer's point of view.
Emphasis is on the creative process used in developing the physical elements of a theatrical
production. Theoretical and practical approaches are studied, along with the responsibilities of the
theatrical designer. Spring: Lights. To familiarize the non-design student with the language and
responsibilities of the lighting designer and to provide design students with a foundation of
knowledge in preparation for advanced course work.
PREREQUISITES: Permission of the instructor. Participation in departmental productions.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/discussion.
EVALUATION: Midterm project and final project. Attendance. Participation in departmental
productions. Student growth.
Bud Beyer - section 21
Ann Woodworth - section 22
Dawn Mora - section 23
Les Hinderyckx - section 24
Linda Gates - section 25
Theatre 0630, B43-2
ACTING II: PRINCIPLES OF CHARACTERIZATION
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: (This is a general description. Please see individual instructor for more
details.) This is a basic course in acting techniques concentrating on the creation of a dramatic
characterization. It is intended for majors and non-majors who have a strong interest in acting and a
desire to further their knowledge and technique. It is the second quarter of a three- quarter sequence
and is prerequisite to the final quarter. This quarter deals with the process of forging the raw materials
of character into a usable stage characterization. Emphasis is on the creation of a playable character
through the use of analysis, subtext, creation of proper environment, and character biography and
relationships.
PREREQUISITES: B43-1 or the equivalent. Permission of the instructor is required.
TEACHING METHOD: Classrooom exercises and individual character assignments. Individual
assignments are prepared for presentation in class for criticism and evaluation. Individual student
initiative is required. Each student keeps a journal and several analysis papers are prepared. There is a
final practical assignment.
EVALUATION: Students are graded on demonstrated ability to master and use the techniques
covered in class. Progress is more important than native talent, but certain levels of achievement are
expected.
James Coakley
Theatre 630, B44-2
DEVELOPMENT OF CONTEMPORARY DRAMA
Office: Thea/Interp
Phone: 492-3157
Expected enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an historical/theatrical/literary survey of the modern drama,
1870-1920. Studies - naturalism, the Irish dramatic movement, early and late O'Neill, the later Brecht,
and other post-World War II continental dramatics.
PREREQUISITES: None (B44-1 is not a prerequisite.)
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/discussion.
EVALUATION: One quiz, a midterm and a final. All weighted evenly.
READINGS: Selected texts will be assigned.
Les Hinderyckx, sec. 20
Theatre 0630, C40-1
STAGE DIRECTING
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.
Phone: 491-3167
Expected enrollment: 12
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a basic course in stage directing for majors and non-majors and
is required for those who wish to pursue the subject further on either the undergraduate or graduate
level. The goal is to cover the stage director's work in terms of basic principles and techniques, with
emphasis upon practical application in the directing of specific problem scenes for group critiques
and discussion. The first quarter of this course covers the fundamentals of blocking, movement,
business, tempo, script analysis, dramaturgy, casting and rehearsal planning. Format is designed to
expose the director to the basic techniques and processes for preparation to direct a play in the
"realistic" mode.
PREREQUISITES: Junior standing or above, with at least one B- level Technical Production course
and some background in dramatic literature. Permission of instructor. No P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Generally one lecture/discussion per week, with selected guests, audio-
visual material and demonstrations, depending upon topic, plus two two-hour laboratory sessions per
week for presentation of student directed scenes and follow-up discussions. Graduate students in
course may be required to present reports on specific stage directors with emphasis upon their special
contribution to the field. Possible background quizzes, etc., plus final project.
EVALUATION: There will be one final project which will be averaged in with the individual grades
for laboratory scenes, group discussion, written work, attendance and professional attitude. Under
special circumstances credit will also be given for work on specific projects in theatrical production.
READING LIST: Dean & Carra, Fundamentals of Play Directing, 3rd ed. as well as dramatic
analysis and dramaturgical research as they aid the director in the preparation of realistic drama for
production. Selected specific plays, TBA.
Mary Poole - section 20
Kim Rubinstein - section 21
Ann Woodworth - section 22
David Downs - section 23
Theatre 0630, C41-2
ACTING III: ANALYSIS AND PERFORMANCE
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Winter: Study of Shakespearean drama from the point of view of the
actor. Language as a cue for character, situation, dramatic conflict. Scene study from comedies,
histories, tragedies. For majors and non-majors.
PREREQUISITES; B43-1,2,3 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and scene work presented for teacher and class evaluation. Written
assignments: analyses of character and scene, prosodic analysis as clues to actor interpretation.
EVALUATION: In-class work, papers, final exam, final presentation.
Joseph Appelt
Theatre 0630, C42-1
STAGE LIGHTING II
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr., Phone: 491-3119
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An in-depth lecture-laboratory-critique of the art and practice of
lighting design for the Theatre. Fall: Introduction to the medium of light, methodologies and elements
of lighting design, composition and orchestration.
PREREQUISITES: 0630 B41-3, or 0630 B40-1, or permission of instructor. Participation in
department productions.
Sam Ball
Theatre 0630, C43-3
SCENE DESIGN II
Office: Thea/Interp, 210
Phone: 491-3137
Expected enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A lecture-critique course with student participation in the planning and
execution of the scenery and properties of Theatre Center productions. Theatrical forms and multi-
scenic productions studied.
PREREQUISITES: No prerequisites.
EVALUATION: Project submissions and class participation.
TEXT: None
Linda Roethke
Theatre 0630, C44-2
COSTUME DESIGN II
Office: Thea/Interp, 217
Phone: 491-3140
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A lecture and projects course to develop sound principles in Costume
Design for the stage. It will explore the dramatic form of comedy and musical comedy. The design
process will include research, color theory, transparent rendering techniques, and design and
characterization concepts. Participation in departmental productions required.
PREREQUISITE: Junior standing, B41-2, C42-1 or permission of instructor.
EVALUATION: Grades will be determined by the quality of and the improvement demonstrated in
project work.
TEXT: None.
John Logan
Theatre 0630, C46-3
PLAYWRITING
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.
Phone: 467-2755
Expected enrollment: 12
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the first of two quarters in which students write for the theatre,
making both practical and analytical exploration of that process. Diverse styles are encouraged.
Students are expected to take both quarters. Each student is asked to discover aspects of his/her
personal style, to develop discipline and to critique and be self-critical in a constructive manner.
PREREQUISITE: None. Application must be made to the instructor by the first day of May, the
spring preceding. P/N available to non-majors.
TEACHING METHOD: Class meets in two two-hour sessions weekly.
EVALUATION: Students have weekly writing assignments.
READINGS: Selected plays, writing texts.
Rives Collins
Theatre, 0630, C48-1
CREATIVE DRAMA
Office: Thea/Interp ctr., 214
Phone: 491-3163
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introductory course for those who wish to use creative drama in
educational and recreational settings. The goals are to:1) understand the principles and practices of
creative drama as an art form, an area for personal development and a method for approaching and
enriching other areas of the curriculum. 2) gain skill in selecting and developing materials appropriate
for various age levels. 3) develop a repertoire of strategies for leading children to express themselves
and learn through drama. 4) develop abilities in areas of sensory awareness, imagination, movement,
role playing and improvisation.
PREREQUISITES: None. P/N is not allowed.
TEACHING METHOD: Theory and practice will be related through reading, lecture, discussion,
observation of children, peer teaching, films, videotapes, and a team-teaching project.
EVALUATION: Teaching assignments = 40%. Final exam = 30%. Class activities = 30%.
David Downs - section 20
Mary Poole - section 21
Bud Beyer - section 22
Dawn Mora - section 23
Theatre 0630, C49-3
ACTING IV: PROBLEMS IN STYLE
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.
Expected enrollment: 16 per class
COURSE DESCRIPTION: (This is a general description. Please see the individual instructor for
more details.) This is an advanced course in Acting concentrating on various styles and playwrights.
Each instructor is free to choose the areas of study for each quarter. Normally, the second quarter
deals with contemporary playwrights.
PREREQUITIES: C41 or its equivalent. Permission of the instructor is required, and all students
must be declared Theatre majors.
TEACHING METHOD: Advanced scene work presented for teacher and class evaluation.
EVALUATION: In-class work, preparation and discussion.
READING LIST: Instructors' option
Craig Kinzer-Section 20
Theatre, 0630, C51-0
STAGING CONTEMPORARY DRAMA--BRECHT
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr., Room 224
Phone: 491-3182 OR 491-3170
Expected enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An in-depth study of the directorial and performance issues posed by
the theatre of Bertold Brecht. Primary focus will be on the director's tasks in staging Brecht's plays, in
the context of Brecht's own dramatic theories; critical responses to his work in Europe and America;
significant professional productions; and the historical context of theatre and the arts in Germany
after WWI. Considerable time will be devoted to examing the problem of implementing Brecht's
theories of 'alienation' using contemporary, Stanislavski-trained performers.
PREREQUISITE: C40-1,2 or Permission of Instructor
TEACHING METHOD: 1 hour lecture and 4 hours of laboratory work per week. Lectures will
cover significant issues of art history, Brechtian dramaturgy and scenography, and production history.
Laboratory sessions will be devoted to acting workshops and scene presentations.
EVALUATION: Scene presentations; analytical and dramaturgical material related to scene work;
Final examination; attendance; participation in class lectures and discussions.
READING LIST: As assigned.
Sam Ball
Theatre, 0630, C55-0
SCENE PAINTING
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.
Phone: 491-3137
Expected enrollment: 8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Advanced study in scenic artists techniques and procedures. Projects in
color use for the stage. Work will follow approaches established by professional scenic artists. Lab
fee for materials. Must supply own brushes.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Practical projects.
EVALUATION: In-class critique.
TEXT: Pecktal, Lynn. Designing & Painting for the Theatre (Holt, Rinehart & Winston) 1975.
Joe Tilford
Theatre 0630, C56-3
GRAPHIC ARTS FOR THE STAGE DESIGNER
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr.,
Phone: 491-3143
Expected enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Emphasis on two dimensional rendering and drawing techniques used
by a theatre designer to translate ideas into a visual format. Also, color theory and costume rendering.
Students will work in a variety of media and styles. Class includes additional sessions in figure
drawing.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of Instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Project/critique. Studio Art Class.
EVALUATION: Grades based on projects submitted during quarter.
READINGS: None; but research capabilities are needed and used.
Jonathan Darling
Theatre, 0630, C63-0
THEATRE SOUND
Office: Thea/Interp Ctr., Room 204
Phone: 491-3121
Expected enrollment: 12
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The planning and execution of sound for the theatrical production, and
the design of the actor's acoustical environment.
PREREQUISITES: Junior standing and permission of the instructor. Participation in departmental
productions.
EVALUATION: Two tests, project tapes, and participation in departmental productions.
TEXT: Collison, Stage Sound, Drama Book Specialists.
Additional readings.
Julie Yranson
Theatre 0630, C64-1
PERIOD PATTERN DRAFTING & DRAPING
Office: Thea/Interp. Ctr.
Phone: 491-3170
Expected enrollment: 12
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Techniques of flat pattern drafting and advanced construction used to
create historical garment patterns for the stage. Participation in departmental productions.
PREREQUISITES: Junior standing or consent of instructor.
TEACHING METHODS: Lecture/discussion.
Dominic Missimi
Theatre 630, C67
HISTORY OF THE LYRIC THEATRE
Office: Thea./Interp.
Phone: 491-3187
Expected enrollment: 75
COURSE DESCRIPTION: History of the Lyric Theatre is a three-part course, covering the major
movements in the histories of Dance, Opera and Musical Comedy. The course will reply primarily on
the examination of artists and their works.
PREREQUISITES: Sophomore standing.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/discussion.
EVALUATION: Film reports and final exam.
READINGS: The American Musical Theatre by Gerald Bordman
Dance In Its Time by Walter Sorrell
Opera As Drama by Joseph Kernan
Bud Beyer
Theatre, 0630, C80-0
INTERNSHIP IN THEATRE PRACTICE
Office: Thea/Inter. Ctr.
Phone: 491-3170
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Significant involvement in production and/or management activities in
a theatre company or producing organization.
Applicants may select from various organizational settings on file with the department. Students will
need to take the initiative in contacting organizations, establishing learning objectives, and
negotiating the internship agreement with the on-site field supervisor. A maximum of three units of
credit may be taken. The program is negotiated with the Theatre chair.
EVALUATION: Interns receive a grade based on completed reading long, journal including field
notes, supervisors evaluation, and site visit by faculty advisor.
PREREQUISITES: Admission to C80 Internship is by application acceptance only (open to junior/
seniors or graduate students). Writing skills, grade point average, stated purpose and professional
goals will be considered in the selection process.
APPLICATIONS: Applications are available in the Theatre Office. Students should meet with
Professor Beyer the quarter before the desired internship to discuss the application.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0710 - Chemical Engineering
ANALYSIS OF CHEMICAL PROCESS SYSTEMS
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION:This course introduces the student to the structure and analysis of
chemical process systems. The concepts of stoichiometry, material balances, and energy balances are
applied to the analysis of transient and steady-state relationships between process unit inputs and
outputs. The application of microcomputer techniques to the solution of chemical engineering
problems is also emphasized.
PREREQUISITE: Chem A03, EECS A01, and Math B21 (B21 may be taken concurrently).
TEACHING METHOD: The class will meet for one computation laboratory and five lecture-
discussion hours each week. There will be weekly homework and computer lab problem assignments.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on student performance on the final examination, weekly
quizzes, laboratory assignments, and homework.
TEXT: "Elementary Principles of Chemical Processes" by Richard M. Felder and Ronald W.
Rousseau
Chemical Engineering, B12
EQUILIBRIUM SEPARATIONS
Expected enrollment: 60
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course deals with analysis of equilibirum stage separation
processes. It begins with a discussion of multiphase multi-component equilibrium thermodynamics.
This is followed by analysis of distillation, absorption, stripping, and liquid-liquid extraction
processes. Complex separation systems with multiple processing units are analyzed qualitatively.
Emphasis is on the combined use of equilibrium data and energy and material balance equations for
process analysis.
PREREQUISITES: Chemical Engineering B11; B10 with grade of C- or better.
EVALUATION: Two two-hour examinations. Eight homework sets, some of which include
computer assignments.
TEXTBOOK: Equilibrium-Staged Separations by Wankat, Elsevier (1988).
Chemical Engineering, C07
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING
Expected Enrollment: 60
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers elementary chemical kinetics, the phenomenology of
chemical reaction rates, and the application of these concepts to the design of homogeneous and
heterogeneous chemical reactors. The basics of heterogeneous catalysis are presented. The effects of
non-ideal flows on reactor performance and the consequences of this for reactor design will be
discussed.
PREREQUISITES: Chemical Engineering B10 with a grade of C- or better and Chemistry C43.
TEACHING METHOD: There will be four class sessions per week. One set of problems will be
assigned each week. Computer-based demonstrations and problem solving will be used.
EVALUATION: There will be two mid-terms, a final examination, and graded homework
assignments. The mid-terms will account for about one- half of the final grade, the homework will
count about 20%, and the final will be about 30% of the final grade.
TEXT: "Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering," H. Scott Fogler, Prentice-Hall, 1986 (or most
recent edition).
Chemical Engineering, C23
MASS TRANSFER
Expected Enrollment: 60
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Concept of diffusion, Fick's law, membranes at steady state, semi-
infinite media at unsteady state, dispersion of pollutants from a stack, mass transfer coefficient,
estimation of diffusivities in gaseous and liquid systems.
PREREQUISITES: Mechanical Engineering B41 or Chemical Engineering C21 (Fluid Mechanics)
or Biomedical Engineering B70; Chemical Engineering C22 (Heat Transfer).
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: In general there will be three lectures and one homework
problem session each week, usually during the two-hour evening class. Homework assignments
average three problems per week and some reading.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: There will be one midterm and a final. In addition, a component
of the final grade will be given for homework and class participation.
TEXTBOOK: "Diffusion," E. L. Cussler, Cambridge University Press, 1984.
Chemical Engineering C41
PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to the principles of process dynamics
and control. Course objectives include: * To provide an understanding of the dynamic (time-
dependent) responses of chemical processes through the formulation and solution of mathematical
models and laboratory experimentation. * To provide familiarity with the design of (primarily
feedback) control systems that maintain process objectives despite changing conditions. * To provide
an introduction to advanced control topics.
PREREQUISITE: Senior or pre-senior standing: No P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: The class will meet for four lectures each week; the lecture
material will be supplemented with discussion of example problems. Homework will be assigned
weekly to complement the lecture material. There will also be one 3-hour laboratory meeting per
week. Laboratory problems will provide examples of computer simulation of chemical processes and
control systems. Students will also be introduced to evaluation and control of actual processes.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: There will be five one-hour quizzes (45%) and a final exam (30%).
The grade will also be based on homework (10%) and laboratory work (15%).
TEXTBOOK: PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL by Dale E. Seborg, Thomas F. Edgar, and
Duncan A. Mellichamp. Wiley (1989).
Chemical Engineering C42
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the required laboratory course for Chemical Engineering majors.
Students work in small groups on a series of experimental projects designed to illustrate basic
chemical engineering principles and applications. Laboratory meets for one full day per week with
individual experiments typically requiring two periods for completion. Students plan experiments
using existing equipment, carry out the experiments to obtain data, analyze data, and write
comprehensive reports. Individual written reports are required as well as at least one oral
presentation. Computer data acquisition systems are extensively used.
PREREQUISITES: Senior standing in Chemical Engineering.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Grades will be determined on the basis of the quality of work done
in the laboratory and the various reports submitted by each individual.
Chemical Engineering C52
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN II
Expected Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the second of a 2-course sequence aimed at introducing the very
important subject of process design. Students will be expected to apply their knowledge of chemical
process principles, reactor analysis, transport phenomena, staged operations, thermodynamics,
economics, and other related subjects to the preliminary design of a complete chemical process. The
specific design project will vary from year to year.
PREREQUISITES: 710-C51
SPECIAL EVENTS: Lectures by industrial speakers and films on related topics may be arranged.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Groups of 2-4 students will work on a selected design project.
Lectures on special topics related to the project and to design techniques will be scheduled, but the
primary emphasis of this course will be on project work. Three one-hour periods a week will be set
aside for class discussions. Individual group meetings with the instructor will also be scheduled.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: Each group is expected to submit a final report on its design
project, which will be the basis of performance evaluation.
TEXTBOOK: None required. Recommended supplementary references:
1) "Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers" Peters and Timmerhaus, 4th edition,
McGraw Hill
2) "Perry's Chemical Engineers Handbook," Perry and Green, McGraw Hill
3) "Chemical Process Safety: Fundamentals with Applications," Crowl and Louvar, Prentice-Hall
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0727 - Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
Ian Horswill
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, A10
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Time: 9:009:50am MTWF
Office Address: ILS 3354
Office Phone: 4671256
Expected Enrollment: 80
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to programming practice using a modern programming
language. Analysis and formulation of problems for computer solution. Systematic design,
construction and testing of programs. Substantial programming assignments.
PREREQUISITES: NONE
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures. Course grade based on exams and programming assignments.
TEXT: Roberts, The Art and Science of C, Addison Wesley.
STAFF
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, A20
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Time: 9:009:50am MWF; 10:0010:50am MWF; 11:0011:50am MWF; 1:001:50pm MWF;
7:00-8:30pm MW; 7:008:30pm TTh.
Office Address: McCormick 2659
Office Phone: 4915410
Expected Enrollment: 150; 25 per section
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Basic concepts of computer systems. Considerable handson experience
with applications such as word processors, databases and spreadsheets. Some ways in which
information technology is making an impact on today's society. No previous experience with
computers needed. Not for engineering, computer science, or computer studies majors; not open to
students who have taken A01, A10 or A11.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture discussion, computer assignments. Course grade based on
midterm, assignments and final.
TEXTS: Sally Goodwin Peterson, Point, Click and Drag Using the Mac, Harper Collins Custom
Books. Shafer, The Complete Book of HyperTalk 2, AddisonWesley.
Valerie Taylor
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, B01
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
Time: 1:00-1:50pm MTWF
Office Address: McCormick 4384
Office Phone: 467-1168
Expected Enrollment: 75
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Principles of hardware design. Number systems and Boolean algebra.
Logic gates. Design of Combinational circuits and simplifications. Decoders, multiplexors, adders
and other MSI circuits. Timing diagrams. Memory elements and flipflops. Sequential logic.
Excitation tables. Registers, counters, and design of their digital circuits. Basic computer operations. I/
O and communication.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and hardware labs. Course grade based on homeworks, hardware
labs, midterm and final.
TEXT: M. Morris Mano, Computer Engineering: Hardware Design, 1988, Prentice Hall.
Lawrence Birnbaum
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, B11
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING II
Time: 10:0010:50am MWF
Office Address: ILS 3330
Office Phone: 4913500
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Continuation of EECS A11. Students will be introduced to key concepts
in software design and systems programming. Topics include objectoriented programming (in C + +),
design of interpreters and compilers, and register machines. Required for majors in Computer
Science.
PREREQUISITE: 727-A11
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and programming assignments, exams, and final.
TEXTS: Abelson & Sussman, Structure and Interpretation of Computer Programs, McGraw
(0*0*0*Hill. Texas Instruments Press, PC Scheme V Scientific, Version IBM PC 5 1/4 Software.
Winston, On To C++, Addison Wesley.
Lawrence Henschen
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, B30
INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Time: 10:0010:50am MTWF
Office Address: McCormick 3667
Office Phone: 4913338
Expected Enrollment: 45
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Advanced material on program design and debugging. Methodologies
for the design and implementation of larger programs. Objectoriented concepts and programming in
C + +.
PREREQUISITES: 727A01, 727A10, 727A11 or any introduction to programming or passing grade
in McCormick programming proficiency exam.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, assignments and exams.
TEXT: Deitel and Deitel, C++ How To Program, Prentice Hall, 1994.
James Van Ness
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, B41
CIRCUITS I
Time: 9:009:50 MTWF
Office Address: McCormick M388
Office Phone: 491-7108
Expected Enrollment: 80
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Circuit analysis using Kirchoff's laws, nodal and mesh methods, and
network theorems. Resistance network, transient circuit, and sinusoidal analysis. Students must
receive a grade of C or better to register for B43, C06, C60, C65, C66.
PREREQUISITES: Physics A35-2 and concurrent registration in Math B21.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, discussion section and Lab. Mid-term and final exams,
homework problems.
TEXT: Hayt & Kemmerly, Engineering Circuit Analysis, Fifth Edition, McGraw-Hill.
Lina Massone
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, B43
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
Time: 9:00-9:50am MTWF
Office Address: McCormick M392
Office Phone: 491-7297
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Comprehensive introduction to the basic tools for analysis of signals in
linear systems. Background in the fundamentals of AC circuits and differential equations assumed.
Convolution integral and linear timeinvariant systems, frequency domain analysis using Fourier and
Laplace transform techniques; and elements of discrete-time signal and system analysis.
PREREQUISITES: 727-B42 (C or better)
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, weekly homework; mid-term and final exam.
TEXT: Ziemer, Tranter & Fannin, Signals and Systems, 3rd ed., MacMillan.
Martin Plonus
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, B70
APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES
Time: 10:0010:50am MTWF
Office Address: McCormick L310
Office Phone: 491-3445
Expected Enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: DC and AC networks, rectifiers, transistor amplifiers, feedback and
operational amplifiers, digital electronics, and microprocessors.
PREREQUISITES: Math B142 And Phys A352 or equivalents. Not open to students majoring in
Electrical Engineering.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, one 3 hour lab per week. Weekly homework assignments and
discussions of homework. 1 or 2 exams, final, graded homework and graded laboratory.
TEXT: Smith, Electronics: Circuits and Devices, 3rd Ed., Wiley.
Horace Yuen
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C02
PROBABILISTIC SYSTEMS AND RANDOM SIGNALS
Time: 1:001:50pm MTWF
Office Address: McCormick 3624
Office Phone: 491-7335
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Basic concepts of probability theory, random variables, moments;
multiple random variables, conditional distributions, correlation; sequence of random variables.
PREREQUISITES: Math B15 or EECS B42.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, homework problems, exams and final.
TEXT: R. H. Williams, Electrical Engineering Probability, Prindle, Weber & Schmidt (formerly
West Publishing), 1991.
Alan Sahakian
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C06
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Time: 2:002:50pm MTWF
Office Address: McCormick M394
Office Phone: 491-7007
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Singlestage RET and BJT amplifier configurations; multistage
amplifiers and feedback; frequency response of amplifiers; differential amplifiers and active loads;
elementary operational and amplifier circuits.
PREREQUISITES: 727-B42 (C or better), 727B50.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and laboratory.
TEXTS: Burns and Bond, Principles of Electronic Circuits, 4th edition, West. Tuinenga, SPICE, 3rd
edition, Prentice Hall.
Aggelos Katsaggelos
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C07
COMMUNICATIONS
Time: 1:00-1:50pm MTWF
Office Address: McCormick 3860
Office Phone: 491-7164
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Analysis of analog communications systems including modulation,
transmission and demodulation of AM, FM and TV systems. Design issues, channel distortion and
loss, bandwidth limitations, and additive noise are examined.
PREREQUISITES: 727-B43 and 727-C02 (no exceptions)
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and problem sets. Exams, final and homework.
TEXT: A. B. Carlson, Communication Systems, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill,
Allen Taflove
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C08
APPLICATIONS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS
Time: 3:003:50 pm MTWF
Office Address: McCormick M378
Office Phone: 4914127
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Maxwell's equations. Transmission lines. Wave equations, plane waves,
and Poynting's theorem. Solution of Maxwell's equations for rectangular and circular waveguides,
applications to microwave networks, antennas, radar and communications.
PREREQUISITES: 727C01, Phys A351, 2, 3 and Math B21.
TEACHING METHOD: Exams, graded homework, final examination, and laboratory examination.
TEXT: Ramo, Whinnery and Van Duzer, Fields and Waves in Communication Electronics, 3rd
edition, Wiley.
Eric Schwabe
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C10
MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
Time: 2:002:50pm MTWF
Office Address: McCormick L489
Office Phone: 467-2298
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Basic concepts of finite and structural mathematics,with emphasis on
applications in the computer sciences. Sets, axiomatic systems, the propositional and predicate
calculi, and graph theory. Application areas drawn from sequential machines, formal grammars, and
software design.
PREREQUISITES: 727-A10 or A11 and Math B14-3. Graduate credit will not be given to EECS
majors.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, homework and exams.
TEXT: Epp, Discrete Mathematics With Applications, PWS Publishing Company.
Gilbert Krulee
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C14
APPLIED ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Time: 4:45-6:00pm TTh
Office Address: McCormick M390
Office Phone: 491-3084
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Applications that include intelligent capability for relieving the user of
routine aspects of problem solving. Computeraided design; intelligent interfaces; decision support
systems.
PREREQUISITE:
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, assignments and exams.
TEXT: Jackson, Introduction to Expert Systems, 2nd edition, Addison Wesley.
ChiHaur Wu
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C16
MINI/MICROCOMPUTERS AND REAL-TIME APPLICATIONS
Time: 6:30-9:00pm T
Office Address: McCormick 2695
Office Phone: 491-7076
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Basic computer architecture. Lowlevel program development tools,
mini/micro organization, and software development. Laboratory experience to reinforce classroom
topics. Not open to Electrical Engineering, Computer Engineering, Computer Science or Computer
Studies majors.
PREREQUISITES: 727-A10 There are at least three different categories in the student makeup of
this class: 1) Masters of Engineering Management (MEM); 2) Masters of Manufacturing Engineering
(MME); 3) Other engineering and nonengineering students with engineering backgrounds who want
to learn about how computers work.
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science major students cannot receive credit for this course. A
student cannot obtain credit for both 727-C16 and 727-B01 or for both 727-C16 and 727-C46.
(McCormick School rules). Since B01 is a prerequisite for B05, students who have taken or plan to
take B05 should not take C16.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and lab assignments. Exams, midterm and final.
TEXT: M. Morris Mano, Computer Engineering: Hardware Design, PrenticeHall.
Eric Domeshek
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C17
DATAMANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION PROCESSING
Time: 12:00-12:50pm MTWF
Office Address: ILS 3338
Office Phone: 491-7341
Expected Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Data representation, file and record organization, linear and linked lists,
and scatter storage techniques. Sorting and searching algorithms. Practical techniques to solve
problems involving large data bases.
PREREQUISITES: 727-A10 or equivalent. Not open to Computer Science or Computer Studies
majors.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, discussion, homework, exams and final.
TEXT: Mary Loomis, Data Management and File Structures, 2nd ed., PrenticeHall.
DerTsai Lee
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C22-2
COMPILER CONSTRUCTION
Time: 11:00-12:15pm MW
Office Address: McCormick 4387
Office Phone: 491-5007
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Overview of compilers and contextfree languages, topdown parsing, LL
(1) parser construction, translation grammars, implementation of lexical analyzer, parser and
translator, compiler optimization, error handling and recovery.
PREREQUISITES: 727-C11 and concurrent registration in 727-C20.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, assignments and final.
TEXT: Aho, Sethi and Ullman, Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools, AddisonWesley,
1985.
Jeffrey Korman
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C27
INTELLIGENT INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Time: 7:0010:00 pm T
Office Address: McCormick 2659
Office Phone: 491-5410
Expected Enrollment:
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Principles for simplifying human interactions with complex information
management systems. Methods from AI applied to the design of interfaces and the redesign of
systems to improve performance and simplify training in the use of these systems.
PREREQUISITES: At least junior standing and consent of instructor.
TEXT: Keen, Every Manager's Guide to Information Technology, Harvard Business School Press.
Jorge Nocedal
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C28
NUMERICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS
Time: 3:00-4:15 pm TTh
Office Address: McCormick L487
Office Phone: 491-5038
Expected Enrollment: 50
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to numerical methods; numerical differentiation, numerical
integration, solution of ordinary and partial differential equations. Programs written using methods
presented in class. Students are expected to write programs in either FORTRAN, C or PASCAL.
PREREQUISITE: Concurrent registration in Math B21.
TEACHING METHOD:
TEXT: Kahaner, Moler and Nash, Numerical Methods and Software, Prentice Hall.
Scott Jordan
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C33
INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
Time: 10:0010:50am MWF
Office Address: McCormick L312
Office Phone: 467-1243
Expected Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Network architectures, models, protocols, routing, flow control, and
services. Queueing models for network performance analysis.
PREREQUISITE: Basic probability theory 727-C02, IEMS C02, Math C30, or equivalent, or
consent of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, homework assignments, project and presentation.
TEXT: Walrand, Communication Networks: A First Course, Aksen Associates, Irwin Publishers,
1991.
Lisa Hellerstein
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C36
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
Time: 4:456:00pm MW
Office Address: McCormick 4385
Office Phone: 467-1242
Expected Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Analysis techniques: solving recurrence equations. Classes of algorithm
design techniques: divide and conquer, the greedy method, backtracking, branchandbound, and
dynamic programming. Sorting and selection algorithms, order statistics, heaps and priority queues.
PREREQUISITES: 727-C10 and 727-C11
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, homework, midterm and final.
TEXT: Cormen, Leiserson,& Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, McGrawHill.
Kenneth Forbus
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C44
DESIGN OF COMPUTER PROBLEM SOLVERS
Time: 6:00-7:15 pm TTH
Office Address: ILS 3300
Office Phone: 491-7699
email: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Principles and practice of organizing and building artificial intelligence
reasoning systems. Patterndirected rule systems, truthmaintenance systems, and constraint languages.
PREREQUISITES: 727-C251 (or equivalent Lisp experience) and C48.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, programming assignments, term project.
TEXT: Forbus and de Kleer, Building Problem Solvers, MIT Press.
WeiChung Lin
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C51
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER GRAPHICS
Time: 4:45-6:00 pm TTh
Office Address: McCormick 1028
Office Phone: 491-7390
Expected Enrollment: 45
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Mathematical, software, and hardware requirements for computer
graphics systems. Data structures and programming languages. Random and raster displays. Graphic
applications and introduction to current research.
PREREQUISITES: 727-C11
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/discussion, with project assignments to illustrate graphical
programming techniques. Exams and project assignments.
TEXT: F. S. Hill, Jr., Computer Graphics, Macmillan, 1990.
Gordon J. Murphy
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C53
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS
Time: 11:00-11:50am MWF
Office Address: McCormick 2645
Office Phone: 491-7258
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Digital electronic logic families, comparators, analogtodigital
converters, digitaltoanalog converters, combinational systems, sequential systems, solidstate memory,
largescale integrated circuits, and design of electronic systems. Laboratory work included.
PREREQUISITE: 727-B01 and C06. No credit for EE graduate students.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures will be presented regularly, but questions and discussion are
strongly encouraged. Solutions to various problems will be explained at appropriate times during the
quarter.
EVALUATION: Midterm exam, final exam, homework, and laboratory performance.
TEXT: Burns & Bond, Principles of Electronic Circuits, West Publishing.
Srikanta Kumar
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C60
INTRODUCTION TO FEEDBACK SYSTEMS
Time: 10:0010:50am MWF
Office Address: McCormick M382
Office Phone: 491-7382
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Linear feedback control systems, their physical behavior, dynamical
analysis, and stability. Laplace transform, frequency spectrum, and root locus methods. Introduction
to system design and compensation.
PREREQUISITES: 727-B42 (C or better) and Math B21, concurrent registration in B43 (B43
recommended as a prerequisite).
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, lab, homework, lab report, midterm and final.
TEXT: Franklin, Powell and EmaniNaeimi, Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems, 3rd ed., 1994,
AddisonWesley.
Michel Marhic
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C85
OPTOELECTRONICS
Time: 2:00-2:50pm MWF
Office Address: McCormick 2698
Office Phone: 491-7074
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Devices for fiber optic communications, coherent and incoherent
sources, semiconductor diode lasers, internal and electrooptic modulation, coherent and incoherent
detection, optical fibers, dispersion, fiber interconnects, optical amplifiers, and fiber optic
communication systems.
PREREQUISITES: 727-C81
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, lab demonstrations, and homework assignments. Midterm and
final.
TEXT: W. B. Jones, Introduction to Optical Fiber Communication Systems, Holt, Rinehart and
Winston, 1988.
REFERENCE: G. P. Agrawal, Fiber Optic Communication Systems, Wiley, 1992. (Not to be
purchased.)
JOURNALS: IEEE Photonics Technology Letters; Journal of Lightwave Technology; Laser Focus
World.
Scott Hauck
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C91
VLSI SYSTEMS DESIGN
Time: 2:00-2:50 pm MWF
Office Address: McCormick L491
Office Phone: 467-1849
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Design of digital integrated circuits concentating on architectural and
topological issues. CMOS digital circuits. Topdown and bottomup design. Layout design rules.
Timing issues. Computer simulation of circuit performance. VLSI architectures. Systolic Arrays,
Tradeoffs in custom design, standard cells, gate arrays. Use of VLSI design tools on a smal project.
PREREQUISITES: 727-B01.
TEACHING METHOD:
TEXT: Weste and Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, 2nd edition, Addison Wesley.
Sheldon Epstein
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C96
SPECIAL TOPICS: ENGINEERING AND DESIGN & ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Time: 3:00-6:00pm W
Office Address: McCormick 1653
Office Phone: 853-9292
email: [email protected]
Expected Enrollment: 10
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Senior capstone design engineering course to teach principles of
launching and operating a company which produces electronic products and services. The design
process from concept to marketing will be followed. Students particiate in the daytoday workings of
an actual small engineering business.
PREREQUISITE: Junior or senior standing in Engineering or Science with preference for EECS
majors. May be taken as an EE or Computer Engineering design or technical elective once, then as an
unrestricted elective repeatedly.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture/lab, circuit board, custom IC, Satellite TV, resume, patent
application, business law and ethics exercises.
TEXTS:
American Radio Relay League Publications
1996 ARRL Handbook for Radio Amateurs
ARRL Now You're Talking
ARRL General Class License Manual (1994 or later)
Maia and West, General Radio Operator's License (1996)
Daniel Graupe/Nathaniel Whitmal
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, C97-20
TIME SERIES ANALYSIS AND WAVELETS
Time: 4:45-6:00 pm MW
Office Address: McCormick 1008
Office Phone: 491-7139
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This special topics course presents fundamentals of time series analysis
and multiresolution analysis with wavelets. Both approaches exploit timedomain behavior of signals,
and provide information about data that often cannot be obtained from conventional frequencydomain
analyses. The newer waveletbased methods are particularly wellsuited for analysis of nonstationary
signals (such as speech), and signals with content at varying levels of resolution (e.g., images). Topics
will include: linear models of stochastic systems, leastsquares system identification, models of speech
production, shorttime signal processing, multiresolution analysis, filter banks, discrete and continuous
wavelet transforms. Applications in speech processing will be emphasized.
PREREQUISITES: 727-C07, 727-C59 (required); 727-C63 (recommended).
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture, weekly homework assignments, MATLAB exercises, midterm
exam, final exam.
TEXT: Graupe, Time Series Analysis, Identification, and Adaptive Filtering, Krieger (required).
Lecture Notes: Short Course on Wavelets (required). Rabiner and Schafer, Digital Processing of
Speech Signals, Prentice Hall (recommended).
Prem Kumar
Electrical Engineering And Computer Science, C98
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN
Time: 12:00-12:50 MWF
Office Address: McCormick NG13
Office Phone: 491-4128
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to give seniors in electrical engineering an
exposure to modern problems and design techniques in distinct topic areas.
PREREQUISITES: Seniors only.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures, labs, midterm and Final
TEXT: No Text.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 7,1996
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0738 - Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
Bruce Ankenman
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C03 STATISTICS I
Time: MWF 10:00
W 3-5:00
Room: L313, A310
Office: MLSF 3021
Phone: 1-5674
Expected Enrollment: 60
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Descriptive statistics; observational and experimental studies;
confidence interval estimation; hypothesis testing; categorical data; simple linear regression and
correlation.
PREREQUISITES: Math B15 and IE/MS C02 or an equivalent course in probability.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture.
EVALUATION: Homework, midterm, and final.
TEXTS: PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR ENGINERING & SCIENCES, by Jay Devore.
4th ed. Brooks-Cole; 2) Minitab Handbook by B.F. Ryan and B.L. Joiner, 3rd edition, Brooks-Cole
(Optional)
Ajit C. Tamhane
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C04 APPLIED STATISTICS
Time: MWF l0:00-11:00, LAB. W 3:00-5:00
Room: L382, L382
Office: MLSF 4085
Phone: 491-3577
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Multiple regression; analysis of variance; design and analysis of single
factor and multifactor experiments; nonparametric methods. MINITAB statistical package will be
used.
PREREQUISITES: IE C03 or an equivalent course in statistics.
TEACHING METHOD: Three hours of lectures supplemented by two hours of problem session
each week.
EVALUATION: Homework, 20%; Project, 20%; Midterm, 20%; Final, 40%. P/N option is allowed.
TEXT:
1) PROBABILITY & STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERING & THE SCIENCES, by Jay Devore, 4th
Edition, Duxbury.
2) "MINITAB HANDBOOK," by Ryan, and Joiner, 3rd Edition, Publisher: Duxbury.
Collette Coullard
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C13 DETERMINISTIC MODELS AND OPTIMIZATION
Time: MWF 11:00, M 3:00-5:00 (Lab)
Room: LR5, L382
Office: MLSF 3087
Phone: 1-3077
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Formulation and solution of applicable optimization models, including
linear, network, integer, dynamic and nonlinear programs. Algorithmic methods and efficient use of
computers.
PREREQUISITIES: IE C11 or an equivalent knowledge of linear algebra; ability to use a computer.
TEACHING METHOD: Three one-hour lectures each week; one two-hour problem- solving lab per
week.
EVALUATION: A series of six or seven assignments, combining written exercises and computer
problems, will count for 1/3 of the grade. Midterm and final exams will also count for 1/3 each.
TEXTS: (1)Fourer, Notes on Mathematical Programming; (2) Fourer, Gay and Kernighan, AMPL: A
Modeling Language for Mathematical Programming.
Barry Nelson
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C15 STOCHASTIC MODELS AND STIMULATION
Time: MWF 1:00, T 1-2:30
Room: A310, A310
Office: MLSF 2009
Phone: 1-3747
Expected Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An integrated approach to stochastic modeling, analysis and simulation
of systems encountered in industrial engineering. Analytical tools include the Poisson process,
Markov chains, and queuing systems. Discrete event simulation using th SIMAN language are
employed to develop intuition and understanding.
PREREQUISITES: Calculus-based probability (IE C02 or equivalent), programming (EECS A10 or
equivalent.), Statistics (IE C03 or equivalent, may be taken concurrently).
EVALUATION: Based on homework, labs, midterm, final exam, and a group project.
TEACHING METHOD: Three one-hour lectures and one two-hour lab session per week. The lab
session is used for simulation exercises, problem solving, and case studies.
TEXT: STOCHASTIC MODELING: ANALYSIS & SIMULATION, (1995) by Barry L. Nelson,
McGraw-Hill, and course packet from CopyCat.
Gustave J. Rath
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C22 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Time: T 6:30-9:30
Room: LR 2
Office: MLSF 1021
Phone: 1-3668
Expected Enrollment: 150
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Psychological issues and problems faced by supervisors in industry and
government. Issues include supervision, testing, hiring, EEO worker morale, working environment,
office and plant relations; techniques and solutions currently in use will be reviewed. Leadership
communication, organization, safety, and human factors are also covered.
PREREQUISITES: Course intended for advanced undergrad, grad, Human Development, NROTC
and Civil Eng-Industrial Hygiene students. Also an elective in IE/MS required list. Permission of
instructor required. Must attend first class.
TEACHING METHOD: Reading text and listening to lectures by visitors from industry.
EVALUATION: Weekly quizzes and a small two-page Newsletter.
TEXT: Organizational Behavior: Concepts, Controversies, and Applications, by Stephen P. Robbins.
(7th edition), Prentice-Hall
Sanjay Mehrotra
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C24-2 ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT II
Time: W 6:30-9:30
Room: L382
Office: MLSF 1081
Estimated Enrollment: 31
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The fundamentals of financial and cost accounting for managers of
manufacturing, engineering and of other technology based functions.
PREREQUISITES: This sequence of courses is open to regular and advanced undergraduate
students in the Technological Institute. C24-1 is not a prerequisite. Open to IE and CE Contruction
Management seniors only. Taught jointly with IE D23.
TEACHING METHOD: The course will consist of weekly lecture-discussion sessions as well as
homework problems to illustrate concepts.
EVALUATION: Grade for the course will be based on a mid-term examination and a final
examination. The examinations will be oriented primarily toward problem solving exercises.
TEXT: 1) Introduction to Management Accounting, by Charles T. Horngren and Gary L. Sundem.,
10th ed.(1996) Prentice-Hall.
Arthur P. Hurter
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C27 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERING II
Time: TTh 10:30-12:00
Room: M351
Expected Enrollment: 60
Office: MLSF 4033
Phone: 1-3414
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course deals with the economics of the business firms. The theory
of demand and of cost and production is presented in both traditional and linear programming or
activity analysis formats. Stock-Flow production functions are introduced to tie together production,
equipment investment, replacement, and facility location decisions. The course concludes with
analysis of competition.
PREREQUISITE: None.
TEACHING METHOD: Lecture and discussion.
EVALUATION: Homework ( including short cases) two midterm exams and a final exam.
TEXTBOOK: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS IN A GLOBAL ECONOMY (2ND ED.) McGraw-
Hill 1993.
Hazen
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C36-2 (20) (21)IE DESIGN PROJECT II
Time: T 12:00; M 3-5 T 1-3 (LAB)
Room: (20) LR8, (21) B392
Expected Enrollment: 40
Office: MLSF 3081
Phone: 1-5673
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a senior design course in which complex, open-ended decision
problems from selected fields of industrial engineering will be addressed through small team projects.
Students will be exposed to the full spectrum of the systems analysis approach starting with problem
formulation (establishment of objectives and criteria), analysis and synthesis of alternative solutions,
feasibility studies (including realistic constraints, such as economic, safety, aesthetic, social, etc.)
various tradeoffs, testing and evaluation. The projects will require integration and application of
techniques from operations research, production, economics, statistics, and computers. Each team will
submit a written report and make an oral presentation outlining the proposed design solution.
PREREQUISITE: IE C36-1 and senior standing.
TEACHING METHOD: Each team will meet weekly with the instructor to discuss progress.
Students are also expected to meet regularly with their project sponsor. The entire focus of the course
will be on successfully carrying out the project as proposed in C36-1.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on the written and oral presentation of the final project report.
The grade will take into account the extent of independent work (i.e., without the help of the faculty
advisor), degree of novelty and creativity of the solution and its suitability to the actual problem and
the opinion of the client for the study.
TEXTBOOK: None.
Charles W.N. Thompson
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
C40 FIELD PROJECT METHODS
Time: TTh 3:30-5:00
Room: L386
Office: MSLF 1055
Phone: 1-3667
Expected Enrollment: 25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Correction pending
PREREQUISITES: No formal prerequisites. Recommended for students with strong interest in
organization, and field research, and system projects.
EVALUATION: Weekly written assignments, other written and oral work, final report on a field
research or design project.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion of individual student projects.
READINGS: Recommended text is by Emory and Cooper, BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS.
Course material and selected readings will be provided; other assigned readings will be on library
reserve.
Allan Drebin
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
D23 ACCOUNTING ISSUES FOR ENGINEERS
Time: M 6:30-9:30
Room: G15 Annenburg Hall
Office: 5-186 Leverone
Estimated Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The fundamentals of financial and cost accounting for managers of
manufacturing, engineering and of other technology based functions.
PREREQUISITES: This sequence of courses is open to regular and advanced graduate students in
the Technological Institute. C24-1 is not a prerequisite.
TEACHING METHOD: The course will consist of weekly lecture-discussion sessions as well as
homework problems to illustrate concepts.
EVALUATION: Grade for the course will be based on a mid-term examination and a final
examination. The examinations will be oriented primarily toward problem solving exercises.
TEXT: FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING, by Diamond, Hansen, and Murphy,
South Western..
Sanjay Mehrotra
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
D27 INTEGRATED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Time: T 6:30-9:30
Room: L382
Office: MLSF 1081
Phone: 1-3155
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Aspects of Total Quality Control and Just-In-Time production systems
are covered. Isssues in supplier management, production management of multi- national corporations
are studied.
PREREQUISITES: Graduate standing or permission of instructor.
TEACHING METHOD: One three-hour lecture per week. About half the time would be spent
doing case discussions.
EVALUATION: Homework, project, and finals.
TEXTBOOK: PRODUCTION AND OPERATION MANAGMENT, by Adams and Ebert, Prentice-
Hall.
Charles W. N. Thompson
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
D32 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
Time: M 6:30-9:30
Room: L386
Office: MLSF 1055
Phone: 1-3667
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course is directed to the special problems and methods applicable
to the processes for the design and development of complex and/or high technology systems,
including design requirements for production and operational use. Examples include space and
defense systems, commercial and industrial construction and systems projects, and comparable
programs.
Focus will be on the technical problems and technical methods, as distinguished from the closely
related systems or project management areas. The relation of systems engineering to other technical
disciplines and functions and the phases of the process will introduce a discussion of key steps,
including requirements analysis, detailed design, and others.
PREREQUISITES: Graduate standing. Undergraduates require permission for the instructor.
EVALUATION: Reports on outside reading, short papers, and work on individual and/or group
projects will provide the basis for grading. There will be no final exam.
TEACHING METHOD: Lectures and discussion of individual student projects.
TEXT: MANAGING BUSINESS & ENGINEERING PROJECTS: CONCEPTS &
IMPLEMENTATION, by J.M. Nicholas.
Collette Coullard
D52 COMBINATORIAL OPTIMIZATION
Time: MWF 2:00
Room: 1396 Tech
Office: MLSf 3087
Phone: 1-3077
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Efficient methods and min-max results for combinatorial optimization
problems including minimum spanning trees, shortest paths, maximum flows, minimum cost flows,
matchings; polyhedral combinatorics; complexity theory. Course project will involve implementing a
network optimization algorithm.
PREREQUISITES: A course in linear programming (IE D50 or equivalent).
EVALUATION: Approximately four homework assignments and a course project.
TEACHING METHOD: Two 1 1/2 hour lectures per week.
TEXT: Manuscript of "Combinatorial Optimization," by Cook, Cunningham, Pulleyblank, and
Schrijver, which will be available at CopyCat.
Mark Van Oyen
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
D60-2 STOCHASTIC MODELS
Time: MWF 3:00
Room: LR 7
Office: MLSF 2081
Phone: 1-7008
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course treats Markov processes, renewal theory, and regenerative
processes. Applications are presented in queueing models of manufacturing and communications
systems with emphasis on algorithmic issues. The course attempts to develop probabilistic intuition
without sacrificing precision in definitions and concepts.
PREREQUISITES: D60-1 or equivalent.
EVALUATION: Homework assignments (that may include projects), a midterm, and a final exam.
TEACHING METHOD: Three one-hour lectures per week.
TEXT: MODELING AND ANALYSIS OF STOCHASTIC SYSTEMS by V.G. Kulkarni
Mark Van Oyen
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
D68 Stochastic Control
Time: MWF 11-12
Room: 2307 TECH
Office: MLSF 2081
Phone: 1-7008
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION:The course treats dynamic programming and the optimal control of
systems described by Markov chains or stochastic difference equations for both finite and infinite
horizon models with and without discounting. Applications are presented in operations research,
queueing models, manufacturing, and communications systems.
PREREQUISITES: IEMS D60-1 or EECS D22 or equivalent
TEACHING METHOD: Three one hour lectures.
EVALUATION: Homework assignments, a midterm, and a course project.
TEXT: "Dynamic Programming: Deterministic and Stochastic Models" by Dimitri Bertsekas,
Prentice-Hall 1987
Yehuda Bassok
Industrial Engineering and Management Science
D80-2 PRODUCTION AND ECONOMICS II
Time: TTh 10:30-12:00
Room: L313
Office: MLSf 1085
Phone: 1-5538
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to production systems design and control. In the course
we discuss in plant operations as well as external operations mainly in the logistic area. Topics
include production scheduling, dispatching policies, inventory control, production planning and
distribution. Utilizes both deterministic and stochastic methods from operations research.
OBJECTIVES: To aquaint the student with both classical and modern approaches to production and
inventory and distribution control.
Course Structure:
1. The Production Problem
2. Aggregate Production Planning
3. Inventory Control
4. Distribution Systems
5. Supply Chain Management
6. Materials Requirements Planning
7. Capacity and Lead Time Management
8. Priority Control and Dispatching
9. Scheduling
10. Just in Time Techniques
11. Flexible Manufacturing Systems
PREREQUISITES: D50-1, D60-1, and D80-1.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on homework assignments, mid-term exam and a final
project.
TEACHING METHOD: Two one and one-half hour meetings per week.
TEXT: None, reading will be distributed throughout the quarter.
Aaron Gellman
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
D90 (22) Selected topics in Industrial Engineering PROFITING FROM TECHNOLOGY
MANAGEMENT
Time: Th 7-9:45
Room: Leverone
Office: 1936 Sheridan Road
Phone: 491-7286
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: "Profitting from Technology Management and Utilization," now being
offered for the second time, is unique in that it combines an emphasis on the management of
technology development and innovation with the economic utilization of such technology.
Consequently, the course addresses the interests of both engineers and enterprise managers.
For the most part, this is a survey course, even though some specific analytical and management
techniques will also be considered. As appropriate, innovation case studies (prepared especially for
this course) are discussed. Also, in classroom discussions the views of both managers and engineers
will be compared and contrasted with respect to many issues.
PREREQUISITES: None.
TEACHING METHODS: Lecture and discussions.
EVALUATION: Papers, projects, and final paper/project or exam.
TEXTBOOK: None.
Gerald M. Hoffman
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
D90 (23) Information Technology to Meet Business Needs
Time: TH 3:00-6:00
Room: 2307 Tech
Office:
Phone: 312/664-8039
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students in this course will learn how to participate effectively in
information systems activities--as users, rather than as information systems professionals.
Every individual in every organization will be a user of information systems as part of his/her job.
These systems will be appropriate to the jobs at hand in direct proportion to the quality of user
participation in their design, development, and operation. This course brings together the technical
and organizational knowledge which users need in order to participate effectively in information
systems activities.
Topics covered include: identifying opportunities for profitable use of information technology,
building and operating information systems, managing the interfaces between the information
systems department and the rest of the organization, consequences of changes in the economic
environment, and the social issues surrounding information technology.
PREREQUISITES: Experience with computers or information systems, either as a user or as a
builder, preferably outside of an academic setting. (Or, by permission of the instructor.)
TEACHING METHODS: Lectures, extensive reading, class discussion.
EVALUATION: Class participation 50%, mid-term 10%, final exam 40%. Examinations will be
"take home" type.
TEXTBOOK: INFORMATION SYSTEMS: A MANAGEMENT PERSPECTIVE, by Steven Alter,
Addison-Wesley.
Albert H. Rubenstein
Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences
E11 INTEGRATION OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT Time: Th
6:30-9:30
Room: 1396 Tech
Office: MLSf 1047
Phone: 1-3680
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Organizational, economic, and human relations aspects of managing
technology including research, development, product and process design, technical service and
interaction of technical functions with production, finance, and marketing.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor except for Master of Engineering Management students.
TEACHING METHOD: Seminar format. Readings, lectures, discussions and written homework.
EVALUATION: Grade based on weekly written homework problem. No exams.
TEXTBOOK: MANAGING TECHNOLOGY IN THE DECENTRALIZED FIRM, by Albert H.
Rubenstein, John Wiley and Sons, 1989.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: November 7, 1995
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0750 - Material Science
M. Meshii
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-B01(20)
PRINCIPLES AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
Office: 1129 MLSB
Phone: 491-3213
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to the relations between structure and properties of
engineering materials. Structure is the assembly of atoms, ions, or molecules in one or more phases
and can be controlled by processing methods. In this course we learn how to tailor properties through
processing. Also covered is the impact of materials technology on historical, societal, and
environmental issues.
PREREQUISITES: Chem A02 and Phys A35-1.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three lectures and one laboratory session per week. The
laboratory will consist of questions and discussions of homework problems, presentations, and
demonstrations.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Course grades will be determined from homeworks (20%), two
midterm examinations (20% each), a final (30%) and presentations (10%).
TEXT: James F. Shackelford, Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers, Prentice_ Hall, Inc.
(1996), Fourth Edition.
M. Meshii
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-B01(21)
PRINCIPLES AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
Office: 1129 MLSB
Phone: 491-3213
Expected Enrollment: 40
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to the relations between structure and properties of
engineering materials. Structure is the assembly of atoms, ions, or molecules in one or more phases
and can be controlled by processing methods. In this course we learn how to tailor properties through
processing. Also covered is the impact of materials technology on historical, societal, and
environmental issues.
PREREQUISITES: Chemistry A03 and Physics A35-1.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three lectures and one laboratory session per week. The
laboratory will consist of questions and discussions of homework problems, presentations, and
demonstrations.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Course grades will be determined from homeworks (20%), two
midterm examinations (20% each), a final (30%) and presentations (10%).
TEXT: James F. Shackelford, Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers, Prentice_ Hall, Inc.
(1996), Fourth Edition.
David N. Seidman
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-C16-1
SCIENCE OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS
Office: 1013A
Phone: 491-4391
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Principles underlying the dynamical development of microstructure.
Diffusion, point defects, dislocations, internal interfaces and microstructure, lectures, and laboratory.
PREREQUISITES: Thermodynamics and 750-B01 or equivalent. No P/N for Materials Science and
Engineering majors.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: There will be three lectures and homework assignments.
Laboratory exercises will be performed in smaller groups.
METHODS OF EVALUATION: There will be two mid_term exams and a final exam, counting
toward the final grade, plus homework and lab reports. Active participation in discussion during class
hours is strongly encouraged.
REQUIRED TEXTS: D.A. Porter and K.E. Easterling, Phase Transformation in Metals and Alloys,
Van Nostrand Reinhold, 2nd Edition, 1991.
P.G. Shewmon, Diffusion in Solids, The Minerals, Metals & Materials Society, Warrendale, PA
1989.
J. Weertman and J.R. Weertman, Elementary Dislocation Theory, W. Strunk and E.B. White,
Elements of Style,
Peter W. Voorhees
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-C22
KINETICS OF HETEROGENEOUS REACTIONS
Office: 4013 MLSB
Phone: 491-7815
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Rates and Mechanisms of heterogeneous solid-gas,liquid-solid and
solid-solid reactions, such as carburization, reduction,oxidation, and corrosion. Solidification of
alloys, morphological instability of a solid/liquid interface, solidification microstructure, cells,
dendrites and eutectics, and solute redistribution.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three lectures per week.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Two exams (50\%) and Final examination (35\%),Homework
(15%).
TEXTS: "Basic Corrosion and Oxidation", by John M. West, to be distributed in class.
"Solidification", by Kurz and Fisher, Third edition.
D. Lynn Johnson
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-C40
CERAMIC PROCESSING
Office: 3019 MLSB
Phone: 491-3584
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The steps in production of fired ceramic articles, including powder
preparation, compaction and forming, and firing, will be studied. The following list of topics will be
covered: powder synthesis and characterization; compact formation by pressing, colloidal processing,
and extrusion; firing, including chemical and physical changes during liquid and solid state sintering.
Non_powder routes also will be discussed. The interrelationships between processing as it controls
the final microstructure and subsequent properties of ceramic materials will be explored. The
laboratory includes statistical design of statistied experiments techniques.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three lectures and one lab per week.
EVALUATION: 1 Midterm exam 30%
Final exam 40%
Homework 10%
Lab reports 20%
TEXT: James S. Reed, "Principles of Ceramic Processing, 2nd Edition (1995).
Julia Weertman
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-C51-2
INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS OF MATERIALS
Office: 1139 MLSB
Phone: 491-5353
Expected Enrollment: 15
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the second part of a two_course sequence. In this quarter, the
quantum mechanical concepts developed in C51_1 are applied to the study of such materials_related
subjects as electrical properties, optical properties, semiconductor junctions, magnetism, dielectrics,
lasers, thermal vibrations and associated subjects and superconductivity. In all cases, the materials
aspect and technological applications of the phenomena are stressed.
PREREQUISITES: Phys. A35-1, 2, 3; Math B21; and 750-C51-1 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three one_hour lectures with discussion per week. Evaluation
based on homework, laboratory reports, midterm and final exam, and a term paper with oral
presentation. There is a laboratory for 3 hours per week.
TEXT: C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley, 7th Edition.
RECOMMENDED READING: R.H. Bube, Electrons in Solids: An Introductory Survey, 2nd
edition, (Academic Press 1988).
L. Solymar and D. Walsh, Lectures on the Electrical Properties of Materials, 5th edition.
Wert & Thomson, Physics of Solids, McGraw Hill.
Omar, Elementary Solid State Physics, Addison-Wesley.
R.A. Levy, Principles of Solid State Physics, Academic Press.
Laurence D. Marks
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-C60
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRON MICROSCOPY
Office Address: B03 Catalysis Center
Phone: 491-3996
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Theories and practice involved in application of scanning electron
microscopy and transmission electron microscopy. Primarily for undergraduates, non_MSE graduate
students.
PREREQUISITES: Cannot be used toward the fifteen_course requirement without special
permission.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures and a Laboratory.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: One midterm and a term paper/project.
TEXT: To be assigned.
Gregory B. Olson
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-C96
SENIOR PROJECT
Office: Room 2021 MLSB
Phone: 4912847
Expected Enrollment: 17
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a projects course in which the student will conduct closely
supervised research under a faculty member of the Department of Materials Science and Engineering.
These projects are to emphasize laboratory experience as well as literature and theoretical studies.
Two quarters of this course are needed to fulfill the Departmental Senior Thesis requirement.
Reports or other tangible evidence of progress are to be submitted to the instructor (Prof. Olson)
biweekly. There will also be once a week class meeting during which the students will present
informal oral progress reports on their project. At the conclusion of the second quarter, a suitable
report, approved by the supervising faculty member, is to be submitted for completion of the Senior
Project requirement.
PREREQUISITES: Senior standing in Materials Science and Engineering, or permission of
instructor.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: See above.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: For the first quarter of the course, the grade will be based on the
biweekly progress reports, informal discussion with the instructor, and the end of quarter writeup. For
the second quarter, the grade will be determined by these reports and discussion (1/3) and on the
thesis (2/3).
READINGS: Extensive reading from texts and the research literature will be required for proper
execution of the research work.
Scott Barnett
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-D05
PHYSICS OF MATERIALS I
Office Address: 4037 MLSB
Phone: 491-2447
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will present basic concepts of the quantum theory of solids.
Topics include: structures, diffraction, bonding in solids, properties of free_electron metals, thermal
properties, and band theory.
PREREQUISITES: 750-C51-1 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: The course will involve three hours of lectures per week,
homework problems and discussion. There will be a mid_term and a final exam.
TEXT: Gerald Burns, Solid State Physics, Academic (1985).
Katherine T. Faber
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-D06
DEFORMATION AND FRACTURE
Office Address: Room 3033 MLSB
Phone: 491-2444
Expected Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Linear elastic properties of crystals and generalized yield criterion are
reviewed. Plastic deformation and creep are treated with emphasis on dislocation, grain boundary,
and diffusional mechanisms. Linear and non_linear elastic fracture mechanics are developed. High
temperature behavior and cyclic behavior are considered.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three lectures per week including problem solving.
METHOD OF EVALUATION: Course grade will depend upon mid_term and final examinations,
homework, and special topic problem or paper.
TEXT: Thomas H. Courtney, Mechanical Behavior of Materials, McGraw_Hill, latest edition.
Kenneth R. Shull
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-D44
HIGH POLYMERS IN THE SOLID STATE
Office Address: 3051 MLSB
Phone: 467-1752
Expected Enrollment: 12
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The goal of the course is to cover in considerable detail important
advanced areas in polymeric materials.
PREREQUISITES: 750_C21 and 750_C31 or equivalents, or permission of instructor. P/N allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three lectures per week. Homework assignments will be based
on information from the lectures, and on readings from the original literature. METHOD OF
EVALUATION: One midterm and one final exam, in addition to weekly homework and a literature
review and presentation.
TEXT: P._G. de Gennes, Scaling Concepts in Polymer Physics, Cornell University Press, Ithaca,
NY, 1979.
Vinayak P. Dravid
Materials Science and Engineering, 750-D66
ANALYTICAL ELECTRON MICROSCOPY
Office Address: 3013 MLSB
Phone: 467-1363
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers both conceptual understanding and hands_on
training of various analytical electron microscopy (AEM) techniques and their applications to
physical and biological materials. Diversity of analytical signals generated during electron_ specimen
interactions and their synergistic interplay for high spatial resolution and sensitivity are emphasized.
Fundamental concepts in quantitative x_ray microanalysis, EELS, CBED, STEM and advanced
instrumentation are covered with an emphasis on problem_solving in physical and biological
sciences.
PREREQUISITES: MSc C60, D60 or equivalent courses elsewhere, or consent of the instructor
(consult with the instructor early if this is the case).
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Class_room lectures along with multi_media presentations.
Demonstrations of software modules and hands_on laboratory training on advanced microscopes.
Class notes will be available and considerable literature will be cited for reference.
Spring 1996 Course Descriptions
0765 - Biomedical Engineering
Robert A. Linsenmeier
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C03/D03
SYSTEMS PHYSIOLOGY
Time: Lectures: MWF 3-4 p.m.
Discussions: sec 20, M 4 p.m., sec 21, W 2 p.m.
Place: Tech M351
Office Address: Tech E374
Phone: 491-3043
Expected Enrollment: 100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Renal, gastrointestinal, endocrine and metabolic physiology. Human
physiology from a systems viewpoint with emphasis on the quantitative aspects at organ and whole
animal levels.
PREREQUISITES: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Background in basic biology,
chemistry, and mathematics is required. A course in biochemistry is recommended (409 B10-1 is
adequate biochemistry).
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three one-hour lectures per week plus one one-hour discussion
section. Some homework problems will involve a computer simulation of human systems.
EVALUATION: Students will be evaluated on homework, midterm & final examinations.
TEXT: L. Sherwood, Human Physiology: From Cells to Systems, 2nd edition, West Publishing, St.
Paul, 1993.
Tai T. Wu
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C15
APPLICATION OF GENETIC ENGINEERING TO IMMUNOCHEMISTRY
Time: MWF 5-6 p.m.
Place: Tech 3823
Office Address: Tech E267
Phone: 491-7849
Expected Enrollment: 35
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will introduce the idea of genetic engineering. The
structures of antibodies and related biological macromolecules will then be examined in detail. Some
experimental methods will be demonstrated, so that students may get a feeling of how biotechnology
is achieved. If interested, students can do these experiments themselves. Discussion of current
knowledge of AIDS (acquired immune deficiency syndrome).
PREREQUISITES: None. P/N not allowed.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: This course is designed as a seminar with introductory lectures to
cover the basic ideas, meeting three hours per week.
EVALUATION: Each student will be assigned to read several original literature articles and be
required to present the findings in these articles to the class. A term paper will be written by every
student on the assigned subject. The final grade will depend on the presentation and the term paper.
READING LIST: Current journal articles.
David Kelso
Biomedical Engineering 0765-C17
BIOCHEMICAL SENSORS
Time: TTh 4-5:30 p.m.
Place: Tech 3829
Office Address: Tech E384
Phone: 467-2167
Expected Enrollment: 20
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Biosensors which monitor levels of blood analytes for real-time patient
management are surveyed in this course. Fundamental principles underlying the transducers that
convert chemical activity into electrical or optical signals are studied in depth. Other processes
involved in the operation of the sensors such as membrane diffusion, capillary transport and cell
separatiaon are also covered. Devices for measuring blood gases, electrolytes, hemoglobin, glucose,
drugs and other bioactive compounds are presented as applications of the basic science.
PREREQUISITES: Background in basic physics (A35) and chemistry (A01, A02, A03) is required.
Biochemistsry (C01) is recommended.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Three one-hour lectures per week. Use of library data bases and
journals will also be emphasized.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on mid-term and final examinations plus a report which
examines a particular device in detail. An oral summary of the report will be presented to the class.
TEXT: Required readings will be provided by the instructor.
Max Epstein
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C27
MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING
Time: MWF 1-2 p.m.
Place: Tech 3829
Office Address: Tech 2697
Phone: 491-5444
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Physical principles of nuclear magnetic resonance. Two dimensional
Fourier analysis. Clinical applications of magnetic resonance imaging. PREREQUISITES: Physics-
A35-3
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: 2 exams, 2 mid-terms, and a final exam.
EVALUATION: Grades will be based on exams and final.
READING LIST: Stewart W. Young, Magnetic Resonance Imaging, Basic Principles, Raven Press,
NY, 2nd edition, 1988.
Thomas K. Goldstick
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C50
TRANSPORT FUNDAMENTALS
Time: MWF 11 a.m.-1 p.m.
Place: Tech LR7
Office Address: Tech E254
Phone: 491-5518
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introductory, basic course covering both fundamental and biomedical
applications of diffusive and convective heat and mass transfer. Joint class with ChE C23.
PREREQUISITES: Math B14-3, BME B70 (Introduction to Biomedical Fluid Mechanics)
Scott L. Delp
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C66
BIOMECHANICS OF MOVEMENT
Time: TTh 8:30-10 a.m.
Place: Tech A110
Office Address: Tech E336; Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago, Room 1406
Phone: 467-1030, (312)908-8860
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Engineering mechanics applied to analyze human movement including:
models of muscle and tendon, kinematics of joints, and dynamics of multi-joint movement.
Applications of biomechanics in sports, rehabilitation and orthopaedics will be demonstrated.
PREREQUISITES: Statics and Dynamics.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Lectures, demonstrations.
EVALUATION: Written exams, graded homework, research paper.
TEXT: T.A. McMahon, Muscles, Reflexes and Locomotion, Princeton University Press, Princeton,
NJ, 1984.
Lyle F. Mockros
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C79
ARTIFICAL ORGANS
Time: TTh 10:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m.
Place: Tech 3381
Office: Tech E280
Phone: 491-3172
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Engineering aspects of artificial organ design. Artificial kidneys, lungs,
hearts, and pancreases. Extracorporeal cellular immunotherapy.
PREREQUISITES: BME C02-Systems Physiology
Alan Sahakian
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C95-20
BIOMEDICAL COMPUTING
Time: TTh 2:30-3:45 p.m.
Place: A310
Office Address: Tech M394
Phone: 491-7007
Expected Enrollment: 24
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Principles of modern (computer-based) medical instrumentation,
including analog-vs-digital design trade-offs, efficient digital filter designs and algorithms for
physiological signal processing, automated event recognition and classification. Hardware and
software design of microcomputer-based medical instruments. Examples of specific applications.
PREREQUISITES: EECS C06, EECS B70 or equivalent and some experience in computer
programming, or consent of instructor.
Joseph T. Walsh
Biomedical Engineering Department, 0765-C95-22
INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL SIGNALS AND IMAGING
Time: Lecture: TTh 12:30-2 p.m. Lab: TBA
Place: Tech 2381
Office Address: Tech E344
Phone: 491-7118
Expected Enrollment: 30
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Fundamentals of signals and systems. Time and frequency domain
issues. Fourier series and transforms. Convolution, frequency response, and filtering. Examples,
homeworks, and laboratories will involve analysis of signals from biomedical transducers and images
from biomedical samples (e.g. from optical microscopes, MRI, PET)
PREREQUISITES: Co-registration in Math B21 or equivalent.
TEACHING METHODOLOGY: Two 1.5-hour lectures/week; one 2-hour lab/week
EVALUATION: Homework, midterm, lab reports, final.
TEXT: Oppenheim, A.V. and Willsky, A.S. Signals and Systems. Prentice-Hall, Inc. NJ.
Course Descriptions, Evanston Campus Registration
Northwestern University
Last Updated: February 1, 1996
